Pearl Community Rating System

Estidama - Pearls Rating Systems
62221 .

Abu Dhabi Urban Planning Council

P.O.Box 62221
Abu Dhabi, United Arab Emirates
Tel: +971 2 409 6000

Fax: +971 2 443 9443
www.upc.gov.ae
Community Rating System

Building Rating System
Villa Rating System
Version 1 April 2010
Estidama
Pearls Rating Systems
Villa Rating System
The Pearl Rating System for Estidama

Design & Construction
Version 1.0
Pearl Community Rating System: Design & Construction, Version 1.0, April 2010

Emirate of Abu Dhabi
TEL +971 2 409 6000

FAX +971 2 443 2903
Abu Dhabi U.A.E.
www.upc.gov.ae
His Highness Sheikh Khalifa bin Zayed Al Nahyan

President of the United Arab Emirates and Ruler of Abu Dhabi
His Highness General Sheikh Mohamed bin Zayed Al Nahyan

Crown Prince of Abu Dhabi, Deputy Supreme Commander of the UAE Armed Forces and Chairman of
the Abu Dhabi Executive Council
Table of Contents
Introduction ..................................................................................................................................................... 1
Estidama ....................................................................................................................................................... 1
The Pearl Rating System for Estidama ......................................................................................................... 1
Pearl Rating Levels........................................................................................................................................ 2
Section Weightings ....................................................................................................................................... 2
The Pearl Rating System Documents ........................................................................................................... 3
The Pearl Rating Stages................................................................................................................................ 3
Key Team Members ...................................................................................................................................... 4
The Pearl Rating Process.............................................................................................................................. 5
The Development Review Process and The Pearl Rating System................................................................ 6
Application of the Pearl Community Rating System ..................................................................................... 7
Understanding the Credits ............................................................................................................................ 9
Summary of Credit Points for the Pearl Community Rating System .......................................................... 10
IDP: Integrated Development Process.......................................................................................................... 15
IDP-R1: Integrated Development Strategy.................................................................................................. 18
IDP-R2: Sustainable Building Guidelines .................................................................................................... 19
IDP-R3: Community-Dedicated Infrastructure Basic Commissioning ........................................................ 20
IDP-1: Life Cycle Costing ............................................................................................................................ 22
IDP-2: Guest Worker Accommodation........................................................................................................ 23
IDP-3: Construction Environmental Management ...................................................................................... 25
IDP-4 Sustainability Awareness .................................................................................................................. 26
NS: Natural Systems ...................................................................................................................................... 28
NS-R1: Natural Systems Assessment......................................................................................................... 31
NS-R2: Natural Systems Protection............................................................................................................ 34
NS-R3: Natural Systems Design & Management Strategy ......................................................................... 38
NS-1: Reuse of Land................................................................................................................................... 40
NS-2: Remediation of Contaminated Land ................................................................................................. 41
NS-3: Ecological Enhancement .................................................................................................................. 43
NS-4: Habitat Creation and Restoration ..................................................................................................... 45
NS-5: Food Systems ................................................................................................................................... 48
LC: Livable Communities .............................................................................................................................. 50
LC-R1: Plan 2030 ........................................................................................................................................ 53
LC-R2: Urban Systems Assessment........................................................................................................... 54
LC-R3: Provision of Amenities and Facilities .............................................................................................. 56
LC-R4: Outdoor Thermal Comfort Strategy ................................................................................................ 58
LC-R5: Minimum Pearl Rated Buildings Within Communities .................................................................... 61
LC-1: Transit Supportive Practices ............................................................................................................. 62
LC-2: Neighborhood Connectivity .............................................................................................................. 64
LC-3: Open Space Network ........................................................................................................................ 67
LC-4: Accessible Community Facilities....................................................................................................... 69
LC-5: Housing Diversity .............................................................................................................................. 71
LC-6: Community Walkability...................................................................................................................... 73
LC-7: Active Urban Environments............................................................................................................... 75
LC-8: Travel Plan......................................................................................................................................... 76
LC-9: Improved Outdoor Thermal Comfort................................................................................................. 77
LC-10: Regionally Responsive Planning ..................................................................................................... 79
LC-11: Pearl Rated Buildings Within Communities .................................................................................... 81
LC-12: Safe & Secure Community .............................................................................................................. 83
PW: Precious Water....................................................................................................................................... 86
PW-R1: Community Water Strategy ........................................................................................................... 89
PW-R2: Building Water Guidelines ............................................................................................................. 92
PW-R3: Water Monitoring & Leak Detection............................................................................................... 94
PW-1.1: Community Water Use Reduction: Landscaping.......................................................................... 96
PW-1.2: Community Water Use Reduction: Heat Rejection ..................................................................... 100
PW-1.3: Community Water Use Reduction: Water Features .................................................................... 102
PW-2: Stormwater Management............................................................................................................... 104
PW-3: Water Efficient Buildings & Plots.................................................................................................... 107
RE: Resourceful Energy ............................................................................................................................... 109
RE-R1: Community Energy Strategy......................................................................................................... 112
RE-R2: Building Energy Guidelines........................................................................................................... 114
RE-R3: Energy Monitoring & Reporting .................................................................................................... 115
RE-1: Community Strategies for Passive Cooling .................................................................................... 117
RE-2: Urban Heat Reduction .................................................................................................................... 120
RE-3.1: Efficient Infrastructure: Lighting ................................................................................................... 122
RE-3.2: Efficient Infrastructure: District Cooling ....................................................................................... 124

RE-3.3: Efficient Infrastructure: Smart Grid Technology........................................................................... 126
RE-4.1: Renewable Energy: Onsite ........................................................................................................... 128
RE-4.2: Renewable Energy: Offsite........................................................................................................... 130
RE-5: Energy Efficient Buildings ............................................................................................................... 132
SM: Stewarding Materials ............................................................................................................................ 135
SM-R1: CCA Treated Timber Elimination ................................................................................................. 138
SM-R2: Basic Construction Waste Management ..................................................................................... 139
SM-R3: Basic Operational Waste Management ....................................................................................... 140
SM-1: Modular Pavement and Hardscape Cover ..................................................................................... 141
SM-2: Regional Materials .......................................................................................................................... 142
SM-3: Recycled Materials ......................................................................................................................... 144
SM-4: Reused or Certified Timber ............................................................................................................ 147
SM-5: Improved Construction Waste Management ................................................................................. 149
SM-6: Improved Operational Waste Management ................................................................................... 150
SM-7: Organic Waste Management.......................................................................................................... 152
SM-8: Hazardous Waste Management ..................................................................................................... 153
IP: Innovating Practice ................................................................................................................................ 154
IP-1: Innovative Cultural & Regional Practices.......................................................................................... 157
IP-2: Innovating Practice ........................................................................................................................... 158
Acronyms...................................................................................................................................................... 160
Units ............................................................................................................................................................. 161
Glossary ........................................................................................................................................................ 162
Appendix A ................................................................................................................................................... 168
Acknowledgements...................................................................................................................................... 171
Introduction
ESTIDAMA
Estidama, which means sustainability in Arabic, is the initiative which will transform Abu Dhabi into a model
of sustainable urbanization. Its aim is to create more sustainable communities, cities and global enterprises
and to balance the four pillars of Estidama: environmental, economic, cultural and social.
Figure 1: The Four Pillars of Estidama
The aspirations of Estidama are incorporated into Plan 2030 and other Urban Planning Council (UPC) policies
such as the Development Code. Estidama began two years ago and is the first program of its kind that is tailored
to the Middle East region. In the immediate term, Estidama is focused on the rapidly changing built
environment. It is in this area that the UPC is making significant strides to influence projects under design,
development or construction within the Emirate of Abu Dhabi. One of Estidamas key initiatives is the Pearl
Rating System.
THE PEARL RATING SYSTEM FOR ESTIDAMA

The Pearl Rating System for Estidama aims to address the sustainability of a given development throughout its
lifecycle from design through construction to operation. The Pearl Rating System provides design guidance and
detailed requirements for rating a projects potential performance in relation to the four pillars of Estidama.
The Pearl Rating System is organized into seven categories that are fundamental to more sustainable
development. These form the heart of the Pearl Rating System:

Integrated Development Process: Encouraging cross-disciplinary teamwork to deliver environmental and

quality management throughout the life of the project.
Natural Systems: Conserving, preserving and restoring the regions critical natural environments and
habitats.
Livable Communities: Improving the quality and connectivity of outdoor and indoor spaces.
Precious Water: Reducing water demand and encouraging efficient distribution and alternative water
sources.
Resourceful Energy: Targeting energy conservation through passive design measures, reduced demand,
energy efficiency and renewable sources.
Stewarding Materials: Ensuring consideration of the whole-of-life cycle when selecting and specifying
materials.
Innovating Practice: encouraging innovation in building design and construction to facilitate market and
industry transformation.
1 of 172
PEARL RATING LEVELS

Within each section there are both mandatory and optional credits and credit points are awarded for each
optional credit achieved. To achieve a 1 Pearl rating, all the mandatory credit requirements must be met. To
achieve a higher Pearl rating, all the mandatory credit requirements must be met along with a minimum
number of credit points.
Table 1: Pearl Community Rating Levels
Requirement
Pearl Rating Achieved
All mandatory credits
1 Pearl
All mandatory credits + 55 credit points
2 Pearl
3 Pearl
4 Pearl
5 Pearl
SECTION WEIGHTINGS
The number of credit points available in a given section determines the weighting of that section.
Table 2: Maximum Credit Points Available for each Section
Credit Section
Maximum Credit Points
IDP Integrated Development Process
10
NS Natural Systems
14
LC - Livable Communities
38
PW Precious Water
37
RE Resourceful Energy
42
SM Stewarding Materials
18
IP Innovating Practice
TOTAL
159*
* Total : Excludes Innovating Practice credit points which are offered as bonus credits.
2 of 172
THE PEARL RATING SYSTEM DOCUMENTS

The Pearl Rating System comprises the following documents:

Pearl Community Rating System: Design & Construction

Pearl Building Rating System: Design & Construction
Pearl Villa Rating System: Design & Construction
This document focuses on the Pearl Building Rating System. The Pearl Rating System documents are available to
download from the UPC / Estidama website, which will also contain frequently asked questions, training
information and any revisions to the documents. Please visit www.upc.gov.ae .
THE PEARL RATING STAGES

The Pearl Rating System recognizes the reality of ownership and responsibility transitions as a project evolves
from a design team to a construction team to a facility management team. Accordingly, three rating stages
have been established: Design, Construction and Operational.
Pearl Design Rating - The Design Rating rewards measures adopted during the design development of the
project that meet the intent and requirements of each credit. The Design Rating recognizes the additional
marketing value and branding a Pearl Rating will afford a development in its early sale or lease phase. A Pearl
Design Rating is valid only until construction is complete and requires that all collateral, branding and
communication materials identify the project as a Pearl Design Rated project.
Pearl Construction Rating - The Construction Rating ensures that the commitments made for the Design Rating
have been achieved. The Construction Rating requires that all collateral, branding and communication materials
identify the project as a Pearl Construction Rated project.
This document, the Pearl Community Rating System, addresses both the Pearl Design Rating and the Pearl
Construction Rating. The Pearl Operational Rating is currently under development.
Pearl Operational Rating The operational rating assesses the built-in features and operational performance of
an existing building and ensures the building is operating sustainably. The operational rating can only be
achieved a minimum of two years after construction completion and when the building has reached a minimum
occupancy of 80%.
Figure 2: Links between the Pearl Rating Systems
3 of 172
KEY TEAM MEMBERS

The assessment process requires the following key team members:
Figure 3: Key Team Members
Pearl Assessor
The Pearl Assessor is an Estidama representative who
assesses the Pearl submission documents.
Pearl Qualified Professional
The Pearl Qualified Professional (PQP) is a member of
the design team who facilitates the Pearl Rating System
for both Design and Construction stages. To be a PQP,
the individual must pass an exam which will test their
administrative and technical knowledge of the Pearl
Rating Systems.
The PQPs role will be as follows:
understand the requirements of the Pearl Building
and Community Rating Systems and associated
Guides;
facilitate the rating process; and
provide quality assurance to documents prior to
submission to Estidama.
Communication with Estidama and the Pearl Assessor
will generally be via email, with frequently asked
questions available on the Estidama website. The
website will also provide information to help guide
design teams through the Pearl Rating Systems and will
contain schedules of training sessions, seminars and
event notices.
4 of 172
THE PEARL RATING PROCESS

The Pearl Rating System is designed to facilitate an effective and educational way to assess the sustainability of
a specific development. The general steps required to be undertaken by developers and their consultants in the
process are summarised as follows:
Figure 4: The Pearl Rating Process
All Pearl Ratings
Step 1: Register the development with Estidama for the relevant Pearl
Rating System. Each project will be provided with a unique
identification number.
Step 2: Appoint a PQP to facilitate the rating process and co-ordinate
the submission.
Step 3: Conduct workshops in compliance with the Estidama Integrated
Development Process (EIDP) with facilitation by the PQP (compliant
with IDP-R1).
Pearl Design Rating
Step DR4: Review and update credit submissions on a regular basis
throughout the design process.
Step DR5: Issue the final design credit submissions to Estidama at the
end of the construction documentation stage.
Step DR6: The submission will be reviewed by a Pearl Assessor, who
may request clarifications or additional information from the PQP as
necessary.
Step DR7: The Pearl Assessor will award a Pearl Design Rating based on
the credits achieved by the development.
Pearl Construction Rating
Step CR4: Review and update credit submissions on a regular basis
throughout the construction process.
Step CR5: Issue the final construction credit submissions to Estidama
after construction is complete.
Step CR6: The submission will be reviewed by a Pearl Assessor, who
may request clarifications or additional information from the PQP.
Estidama reserves the right to undertake on-site verification if deemed
necessary.
Step CR7: The Pearl Assessor will award a Pearl Construction Rating
based on the credits achieved by the development.
Pearl Operational Rating
Two years following construction completion, once a building has
reached a minimum occupancy of 80%, submissions can be made for the
Pearl Operational Rating. The process for achieving a Pearl
Operational Rating is set out in the separate Pearl Operational Rating
guide (currently under development).
5 of 172
THE DEVELOPMENT REVIEW PROCESS AND THE PEARL RATING SYSTEM

The Development Review Process has been introduced by the UPC to provide a streamlined process for
reviewing development proposals. The process comprises four steps: Enquiry, Pre-Concept Stage, Concept
Planning Review and Detailed Planning Review. The UPC uses this review process for two main purposes:

To ensure development proposals comply with the Emirates urban planning policies (e.g. land uses,
densities, Estidama); and
To coordinate the review and approval of development applications by external government agencies.
There are mandatory Estidama elements within the Development Review Process, which ensure sustainability is
considered throughout the planning process and that a minimum level of sustainability is achieved. The Pearl
Rating System extends upon the minimum sustainability requirements embedded within the UPCs Development
Review Process.
Figure 5: Relationship between the UPC Development Review Process, Estidama and the Pearl Rating System
6 of 172
APPLICATION OF THE PEARL COMMUNITY RATING SYSTEM

Project Type:
The Community Rating System is designed to be used for development projects, which will support a minimum
permanent residential population of 1,000 people, this being the minimum population for which community
facilities are required to be provided in accordance with the UPC community facility requirements.
There is no maximum size of project which may apply for a Pearl Community Rating. However, for projects
larger in size than a District, this being defined as a permanent residential population of between 20,000 and
30,000, the project is to be divided into individual Districts and a separate application made for each of these
Districts. A project may also submit a community rating application for a single component or phase of the
project. In these cases, the boundary of the component or phase is to be formed by a natural feature,
boulevard or highway or significant land use change and must be clear and distinct.
Process:
The aim of the Community Rating System is to promote the development of sustainable communities and
improve quality of life. Achievement of a sustainable community requires the integration of the four pillars of
Estidama and a collaborative and inter-disciplinary approach to master planning. The EIDP will form the basis
for the detailed submission requirements under the Community Rating System.
The proponent is to commence preparation for a Community Rating at the start of the project design process, in
combination with the Estidama Integrated Development Process, to ensure all target credits may be achieved.
The credits have been ordered based on the design process.
Figure 6: Integration of Community Rating System into the design process
7 of 172
The credit requirements under the Community Rating System are informed by UPC policy, regulatory
requirements and guidance.
In order to proceed with a voluntary rating under the Community Rating System, it will be necessary for the
project to be in compliance with the relevant Plan 2030. Where the relevant Plan 2030 is superseded by either
a Development Code or Local Area Plan, these will apply. Where relevant, design aspects will need to be
approved by the appropriate municipal department and evidence of approval in the form of No Objection
Certificates (NOCs) will be required prior to submission of documentation for the Community Rating System.
It is the responsibility of the proponent to ensure the latest policy documents available on the day of
application are applied. The UPC and Estidama Website should be used as the first point of reference to source
the relevant UPC policy documents. In cases where resources are not available through the website, the
proponent is to contact the UPC directly to obtain any required documents.
Current UPC policy documents requiring compliance through the design process include the following:

Capital 2030 Master Plan

Al Ain 2030 Master Plan
Al Gharbia 2030 Master Plan
UPC Community Facility Requirements
Abu Dhabi Urban Street Design Manual
Abu Dhabi Development Code
Coastal Development Guidelines
Submission Requirements
Submission requirements for each of the stages of the Pearl Rating System are outlined under each credit area.
The Design Rating submission should be made at the end of the detailed design and construction documentation
stage and the Construction Rating submission should be made on completion of construction. Both the design
and construction submissions should be made electronically from the PQP to the Pearl Assessor at Estidama.
Confidentiality
There will be no public disclosure of information provided or derived as part of the Submission Requirements.
Information provided will remain confidential, except as required for identification of the project and its key
participants for the purposes of Certification.
8 of 172
UNDERSTANDING THE CREDITS

The Pearl Community Rating System comprises the following two types of credits:
Required Credits - these must be met by every project submitting for a Pearl Rating. These occur at the front
of each section and are designated with an R, for example SM-R1. While limited in number, they are essential
to achieving a Pearl Rating and reflect existing or emerging UPC and other Abu Dhabi Government Agency
policies. No credit points are awarded for achieving these required credits.
Optional Credits these are the voluntary performance credits from which points may be accrued. Some
credits, such as SM-8 shown below, award 1 point whereas other credits allow more than 1 point to be attained.
Depending on the Pearl Rating level being pursued by a design and development team, the number of credits
and the level of achievement will vary from project to project.
9 of 172
SUMMARY OF CREDIT POINTS FOR THE PEARL COMMUNITY RATING SYSTEM
Maximum Credit
Points
IDP
Integrated Development Process
IDP-R1
Integrated Development Strategy
IDP-R2
Sustainable Building Guidelines
IDP-R3
Community-Dedicated Infrastructure Basic Commissioning
IDP-1
Life Cycle Costing
IDP-2
Guest Worker Accommodation
IDP-3
Construction Environmental Management
IDP-4
Sustainability Awareness
2
TOTAL
10
Maximum Credit
Points
NS
Natural Systems
NS-R1
Natural Systems Assessment
NS-R2
Natural Systems Protection
NS-R3
Natural Systems Design and Management Strategy
NS-1
Reuse of Land
NS-2
Remediation of Contaminated Land
NS-3
Ecological Enhancement
NS-4
Habitat Creation and Restoration
NS-5
Food Systems
2
TOTAL
14
10 of 172
Maximum Credit
Points
LC
Livable Communities
LC-R1
Plan 2030
LC-R2
Urban Systems Assessment
LC-R3
Provision of Amenities and Facilities
LC-R4
Outdoor Thermal Comfort Strategy
LC-R5
Minimum Pearl Rated Buildings Within Communities
LC-1
Transit Supportive Practices
LC-2
Neighborhood Connectivity
LC-3
Open Space Network
LC-4
Accessible Community Facilities
LC-5
Housing Diversity
LC-6
Community Walkability
LC-7
Active Urban Environments
LC-8
Travel Plan
LC-9
Improved Outdoor Thermal Comfort
LC-10
Regionally Responsive Planning
LC-11
Pearl Rated Buildings Within Communities
10
LC-12
Safe and Secure Community
1
TOTAL
35
Maximum Credit
Points
PW
Precious Water
PW-R1
Community Water Strategy
PW-R2
Building Water Guidelines
PW-R3
Water Monitoring and Leak Detection
PW-1.1
Community Water Use Reduction: Landscaping
14
PW-1.2
Community Water Use Reduction: Heat Rejection
PW-1.3
Community Water Use Reduction: Water Features
PW-2
Stormwater Management
PW-3
Water Efficient Buildings
8
TOTAL
37
11 of 172
Maximum Credit
Points
RE
Resourceful Energy
RE-R1
Community Energy Strategy
RE-R2
Building Energy Guidelines
RE-R3
Energy Monitoring and Reporting
RE-1
Community Strategies for Passive Cooling
RE-2
Urban Heat Reduction
RE-3.1
Efficient Infrastructure: Lighting
RE-3.2
Efficient Infrastructure: District Cooling
RE-3.3
Efficient Infrastructure: Smart Grid Technology
RE-4.1
Renewable Energy: Onsite
RE-4.2
Renewable Energy: Offsite
RE-5
Energy Efficient Buildings
7
TOTAL
42
Maximum Credit
Points
SM
Stewarding Materials
SM-R1
CCA Treated Timber Elimination
SM-R2
Basic Construction Waste Management
SM-R3
Basic Operational Waste Management
SM-1
Modular Pavement and Hardscape Cover
SM-2
Regional Materials
SM-3
Recycled Materials
SM-4
Reused or Certified Timber
SM-5
Improved Construction Waste Management
SM-6
Improved Operational Waste Management
SM-7
Organic Waste Management
SM-8
Hazardous Waste Management
1
TOTAL
18
Maximum Credit
Points
IP
Innovating Practice
IP-1
Showcase of Regional & Cultural Practices
IP-2
Innovating Practice
2
TOTAL
12 of 172
Maximum Credit
Points
Credit Section
IDP - Integrated Development Process
10
NS - Natural Systems
14
LC - Livable Communities
38
PW - Precious Water
37
RE - Resourceful Energy
42
SM - Stewarding Materials
18
IP - Innovating Practice
3
TOTAL Credit Points
159*
Total : Excludes Innovating Practice credit points which are offered as bonus credits.
13 of 172
This page has been left blank intentionally
14 of 172
Credit Section
IDP: Integrated Development Process
15 of 172
n essential part of the strategy for achieving Estidama is to fundamentally change the way we
approach design, construction and real estate development. The Pearl Community Rating System is meant
to provide design and development teams with more than a checklist for development and green
buildings. It is part of the overarching Pearl Rating System, a transformative tool aiming to improve the
design and development process and provide more cost-effective, higher performing developments. The
essence of this process is the Estidama Integrative Development Process (EIDP), which is a mandatory
process as part of the UPC Development Review Process.
EIDP calls for cross-disciplinary teamwork and builds upon sound thinking, delivering quality and
environmental management throughout the life of the project in order to achieve the successful
integration of building, community, natural and economic systems. The process requires an integrated
development approach from very early on in the design, a clear vision and sustainability targets. The main
objective is to achieve significant environmental, social, economic and cultural benefits while ensuring
that the costs of the development are minimized.
Design
Construction
Commissioning /
Testing
Operations &
Maintenance
Ongoing
Education
Implementing the IDP Credits will:

establish a more collaborative and iterative design and development process;

encourage construction activities that value workers welfare, quality and sound environmental
management; and
prepare the ground for good operation and maintenance where the user plays an informed active
role.
16 of 172
CREDITS COVERED IN THIS SECTION
IDP
Credit
Code
Credit Title
IDP-R1
IDP-R2
IDP-R3
Community-Dedicated Infrastructure Basic Commissioning
IDP-1
Life Cycle Costing
IDP-2
IDP-3
IDP-4
Sustainability Awareness
Maximum
Credit Points
TOTAL
10
17 of 172
IDP-R1: Integrated Development Strategy

Intent
Credit
Requirements
To ensure new development adopts an Integrated Development Process (IDP) as a way

of attaining greater synergy between project systems resulting in high performance
communities.
GENERAL
Demonstrate that the design and development team and development process are
organized and programmed to gain full benefit from an integrated development
approach, from project inception through to final delivery.
Develop an implementation strategy to facilitate an effective transition between
project stages (e.g. from master planning to construction to operation) and project
packages (e.g. infrastructure to buildings), to ensure that the initial vision, objectives
and targets are carried through to completion.
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENT/CLARIFICATIONS
None
Requirement
Achievement
This is a requirement. There are no Credit Points awarded.
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Process chart for the IDP, developed at project inception, detailing:

Team structure listing team members, and their roles;
Design milestones and workshops listing participants, goals, expected

outcomes, required actions with tasks assignments; and
Methodology for ensuring appropriate stakeholders are involved, including

construction team, commissioning agent, potential building owners, operators
and relevant regulatory authorities and permit agencies.
Narrative summarizing initial vision, objectives and targets set jointly by the
project team for the project;
Implementation strategy for achieving transition between project stages and

project packages;
Meeting minutes, action items and team member responsibilities from key
workshops held as part of the IDP; and
Narrative highlighting the reasons for any changes from the initial IDP process
chart.
Narrative showing an updated process chart of the IDP highlighting changes from
the design stage and listing successes and challenges during construction stage; and
Updated implementation strategy.
Calculations and
Methodology
The IDP is a mandatory process as part of the UPC Development Review Process.
References

Estidama Website, www.upc.gov.ae

Abu Dhabi Urban Planning Council Website, www.upc.gov.ae
18 of 172
IDP-R2: Sustainable Building Guidelines

Intent
Credit
Requirements
To ensure that the design and construction of buildings will contribute to the overall
communitys sustainability objectives and targets.
GENERAL
Building on the requirements of the IDP-R1, develop Sustainable Building Guidelines to
formally communicate the requirements for the project in relation to sustainable
design, construction and operation to New buildings design and development teams and
Existing buildings managers/operators. These guidelines must be issued to each
building owner/developer and must cover the following at a minimum:
The IDP planned for the project and building design and development teams role
as part of this process;
Sustainability vision and objectives for the project;
A summary of targets for the project. This can be represented in the form of
scorecard(s) highlighting credits targeted based on the Pearl Building Rating
System, Pearl Villa Rating System or the Pearl Operational Rating System, as
appropriate;
The certification process for the community and its various milestones;
Technical guidance on how building design and construction measures can
contribute to each credit targeted, where relevant;
Technical guidance on how existing building upgrade measures can contribute to
each credit targeted, where relevant; and
The owners / developers quality assurance procedure for verifying the
requirements have been implemented.
None
Requirement
Achievement
This is a requirement. No Credit Points are awarded.
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Updated Sustainable Building Guidelines
Calculations and
Methodology
None
References
None
19 of 172
IDP-R3: Community-Dedicated Infrastructure

Basic Commissioning
Intent
Credit
Requirements
To ensure that the infrastructure systems perform as designed, thereby protecting

occupant health and providing ongoing efficiency.
GENERAL
Demonstrate that:
One or more independent commissioning agent(s), reporting to the project owner,
is/are engaged as part of the project design team throughout the design stages to
verify performance of community-dedicated energy, water and waste
infrastructure;
Comprehensive commissioning requirements are included in specifications of
community-dedicated energy, water and waste infrastructure and construction
contracts or provide a Commissioning Plan for the infrastructure at construction
completion.
At completion, the community-dedicated energy, water and waste infrastructure
has been commissioned by independent commissioning specialists; and
The commissioning report has been reviewed and verified prior to completion of
community-dedicated energy, water and waste infrastructure;
None
Requirement
Achievement
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Calculations and
Methodology
This is a requirement. No Credit Points are awarded.
CV of commissioning agent(s);
Copy of the contract(s) with the Commissioning Agent(s);
Copy of the Design Documents reviews; and
Commissioning Plan clearly indicating commissioning requirements for the project,

including:
Owners Project Requirements;
Basis of Design narrative.
CV of commissioning agent(s);
List of all meetings attended by the commissioning agent(s) through commissioning

period and project handover, including dates; and
Final Commissioning Report, including:

Project commissioning specifications;
Verification of installation;
Operation & Maintenance Manual.
Commissioning is a collaborative effort. Specific roles played by various project team

members are as follows:
The independent commissioning agent must oversee and lead the commissioning
process as follows:
Review Design Documentations and make recommendations to the design team;
Review Construction Documentations and make recommendations to the design
team;
20 of 172

Prepare or review the Commissioning Plan; and

Review and approve the results of commissioned systems.
The contractor must perform the following prior to construction completion of the
commissioned infrastructure:
Employ independent commissioning contractor(s) to commission the installed
systems as part of community-dedicated infrastructure.
The design team must perform the following prior to infrastructure completion:
Review and approve submittals from relevant subcontractors during construction;
Visually review the results of selected commissioned systems; and
Review final commissioning documents, including but not limited to the operations
and maintenance manual(s) and staff training materials.
The independent commissioning agent(s) must have a minimum of 2 years experience in
their specialist commissioning fields and can be an employee of one of the companies
involved in the project as long as this/these individuals is/are not involved in the
project design and/or construction.
References
None
21 of 172
IDP-1: Life Cycle Costing

Intent
Credit
Requirements
To enable effective long-term decisions about infrastructure design and construction in

order to maximize efficiency over the whole life of the development.
GENERAL
Demonstrate that Life Cycle Costing was undertaken as part of the IDP as follows:
Demonstrate that a life cycle cost (LCC) analysis was started during concept master
planning by a qualified professional to evaluate and compare various design
options. The LCC model developed must be maintained and upgraded throughout
the design stages in option appraisals;
Provide evidence from the IDP that the LCC analysis was used to verify design,
technology and process decisions. Meeting minutes and documentation (reports,
presentations) submitted as part of IDP-R1 may be used for the purpose of
demonstrating compliance; and
At the end of construction, update the LCC report with final construction costs.
None
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
4
(maximum)
4
4
(maximum)
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
Use Life Cycle Cost analysis in design.
Construction Rating
Update Life Cycle Cost report with final construction costs.
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
LCC report produced at the end of design with summary history of the progressive
decisions that benefited from LCC.
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Updated LCC report reflecting final construction costs.
Calculations and
Methodology
The qualified professional must be a Chartered Surveyor with previous experience with
LCC modeling on at least 2 similar projects. The qualified professional must also be
familiar with internationally recognized LCC standards such as the ISO 15686 Building
and Constructed Assets - Service Life Planning Part 5: Life Cycle Costing, the
Standardized Method of Life Cycle Costing for Construction Procurement supplement to
ISO 15686 published by the Building Cost Information Service (BCIS) and the Building
Standards Institute (BSI) or similar standards.
References

ISO 15686 Building and Constructed Assets - Service Life Planning Part 5: Life Cycle
Costing.
Standardized Method of Life Cycle Costing for Construction Procurement supplement to ISO 15686 published by the Building Cost Information Service (BCIS)
and the British Standards Institute (BSI).
22 of 172
IDP-2: Guest Worker Accommodation

Intent
To promote fair labor practices in construction.
Credit
Requirements
GENERAL
2 Credit Points : Develop and implement a Construction Guest Worker Accommodation
Plan that, at a minimum, addresses the following:
The provision of accommodation facilities for all construction guest workers on the
project. Facilities must be located within suitable walking distances. Appropriate
shade must be provided in circulation areas, parks, play fields and
waiting/gathering areas such as bus stops. The facilities must provide dedicated
and adequate areas for:
o food preparation,
o personal hygiene
o religious services,
o healthcare,
o recreation, and
o entertainment.
An ongoing maintenance plan of guest worker housing facilities and total budget
allocated to maintenance services;
Inspection schedules and auditing mechanisms for the guest worker housing
facilities with minimum annual inspections required; and
A formal protocol for engaging with facility residents and other stakeholders to
address their requests, concerns and petitions, including the formation of a
Workers Representative Committee and the development of a Workers Social &
Welfare Program to address the following issues at a minimum:
o Health, safety and security;
o House rules;
o Drugs and alcohol awareness;
o Education programs;
o Recreation activities; and
o Transport within, to and from the housing facilities outside working hours.
None
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
2
(maximum)
2
2
(maximum)
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
Develop a Guest Worker Accommodation Plan.
Construction Rating
Implement the Guest Worker Accommodation Plan.
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Guest Worker Accommodation Plan;
Narrative describing how all requirements of Abu Dhabi Cabinet Decision No. (13) of
2009 are met or exceeded;
For new facilities, a signed copy of tender agreements with housing contractors and
subcontractors, stipulating the standards and requirements for the provision of
guest worker housing, its ongoing maintenance and engagement with residents and
stakeholders; and
For existing facilities, photographs and other documentation as listed under Credit
Submission Construction Rating.
23 of 172
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Photographs illustrating how all requirements of Abu Dhabi Decision No. (13) of
Record of all maintenance visits and inspections, including dates and actions taken
and summary of invoices associated with maintenance expenditures;
Narrative describing how the Contractor applied the stakeholder-engagement

protocol; and
Record of the formation of a Workers Representative Committee and development

of a Workers Social & Welfare Program.
Calculations and
Methodology
project must meet or exceed the requirements of Abu Dhabi Cabinet Decision No. (13)
of 2009.
References
Abu Dhabi Cabinet Decision No. (13) of 2009: Approving the General Standards
Manual for Group Labor Accommodation and Related Services
24 of 172
IDP-3: Construction Environmental Management

Intent
To reduce the environmental impacts associated with construction practices.
Credit
Requirements
GENERAL
1 Credit Point: Demonstrate that the project's Construction Environmental

Management Plan (CEMP) is prepared in accordance with Environment Agency Abu
Dhabis (EAD) Construction Environmental Management Plan Technical Guidance
Document by an EAD-approved and registered consultant and that:
o the Plan has been approved by EAD, for projects required to produce a
CEMP; or
o the Plan has been peer reviewed by an EAD-approved and registered
consultant.
2 Credit Points: In addition to achieving the above, demonstrate that the project
lead contractor is either ISO 14001 or EHSMS certified.
None
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
2
(maximum)
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Design Rating
Develop the CEMP in accordance with EAD regulations.
Project Lead Contractor is ISO 14001 or EHSMS Certified.
2
(maximum)
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Construction Rating
Provide evidence that the CEMP has been properly applied

to the site.
Confirm that Project Lead Contractor is ISO 14001 or EHSMS

Certified.
CEMP, including:
Statement from EAD or a suitably qualified peer reviewer that the project's
CEMP meets the Abu Dhabi CEMP standard; and
CV and EAD registration of the peer reviewer.
Certified Contractors ISO 14001 or EHSMS certification.
Signed off audit of the CEMP that verifies the project's performance was in
compliance with the CEMP, including photographs and narrative of construction
practices.
Certified Contractors ISO 14001 or EHSMS certification.
Calculations and
Methodology
None
References

Environment Agency Abu Dhabis Construction Environmental Management Plan

Technical Guidance Document.
ISO 14001 Environmental Management Standard: 2004, International Organization
for Standardization.
Abu Dhabi Emirate Environment, Health and Safety Management System (EHSMS)
www.ead.ae/en/portal/ad.ehsms.aspx
25 of 172
IDP-4 Sustainability Awareness

Intent
Credit
Requirements
To promote the efficient ongoing operation of the community by enabling site

residents, workers and visitors to appreciate, understand and therefore contribute to
responsible resource use in the community.
GENERAL
Demonstrate that a Sustainability Awareness Strategy was developed by the design

team and updated at the end of construction. This Strategy must address the
education of site users on the following topics as a minimum:
o Ecological features of the site, their ecological value within the local,
regional and global context and ways for site users to preserve/protect
these features;
o Energy and water efficiency measures in buildings and onsite and how
residents and other site users behavior affects performance;
o Information on materials used in the community, including environmental
and social benefits, as appropriate;
o Waste and recycling policies and information such as location, sorting
requirements (if any) and the use of green waste (if applicable);
o Location of nearby amenities and community facilities; and
o Alternative transportation offered to site users including locations of
nearby public transport, shuttle service, car-pooling and on-site bicycle
facilities.
Demonstrate use of the following communication mechanisms:

o Static Communication educational kiosks, interpretative signs, displays
and information packs;
o Ongoing Communication continually updated information through digital
display, internet and/or newsletter with information on performance
measures such as ongoing energy and water consumption or generation of
energy from renewable sources.
Requirement
Achievement
CREDIT POINTS
2
(maximum)
2
2
(maximum)
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
Provide an outline Sustainability Awareness Strategy
indicating the communication mechanisms to be used.
Construction Rating
Provide details of implementation of the Sustainability
Awareness Strategy as set out in the design stage.
Narrative describing the Sustainability Awareness Strategy setting out the

communication mechanisms to be used to raise sustainability awareness.
Where Static Communication will be applied, provide a site plan, signage drawings
and renderings illustrating the elements of the Sustainability Awareness Strategy
and summary of the content of the information pack.
Where Ongoing Communication will be applied, provide samples of digitally

displayed messages, website template and structure or template of Newsletter.
Updated narrative describing the Sustainability Awareness Strategy setting out the
communication mechanisms to be used to raise sustainability awareness.
Where Static Communication will be applied, provide a site plan, photographs

illustrating elements of the Sustainability Awareness Strategy and a copy of an
information pack.
Where Ongoing Community Communication will be applied, provide a summary of
26 of 172
messages displayed, website link/files or sample Newsletter.
Calculations and
Methodology
None
References
None
27 of 172
Credit Section
NS: Natural Systems
28 of 172
ne of the fundamental building blocks of Plan 2030 is the need to foster careful, sensitive growth
that will conserve, preserve, and restore the regions critical natural environments and habitats. The
ecosystem services provided by these unique marine and desert systems are invaluable and their ongoing
viability is essential to maintain a high quality of life in the region.
Plan 2030 calls for the creation of a national park system to preserve key areas, but goes beyond that with
the concept of a green gradient. This gradient designates levels of conservation, preservation and
restoration and development for each of five zones, ranging from the most intensely developed urban core
to the natural areas that must be preserved. This concept and its policy objectives are more clearly
defined in the Conservation Development Guidelines issued by UPC in January of 2009.
Plan 2030 also proposes an open space framework a system of formal and informal spaces in
communities that connect and augment a broader national park system and the resources it protects. This
green infrastructure strategy should be reflected not only in plan and form, but also in implementation,
leading to healthier ecosystems, habitats and ultimately communities.
The islands, sand dunes, sea, coast lines, and native wildlife all blend to create Abu Dhabis incredibly
intricate, sensitive and unique natural environment. This extraordinary mix has coexisted with the
people living within it for thousands of years.
Capital 2030, A Sustainable Foundation
The Natural Systems Credit Section is intended to encourage natural resource management and
sustainable land use through:
thorough analysis and assessment of natural systems as part of the pre-conceptual master planning
and development process;
encouraging reuse of land;
remediation of contaminated land;
conservation of existing valuable features through protection or mitigation;
enhancement in ecological value; and
habitat creation, restoration and provision of habitat connections.
In addition, the credits encourage landscape designs which minimize resource and management
requirements and celebration of local food production.
The overarching hierarchy followed is illustrated below:
29 of 172
NS
Natural Systems
Credit
Code
Credit Title
NS-R1
NS-R2
NS-R3
Natural Systems Design and Management Strategy
NS-1
Reuse of Land
NS-2
NS-3
NS-4
Habitat Creation and Restoration
NS-5
Food Systems
Maximum
Credit Points
TOTAL
14
30 of 172
NS-R1: Natural Systems Assessment

Intent
Credit
Requirements
To ensure that before the design process begins, the environmental baseline conditions
surrounding, connected to and on the site are considered and assessed.
GENERAL
Demonstrate that, before the start of the design process and site clearance, an
assessment of the natural systems (NS) has been carried out at the:
project site,
area of probable impact surrounding the project site,
sub-regional, and
regional scale.
Based on a NS analysis, identify opportunities, constraints and carrying capacity
associated with the development, through the results of the assessment and present in
a Natural Systems Assessment Report.
Key performance indicators (KPIs) must be prepared to guide the design of the
development, based on the results of the opportunities and constraints analysis. These
are to be measurable targets against which future design or construction works can be
assessed.
The assessment is to be carried out by a suitably qualified environmental professional
trained to complete such analysis and assessment.
None
Requirement
Achievement
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Natural Systems assessment report including:

Narrative;
Maps; and
Site photographs.
Maps and site photographs must clearly identify the extent of different habitats and/or
other significant natural system features.
Review of the site against Environmental Policy Statements included in Plan 2030.
CV of the appointed suitably qualified environmental professional.
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
There is no required submission at this stage.
Calculations and
Methodology
Information contained in the following documents may provide the foundation for this
credit.
Preliminary Environmental Review (PER) or Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA)
as may be required by the Environment Agency Abu Dhabi (EAD);
The contextual natural systems analysis as a part of the UPCs Development Review
Process;
An Environmental Context Statement as required by the UPC Coastal Development
Guidelines.
31 of 172
The NS assessment is to cover the following environmental components, as a minimum:

Topography;
Geology / geomorphology;
Soils and geotechnical attributes;
Hydrology and groundwater;
Waste and contamination;
Coastal conditions;
Microclimate (such as prevailing winds, solar orientation and solar shading);
Priority species, habitats and ecosystems (both onsite and those influenced by the
site);
Flora and fauna (including wildlife corridors, seasonal uses);
Archaeological features.
The NS assessment is to be undertaken in combination with LC-R2 Urban Systems
Assessment.
The assessment is to be based on a field survey as well as a desk top study using
historical and /or other data. As a minimum a field survey is to be carried out on the
project site and include a Phase I Habitat Survey, or similar. A desk top study is
sufficient for the area of probable impact, sub-regional and regional analysis.
The NS assessment shall illustrate the inter-relationships between environmental
components and identify the carrying capacity of the site based on the following:
Significant Assets - Assets which are of significant importance (internationally,

nationally, regionally and/or locally), including:
o Priority Habitats Habitats identified in Abu Dhabi Emirate which are of
exceptional value and are highly threatened, including Intertidal Mudflats,
Mangrove, Vegetated Sandy Beaches, Marine (seagrass, coral), Wadis, Sand
Sheets and Low Dunes, Interdunal Plains and High Dunes, Alluvial Plains
and Jebels. Reference is to be made to Brown and Boer, 2004 for detailed
habitat types.
o Any other habitat identified as significant through the Development Review
Process, the Coastal Development Guidelines, an EIA, a PER or a Strategic
Environmental Assessment.
o Priority Species A protected species (flora or fauna) or species
determined to be critically endangered, endangered, vulnerable,
threatened, near threatened or sensitive (as defined by the Union for
Conservation of Nature (IUCN), UAE Red Data list and / or Abu Dhabi
Emirate Environment, Health and Safety Management System (AD EHSMS).
Valuable Assets - Any valuable assets, such as features of ecological value,
including healthy native trees or shrubs.
The assessment is to identify and map areas to be:

protected;
used as mitigation areas;
enhanced;
remediated; and/or
allocated for habitat creation or restoration beyond mitigation and / or
compensation requirements.
The assessment must then clearly identify and justify the following, as applicable, in
addition to the above:
Developable land and intensity of proposed use, associated with carrying capacity;
Buffer areas;
Reclaimed land;
Connections; and
32 of 172
Areas subject to environmental constraints, including high groundwater, flooding,

steep slopes, etc.
KPIs are to be prepared to guide the design of the development, based on the results of
the opportunities and constraints analysis. These are to include indicators and targets
relating to the following, as a minimum:
Soil;
Flora;
Fauna;
Microclimate;
Topography and views;
Drainage;
Other targets relating to mitigation of identified environmental constraints; and
Area of site to be protected, maintained, created or restored.
KPIs are to be simple, clear, measurable targets against which future design or
construction works can be assessed. They also need to be site specific and reflect the
particular attributes of a site.
A suitably qualified environmental professional is an individual with:
a degree in a relevant subject;
a minimum of five years relevant work experience (for the ecological component of
the assessment this is to include experience of carrying out habitat surveys as well
as providing advice on ecological protection, enhancement and mitigation
measures); and
a proven track record on working on similar projects in the region.
The Environment Agency Abu Dhabi (www.ead.ae) holds a list of consultants carrying
out a range of environmental services within the Emirate of Abu Dhabi.
References

Abu Dhabi Urban Planning Council (for Development Review and Design Process,
and Coastal Development Guidelines and Plan 2030), www.upc.gov.ae
Environment Agency Abu Dhabi (for EIA and PER guidelines), www.ead.ae
Abu Dhabi Emirate Environment, Health and Safety Management System,
Living systems, James Grier Miller, 1978
Union for Conservation of Nature, IUCN, www.iucn.org
Interpretation Manual of Major Terrestrial Natural and Semi-Natural Habitat Types
of Abu Dhabi Emirate, Gary Brown and Benno Boer, Environmental Research and
Wildlife Development Agency, September 2004
Red List of Terrestrial Mammalian Species of the Abu Dhabi Emirate, Environmental
Research and Wildlife Development Agency, May 2005
The Terrestrial Mammals, Reptiles and Amphibians of the UAE Species list and
status report, Environmental Research and Wildlife Development Agency, January
2005
Handbook for Phase 1 Habitat Survey a technique for environmental audit, JNCC,
2007, www.jncc.gov.uk
Vascular Plants of Abu Dhabi Emirate, Gary Brown and Sabitha Sakkir, August 2004
33 of 172
NS-R2: Natural Systems Protection

Intent
Credit
Requirements
To protect significant and valuable natural systems assets identified in NS-R1, Natural
Systems Assessment.
GENERAL
Demonstrate that significant or valuable natural systems assets, as identified in NS-R1,
are adequately protected or that the impacts are either mitigated or compensated.
This credit contains three types of strategies. Proponents must demonstrate one of the
three:
Strategy 1 Protection
Strategy 2 Onsite Mitigation
Strategy 3 Offsite Compensation
The Natural systems protection and/or mitigation / compensation plan and supporting
studies must be prepared by a suitably qualified ecological professional.
Strategy 1 Protection:
Demonstrate that 100% of each and every significant asset identified in NS-R1 is
retained and protected from damage and destruction sufficient to maintain its
structure and function (including any reclamation and dredging works at the
project site or source location of dredged material).
Demonstrate that 80% of each and every valuable asset identified in NS-R1, is
retained and protected from damage and destruction sufficient to maintain its
structure and function.
Only 25% of the projects total land area shall consist of reclaimed land.
OR
Demonstrate that no significant or valuable assets for protection were identified in
NS-R1.
Strategy 2 Onsite Mitigation:
Applies to sites where onsite mitigation is required due to the impracticality of
protection (as determined through consultation with the UPC.

Demonstrate the natural systems asset to be impacted is not located within a

protected or proposed protected area or national park, a coastal park or ecological
hotspot, or a coastal conservation zone, as defined by the UPC Coastal
Development Guidelines.
Demonstrate minimum 70% of each and every significant asset identified in NS-R1 is
retained on-site and protected from damage and destruction sufficiently to
maintain its existing structure and function (including any reclamation and dredging
works at the project site or source location of dredged material);
Demonstrate minimum 50% of each and every valuable asset identified in NS-R1, is
retained on-site and protected from damage and destruction sufficiently to
maintain its existing structure and function;
For projects that develop land adjacent to the coast, demonstrate that impacts
affect no more than 20% of the coastal edge;
Only 25% of the projects total land area shall consist of reclaimed land;
Mitigate for impacts (for the loss of up to 30% of significant assets and 50% of
valuable assets) through on-site re-establishment of habitat, using similar species
34 of 172

diversity as the lost habitat at an area replacement ratio of 2:1;

Provide for an ecological corridor between the protected habitat area (significant
assets) and the mitigation area; and
Provide confirmation of the appointment of a management and maintenance
organization (with a contract running for at least 5 years) for the project site, if
management not to be undertaken by the local municipality.
Strategy 3 Offsite Compensation:

Applies to sites where offsite compensation is required, due to the impracticality of
protection or mitigation (as determined through consultation with the UPC). UPCs
Estidama Assessor must provide approval before the compensation strategy can be
pursued.
Demonstrate compliance with requirements for Strategy 2, but instead of onsite
mitigation, compensate offsite.
Compensate for impacts (for the loss of up to 30% of significant assets and 50% of
valuable assets) through off-site re-establishment of habitat, using similar species
diversity as the lost habitat at an area replacement ratio of 2:1.
The Compensation site must be:
o located within the Emirate of Abu Dhabi;
o a degraded habitat;
o located outside an area allocated for development within a 2030 plan.
The habitat to be created in the compensation site must be:
o a similar type to the habitat lost at the development site;
o of a type appropriate to the compensation site location; and
o ideally be located in an area surrounded and connected to a similar
habitat.
None
Requirement
Achievement
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Supporting calculations, summarizing total site area, protection area and / or

mitigation area / compensation area in hectares.
Construction strategy to protect significant and valuable assets from construction

impacts.
CV of the appointed suitably qualified ecological professional, if different to the

details provided in NS-R1.
Strategy 1:
Protection Strategy Report which identifies the potential risks to the natural
systems asset from development to inform setback requirements including:
narrative and location maps which detail the boundaries of the asset;
extent of habitats and species to be protected;
limits of development, buffer areas and setbacks. Works areas shall be clearly
identified on an aerial photograph of existing conditions; and
any features of ecological value to be lost.
Strategy 2:
Mitigation Strategy Report which details the reasons for requiring mitigation for
loss of habitat and includes:
narrative and maps of the area of natural system asset to remain protected;
35 of 172
the area and value of habitat to be lost to development;
the area allocated for re-establishment;
identified on an aerial photograph of existing conditions;
a strategy for habitat re-establishment, including source of plant stock and

establishment of soil base; and
five year strategy for on-going management and monitoring following

completion of construction, including confirmation of management
organization.
Strategy 3:
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Calculations and
Methodology
Compensation Strategy Report which details the reasons for requiring compensation
for loss of habitat and includes:
identified on an aerial photograph of existing conditions;
details on the compensation area allocated for re-establishment, including site

location and confirmation of approval from landowner to establish habitat;
strategy for habitat re-establishment, including source of plant stock and


organization.
Evidence that on and off site features of ecological value have been protected
during construction; for example, a construction management plan and dated
photographs of successfully protected areas /features.
Updated development map delineating the built limits of all proposed development
and disturbance, setback zones, and buffer areas.
Supporting calculations summarizing final total land area and protected areas.
Confirmation of the appointment of a management and maintenance organization

(with a contract running for at least 5 years), if management not to be undertaken
by the local municipality. The confirmation should contain details of individuals
responsible and their duties in line with the strategy.
Only species within the project site boundary need to be protected, not those within
the Area of Probable Impact as defined in NS-1 Natural Systems Assessment credit.
For mitigation or compensation, calculate the original area of the ecological habitat to
be re-established. Re-establish the habitat on two times the surface area of the original
habitat area. The mitigation or compensation area must have a similar hydrological
function and soil type as the original area.
Setback requirements are to be determined by a suitably qualified ecologist depending
on the nature of the asset (in consultation with UPC). In the absence of any policy for a
specific habitat type, or clear justification for setback, any component of the proposed
development is to be:
setback at least 100 meters from identified coastal and marine priority habitats
(intertidal, coral, seagrass);
setback at least 50 meters from mangrove and vegetated sandy beaches;
setback at least 10 meters from wadis, sand-sheets and low dunes, interdunal
plains and high dunes, alluvial plains and jebels;
setback from trees to be protected through use of barriers located either at the
outer edge of branch spread or half the height of the tree, whichever is the
greater;
setback from other habitat areas through use of barriers located minimum 1 meter
36 of 172
from the outer edge.
References
See NS-R1
37 of 172
NS-R3: Natural Systems Design & Management Strategy

Intent
Credit
Requirements
To minimize demand for resources, promote soil protection and enhancement and
ensure the long term survival and management of landscaped / habitat areas.
GENERAL
Demonstrate that a Natural Systems (NS) design and management strategy has been
prepared that promotes the following whilst ensuring the long term survival and
management of the landscape and habitat areas within the site:

Soil protection and enhancement;

Low maintenance requirements; and

Low demand for resources.
The NS design and management strategy must cover all landscape areas, including the
management of:

protected, mitigated or compensated assets identified under NS-R2 as a minimum,

any areas of ecological enhancement as identified under NS-3;

any areas of habitat creation and restoration as identified under NS-4; and

any areas identified for food production as identified under NS-5.
The NS design and management strategy is to be prepared by a suitably qualified
professional.
None
Requirement
Achievement
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
NS Design and Management Strategy that includes:

Plans and drawings illustrating layout and design of landscaped and habitat
areas;
Details of soft and hard landscaped areas;
Details and justification of plant selection (ensuring that only native and
adaptive drought and saline tolerant species are specified for habitat areas);
Details of strategy for soil testing, protection, enhancement and maintenance;
Irrigation strategy;
Details of landscape maintenance procedures including fertilizer, herbicide and

pesticide application;
Details of specific establishment, maintenance and protection requirements for

sensitive areas; and
Details of monitoring requirements.
CV of the appointed suitably qualified environmental professional, if different to

the professionals details provided in NS-R1 or NS-R2.
Updated Natural Systems Management Strategy, including:
Reporting of any landscape/ habitat design alterations or procedures; and
Report on any failures and rectification work undertaken.

by the local municipality. The confirmation should contain details of individuals
38 of 172
Calculations and
Methodology
The Landscape Design and Management Strategy is to include the following, as a

minimum:
A landscape design influenced by the assessment undertaken at NS-R1;
A strategy for soil testing, protection and enhancement of site soils;
Details of plant palette for landscape and / or habitat areas and sources of plant
stock or seeds;
Planting design which groups together species with similar soil and microclimatic
requirements and water demands;
An irrigation design and management strategy which promotes low water demand
through species selection and efficient irrigation networks;
A strategy for avoidance of pesticide and herbicide application. If required,
identify potential impacts and outline strategy to be adopted to minimize
environmental impact;
A strategy for the establishment, survival, generation and protection of the
landscape and / or habitat areas that require specific monitoring and maintenance
(as identified by NS-R1 and NS-R2), identifying the establishment and maintenance
periods and a performance criteria for establishment;
Maintenance duties required to be carried out in the various landscaped areas
considering species type, soil type, requirements and season;
Monitoring strategy for the landscape / habitat areas and species for annual
monitoring of health, species diversity and abundance and soil condition; and
Identification of monitoring and maintenance organization.
References
See NS-R1
39 of 172
NS-1: Reuse of Land

Intent
Credit
Requirements
To encourage new developments to reuse land that has already been built on and infill
existing urban areas rather than using undisturbed land.
GENERAL
Demonstrate that at least 75% of the site area has been previously developed.
None
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
2
(maximum)
2
2
(maximum)
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
Demonstrate that at least 75% of the site area has been
previously developed.
Construction Rating
Demonstrate and confirm that at least 75% of the site area
has been previously developed.
Brief narrative of previous uses on the site, outlining existing structures and hard
landscaped areas;
Plan drawing of the existing, or previous development, on the site (or an aerial
photograph, including graphic scale) illustrating the proposed development
boundary; and
Calculations demonstrating that the previously developed area is at least 75% of

the new site area.
photograph, including graphic scale) with the final development boundary outlined;
and
Calculations confirming that the previously developed area remains at least 75% of
the site area.
Calculations and
Methodology
Previously developed land is classified as any land that is or was occupied by a

permanent structure, or impervious surfaces such as hardscape and/or parking areas,
including the land up to the plot boundary of the permanent structure and any
associated fixed surface infrastructure. It excludes any land occupied by agriculture or
forestry and any parks or recreation grounds.
References
None
40 of 172
NS-2: Remediation of Contaminated Land

Intent
To encourage and reward the remediation of land for building development.
Credit
Requirements
GENERAL
Demonstrate the site has been identified as contaminated by undertaking an
investigative analysis through completion of a Phase I and Phase II American Society for
Testing and Materials (ASTM) analysis, or similar. A site contamination assessment
report is to be provided identifying, estimating and evaluating the hazard risks on site.
Demonstrate that the results of the contamination assessment report have informed the
overall design and layout of the development.
Demonstrate that adequate remedial steps will be taken to decontaminate, or safely
encapsulate, the site prior to construction through a Phase III ASTM report, or similar.
The remediation strategy must be suitable for the proposed land use. The report is to
state the scope of engagement, the person or organization responsible for overseeing
the decontamination operation (from commencement to completion) and confirmation
that the site will be appropriately remediated for the proposed land uses.
All assessments, analysis and reporting must be carried out by a suitably qualified
environmental professional trained to complete such analysis and assessment.
None
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
2
(maximum)
2
2
(maximum)
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Calculations and
Methodology
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
Demonstrate the site is contaminated and an assessment
report and remediation strategy has been prepared.
Construction Rating
Demonstrate that the land, prior to development, was
identified as contaminated through the site contamination
assessment report and that adequate remedial steps were
taken to decontaminate or safely encapsulate the site prior
to construction.
Site contamination assessment report that clearly documents the pre-existing

contamination on site.
Certificate of engagement and Phase III remediation strategy from a suitably

qualified environmental consultant.

contamination on site.
Validation report of remediation from a suitably qualified environmental

consultant. The report is to state who was responsible for overseeing the
remediation operations (from commencement to completion) and confirm that the
site has been correctly and appropriately remediated for the proposed land use.
A site contamination assessment protocol is to be followed to evaluate hazardous

material pollution.
41 of 172
A Phase I analysis includes the identification of the potential for contamination

through former land uses and / or through preliminary site analysis;
A Phase II analysis includes the completion of site surveys to determine the
presence and extent of contamination on a site;
A Phase III assessment demonstrates the remedial steps to be taken to
decontaminate, or safely encapsulate, the site prior to construction.
An example of such a protocol is the ASTM Environmental Site Analysis Process, which
includes E 1903 97 Phase II Environmental Site Assessment.
A remediation strategy is to be developed specific for the contaminated site; guidance

can be found in the Model Procedures for the Management of Land Contamination (CLR
11).
Asbestos qualifies as contamination where it occurs in the ground.
References

Environment Agency Abu Dhabi www.ead.ae

Standard Guide for Environmental Site Assessments: Phase I, II and III
Environmental Site Assessment Process, American Society for Testing and Materials,
ASTM E1903-73, ASTM E1527-05, www.astm.org
Model Procedures for the Management of Land Contamination (CLR 11)
www.environment-agency.co.uk
42 of 172
NS-3: Ecological Enhancement

Intent
To enhance the ecological value of the site.
Credit
Requirements
GENERAL
Demonstrate enhancement of the ecological value of the site by planting native or
adaptive species.
1 Credit Point: 50% plants specified for planting on the site to comprise native and
adaptive drought and/or saline tolerant species, including a minimum of 5
different types of species.
2 Credit Points: 70% plants specified for planting on the site to comprise native
and adaptive drought and/or saline tolerant species, including a minimum of 10
Integrate management requirements for ecological enhancement areas in NS-R3.

The ecological enhancement recommendations must be prepared by a suitably qualified
ecologist and / or Landscape Architect.
None
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
2
(maximum)
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Design Rating
50% plants specified for planting on the site to comprise

native and adaptive drought and / or saline tolerant
species, including a minimum of 5 different types of
species.
70% plants specified for planting on the site to comprise

native and adaptive drought and / or saline tolerant
species, including a minimum of 10 different types of
species.
2
(maximum)
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Construction Rating
50% plants planted on site to comprise native and adaptive

drought and / or saline tolerant species, including a
minimum of 5 different types of species.
70% plants planted on site to comprise native and adaptive

drought and / or saline tolerant species, including a
minimum of 10 different types of species.
Ecological/ landscape report and plant palette highlighting the proposed species,
identifying those that are native, drought tolerant and saline tolerant;
Drawings highlighting the location and area coverage of the proposed species; and
Confirmation of integration of monitoring and management requirements in NS-R3.
Photographs and as built landscape drawings clearly indicating the planted species.
43 of 172
Calculations and
Methodology
The species qualifying for this credit must be native or adaptive plant species which are
drought and / or saline tolerant with a proven track record to survive and thrive in an
environment similar to the proposed site. A number of publications listing suitable
species can be found under NS-R1 under References.
No species known to be of an invasive nature are to be included in the plant palette.
References
See NS-R1
44 of 172
NS-4: Habitat Creation and Restoration

Intent
Credit
Requirements
To restore or re-create a habitat that is connected to other similar habitats and is self
sustaining.
GENERAL
4 Credit Points:
Demonstrate measurable strategies to increase the ecological value of the site by
creating habitat or restoring pre-existing or degraded remnant natural areas on the
site. The creation of habitat must use native or adaptive drought and / or saline
tolerant species.
To gain this credit, the habitat type to be created or restored is to be a Priority Habitat
of a type appropriate to the site location. Where there is no suitable area onsite for
restoration or habitat creation, suitable offsite areas may be used to meet this credit.
The ecological restoration or creation recommendations must be prepared by a suitably
qualified ecological professional.
Onsite habitat creation or restoration
Demonstrate habitat creation / restoration equivalent to the minimum habitat size for
effective habitat function or two (2) times the Minimum Landscape Area, whichever is
the greater. Habitat creation or restoration area is to be within areas as identified in
NS-R1.
Offsite habitat creation or restoration
Demonstrate habitat creation / restoration equivalent to four (4) times the area of the
Minimum Landscape Area.
Demonstrate the off-site habitat creation or restoration area is:
located within the Emirate of Abu Dhabi;
a degraded habitat;
located in an area surrounded and connected to a similar habitat to that being
created; and
located outside an area allocated for development within a 2030 plan.
2 Credit points:
In addition to the above, demonstrate that through collaboration with neighboring land
owner(s), ecological corridors are to be created linking the habitat creation /
restoration site to similar habitat types located near but beyond the site. Ecological
corridors are to be minimum 40m width and landscaped with native and adaptive
species.
Where possible, the habitat type to be created is to be located in one area of the site
and be connected to the same or similar habitat type either within the site or adjacent
to the site.
45 of 172
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
6
(maximum)
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
Prepare habitat creation or restoration strategy;
Allocate on-site habitat creation or restoration site of
minimum area as defined above.
2
6
(maximum)
Prepare habitat creation or restoration strategy;

Allocate off-site habitat creation or restoration site
equivalent to four (4) times the area of the Minimum
Landscape Area.
Demonstrate that through collaboration, off-site ecological
corridors have been designed to link similar habitat types.
Construction Rating
Demonstrate on-site habitat creation or restoration of
minimum area as defined above.
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Demonstrate off-site habitat creation or restoration

equivalent to four (4) times the area of the Minimum
Landscape Area.
corridors have been created to link similar habitat types.
A Habitat Creation or Restoration strategy including:

Calculations;
Photographs and maps illustrating habitat creation areas or pre-existing natural

resource areas requiring restoration;
Plant palette highlighting the proposed species;
Methodology for habitat creation or restoration of functional habitat;
KPIs for assuring performance through monitoring and management; and
Maps illustrating connections between habitats on-site.
For ecological corridors credit points:
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Details of monitoring and management requirements for minimum 10 years for

ecological corridors (to be incorporated into NS-R3);
Ecological/ landscape report and plant palette describing the design of the offsite
ecological corridors and proposed species, with details of native and adaptive plant
species;
Drawings highlighting the location and area coverage of the off-site ecological
corridors and habitat areas connected by the corridors, as appropriate; and
Confirmation of the agreement with neighboring land owner to reserve and

permanently protect land and create ecological corridors.
Plans, narrative and photographic evidence of implementation of habitat creation /

restoration strategy; and
Documentation of any failures identified during construction and proposed

rectification strategies of habitat creation / restoration.
For ecological corridors credit points:

Calculations and
Methodology
Photographs and as built landscape drawings clearly indicating the ecological

corridors and planted species.
Appropriate candidate areas for habitat creation or restoration include but are not
limited to the following Priority Habitats: Intertidal Mudflats, Mangroves, Vegetated
Sandy Beaches, Seagrass, Coral, Wadis, Sand Sheets and Low Dunes, Interdunal Plains
and High Dunes, Alluvial Plains, Jebels, or other significant habitat types, to be agreed
46 of 172
with UPC.
Land allocated for habitat creation or restoration must be in addition to land allocated
for mitigation or compensation as required under NS-R2.
The Minimum Landscape Area is as defined in the UPC Development Code for different
development types.
The habitat creation or restoration strategy is to include the following:
The existing condition of the habitat creation / restoration area and the impacts
that have caused or are continuing to cause the degradation or loss of habitat on
the site;
The habitat to be created or restored, including justification for the habitat type;
Plans illustrating the location of the habitat creation / restoration area in relation
to other areas of the same or similar habitat type and a description of the existing
or proposed connections between them (where applicable);
A description of the structure and function of the habitat type, including interrelationships between topography, soil, microclimate, light and shade, flora and
fauna and minimum habitat size for effective habitat function;
A strategy for re-creation of the structure and function of the habitat type, linked
to a series of KPIs providing the measurement tool for monitoring success of habitat
creation or restoration of the site. These are to be based on the KPIs established in
NS-R1 and are to include the following as a minimum:
o Soil,
o Flora,
o Fauna,
o Microclimate,
o Topography ,
o Drainage, and
o Minimum habitat size for effective habitat function.
Plant palette to be used;
The methodology for habitat creation or restoration, including grading, soil
restoration and seeding or planting of the site and the proposed strategies to
mitigate the existing degrading factors; and
A 10 year monitoring and management strategy, including monitoring of soil
conditions, health, species diversity and abundance and protection requirements
(to be incorporated into NS-R3).
The species proposed for this credit must be native or adaptive plant species and
drought and / or saline tolerant, with a proven track record to survive and thrive in an
environment similar to the proposed site.
The Credit can also be awarded if a combination of on-site and off-site measures have
been implemented but this has to be approved in advance by the UPC.
Ecological corridors may be fragmented by roads up to Boulevard width, as defined by
the UPC Urban Street Design Manual. Underpasses or green bridges are to be provided
under/over highways to provide continuous habitat.
References
See NS-R1
47 of 172
NS-5: Food Systems

Intent
Credit
Requirements
To create a more localized approach to food with sustainable food production and
resident access to high-quality foods.
GENERAL
1 Credit Point:
Demonstrate that an appropriate site, based on the Environment Agency Abu Dhabi
(EAD) Soil Survey and / or local hydrological, soil and microclimatic conditions, has
been allocated for food production. Food production may be in the form of agricultural
production or community garden, or similar.
Prepare a strategy for the establishment and long-term management of the site.
The food production strategy must be prepared by a suitably qualified professional.
1 Credit Point:
Demonstrate that a public space has been allocated for food sale, distribution or
exchange and celebration. This is to be a permanent space for a regular feature such
as a weekly market.
Prepare a strategy for the use of the public space which identifies the following, as a
minimum:
The source of local food crops to be sold or used for celebration purposes at the
public space. Locally grown crops are to be from either within the Emirate or at
least grown with the Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC) region;
The ownership, management strategy and program for use of the public space; and
Strategy for educational awareness associated with local food production.
None
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
2
(maximum)
Design Rating
A suitable site is allocated for food production and a

strategy for long-term management and ownership has been
prepared.
A suitable public space is allocated for food sale and

celebration and a strategy for use has been prepared.
2
(maximum)
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Construction Rating
A suitable site for food production has been created and the
ownership and strategy for long-term management has been
allocated.
A suitable public space has been provided for food sale and
celebration and the ownership and strategy for use has been
allocated.
Strategy 1 Food Production

Plans and drawings illustrating layout and design of food production areas; and
Report which details crop types, ownership strategy, management strategy and
48 of 172
maintenance requirements.
Strategy 2 Food Celebration
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Plans and drawings illustrating location of public space for food celebration; and
Report which details source of local food crops, ownership strategy, program and
strategy for environmental awareness.
Strategy 1 Food Production

Confirmation of site for food production; and
Confirmation of ownership, management and maintenance organization (with a

contract running for at least 5 years) and long-term management strategy.
Strategy 2 Food Celebration

Plan to show confirmation of site for food celebration; and
Confirmation of ownership, management and maintenance organization (with a

contract running for at least 5 years) and strategy for use.
Calculations and
Methodology
Food is to be defined as any food grown for human consumption.
References
None
49 of 172
Credit Section
LC: Livable Communities
50 of 172
reating Livable Communities is a cornerstone of Plan 2030. The need to accommodate growth whilst
preserving the sense of community is fundamental to a successful future. This section focuses on the
urban elements that influence the quality of the urban and built form, which through direct and
deliberate control of the planning and design process has significant influence on the quality of place and
hence on the overall quality of human life.
Our ultimate goal is to create a cohesive, contemporary and

sustainable urban fabric.
H.E. Falah Mohamed Al Ahbabi General Manager, Abu Dhabi Urban Planning Council.
In order to create sustainable cities, development must go beyond environmental aspects and address the
other key pillars of Estidama - social, cultural and economic. This requires sensitive design and master
planning. It demands a human scale urban environment that provides community focused facilities within
comfortable walking distances of people. It requires designs that respect the cultural identity of the
region and reflect the importance of family structure and religion on built form. As the towns and cities
of the Emirate grow there is a need to create an urban fabric that supports mass transit modes of
movement. Sound master planning also involves a response to the climate of the region, recognizing the
role that design can have in reducing the worst effects of the arid climate, learning from traditional
design responses so as to reduce the reliance upon technology. It also involves consideration of issues such
as adoption of sustainable urban planning principles as base practice, focus on transit supportive and
compact development, connected vehicular and pedestrian networks, increased access to community
facilities and promotion of vibrant communities.
Resolving the complex issues associated with creating sustainable communities is at the essence of the
urban planning and design process, establishing an iterative and inclusive design process, where
stakeholders and key design professionals can contribute to, and help evaluate, a range of alternative
solutions which will enhance a developments success and contribute to creating sustainable cities.
The Livable Communities section is intended to encourage responsive design and sustainable land use
through the following:
Thorough analysis and assessment of the social, economic, design and policy context;
Provision of community facilities in the right place, time and at the right level;
Analysis and appreciation of the climatic conditions;
The efficient and effective use of land;
Creating a community that is easy to move around by all modes including pedestrian and cycling
and enables excellent connections to the wider sub region;
Providing for a diverse and inclusive population; and
Providing opportunities for commerce and trade at an appropriate level.
51 of 172
LC
Livable Communities
Credit
Code
Credit Title
LC-R1
Plan 2030
LC-R2
LC-R3
Provision of Amenities and Facilities
LC-R4
LC-R5
Minimum Pearl Rated Buildings Within Communities
LC-1
Transit Supportive Practices
LC-2
Neighborhood Connectivity
LC-3
Open Space Network
LC-4
LC-5
Housing Diversity
LC-6
Community Walkability
LC-7
LC-8
Travel Plan
LC-9
LC-10
Regionally Responsive Planning
LC-11
Pearl Rated Buildings Within Communities
10
LC-12
Safe and Secure Community
Maximum
Credit Points
TOTAL
35
52 of 172
LC-R1: Plan 2030

Intent
Credit
Requirements
To ensure that all new development supports the vision for the Emirate of Abu Dhabi,
as defined by the applicable Plan 2030, and/or Development Code, and/ or Area Plan.
GENERAL
Demonstrate that the proposed development is located within an Urban Growth
Boundary as identified by UPCs adopted Framework Plans.
Demonstrate that the proposed developments Floor Area Ratio (FAR), dwelling units
per hectare (du/ha), building height, building mass, transportation and open space
networks are consistent with the applicable Plan 2030 and/or Development Code
and/or Area Plan.
None
Requirement
Achievement
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
A letter from the QP stating and providing justification that the proposed
development is :
Located within an established Urban Growth Boundary; and
Did not require significant variance or special relief from Plan 2030,
Development Code and/or Area Plan for approval.
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Calculations and
Methodology
Development Code relationship to other Plans, Policies and Regulations:

The Development Code will generally conform to Plan 2030. In cases where there is
a conflict between the Code and Plan 2030 or Plan Districts, the Code governs.
Outside of Plan Districts, when there are two Code regulations or guidelines on the
same subject, the more restrictive governs, except were a less restrictive provision
is clearly intended (e.g. greater height around transit stations).
When a Plan District regulation or guideline and a Code regulation or guidelines
address the same topic, the Plan District guidelines govern.
When there is no regulation or guideline in a Plan District to address an issue but
there is an appropriate regulation or guideline in the general Code, the Code
provisions apply.
In case of conflict on any subject with any other plan, policy, regulation or
guideline, including affection plans imposed or issued by other agencies in the
Emirate of Abu Dhabi, the Code provisions govern.
The Code may refer to plans, policies and guidelines, created by the UPC, the
Municipality or external agencies that supplement regulations and guidelines in this
Code.
References
Plan 2030 relevant to the site

Development Codes relevant to the site.
Area Plans relevant to the site.
Please refer to the UPC and/or Estidama Website for the latest relevant UPC
documents or contact the UPC directly.
53 of 172
LC-R2: Urban Systems Assessment

Intent
Credit
Requirements
To ensure that, before the design process begins, a thorough understanding of the
urban systems influencing the site are considered and assessed.
GENERAL
Demonstrate that, before the start of the design process and site clearance, an urban
systems assessment has been carried out for the project site and at the following
scales:
Local,
Sub-regional, and
Regional scale.
Based on the urban systems analysis, identify opportunities and constraints associated
with the development and present them in an Urban Systems Assessment Report.
None
Requirement
Achievement
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Urban Systems Assessment report including:

Narrative;
Maps; and
Site photographs.
Maps, diagrams and site photographs must clearly identify the existing site conditions.
CV of the appointed suitably qualified professional.
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Calculations and
Methodology
credit:
Plan 2030;
Surface Transport Master Plan;
UPC community facility requirements;
Census Data;
ADACH - Preliminary Cultural Review;
Estidama Integrative Development Process as part of the requirements for the
Development Review Process.
The urban systems analysis must include a detailed assessment of the following
elements, as applicable to the various scales:
Location,
Site Access
Population,
Transport,
Economy and Employment,
Land Use,
54 of 172

Densities,
Built Form,
Access and Mobility,
Culturally significant resources, as identified by Abu Dhabi Authority for Culture
and Heritage (ADACH),
Open Space,
Community Facilities,
Infrastructure including Utilities and Services,
Easements and Rights of Ways,
Visual and Landscape, and
Micro-climate.
Site Scale refers to the project itself, defined by the specific site project boundaries.
Local Scale/ Sub-Regional Scale and Regional Scale are to be determined, based on the
project size, by the suitably qualified professional.
The Urban Systems Assessment is to be undertaken in combination with NS-R1 Natural
Systems Assessment.
The Urban Systems Assessment must be documented as a consolidated assessment
report and include the following:
Narrative- the written component of the report which highlights the key elements,
key issues and the opportunities and constraints at the project site, local, subregional and regional scale. Additionally, this should include a section which
summaries how this information is reflected in the final master plan solution,
supported by graphics.
Maps and Diagrams- the graphic component should highlight the existing situation
and opportunities and constraints relating to the elements explored.
A suitably qualified professional is an individual with:

a degree in a relevant subject (e.g. Architecture, Town Planning and/or Landscape
Architecture),
a minimum of five years relevant work experience,
References

Plan 2030 and UPC community facilities requirement), www.upc.gov.ae
Abu Dhabi Authority for Culture and Heritage (ADACH) www.adach.gov.ae
Department of Transport , Surface Transport Master Plan www.dot.gov.ae
55 of 172
LC-R3: Provision of Amenities and Facilities

Intent
Credit
Requirements
To ensure that a neighborhoods cultural amenities and community facilities are

accessible to the greater population, affording social connectivity, interaction and
shared public benefit of community resources.
GENERAL
Demonstrate that the development has met minimum standards on the provision of
community facilities as set out in the UPC community facility requirements and prepare
a community facilities implementation plan.
Demonstrate that the location of amenities and facilities encourages pedestrian and
cycle access through the provision of a network of primary pedestrian walkways and
cycle paths. All primary pedestrian walkways and cycle tracks within a 350m radius of
all amenities and facilities are to be clearly identified. Demonstrate that through the
co-location of amenities and facilities linked trips are encouraged.
None
Requirement
Achievement
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Community facility statement that contains:

Demand Analysis, identifying the need for additional community facilities

based on land uses, demographics and facility deficits identified in LC-R2; and
Proposed Facilities, summarizing proposed Community Facilities program

including a description of each facility, proposed size, capacity and users for
each.
Community Facilities Implementation Plan that outlines:

Responsible party who owns and builds the community facilities;
Responsible party for operation and management of community facilities; and
Life-cycle management strategy for community facilities, including projected

costs of maintenance.
Site Plan that clearly identifies:

The location of any existing community facilities and cultural sites and
amenities to be retained;
The location of supporting community facilities in the sub-region;
The location of any proposed amenities and facilities;
Points of public access (including access from transit stops) and clear lines of
connection for easy walking or cycling to amenities;
The Primary Pedestrian Walkways and cycle tracks within 350m of amenities
and facilities;
Car parking location and number of spaces; and
Public transit options within 350m of amenities and facilities.
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Calculations and
Methodology
Primary pedestrian walkways are those located along boulevards, avenues, streets or
access lanes as defined in the Abu Dhabi Urban Street Design Manual (Chapter 5).
An aerial photograph illustrating the location of community facilities and points of

interest, together with the access routes, car parking and public transit if
applicable.
56 of 172
References

Community facility requirements, UPC

Abu Dhabi Urban Street Design Manual, UPC
Please refer to the UPC and/or Estidama Website for the latest relevant UPC documents
or contact the UPC directly.
57 of 172
LC-R4: Outdoor Thermal Comfort Strategy

Intent
Credit
Requirements
To increase outdoor thermal comfort during transition months and reduce thermal
discomfort during summer months in public spaces and walkways.
GENERAL
Demonstrate an outdoor thermal comfort strategy has been employed to identify
priority areas for shading and improve the outdoor microclimate for the community.
The strategy is to consider the following as appropriate within the projects specific
context:
Orientation;
Shading;
Selection of high-albedo surfaces;
Ventilation;
Evaporative cooling;
Radiative cooling; and
Thermal mass.
Identify public realm spaces as priority areas for shading, including all :

Primary and secondary pedestrian walkways;

Surface car parking; and
Applicable public open spaces including the following :
o Plazas;
o Playgrounds;
o Pocket parks;
o Barahas; and
o Other public open spaces.
Identify shade provided by buildings and / or structures on these areas.

Identify types of cover or shade measures to be implemented in the project to achieve
the following minimum % shading of applicable public realm spaces.
Table LC-R4a: Minimum shading requirements
Public Realm Space
Minimum % shading
Exterior Surface Car Parking with more than 10 spaces

(including parking on roof surfaces)
40%
Public Open Spaces
60%
Primary Pedestrian Walkways (based on 1.8m width

within the through zone).
75%
Secondary Pedestrian Walkways (based on 1.8m width)

within the through zone).
75%
Cycle Tracks
50%
Playgrounds
90%
Where cover is provided by structures such as canopies or other architectural

elements, the outer surface of the shading element must have a minimum Solar
Reflectance Index (SRI) of 29.
Shade from trees is to be measured at 3 years growth.
Public realm spaces shade requirements excludes active recreational areas such as
58 of 172
playing fields and ball courts.
Requirement
Achievement
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Calculations and
Methodology
References
Outdoor thermal comfort strategy including narrative on opportunities for shade

provision and priority areas for shade;
Plan to show public realm spaces and priority areas for shading;
Plan to show shade provision by buildings, structures, cover and / or shade

measures on priority areas of public realm, calculated at 1:00 pm clock time on the
Equinox and Summer Solstice;
Summary results showing achievement of minimum % of shading of public realm

spaces and priority areas for shading at 1:00pm clock time on the Equinox and
Summer Solstice; and
Extracts from specifications relating to the SRI of all cover elements.
Updated Outdoor Thermal Comfort Strategy report including narrative supported by

as-built drawings and photographs of the public realm spaces and priority shade
areas, highlighting all measures contributing to improving the exterior
microclimate, including planned or existing features; and
Evidence that all purchased and installed covers have compliant outer surface SRIs.
Primary pedestrian walkways are those located along boulevards, avenues, streets
or access lanes as defined in the Abu Dhabi Urban Street Design Manual (Chapter
5).
Secondary pedestrian walkways are all other walkways, including sikkas.
Through zones are defined in the UPC Urban Street Design Manual.
For both primary and secondary walkways, the minimum required shaded area
must first prioritize a 1.8m wide zone.
Shade calculations must be undertaken on the equinox (March 21 st) and the
summer solstice (June 21st) at 1:00pm clock time. The compliant shaded area
must be in shade at both the equinox and summer solstice.
In all calculations, shade from adjacent buildings and / or structures is to be

included.
Dappled shade of more than 60%, such as that created by a grid or lattice, may be
considered fully shaded. Dappled shade less than 60% must be calculated based on
the actual shaded portion.
SRI values for the outer surface of cover elements can be calculated based on
solar reflectance and emittance numbers as defined in the American Society of
Testing and Materials Standard E1980-01. Alternatively, manufacturers evidence
can be supplied where the testing is in accordance with the referenced standards
below.
ASTM E1980 - 01 Standard Practice for Calculating Solar Reflectance Index of

Horizontal and Low-Sloped Opaque Surfaces.
ASTM E1918-06, Standard Test Method for Measuring Solar Reflectance of Horizontal
and Low-Sloped Surfaces in the Field.
ASTM C1549-09, Standard Test Method for Determination of Solar Reflectance Near
Ambient Temperature Using a Portable Solar Reflectometer.
ASTM E 408-71(2008), Standard Test Methods for Total Normal Emittance of Surfaces
Using Inspection-Meter Techniques.
ASTM C1371-04a, Standard Test Method for Determination of Emittance of Materials
Near Room Temperature Using Portable Emissometers.
59 of 172
60 of 172
LC-R5: Minimum Pearl Rated Buildings Within Communities

Intent
Credit
Requirements
To reward development that has a high proportion of buildings achieving minimum

pearl building ratings.
GENERAL
Demonstrate attainment of an average building rating of at least 1 for Pearl Building
Ratings across the community development.
For communities consisting of existing and new buildings, this only applies to new
buildings and existing buildings undergoing major renovation and forming a part of the
development scope.
Requirement
Achievement
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Calculations and
Methodology
High Performance Building Strategy that includes:

Table outlining each building in the proposed development and corresponding

GFA and pearl rating;
Calculation of average Pearl Building rating for community; and
Extracts from design guidelines and mechanism for compliance.
Updated High Performance Building Strategy that includes:

Table outlining each building in the development and corresponding built GFA,
noting which have achieved a Pearl Building Rating and the level of rating
achieved;
Pearl Rating Certificates verifying the Pearl level achieved for each nominated
building and GFA; and
Calculation of average Pearl Building Rating for community.
Pearl Rated Building Certificate is acceptable for compliance with submission

requirement for this credit.
Formula for calculating Average Building Rating:
where n is the building pearl rating from 1 to 5;

GFAn is the combined gross floor area of all buildings achieving n pearls; and
Total GFA is the gross floor area of all new / major refurbished buildings within the
community.
For example a community with 20% GFA of 2 pearl buildings and 25% of GFA 3 pearls
buildings would achieve a community average pearl rating of 1.15.
A calculation tool for calculating the average Pearl Building Rating for the community is
available.
References

UPC LCr-5 Pearl Building Rating Calculator

The Pearl Building Rating System, UPC, 2010
61 of 172
LC-1: Transit Supportive Practices

Intent
Credit
Requirements
To optimize public transportation investment through development practices that

facilitate higher use of transit facilities.
GENERAL
Demonstrate that development within an established transit-shed meets the
following criteria:
Table LC-1a: Transit Supportive Practice Threshold

Transit-shed
Transportation mode
Residential (du/ha
gross)
350 meters
Transit stations within
120-200
the CBD
350 meters
60-120
Centers
350 meters
35-60
suburban and
neighborhood areas
Demonstrate that at least one primary pedestrian walkway (with minimum 75%
shade as defined in LC-R4 Outdoor Thermal Comfort Strategy) has been provided,
connecting each transit station in the transit-shed to an identified center of
transit users.
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENT / CLARIFICATIONS

None
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
2
(maximum)
2
2
(maximum)
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
Demonstrate appropriate densities as defined in Table LC-1a
and at least 1 primary pedestrian walkway with 75% shade
as defined in LC-R4.
Construction Rating
Confirm required densities as defined by Table LC-1a and
show proof of primary pedestrian walkway with 75% shade
as defined in LC-R4.
Transit Supportive Strategy that includes:

Transit Capture Plan illustrating the limits of the developments proposed

transit-shed(s) and the proposed mode of transit;
Transit Supportive Density Summary Table summarizing the station type (Light
Rapid Transit (LRT) / Bus Rapid Transit (BRT) / Metro), total area within the
transit-shed, total number of dwellings and dwelling units per hectare; and
Site Plan defining primary pedestrian walkway.
Updated Transit Supportive Strategy that includes:

Updated Transit Capture Plan comparing the initially proposed transit-shed(s)

and actual area at build out, as well as the proposed and actual result post
construction;
Transit Supportive Density Summary Table highlighting the proposed total
62 of 172
number of dwellings and du/ha and the actual result post construction;
Calculations and
Methodology
As built drawings and photos documenting the actual primary pedestrian

walkway; and
Shading analysis and as-built drawings to illustrate 75% shade to the primary
pedestrian access walkway as per the requirements under LC-R4.
Transit stations relates to Metro and / or LRT and / or BRT.

Transit-shed is the 350m capture radius from the relevant transit station.
References
None
63 of 172
LC-2: Neighborhood Connectivity

Intent
Credit
Requirements
To achieve a high level of pedestrian/cycle and vehicular connections within the

neighborhood and with existing and potential future surrounding developments.
GENERAL
Demonstrate that the proposed development achieves a high level of vehicular and
pedestrian/cycle connectivity at the neighborhood level through the design of street
networks and intersections. Additional credit points are awarded for better
connectivity and, where applicable, enhancing the existing situation.
1 Credit Point:
Connectivity
Achieve a minimum average Connectivity Index of 1.5, as outlined in the Abu Dhabi
Urban Street Design Manual.
Meet the maximum (base position) Through Street Spacing Criteria outlined in the Abu
Dhabi Urban Street Design Manual.
Adjacency
For Infill Sites (Applies to sites with at least 50% adjacency to existing development):
Demonstrate that 80% of the developments perimeter streets provide full

movement intersections with existing development, unless by doing so it would
result in the new development exceeding the minimum Through Street Spacing
Criteria;
For New Sites (Applies to sites with at least 50% adjacency to future development
areas):
Demonstrate that the development will establish a street and pedestrian network
that adjacent parcels can adopt for connectivity in future years. The only
exception to this is where extensions and connections are prevented by
topographical, cultural resource or environmental conditions, as defined in LC-R2
or NS-R1.
1 Credit Point: Achieve the Average Through Street Spacing Criteria standard on 75% of
intersections as defined in Table LC-2a.
1 Credit Point: Through revitalization of existing areas, enhance existing Connectivity
Index by 50% against baseline position.

None
64 of 172
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
3
(maximum)
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Design Rating
Illustrate minimum average Connectivity Index of 1.5 and

Adjacency Standards
Illustrate at least 75% of the intersections meet the Average

standard as set out in Table LC-2a
Illustrate revitalization of neighborhood through increased

connectivity by 50% for existing areas
3
(maximum)
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Construction Rating
Demonstrate minimum average Connectivity Index of 1.5

and achievement of Adjacency Standards.
Demonstrate that at least 75% of the intersections meet the

Average standard as set out in Table LC-2a.
Demonstrate revitalization of neighborhood has increased

connectivity by 50%
Connectivity Index calculation, demonstrating attainment of a minimum average

index of 1.5;
Plan illustrating adjacency calculation;
Connectivity Plan at a legible scale illustrating:

The proposed street network for the development, including avenues,

boulevards, streets and lanes;
Through streets that meet the maximum spacing;
All adjacent development street networks, illustrating inter-development

connections;
All pedestrian connections along the perimeter of the development;
Full and restricted movement vehicular intersections highlighting bicycle,

pedestrian and other multi-modal transportation networks; and
Intersections to be removed from connectivity calculation due to restrictions in

the form of topography, cultural resources or environmentally sensitive areas
that prohibit through streets.
Connectivity plan demonstrating at least 75% of the intersections meet the Average
standard as set out in Table LC-2a.
For revitalization projects, provide a Connectivity Index for the area as existing,
and illustrate 50% enhancement has been achieved.
Aerial photograph, overlain on the original Connectivity Plan that illustrates

attainment of the intersections identified in the Design Rating submission.
Aerial photograph and as-built drawings demonstrating at least 75% of the

intersections meet the Average standard as set out in Table LC-2a.
For revitalization projects, aerial photographs and as-built drawings demonstrating

the Connectivity Index for the area as existing, and 50% enhancement.
65 of 172
Calculations and
Methodology
Connectivity Index and Through Street Spacing are described in the Abu Dhabi Urban
Street Design Manual, 2009 (Chapter 7 page 9 and Table 5.6 respectively).
Average street spacing standards as based on Table 5.7 of the Abu Dhabi Urban Street
Design Manual are:
Table LC-2a Average Through Street Spacing Criteria (meters)
Context
Boulevard
Avenue
Street
City
575
287
137
Town
800
400
195
Commercial
1250
575
250
Residential
1250
575
250
Industrial
1150
575
300
Street types and context are as set out in the Urban Street Design Manual. All
measurements on junction spacing will be centerline to centerline.
Adjacency refers to the amount of existing development at the projects sites
perimeter. To calculate percentage of adjacency:
Step 1:
Measure entire perimeter of property.
Step 2:
On an aerial photograph note those areas adjoining the development site that are
currently developed; containing commercial, residential and/or developed recreational
uses.
Step 3:
Measure the frontage of adjoining developed areas.
Step 4:
Sum adjoining frontage that is developed and divide total by total development
perimeter.
References
66 of 172
LC-3: Open Space Network

Intent
Credit
Requirements
To create an interconnected network of parks and open space, differing in size,

character and purpose to support a variety of human activities and natural systems.
GENERAL
1 Credit Point: Demonstrate provision of an open space and management strategy that
illustrates the following:
Compliance with UPC open space standards;
The open space program based on type, hierarchy, character and standards;
and
Management strategy.
1 Credit Point: Demonstrate an accessible interconnected system of open space through
the use of greenways and trails, with at least 70% of residents within 350m walking
distance of a linear open space over 1 ha.
1 Credit Point: Demonstrate the multiple use of open space, with all open spaces
serving a minimum of 1 different function, in addition to recreation.

None
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
3
(maximum)
Design Rating
Provide an Open Space and management strategy that

meets the standards set out in the UPC community facility
requirements.
Illustrate the provision of an interconnected system of open

space as detailed above.
Demonstrate all open spaces serve a minimum of 1 function

in addition to recreation.
3
(maximum)
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Construction Rating
Provide an Open Space strategy and management plan that

meets the standards set out in the UPC community facility
requirements.
Demonstrate the provision of an interconnected system of

open space as detailed above.
Demonstrate multiple use of open space as planned.
Open space and management strategy, including:

Open space program that includes a breakdown of open space provision by

types and hierarchy, defining the character, purpose, potential uses and users
for each;
A written summary of standards for each open space area that describes size in
hectares, intended population catchment and representative imagery of each
typology;
A management strategy for the ongoing management of the space; and
A scaled plan that identifies the location, boundaries, use and accessibility routes
to the linear open spaces with a written summary of resident number assumptions.
67 of 172
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Calculations and
Methodology
Description of multi-functional uses for each open space.
Updated open space and management strategy.
As-built plan identifying the location, boundaries, use and accessibility routes to
linear open spaces.
Aerial photograph, overlain on the original open space plan and as-built drawings
illustrating attainment of the spaces and open spaces identified in the Design
Rating submission.
As-built drawings illustrating multi-functional uses for each open space.
Open space requirements are set out in the UPC community facility requirements.
Applicable functions, in addition to recreation may include:
habitat provision;
stormwater treatment;
microclimate enhancement and amelioration;
market place provision;
social and/or cultural function.
References

Abu Dhabi Development Code, UPC, 2009

68 of 172
LC-4: Accessible Community Facilities

Intent
Credit
Requirements
To promote clustering and sharing of community facilities to enable easy access to be

achieved.
GENERAL
1 Credit Point: Demonstrate walking distance standards to applicable facilities are
reduced by 25% against the UPC standards.
1 Credit Point: Demonstrate a 25% reduction in building footprint or site area is
achieved through the sharing of facilities (including car parking).

None
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
2
(maximum)
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Calculations and
Methodology
Design Rating
Demonstrate that walking distances to all applicable

facilities are reduced by 25% against the published
standards.
Demonstrate a 25% reduction in building footprint or site

size is achieved through the sharing of facilities
2
(maximum)
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Construction Rating
Confirm that walking distances to all applicable facilities

are reduced by 25% against the published standards
Confirm a 25% reduction in building footprint or site size is

achieved through the sharing of facilities
Community Facilities Diagram showing the location of all proposed and existing
facilities, indicating walking catchments for each applicable facility.
Space Efficiency Strategy defining multiple-use options for each facility to reduce
building footprint or site size by 25%.
Developed Community Facilities Plan showing the location of completed facilities

and walking catchments for each facility.
Details of built community facilities indicating where multi-use of sites has been
achieved.
Applicable facilities are those that have a maximum walking distance defined in the
UPC community facility requirements. It also defines community facility site size and
building footprint standards and walking distance standards. As of November 2009 the
applicable facilities were:
mosques;
schools (all types); and
parks (Pocket & Neighborhood).
Applicable facilities and distances may be subject to change and developers must
ensure that they apply the standards outlined in the latest available release from UPC.
References


Abu Dhabi Department of Municipal Affairs, General Conditions of Mosque Design,
69 of 172
www.abudhabi.ae
70 of 172
LC-5: Housing Diversity

Intent
To encourage a diverse mix of residential properties in neighborhoods.
Credit
Requirements
GENERAL
Demonstrate that the developments proposed housing program results in a minimum
housing diversity of at least 0.6.

1 Credit Point: Demonstrate achievement of Housing Diversity Index of 0.6 to 0.7

2 Credit Points: Demonstrate achievement of Housing Diversity Index of >0.7

None
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
2
(maximum)
Design Rating
Demonstrate achievement of Housing Diversity Index of 0.6

to 0.7.
Demonstrate achievement of Housing Diversity Index of >0.7
2
(maximum)
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Construction Rating
Confirm achievement of Housing Diversity Index of 0.6 to

0.7.
Confirm achievement of Housing Diversity Index of >0.7
Housing product summary that includes:

Housing Program Table identifying each product by name, form and total
occupied space or number of bedrooms.
Housing Diversity calculation for the development or each neighborhood,

whichever is the smallest.
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Calculations and
Methodology
Product options that support housing diversity are:

Updated Housing product summary that includes:

Housing Program Table identifying each product by name, form and total
occupied space or number of bedrooms.
Housing Diversity calculation for the development or each neighborhood,

whichever is the smallest.
Small Apartment (studio, 1bed, 2bed)

Larger Apartment (3+bed)
Small Villa House (2bed,3bed)
Larger Villa House (4+bed)
Small Townhouse (2bed, 3 bed)
Large Townhouse (4+ bed)
The formula for the Housing Diversity Indicator is based on the Simpson Diversity Index
and is as follows:
1 - (n/N)2
71 of 172
Where:
n = the total number of dwellings in a particular house type
N = the total number of dwellings in all categories
A housing diversity indicator calculator is available from UPC.
References
LC-5 Housing Diversity Indicator Calculator, UPC
72 of 172
LC-6: Community Walkability

Intent
Credit
Requirements
To improve public health, enhance mobility, reduce reliance on automobiles and

improve the vitality of the community through an enhanced pedestrian environment.
GENERAL
Demonstrate achievement of all the following:
Fully connected network of pedestrian routes with a Direct Route Index of less than
1.5, as defined in the UPC Urban Street Design Manual;
Compliance with the minimum Urban Heat Reduction Credit RE-2 requirements;
Full compliance with Abu Dhabi Urban Braille Guidelines for all pedestrian routes
and community facilities;
Meet the Universal Design Guidelines contained in the Abu Dhabi Urban Street
Design Manual (6.2 and 6.3); and
Provide a resting place at least every 350m along all primary pedestrian walkways
that is 100% shaded.

None
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
4
(maximum)
4
(maximum)
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
Demonstrate compliance with the following;
Direct Route Index of less than 1.5;
Compliance with the minimum Urban Heat Reduction
Credit RE-2 requirements;
Full compliance with Abu Dhabi Urban Braille
Guidelines;
Meet the Universal Design Guidelines contained in the
Abu Dhabi Urban Street Design Manual (6.2 and 6.3);
Provide a shaded resting place at least every 350m
along all primary pedestrian walkways.
Construction Rating
Confirm compliance with the following;
Direct Route Index of less than 1.5;
Compliance with the minimum Urban Heat Reduction
Credit RE-2 requirements;
Full compliance with Abu Dhabi Urban Braille
Guidelines;
Meet the Universal Design Guidelines contained in the
Abu Dhabi Urban Street Design Manual (6.2 and 6.3);
Provide a shaded resting place at least every 350m
along all primary pedestrian walkways.
73 of 172
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Calculations and
Methodology
Community Walkability report that includes :

Network Diagram, spatially documenting community facilities and features of

interest, and the primary pedestrian walkways as identified in LC-R3 Provision
of Amenities and Facilities;
Direct Route Index from a point 350m from any center for the four points of
the compass;
Shading Strategies, including submission for meeting minimum requirements of

RE-2 Urban Heat Reduction. In addition, provide locations and details of 100%
shaded resting areas, with shading measured at 1:00 pm clock time at the
Equinox and Summer Solstice;
Urban Braille Compliance summarizing features, elements and Design Standards

to be employed consistent with UPC Urban Braille policy; and
Compliance with sections 6.2 and 6.3 of the Urban Street Design Manual.
Aerial photos and as-built network diagrams with shaded resting areas shown;
Photos identifying Urban Braille compliance and shaded resting areas; and
Photos of crossing points and material product sheets for surface materials in
compliance with 6.3 of the Urban Street Design Manual.
Calculation of minimum 350m must be based on actual walking distances.

Direct Route Index is calculated by the following equation :
DRI = d a
where:
d = direct path i.e. as the crow flies
a = actual path distance
DRI = Direct Route Index
Direct Route Index is illustrated in the Abu Dhabi Urban Street Design Manual, Chapter
7 page 9.
References
74 of 172
LC-7: Active Urban Environments

Intent
Credit
Requirements
To encourage active lifestyles by providing building occupants and users with

recreational public open spaces.
GENERAL
Demonstrate that outdoor spaces have been provided and programmed to encourage
activity, including sport and recreation. The spaces must be specifically developed for
any of, or any combination of, the following:
Landscaped areas for recreation;
Playground areas; and/or
Sports field areas.
Develop and implement an Active Urban Environment Program which details the
programming of spaces for the following types of uses:
Communal;
Women and children only; and
Men only.
If sports field areas are provided, also demonstrate that accessible showers and change
rooms are located within 350 meters walking distance.
Funding arrangements must be in place for maintenance.

None
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
1
(maximum)
1
1
(maximum)
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
Demonstrate provision of outdoor spaces compliant with the
Credit Requirements
Construction Rating
Credit Requirements.
Brief narrative describing how the project meets the Credit Requirements including
planned uses for the area, accessibility and maintenance arrangements; and
Site plans, marked up to clearly demonstrate how the area meets the requirements
highlighting the planned uses for the area, including highlighting communal areas,
areas for woman and children only, men only, and accessible shower locations.
As-built site plans marked up to clearly demonstrate how the area meets the use
requirements highlighting the uses for the areas; and
Photographs of the areas.
Calculations and
Methodology
None
References
None
75 of 172
LC-8: Travel Plan

Intent
Credit
Requirements
To reduce single occupancy vehicle use by managing the demand for travel and by
maximizing the availability of alternatives to traveling by car.
GENERAL
Demonstrate the development of a Travel Plan. The Travel Plan must include:
details of the type of measures proposed to manage the demand for travel by car;
targets for reducing car travel;
means of monitoring the effectiveness of the Plan; and
remedial measures that will be implemented in the event that the stated targets
are not delivered.
None
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
1
(maximum)
1
1
(maximum)
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
Develop a Travel Plan for the project.
Construction Rating
Update and implement the Travel Plan for the project.
Travel Plan, including details of the following:

Proposed targets for the reduction in single occupancy car journeys;
The type of measure likely to form part of the plan for delivering the stated
target;
The program of monitoring and review to record the effectiveness of the plan;
and
Details of mitigating measures to be initiated in the event that the stated plan
targets are not achieved.
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Updated Travel Plan, as set out in Design Submission requirements above; and
Evidence that the Travel Plan has been implemented.
Calculations and
Methodology
Successful plans will be expected to secure reductions in single-occupancy car use by

between 5% and 10% in the first three years of operation.
References
Abu Dhabi Department of Transport, Surface Transport Master Plan 2009,

www.dot.abudhabi.ae
76 of 172
LC-9: Improved Outdoor Thermal Comfort

Intent
Credit
Requirements
To improve outdoor thermal comfort during transition months and further reduce
thermal discomfort during summer months in public spaces and walkways.
GENERAL
1-3 Credit Points: Demonstrate that outdoor thermal comfort has been improved in
priority public realm spaces beyond the minimum established under credit LC-R4
Outdoor Thermal Comfort Strategy by increasing the shade measures or adding heat
purge strategies as follows:
Table LC-9a Outdoor Thermal Comfort Requirements
Percentage shading threshold
Public Realm space
1 credit
point
2 credit
points
3 credit
points
Exterior Surface car

parking with more
than 10 spaces
(including parking on
roof surfaces)
50%
55%
60%
Public Open Space
65%
70%
75%
Primary Pedestrian
Walkway (based on
1.8m width within the
through zone)
80%
85%
90%
Secondary Pedestrian
Walkway (based on
1.8m width within the
through zone)
80%
85%
90%
Cycle tracks
55%
65%
75%
1 credit point
Two heat purge
strategies
1 Credit Point: Demonstrate two strategies for the promotion of beneficial air
movement as a heat purging mechanism. For inland areas that may experience hotter
winds from certain directions, care must be taken as to the selection of such strategies.
Strategies may include the following:
Suitably sized and positioned openings on opposite sides of courtyards;
Wind towers that direct wind to street level;
Open vegetated walls that allow air movement and block solar heat;
Building downwashing;
Other passive means to encourage wind ventilation into public realm areas such as
green fingers / channels aligned to prevailing wind directions.

Shade from trees should be measured at 3 years growth.
Public open spaces shade requirements excludes active recreational areas such as
77 of 172
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
4
(maximum)
1-3
1
4
(maximum)
1-3
1
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Calculations and
Methodology
References
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
Demonstrate varying levels of cover or shade to car parking,
public open space, primary and secondary pedestrian
walkways and cycle tracks.
Two heat purging strategies
Construction Rating
Demonstrate varying levels of cover or shade to car parking,
public open space, primary pedestrian walkways and cycle
tracks.
Two heat purging strategies
Updated outdoor thermal comfort strategy from LC-R4 with additional sections that
compares and demonstrates shading improvements.
Plan to show public realm spaces and priority areas for shading.
Plan and tabulated results showing achievement of % of shading of public realm

spaces at 1:00pm clock time on the Equinox and Summer Solstice.
Narrative and drawings of the two additional heat purging strategies, where this
option is pursued.
Updated outdoor thermal comfort strategy including narrative supported by as-built

drawings and photographs of the public realm spaces and priority shade areas,
highlighting all measures contributing to improving the exterior microclimate,
including planned or existing features.
Narrative and As-Built drawings of the two additional heat purging strategies,
where this option is pursued.
Primary pedestrian walkways are those pedestrian networks located along

boulevards, avenues, streets or access lanes as defined in the Abu Dhabi Urban
Street Design Manual (Chapter 5).
summer solstice (June 21st) at 1:00pm clock time. The compliant shaded area
In all calculations, shade from adjacent buildings is to be included.
the actual shaded surface.
SRI values for the outer surface of cover elements can be calculated based on
solar reflectance and emittance numbers as defined in the American Society of
Testing and Materials Standard E1980-01. Alternatively manufacturers evidence
can be supplied where the testing is in accordance with the referenced standards
in LC-R4.
Refer to LC-R4 Outdoor Thermal Comfort Strategy
78 of 172
LC-10: Regionally Responsive Planning

Intent
Credit
Requirements
To reflect the unique climatic, social and historical influences of the site and region in
the community plan.
GENERAL
Demonstrate that the master plan and detailed design standards have evolved in
response to the regions climatic, landscape and historic urban design traditions
through the following:
Illustrate use of climate analysis undertaken in RE-R1 Community Energy Strategy,

applying it to the design of streets, sikkak (pathways), barahaat (communal
spaces) and open spaces to take advantage of prevailing breezes and shade.
Demonstrate the design is based on a fareej form (housing cluster) surrounding a

meydaan (central plaza) associated with a community use.
Provide barahaat which are designed to:

o accommodate passive cooling design principles (utilizing prevailing
breezes and shading) as determined in RE-R1;
o provide a minimum 60% area shaded either by adjacent buildings or
shading structures; and
o serve a function, determined by the connecting sikka destination.
Provide connectivity to barahaat and meydeen using a network of vehicular traffic

free sikkak that relate to key pedestrian routes. Illustrate wayfinding mechanism
(including signage paving and built form treatments) used to denote key
pedestrian routes and destinations.
Describe the functionality and program for barahaat, in accordance with

destinations provided by sikkak.
None
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
2
(maximum)
2
2
(maximum)
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
Provide a Regionally Responsive Plan that is informed by
climate and incorporates a fareej form, surrounding a
meydaan, with barahaat and connecting sikkak.
Construction Rating
Confirm fulfillment of the Regionally Responsive Plan.
Regionally Responsive Planning Strategy that includes:

Narrative describing climatic analysis from RE-R1 Community Energy Strategy

and influence of passive design principles on streets, barahaat, sikkak and open
space design;
Illustrations on fareej form, including layout with barahaat, meydeen

associated with community uses and locations of sikkak, including walking
distance to barahaat;
Illustrations of wayfinding mechanism used to denote key pedestrian routes and

destinations and description of functionality and program of barahaat, in
79 of 172
accordance with destinations of sikkak; and

Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Calculations and
Methodology
Modeling images demonstrating the shaded area in each baraha measured at

1:00pm clock time on the Summer Solstice and Equinox.
Updated Regionally Responsive Planning Strategy that includes:

Narrative illustrating how climatic analysis influenced layout of streets,

barahaat, sikkak and open spaces;
As-built plan drawings illustrating the fareej form with layout of barahaat,
meydeen and sikkak;
As-built drawings and photos illustrating program and function of barahaat and
wayfinding mechanism used for sikkak to denote key pedestrian routes and
destinations.
A Fareej (plural Firjan) is an urban system, based on a social structure resulting from
the interaction between families, through which the community, particularly women
and children can safely roam. Associated with a fareej are sikkak, barahaat and
meydeen.
A Sikka (plural Sikkak) is a pathway which is the smallest denomination of street that
permeates a fareej. They are narrow, irregular and shaded, taking residents to and
from community facility destinations. Sikkak correspond to key pedestrian routes.
A Baraha (plural Barahaat) is an informal communal space strategically distributed
throughout the fareej to encourage interaction between the residents. They are small,
contained, intimate, shaded and cool spaces, contained by strong edge conditions.
Their functionality is determined by the connected sikka destination and may include
an adult baraha, a childrens baraha or a MosqueHaram baraha. Distances to barahaat
are informed by UPC community facility requirements for distances to pocket parks.
A Meydaan (plural Meydeen) is a plaza area used for community use and activity such as
for religious, cultural, commercial and / or recreational purposes.
Modeling of shade is to be undertaken in accordance with LC-R4 Outdoor Thermal
Comfort Strategy.
References
80 of 172
LC-11: Pearl Rated Buildings Within Communities

Intent
Credit
Requirements
To reward development that has a significant proportion of buildings achieving high

pearl building ratings.
GENERAL
Demonstrate attainment of an average building rating beyond the minimum established
in credit LC-R5 Minimum Pearl Rated Buildings within Communities, as follows :
2 Credit Points : Achieve a minimum average building rating of 2
10 Credit Points : Achieve an average building rating of 5
For communities consisting of existing and new buildings, this only applies to new
buildings and existing buildings undergoing major renovation and forming a part of the
development scope.
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
10
(maximum)
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Calculations and
Methodology
Design Rating
Demonstrate an average building rating of at least 2
10
Demonstrate an average building rating of 5
10
(maximum)
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Construction Rating
10
Demonstrate an average building rating of 5

Table outlining each building in the proposed development and corresponding

GFA and pearl rating;
Calculation of average Pearl Building rating for community; and
Extracts from design guidelines and mechanism for compliance.

Table outlining each building in the development and corresponding built GFA,
noting which have achieved a Pearl Building Rating and the level of rating
achieved;
Pearls Rating Certificates verifying the Pearl level achieved for each nominated
building and GFA; and
Calculation of average Pearl Building rating for community.
Pearl Rated Building Certificate is acceptable for compliance with submission

requirement for this credit.
Formula for calculating Average Building Rating:
81 of 172
where n is the building pearl rating from 1 to 5;

GFAn is the combined gross floor area of all buildings achieving n pearls; and
Total GFA is the gross floor area of all new / major refurbished buildings within the
community.
For example a community with 40% GFA of 1 pearl buildings, 25% GFA of 2 pearls
buildings, 20% GFA of 3 pearl buildings, 10% GFA of 4 pearl buildings and 2% GFA of 5
pearl buildings would achieve a community average pearl rating of 2.
A calculation tool for calculating the average Pearl Building Rating for the community is
available.
References

UPC LC-R5 Pearl Building Rating Calculator

The Pearl Building Rating System, UPC, 2010
82 of 172
LC-12: Safe & Secure Community

Intent
To provide a safe and secure environment for the communitys occupants and visitors.
Credit
Requirements
GENERAL
Demonstrate appropriate safety & security risk mitigation for the development, through
one of the following two approaches:

Implementation of risk mitigation measures, agreed in consultation with the UPC

Safety & Security Team as part of the UPC Development Review Process; or
Where consultation with the UPC Safety & Security Team is not mandated as part
of the UPC Development Review Process, develop the following documents to
demonstrate that safety & security have been incorporated into the developments
planning and design stages:
o Safety & Security Risk Assessment;
o Safety & Security Strategy; and
o Safety & Security Layout Plan.
None
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
1
(maximum)
1
1
(maximum)
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Calculations and
Methodology
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
Develop a safety and security strategy
Construction Rating
Implement a safety and security strategy
UPC Safety & Security Team Development Approval Confirmation.
Or
Safety & Security Risk Assessment;
Safety & Security Strategy;
Safety and Security Layout plan(s); and
Safety and security system drawings and extracts from specifications.
UPC Safety & Security Team Development Approval Confirmation.
Or
Safety and Security Layout plan(s); and
As-built and certified safety and security system drawings and photographs of
system installation(s).
Safety & Security Risk Assessment

The risk assessment forms the basis for determining the extent of safety & security
measures implemented for a specific development. The scope of the risk assessment,
assumptions and relevant stakeholders must be identified.
Safety & Security Strategy
83 of 172
The strategy outlines the safety and security approach to mitigate the risks identified
by the risk assessment. Measures must be designed to mitigate risk in accordance with
international best practice and relevant guidelines issued by the Urban Planning Council
and Abu Dhabi Safety & Security Agencies. The strategy must address the four CPTED
design principles discussed below.
Safety & Security Layout Plan
The Safety & Security Layout Plan identifies the location of inherent and built-in safety
& security measures (building site, building design and technologies) and must detail
the implementation of CPTED design principles. The plan must be drawn at a suitable
scale to allow detailed review and include the following information:
Proposed buildings and structure locations, indicating:
o land Use;
o setback distances from boundaries, vehicle parking and transportation;
o infrastructure i.e. roads, metro, railways;
o locations of loading bays;
o building heights / number of storeys; and
o peak occupancy.
Site spot elevations at 0.5m vertical intervals;
Transportation infrastructure (roads, rail, metro), highlighting details such as
tunnels, bridges, underpasses and podium structures;
Emergency services vehicular access routes, marine approach or helipads;
Any critical infrastructure (utilities) and exclusion zones;
Building emergency exit locations, external evacuation routes and emergency
refuge areas;
Location of Safety & Security Community Facilities (if relevant) including,
o hospitals,
o health clinics,
o Critical National Infrastructure Authority (CNIA) facilities,
o police stations,
o Civil Defense stations,
o command & control centers e.g. Integrated Situational Awareness Centers
(ISACs),
o traffic management.
Location of physical security measures such as hardened facades, boundary
treatments, and vehicle barriers; and
Areas and access points benefiting from security lighting, CCTV coverage and
access control.
Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design (CPTED)
Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design (CPTED) is a tested approach to
reducing opportunities for crime and improving community perceptions of safety. The
four CPTED principles are discussed by the author Randall Atlas in 21st Century Security
and CPTED as follows :

Territoriality;
Natural Surveillance;
Access control; and
Activity Support.
Territoriality
The concept of creating and fostering places that are adopted by legitimate users of
the space. These users make it difficult for people who do not belong to engage in
criminal or nuisance behavior. Principles include reinforcing existing natural
surveillance and natural access control strategies with additional symbolic or social
ones; space design to allow for continued use and intended purpose; and the use of
design features such as sidewalk treatments, landscaping, art, signage, screening and
fences to define and outline ownership of space.
84 of 172
Natural Surveillance
The concept of enabling people engaged in their normal behavior to observe the space
around them, making a place unattractive for potential illegitimate behaviour. Street
design, landscaping, lighting, site and neighborhood design all influence the potential
for natural surveillance. Principles include the design and placement of physical
features to maximize visibility; placement of persons or activities to maximize
surveillance possibilities; provision of sufficient and maintained night-time lighting
levels.
Access Control
The concept of controlling passage into or out of a neighborhood, park or building
through limits on the number of openings. Principles include limiting the number of
access points; sidewalk, gate, lighting and landscaping that clearly guides entrance and
exit; the use of gates, fences, walls, landscaping and lighting to prevent or discourage
public access to or from dark or unmonitored areas.
Activity Support
The concept of planning and placing activities to encourage natural surveillance. The
principles are placement of safe activity areas to foster perception of safety for
legitimate users and increasing perception of risk to would-be offenders; placement of
high risk activities in safe locations to overcome vulnerability of such activities;
locating gathering areas in locations that provide for natural surveillance and access
control or in locations away from the view of would-be offenders; and improving the
scheduling of space to allow effective use and appropriate intensity of accepted
behaviors.
References
21st Century Security and CPTED : Designing for Critical Infrastructure Protection and
Crime Prevention, Randall I. Atlas, 2008.
85 of 172
Credit Section
PW: Precious Water
86 of 172
ecause of Abu Dhabis limited annual rainfall, hot climate, and the significant energy embodied in
potable water due to desalinization, water conservation is a priority for Estidama. As discussed in
the April 2006 UAE Initial National Communication to the United Nations on climate change, it is a
distinct possibility that the UAE will become even drier due to the effects of global warming.
Coupled with projected population increases, the importance of accelerating water conservation and
reuse efforts is clear.
One of the most important challenges for the Emirate is to

balance water supply and demand as efficiently as possible given
that the per capita consumption of fresh water is among the
highest in the world and new water supplies are expensive.
Abu Dhabi Water Resources Master Plan, EAD 2009
The Precious Water section of the Pearl Community Rating System: Design & Construction includes the
Community Water Calculator that should be used throughout the entire design process. This calculator will
help the development team to assess inputs and flows of water to and from the project with a holistic
perspective, and assist in identifying how and where reductions in the use of potable water may be made.
87 of 172
PW
Precious Water
Credit
Code
Credit Title
PW-R1
Community Water Strategy
PW-R2
Building Water Guidelines
PW-R3
Water Monitoring & Leak Detection
PW-1.1
Community Water Use Reduction: Landscaping
14
PW-1.2
Community Water Use Reduction: Heat Rejection
PW-1.3
Community Water Use Reduction: Water Features
PW-2
PW-3
Water Efficient Buildings
Maximum
Credit Points
TOTAL
37
88 of 172
PW-R1: Community Water Strategy

Intent
To develop and integrate a comprehensive water strategy during the early stages of
design with the goal of minimizing the overall water consumption and establishing a
project water balance.
Credit
Requirements
GENERAL
Overall Strategy
Demonstrate that a water strategy has been developed for the community which covers
each of the following public realm items:

Irrigation;
Water features;
District cooling; and
Stormwater.
Community Water Balance

Using the Community, Building and Villa Water Calculators, establish the communitys
overall water demand and determine the community-wide water balance between the
available building wastewater and public realm irrigation, heat rejection and water
feature demands.
Minimum Prescriptive Irrigation Requirements
Demonstrate that the average landscape irrigation requirement for all public realm
areas achieve the following:

All public park landscaping in aggregate does not require more than 10 l/m2/day;
All streetscape landscaping in aggregate does not require more than 7 l/m 2/day;
and
All remaining landscaping in aggregate does not exceed 4 l/m 2/day.
None
Requirement
Achievement
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Overall Strategy
Narrative detailing the analysis for reducing water consumption and the proposed
strategies for each of the items outlined in the requirements.

Completed Community Water Calculator detailing the output of the community

water balance; and
Completed Building and / or Villa Water Calculator for each representative building
within the community.

Completed Community Water Calculator confirming the landscape requirements

will be achieved;
Site plan illustrating landscaped areas, highlighting areas of hardscape and

softscape, as well as water feature/swimming pool areas;
Calculations detailing how the total annual average irrigation demand of external
89 of 172
softscape areas (liters/day) is determined; and

Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Plant schedules for the developments landscape program that includes the
following key data:
Plant names (common and botanic); and
Annual water demand at third year of growth.
Overall Strategy
Updated narrative detailing the analysis for reducing water consumption and the
proposed strategies for each of the items outlined in the requirements.

Updated Community Water Calculator detailing the output of the community water
balance; and
Updated Building and / or Villa Water Calculator for each representative building
within a community.
Calculations and
Methodology
Updated Community Water Calculator confirming the landscape requirements will

be achieved;
As-built site plan illustrating landscaped areas, highlighting areas of hardscape and
softscape, as well as water feature/swimming pool areas;
Updated calculations detailing how the total annual average irrigation demand of
external softscape areas (liters/day) is determined; and
following key data:

The aim is to ensure that the non-recoverable community water demand associated
with irrigation, heat rejection and water features does not overburden the
available building wastewater.
The community water balance is calculated using the Community Water Calculator
and is determined based on the difference between the available building
wastewater and the exterior water demand for irrigation, heat rejection and water
features.
The interior water use of buildings within the community must be determined using
the Pearl Rating System Building and / or Villa Water Calculators. Each building
type within the community must be modelled and the baseline and proposed
interior water consumptions input into the Community Water Calculator to
determine the community water balance. Where PW-3 Water Efficient Buildings is
not being pursued, the proposed building interior water consumption must be set
equal to the baseline interior water consumption.
The Community Water Balance, CWB, is determined as follows:
BW = Building Water Consumption (determined using Building/Villa Water Calculator)

EM = Municipal Recycled Water Efficiency
LW = Irrigation Demand of all community landscaping
DCW = Water make-up requirements of all community district cooling schemes
WFW = Water make-up requirements of all community based water features

Landscaping refers to the entire site excluding the building plots and any water
feature areas, and is made up of all hardscape and softscape areas.
The methodology for determining the average landscape irrigation requirement is
90 of 172
outlined within PW-1.1 Community Water Use Reduction : Landscaping.
References

Pearl Rating System Community Water Calculator

Pearl Rating System Building Water Calculator
Pearl Rating System Villa Water Calculator
91 of 172
PW-R2: Building Water Guidelines

Intent
To focus the design and development team on promoting water conservation in

buildings within the community.
Credit
Requirements
GENERAL
Demonstrate that Building Guidelines have been developed, based on analysis, which
identifies the most efficient measures for reducing the water consumption of buildings
within the community. At a minimum the analysis must cover the following:
Fixtures and fittings

o Kitchen taps;
o Bathroom taps;
o Toilets;
o Urinals;
o Bidets;
o Showers; and
o Ablution facilities.
Appliances
o Dishwashers; and
o Clothes washing machines.
Landscaping
o Plant Selection;
o Irrigation; and
o Water Features.
Heat Rejection
o District cooling; and
o Onsite heat rejection.
Demonstrate that the Building Guidelines have been incorporated into development
plot controls and that a mechanism for ensuring compliance is developed.
None
Requirement
Achievement
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Narrative detailing the analysis undertaken for each of the items outlined in the
requirements including the results of any calculations;
Draft Building Guidelines; and
Demonstrate the mechanism for ensuring compliance with building guidelines.
Updated narrative detailing the analysis undertaken for each of the items outlined
in the requirements including the results of any calculations;
Completed Building Guidelines; and
Confirm mechanism for ensuring compliance with building guidelines.
The analysis is to highlight the various design options available to buildings and
show the iterative process which was conducted to determine the most efficient
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Calculations and
Methodology
92 of 172
References
measures for reducing water consumption.

The Building Guidelines are to emphasize effective solutions to reducing water
consumption, but also demonstrate the consequences that various design decisions
may have on the building water consumption.


93 of 172
PW-R3: Water Monitoring & Leak Detection

Intent
To reduce loss of water associated with leaks, system degradation, or failure.
Credit
Requirements
GENERAL
Monitoring
Demonstrate that easily accessible and clearly labelled water meters are provided and
capable of monitoring the water consumption of, at a minimum, the following major
uses (where present):

Building plots, divided into occupancy type (office, retail, residential, school etc);
Irrigation (public realm);
District cooling plants;
Water Features (public realm); and
Any other major community water requirements (e.g. water parks etc).
Leak Detection
Demonstrate that water transmission and distribution facilities are designed and
installed with water meters in order to monitor the water network and be capable of
detecting major system-wide leaks.
None
Requirement
Achievement
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Calculations and
Methodology
Narrative detailing the community water monitoring strategy;
Extracts from specifications clearly indicating the type and extent of all metering;
Design utility plans identifying the location of all meters and monitoring
equipment; and
Design system specifications for central monitoring system and details of how the
system is configured to identify major system leaks.
Updated narrative detailing the community water monitoring strategy;
Manufacturers information detailing the installed water meters;
As-built utility plans identifying the location of all meters and monitoring
equipment; and
Manufacturers information for central monitoring system and details of how the
system is configured to identify major system leaks.
Photographic evidence confirming the installation of water meters and central

monitoring system.
All meters shall have data logging capability and be connected to a central
community-wide monitoring system so that information on the water network
performance can be recorded. The monitoring system shall have, at a minimum,
the following capability:
o Provide hourly, daily, weekly, monthly and annual water consumption by
each major use;
o Compare consumption to previous days, weeks, months and years for trend
analysis;
94 of 172
Detect leaks by determining out-of-range values and alert facility

operators to unusually high consumption; and
o Record peak water consumption for each major use.
The developer/system operator must provide a written commitment to supply
water monitoring data to Estidama (if requested). All reported information will be
treated as confidential.
The leak detection system must be capable of:
o Sounding an alarm when a leak is detected;
o Identifying varying leakage rates; and
o Being programmed to fit the projects water consumption requirements.
o
References
None
95 of 172
PW-1.1: Community Water Use Reduction: Landscaping

Intent
To encourage water efficient public realm landscape design through plant selection,
irrigation technologies and management, and the use of recycled water.
Credit
Requirements
GENERAL
Plant Selection
Demonstrate that the average irrigation requirement for all public realm areas achieve
the following:
All

public park landscaping in aggregate does not require more than:

1 Credit Point: 8 l/m2/day;
2 Credit Points: 6 l/m2/day;
All streetscape landscaping in aggregate does not require more than:

1 Credit Point: 5 l/m2/day;
All remaining landscaping in aggregate does not require more than:
1 Credit Point: 2 l/m2/day
2 Credit Points: 0 l/m2/day
Irrigation System
2 Credit Points: Demonstrate that a Water Efficient Irrigation System has been
incorporated into all public realm landscaping.
Irrigation System Management
2 Credit Points: Demonstrate that an Irrigation Operation and Maintenance Plan has
been developed.
Recycled Water

Achieve at least three credit points related to Plant Selection and demonstrate
that:
2 Credit Points: A minimum of 75% of the communitys irrigation demand can be
served using the Exterior Water Allowance (as outlined in the Calculations and
Methodology section).
3 Credit Points: 100% of the communitys irrigation demand can be served using the
Exterior Water Allowance.
Where recycled water is not immediately available to meet all irrigation demands,
demonstrate that a recycled water mainline loop has been installed which allows
for the future switch from potable to recycled water for exterior irrigation
demands when it becomes available; and
All pipes containing recycled water must be color coded in order to easily
distinguish them from potable water pipes.
This credit only applies to water demand in the public realm and does not include
irrigation associated with building plots.
96 of 172
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
14
(maximum)
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
Demonstrate that the average irrigation requirement of

all landscape areas is minimized.
Demonstrate that a Water Efficient Irrigation System has

been incorporated into all public realm landscape design.
Demonstrate that an Irrigation Operation and

Maintenance Plan has been developed.
2-3
14
(maximum)
Demonstrate that a proportion of the community

irrigation demand can be served using the Exterior Water
Allowance.
Construction Rating
Demonstrate that the average irrigation requirement of

all landscape areas is minimized.
Demonstrate that a Water Efficient Irrigation System has

been incorporated into all public realm landscaping.
Demonstrate that an Irrigation Operation and

Maintenance Plan has been updated.
2-3
Demonstrate that a proportion of the community

irrigation demand can be served using the Exterior Water
Allowance.
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Plant Selection
Low Water Use Landscaping Strategy including:

Completed Community Water Calculator;
Site plan illustrating landscape areas, highlighting areas of hardscape and

softscape as well as water feature/swimming pool areas;
Calculations detailing how the total annual average irrigation demand of

following key data:
Irrigation System
Irrigation Strategy including:

Narrative describing the communitys irrigation approach, technology to be

used, and anticipated irrigation efficiency;
System schematic indicating mainline routing, laterals, irrigation controller and

meter locations as well as proposed landscape/hydrozones; and
System specifications including cut sheets and/or manufacturers specifications

for master controller(s), valves and monitoring equipment including moisture
sensors, wind sensors etc.
Soil Amendment Strategy including:

Narrative describing moisture retention approach for soil amendments

including type, location, extent of application, and frequency of reapplication
(if needed) to maintain effectiveness.

Operation and Maintenance plan including:

Brief narrative describing the monitoring strategy and how it is integrated into
97 of 172
the overall landscaping plan;


for override sensors, backflow valves and separate meters.
Drawings showing the location of each device on a site plan.
Recycled Water
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Calculations and
Methodology
Completed Community Water Calculator confirming the percentage of the irrigation

demand that can be served using the Exterior Water Allowance.
A composite utility schematic illustrating routing of recycled water mainline and

laterals.
Revised as-built documentation as per Design Rating; and
Photographic evidence confirming the installation of irrigation systems,

landscaping, water recycling systems (where installed) and routing of recycled
water mainline and laterals indicating their color code.
Plant Selection
Public realm landscaped area refers to the entire site excluding all water features,
swimming pool areas and building plots, and is made up of all hardscape and
softscape areas.
The average irrigation requirement of landscaped areas is determined as follows :
IS = Total annual average irrigation demand of softscape area (liters/day)

AL = Landscaped area referring to public parks, streetscape and / or remaining
landscape.
Irrigation System
A water efficient irrigation system must:

Eliminate all surface spray components (except in public parks or playing fields);
Irrigate only during non-daylight hours (except if sub-surface);
Include moisture sensors that control the irrigation system to irrigate only when
required;
Provide irrigation zones, with independently controlled valves, segregated by plant
water needs; and
Utilize mulch and/or soil amendment techniques to reduce evapotranspiration.

An Irrigation Operation and Maintenance Plan should include:

Regular maintenance and operation efficiency performance monitoring;

Procedures for alerting operator and shutting system down when flows exceed
design range due to mainline, lateral, valve or emitter failure or there is a leak
detected; and
Irrigation systems must demonstrate that they incorporate sensors and valves
connected to a central system by:
o Providing override sensors tied to a centralized computer controller with a
feedback loop to shut down zones that are malfunctioning; and
o Including separate meters and backflow prevention at point of mainline
connection.
98 of 172
Recycled Water
The Exterior Water Allowance, EWA, that is available to serve the communitys
exterior water demand is determined based on the values used within PW-R1
Community Water Strategy as follows:
BW = Building Water Consumption

EWA must not be double counted towards other uses such as heat rejection and/or
water features. The design team must decide upon the most appropriate use of the E WA
in order to balance the available wastewater volume with their exterior water demand.
References
99 of 172
PW-1.2: Community Water Use Reduction: Heat Rejection

Intent
To reduce potable water use for heat rejection by promoting the use of recycled water and
/ or alternatives to water based heat rejection.
Credit
Requirements
GENERAL
Demonstrate the community includes a Water Cooled District Cooling (DC) network that is
connected to at least 35% of the communitys buildings based on Gross Floor Area (GFA);
AND
Demonstrate that the following percentage of the aggregate water make-up requirements
of all District Cooling (DC) systems within the community can be served using the Exterior
Water Allowance (as outlined in the Calculations and Methodology section):
2 Credit Points: > 25%
3 Credit Points: >50%
4 Credit Points: >75%
5 Credit Points: 100%
2 Credit Points: No water cooled district cooling is present.
OR
Awarding Credit
Points
Where recycled water is not immediately available to all DC plants, demonstrate

that a recycled water mainline loop has been installed which allows for the future
switch from potable to recycled water in DC plants when it becomes available. All
pipes containing recycled water must be color coded in order to easily distinguish
them from potable water pipes.
CREDIT POINTS
5
(maximum)
2-5
2
5
(maximum)
2-5
2
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
Demonstrate that a percentage of the communitys DC
plant water make-up requirements can be served using the
No water cooled district cooling is present.
Construction Rating
Demonstrate that a percentage of the communitys DC
plant water make-up requirements can be served using the
No water cooled district cooling is present.
Calculations demonstrating that at least 35% of the community GFA is connected to a

Water Cooled District Cooling network;
Completed Community Water Calculator confirming the percentage of the DC plant

water make-up requirements that can be served using the Exterior Water Allowance;
DC plant design specifications including system efficiencies, percentage of drift loss,

condenser water temperatures and the cycles of concentration for cooling tower water
blowdown; and
Narrative describing the recycled water distribution strategy for the cooling towers.
100 of 172
OR
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Confirmation that no water cooled district cooling will be present.
Updated calculations demonstrating that at least 35% of the community GFA is

connected to a Water Cooled District Cooling network;
Updated Community Water Calculator confirming the percentage of the DC plant water
make-up requirements that can be served using the Exterior Water Allowance;
DC plant manufacturer information including system efficiencies, percentage of drift

loss, condenser water temperatures and the cycles of concentration for cooling tower
water blowdown; and
Updated narrative describing the recycled water distribution strategy for the cooling
towers.
OR
Calculations and
Methodology
Confirmation that no water cooled district cooling is present.
The percentage of the communitys buildings (based on GFA) connected to a DC

network is determined as follows:
The projects district cooling water make-up requirements shall be determined using
the Community Water Calculator based on the Gross Floor Area (GFA) of buildings
connected to the DC network and the cooling demand determined within RE-R1
Community Energy Strategy.
The Exterior Water Allowance, EWA, that is available to serve the communitys exterior
water demand is determined based on the values used within PW-R1 Community Water
Strategy:

References
EWA must not be double counted towards other uses such as irrigation and/or water
features. The design team must decide upon the most appropriate use of the E WA in
order to balance the available wastewater volume with their exterior water demand.
None
101 of 172
PW-1.3: Community Water Use Reduction: Water Features

Intent
To reduce potable water use in exterior water features by minimizing evaporative loss
and through the use of recycled water.
Credit
Requirements
GENERAL
2 Credit Points: Demonstrate that the water make-up requirements for all
exterior water features in the public realm can be served using the Exterior
Water Allowance.
1 Credit Points: Demonstrate that all external swimming pools are supplied
with permanently installed retractable pool blankets.
4 Credit Points: Demonstrate that there are no exterior water features or

swimming pools within the public realm.
Or
Awarding Credit
Points
Where recycled water is not immediately available to all water features,

demonstrate that a recycled water mainline loop has been installed which
allows for the future switch from potable to recycled water for exterior water
feature demands when it becomes available. All pipes containing recycled
water must be color coded in order to easily distinguish them from potable
water pipes.
CREDIT POINTS
4
(maximum)
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
Demonstrate that the water make-up requirements for all

water features can be served using the Exterior Water
Allowance.
Demonstrate that all swimming pools are provided with

permanently installed pool blankets.
Demonstrate that there are no exterior water features or

4
(maximum)
Construction Rating

water features can be served using the Exterior Water
Allowance.
Demonstrate that all swimming pools are provided with

permanently installed pool blankets.

Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Site plans highlighting locations of all water features and their associated areas;
Community Water Calculator confirming that the water make-up requirements for
all water features can be served using the Exterior Water Allowance;
102 of 172
laterals; and
Specification for proposed pool blankets.
Or
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Site plans confirmation that there will be no exterior water features or swimming
pools.
As-built site plans highlighting locations of all water features and their associated
areas;
Updated Community Water Calculator confirming that the water make-up

requirements for all water features can be served using the Exterior Water
Allowance;
As-built composite utility schematic illustrating routing of recycled water mainline

and laterals; and
Photographs illustrating the routing of recycled water mainline and laterals

indicating their color code, water recycling systems (where installed) and pool
blankets.
Or
Calculations and
Methodology
As-built site plans confirming that there are no exterior water features or
swimming pools.
Exterior water features: Include any open surface water associated with fountains,
ponds, lakes, streams etc (excluding swimming pools).
The water loss from all exterior water features is determined using the Community
Water Calculator and based on the total surface area of water features and
catchment area of fountains; and the evaporation loss of surface water, E L, as
follows:
AWF = Water Feature Area

AFC = Fountain Catchment Area
FL = Fountain loss factor
EL = Evaporative Loss of surface water = 2,200 litres/m2/yr
The Exterior Water Allowance, EWA, that is available to serve the communitys
exterior water demand is determined based on the values used within PW-R1
Community Water Strategy:

References
EWA must not be double counted towards other uses such as irrigation and/or heat
rejection. The design team must decide upon the most appropriate use of the E WA
in order to balance the available wastewater volume with their exterior water
demand.
None
103 of 172
PW-2: Stormwater Management

Intent
To minimise peak stormwater discharge and protect the stormwater drainage system
and receiving water bodies from pollutant loading during and after storm events.
Credit
Requirements
GENERAL
Quantity Control
Demonstrate that the project has developed a stormwater management system
that prioritizes infiltration, sustainable urban drainage systems, and utilizes
structural solutions when necessary.
2 Credit Points: Demonstrate that the post-development peak runoff rate and
quantity from the 2-year 24-hour design storm does not exceed the predevelopment peak runoff rate and quantity through structural methods, or a
combination of both structural and non-structural methods.
quantity from the 2-year 24-hour design storm does not exceed the predevelopment peak runoff rate and quantity through the use of non-structural
methods only.
Quality Control
1 Credit Point: The proposed stormwater management system is capable of
collecting and treating a minimum of 90% of stormwater and that the treatment
process is capable of achieving the following minimum standards for quality
control:
o 80% removal of Total Suspended Solids (TSS);
o Minimum 95% removal of litter (gross pollutants, >1mm);
o Minimum 90% removal of hydrocarbons; and
o Use of petrol interceptors or suitable permeable paving for car parks of
more than 4 bays
Operation & Maintenance Plan

1 Credit Point: Achieve either a minimum of 2 credit points related to Quantity
Control or 1 credit point related to Quality Control and demonstrate that an
Operation & Maintenance Plan (OMP) is in place that shows how all systems will be
maintained throughout the life of the development. The plan should include at a
minimum:
o Protocol for maintaining regular system checks and maintenance
o Methods for ensuring neighboring developments will not be adversely
affected by the projects stormwater strategy
o Strategies to prevent onsite erosion
None
104 of 172
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
6
(maximum)
Stormwater management system is designed to meet

Quantity Control criteria as per Credit Requirements.

Quality Control criteria as per Credit Requirements.
2-4
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Design Rating
2-4
1
6
(Maximum)
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
REQUIREMENTS
An OMP has been developed.

Construction Rating
Stormwater management system components are
constructed to meet Quantity Control criteria as per

constructed to meet Quality Control criteria as per Credit
Requirements.
An OMP has been updated.
Narrative describing the stormwater management system developed for the

community including:
Drawings showing locations of components of the stormwater management

system;
Civil engineering calculations describing and quantifying the stormwater

management strategies, specifically addressing the pre-development and postdevelopment peak runoff rate and quantity; and
Extracts from specifications and product data sheets describing the

components specified, confirming that the system is capable of collecting 90%
of stormwater and is able to treat to the required quality standards.
OMP for ongoing site best management practices to uphold system integrity. The
plan shall include:
An inspection schedule for the stormwater management system to assure its

continued operation as designed;
The proposed person(s), organization, or entity responsible for the continued

operation and maintenance of the stormwater management system;
Operating budgets and funding mechanism for the continued maintenance of

the stormwater management system, where not managed by the municipality;
Methods for ensuring neighboring developments will not be adversely affected

by the projects stormwater strategy; and
Erosion plan to prevent excessive onsite erosion and to any receiving water
courses.
CV of qualified Civil Engineer.
As built drawings showing locations of the applied components of the stormwater

management system;
Updated civil engineering calculations describing and quantifying the stormwater

management strategies, specifically addressing the pre-development and postdevelopment peak runoff rate and quantity;
Manufacturers information for the purchased components, confirming that the

system is capable of collecting 90% of stormwater and is able to treat to the
required quality standards;
Updated OMP; and
Photographic evidence confirming the installation of the stormwater management

strategy.
105 of 172
Calculations and
Methodology

Non-structural stormwater management solutions include sustainable urban

drainage systems (SUDS) such as ponds, vegetated swales, wetlands etc.
Structural stormwater management solutions include engineered structures such as
pipes, concrete channels etc.
All water infiltrated through SUDS is considered to be 100% treated, achieving all
the required quality control standards
Calculations must be signed off by a qualified civil engineer.
A qualified Civil Engineer is an individual with:

A degree in a relevant subject, and
A minimum of five years relevant work experience and a proven track record on
working on similar projects in the region.
References

Environment Agency Abu Dhabi, www.ead.gov.ae

CSIRO Urban Stormwater Best Practice Environmental Management Guidelines
(2006)
106 of 172
PW-3: Water Efficient Buildings & Plots

Intent
To promote reductions in the water consumption of buildings and associated plots

within the community as well as limit the size and burden on the community
infrastructure.
Credit
Requirements
GENERAL
Set water reduction targets for the interior water use of all buildings within the
community using the Pearl Rating System Building and Villa Water Calculator.
Demonstrate that the average Water Reduction Target (as defined within the
Calculations and Methodology section), Wbldg, achieves the following improvement
compared to the baseline building performance, from efficiency measures only:
1 Credit Point: Wbldg 16% improvement compared to the baseline building
2 Credit Points: Wbldg 22% improvement compared to the baseline building
And
Develop extended guidelines for representative buildings within the community

demonstrating how the proposed target may be achieved. The targets must be based
on the results of the Building and Villa Water Calculator and incorporated into the
Building Guidelines developed in PW-R2.
Set targets for the average landscape irrigation demand, IBL, of all building plots within
the community as follows:
2 Credit Point: IBL < 4 liters/m2/day
3 Credit Point: IBL < 2 liters/m2/day
And
The targets must be incorporated into the Building Guidelines developed in PW-R2.
None
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
8
(maximum)
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
1-5
Demonstrate that the average water reduction target,

Wbldg, achieves a percentage improvement over the
baseline building performance.
2-3
Demonstrate that the building plot average landscape

irrigation demand, IBL, has been minimized.
8
(maximum)
Construction Rating
1-5
Demonstrate that the average water reduction target,

Wbldg, achieves a percentage improvement over the
baseline building performance.
2-3
Demonstrate that the building plot average landscape

irrigation demand, IBL, has been minimized.
107 of 172
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Calculations and
Methodology
Average performance targets, Wbldg and IBL, and color coded site plans to illustrate
how the target will be achieved across the community;
Completed Community Water Calculator;
Completed Building and Villa Water Calculator for each building type demonstrating
the prescribed fixture / appliance requirements and associated reductions in water
consumption; and
Draft of Building Guidelines, integrated into PW-R2.
Average performance targets, Wbldg and IBL, and color coded site plans to illustrate
how the target has been achieved across the community;
Updated Community Water Calculator;
Updated Building and Villa Water Calculator for each building type demonstrating
the prescribed fixture / appliance requirements and associated reductions in water
consumption; and
Completed Building Guidelines, integrated into PW-R2.
The weighted average water reduction target, Wbldg, is determined as follows:
In order to demonstrate the reductions identified will be achieved, results from the
Building and Villa Water Calculator will need to be submitted for each building type
Water reduction targets for each building / villa type can only be set based on the
results from the building and villa water calculators.
Various strategies for reducing the water consumption of buildings will need to be
modelled and the results included in the building guidelines in order to illustrate
how the proposed percentage reductions may be achieved.

The weighted average landscape irrigation demand for all building plots, I BL,
determined as follows:
ABL = Building/Villa Plot Landscape Area = AP - AB

AP = Building/Villa Plot Area
AB = Building/Villa Footprint Area
IBL = Building/Villa Plot Average Landscape Irrigation Demand
References

Pearl
Pearl
Pearl
Pearl
Pearl
Rating System Community Water Calculator

Rating System Building Water Calculator
Rating System Villa Water Calculator
Building Rating System, PW-R1.
Villa Rating System, PW-R1.
108 of 172
Credit Section
RE: Resourceful Energy
109 of 172
bu Dhabi's ambitious growth targets translate into increased energy consumption. Energy
conservation and portfolio diversification are imperative to sustain a competitive economy.
Through the Pearl Rating System, Estidama seeks to target energy conservation through
technological transitions in the community sector.
The UAE has almost the highest rate of energy consumption per person in
the world. If we continue at the current rate, the demand for energy will
simply exceed the supply. At the same time, our consumption of energy
adds to the worldwide problem of global warming. Clearly, we need to do
something to prevent this
Heroes of the UAE, EAD
Techniques to conserve energy at the community design and construction stage can have significant
impacts on reducing overall energy consumption during operation. The Resourceful Energy section requires
an energy calculation and assessment process to be undertaken. This assessment will facilitate careful
consideration of energy issues during the design of communities, resulting in better informed decision
making. Emphasis is on reducing the demand for energy through passive environmental design, appropriate
selection of highly efficient mechanical and electrical equipment, and the facilitation of renewable energy
installations.
110 of 172
RE
Resourceful Energy
Credit
Code
Credit Title
RE-R1
Community Energy Strategy
RE-R2
Building Energy Guidelines
RE-R3
Energy Monitoring and Reporting
RE-1
Community Strategies for Passive Cooling
RE-2
Urban Heat Reduction
RE-3.1
Efficient Infrastructure: Lighting
RE-3.2
Efficient Infrastructure: District Cooling
RE-3.3
Efficient Infrastructure: Smart Grid Technology
RE-4.1
Renewable Energy: Onsite
RE-4.2
Renewable Energy: Offsite
RE-5
Energy Efficient Buildings
Maximum
Credit Points
TOTAL
42
111 of 172
RE-R1: Community Energy Strategy

Intent
To focus the design and development team on energy conservation through demand
reduction and efficient generation and distribution, while making informed decisions
about the implications of renewable energy strategies.
Credit
Requirements
GENERAL
Demonstrate that an energy strategy has been developed for the community which
includes analysis of the following at a minimum:

Climate analysis and response;

Street orientation;
Building orientation, massing and layout;
Shading strategies;
District energy systems; and
Renewable energy generation.
Demonstrate that calculations have been undertaken to evaluate the communitys

energy consumption. At a minimum this should include:

Total annual energy consumption (MWh) of the entire community as well as each
major use category;
Peak power demand (MW) of the entire community as well as each major use
category; and
Total energy supplied by onsite renewable technologies, expressed as both annual
generation (MWh) and peak generation (MW)
None
Requirement
Achievement
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Narrative detailing the analysis undertaken for each of the strategies outlined in the
requirements, including design drawings illustrating how the recommendations of
the study have been incorporated into the design; and
Energy report containing the following:
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Calculations for the entire community energy consumption and peak power
demand as well as each major use category;
Calculations for the energy generated from any onsite renewable technologies;
Input assumptions and variables;
Calculation methodologies;
Graphs and output results; and
Referenced standards (if applicable).
Updated narrative detailing the analysis undertaken for each of the strategies
outlined in the requirements, including as-built drawings illustrating the
incorporation of study recommendations into the design;
Updated energy report containing the following:
Calculations for the entire community energy consumption and peak power
demand as well as broken down into the major use categories;
Calculations for the energy generated from any onsite renewable technologies;
112 of 172
Calculations and
Methodology
Input assumptions and variables;
Calculation methodologies;
Graphs and output results; and
Referenced standards (if applicable).
Major energy use categories include, but are not limited to, the following:
o Buildings, divided into different occupancy types and further separated
into cooling, electricity and any other fuel types that are present;
o Infrastructure lighting (road, public, traffic lights, signage etc);
o District energy systems;
o Water system pumping, treatment and wastewater processing; and
o Any other major infrastructure energy requirements such as transport
systems (metro) etc.
The energy consumption of buildings are estimated using methodologies developed
by the design teams. All inputs, calculation methodologies, outputs, references and
assumptions must be submitted. Where energy models are developed as part of RE5 Energy Efficient Buildings, these may be used for those building types that have
been modeled. Alternatively benchmarks for energy consumption given below may
be used for the building types listed.
All other energy uses described within the requirement must be calculated by the
design team. All inputs, calculation methodologies, outputs and any
references/assumptions must be submitted.
Table RE-R1a: Benchmark energy consumption data for typical buildings in Abu Dhabi:
Occupancy Type
Energy Consumption (kWh/m2/annum)
Office
333
Retail
424
Multi-Residential
247
References
Report by Arup Gulf Ltd, Pearls Rating System Energy and Water Baseline and
Resource Conservation Measures, March 2010.
113 of 172
RE-R2: Building Energy Guidelines

Intent
To focus the design and development team on promoting energy conservation in

buildings within the community.
Credit
Requirements
GENERAL
Demonstrate building guidelines have been developed based on analysis which
identifies the most efficient measures for reducing the energy consumption of buildings
within the community. The analysis should cover the following at a minimum:
Passive design strategies

o Building orientation;
o Building glazing ratio;
o Building envelope parameters; and
o Shading strategies.
Mechanical and electrical systems
o HVAC system design options;
o Lighting systems;
o Heat rejection options; and
o Metering strategies.
Integrated renewable energy generation options
Demonstrate that the building guidelines have been incorporated into development plot
controls and that a mechanism for ensuring compliance is developed.
None
Requirement
Achievement
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Narrative detailing the analysis undertaken for each of the items outlined in the
requirements including the results of calculations and/or simulations;
Draft Building Guidelines; and
Demonstrate the mechanism for ensuring compliance with building guidelines.
Updated narrative detailing the analysis undertaken for each of the items outlined
in the requirements including the results of calculations and/or simulations;
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Calculations and
Methodology
Completed Building Guidelines; and
Confirm mechanism for ensuring compliance with building guidelines.
The analysis is to highlight the various design options available to buildings and
show the iterative process which was conducted to determine the most efficient
measures for reducing energy consumption.
The Building Guidelines are to emphasize effective solutions to reducing energy
consumption, but also demonstrate the consequences that various design decisions
may have on the building energy consumption.
References
None
114 of 172
RE-R3: Energy Monitoring & Reporting

Intent
To ensure the provision of metering facilities to monitor the performance of

infrastructure systems, enabling future improvements and understanding of energy use
Credit
Requirements
GENERAL
Demonstrate that easily accessible and clearly labelled energy sub-meters are provided
and capable of monitoring the energy consumption of, at a minimum, the following
major uses (where present):

Buildings, divided into occupancy type (office, retail, residential, school etc);
District energy systems;
Infrastructure lighting (road, public, traffic lights, signage);
Water pumping;
Water treatment systems; and
Any other major infrastructure energy requirements such as transport systems
(metro) etc.
In addition, any onsite energy generating systems must be separately metered
None
Requirement
Achievement
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Brief narrative describing how the requirements of the credit will be achieved;
Schematics illustrating the metering strategy confirming that the required level of
metering will be achieved; and
Extracts from specifications and design drawings clearly indicating the type, extent
and locations of all metering, and central monitoring system.
Updated narrative describing how the requirements of the credit have been
achieved;
Schematics illustrating the metering strategy confirming that the required level of
metering has been achieved;
Manufacturers data and as-built drawings clearly indicating the type, extent and
locations of all metering, and central monitoring system;
Photographic evidence confirming installation of specified meters and central

monitoring system; and
Written commitment from the developer/system operator to submit all energy

monitoring data to Estidama (if requested).
All sub-meters shall have data logging capability and be connected to a central
community-wide monitoring system so that information on the communitys energy
consumption can be recorded. The monitoring system shall have, at a minimum,
the following capability:
o Provide hourly, daily, weekly, monthly and annual energy totals for each
major use;
o Compare consumption to previous days, weeks, months and years for trend
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Calculations and
Methodology
115 of 172
References
analysis;
o Determine out-of-range values and alert facility operator to unusually
high consumption; and
o Record peak energy consumption for each major use.
The developer/system operator must provide a written commitment to supply
energy monitoring data to Estidama (if requested). All reported information will be
None
116 of 172
RE-1: Community Strategies for Passive Cooling

Intent
To improve outdoor microclimates through early community design and land use
decisions.
Credit
Requirements
GENERAL
Demonstrate that the development has considered, evaluated and incorporated passive
cooling strategies to improve the outdoor microclimate and building energy
performance.
Conceptual Analysis
Undertake a conceptual solar and wind analysis to determine street orientation, block
size and shape, building massing and landscaping to promote shading and appropriate
wind flows for passive cooling and improved pedestrian comfort; and demonstrate that:
2 Credit Points: Two of the following strategies have been incorporated into
the community design
3 Credit Points: Three of the following strategies have been incorporated into
the community design
o
Orientate streets so that more than 65% of the total street length is
aligned within 15 degrees of true East-West orientation;
Arrangement of building mass, height and frontage in a staggered

fashion to prevent wind flow becoming stagnant;
Align streets within 15 degrees of the appropriate prevailing wind

direction;
Provision of linear parks or vegetated corridors parallel to the

prevailing wind direction to ventilate urban areas;
Provision of shelter belts that protect the community from drifting

sand;
Wind towers that direct appropriate winds to street level;
For sites with waterfront edges: conservation or provision of a green or

landscaped edge along 90% of the developments waterfront to cool
incoming breezes, along with stepping of building heights away from
the waterfront edge to ensure breezes are not obstructed;
OR
o
For sites with no waterfront edges: provision of a green or landscaped

edge along 90% of the developments prevailing wind boundary to cool
incoming breezes.
Advanced Analysis Techniques

3 Credit Points: Demonstrate use of advanced solar and wind analysis

techniques (e.g. solar exposure analysis, computational fluid dynamic (CFD)
modeling, wind tunnel testing etc) to optimize the performance of the selected
strategies. The analysis must consider the effects of solar radiation, wind, air
temperature, surface radiant temperature and humidity.
Where equivalent or improved performance is demonstrated via alternative strategies
or via alternative criteria within the chosen strategies from the list above, credit points
are still awarded.
117 of 172
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
6
(maximum)
Design Rating
2-3
Undertake a conceptual solar and wind analysis and

incorporate passive cooling strategies into the community
design.
Demonstrate that advanced solar and wind analysis

techniques have been used to optimise pedestrian comfort
and verify the performance of the selected strategies.
6
(maximum)
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Construction Rating
2-3
Undertake a conceptual solar and wind analysis and

incorporate passive cooling strategies into the community
design.
Demonstrate that advanced solar and wind analysis

techniques have been used to optimise pedestrian comfort
and verify the performance of the selected strategies.
Conceptual Solar and Wind Analysis

Annual weather conditions for the site including solar azimuth and altitude, solar
radiation, prevailing wind direction, wind speeds, wind temperatures and humidity;
Site map illustrating the annual onsite wind conditions;
Conceptual solar and wind analysis report including studies for all adopted
strategies and evidence of how the community design promotes shading and wind
flows for passive cooling and improved pedestrian comfort; and
Site plan illustrating how the adopted strategies will be implemented.
Advanced Analysis Techniques:
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Narrative of the advanced solar and wind analysis describing how the results
informed the final community design;
Technical report containing outputs from the advanced solar and wind modeling
analysis for all adopted strategies, demonstrating an improved level of
performance; and
Site plan indicating how the strategies will be implemented.

Revised documentation as per design rating including as-built site plans illustrating
how the adopted strategies were integrated into the design;
Photographic evidence of linear parks or vegetated corridors, shelter belts and

wind towers where applicable.
Calculations and
Methodology
Revised documentation as per design rating including as-built site plans illustrating
how the adopted strategies were integrated into the design;
Photographic evidence of alternative passive cooling strategies where applicable.

The analysis should include analysis of how the following vary over an entire year:
Solar altitude and azimuth
Solar radiation
118 of 172
Prevailing wind direction

Wind speed
Wind temperature
Wind humidity
Communities can be subject to hot and dry and/or hot and humid environments and
these require different techniques to be applied to aid cooling and/or protect the site
from heat.
Where possible wind data should be based on at least 10 years worth of records.

References
Each adopted strategy should be analysed in the context of the community, and
optimized based on the advanced analysis techniques.
If alternative strategies are used to those outlined within the credit requirements,
advanced analysis needs to be used to demonstrate they will achieve an equivalent
or improved level of performance.
None
119 of 172
RE-2: Urban Heat Reduction

Intent
To improve outdoor microclimates through the reduction of urban heat build up.
Credit
Requirements
GENERAL
Demonstrate that a combination of the following has been applied to all community
hardscape areas excluding roads:

Provide shade such as that from canopies, solar panels, vegetation, building form
etc measured at 12pm solar time on the summer solstice; and
Use materials with a minimum Solar Reflective Index (SRI) of 29.
Points are awarded where a combination of the above has been applied to a minimum
of:

1 Credit Points: 70% of all community hardscape

2 Credit Points: 90% of all community hardscape
Awarding Credit
Points
Where shading is provided by structures such as canopies or other architectural

elements (excluding solar panels), the outer surface of the shading element must
have a minimum Solar Reflective Index (SRI) of 29.
Any shading from trees should be measured at 3 years estimated growth.
CREDIT POINTS
2
(maximum)
1-2
2
(maximum)
1-2
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
Demonstrate that community hardscape areas have utilised
strategies to reduce the build up of heat.
Construction Rating
Demonstrate that community hardscape areas have utilised
strategies to reduce the build up of heat.
Summary report demonstrating how the credit requirements have been met,
including calculations for the percentage of compliant hardscape;
Plan drawings highlighting the extent of all hardscape surfaces, overlaid with
clearly identifiable hashed areas denoting the coverage of the various measures;
Typical street sections illustrating urban heat reduction strategies; and
Extracts from the specification for surface finishes demonstrating that the
minimum required SRI has been specified.
Updated summary report demonstrating how the credit requirements have been
met, including calculations for the percentage of compliant hardscape;
As-built plan drawings highlighting the extent of all hardscape surfaces, overlaid
with clearly identifiable hashed areas denoting the coverage of the various
measures;
As-built street sections illustrating urban heat reduction strategies; and
Manufacturers information for surface finishes demonstrating that the minimum

required SRI has been achieved.
120 of 172
Calculations and
Methodology
The following methodology shall be used to determine the percentage of compliant

hardscape:
AS = Area provided with shade must be measured at 12pm solar time on the summer
solstice (June 21st).
AP = Area of materials with a minimum Solar Reflective Index (SRI) of 29.
AT = Total area of community hardscape areas excluding roads.

References

Whilst the areas AS and AP may overlap in practice, for the purposes of this credit
the calculated areas must not include overlapping areas.
Community hardscape areas do not include any area within building plot
boundaries.
SRI of a material shall be calculated based on solar reflectance and emittance
numbers as defined in the American Society of Testing and Materials Standard
E1980-01. Alternatively manufacturers evidence can be supplied where the
testing is in accordance with the referenced standards below.

Horizontal and Low-Sloped Opaque Surfaces
ASTM E1918-06, Standard Test Method for Measuring Solar Reflectance of
Horizontal and Low-Sloped Surfaces in the Field
Ambient Temperature Using a Portable Solar Reflectometer
ASTM E 408-71(2008), Standard Test Methods for Total Normal Emittance of
Surfaces Using Inspection-Meter Techniques
Near Room Temperature Using Portable Emissometers
121 of 172
RE-3.1: Efficient Infrastructure: Lighting

Intent
To reduce the energy consumption and carbon emissions associated with infrastructure
lighting including, road, public, traffic and signage.
Credit
Requirements
GENERAL
Demonstrate that energy efficient lighting strategies have been incorporated into the
communitys infrastructure lighting design.
All roadway, pathway and amenity lighting shall be designed in accordance with the
following standards:

IESNA RP 33 99 Lighting for Exterior Environments

IESNA RP 8 Roadway Lighting
A maximum of 6 points are awarded for achieving the following:

Energy Consumption
4 Credit Points: The power density of all roadway, pathway and amenity lighting
shall not exceed 80% of the figure specified for exterior areas and 50% of the figure
specified for landscape features in the IECC 2009, Section 505.6.2 Exterior Lighting.
Illuminated signage should be considered as street frontage for the purposes of
power density.
Controls
2 Credit Points: Demonstrate that all of the following have been achieved:
o All lighting not designated for dusk-to-dawn operation shall be controlled
by either a combination of a photocell and a time switch, or an
astronomical time switch
o All lighting designated for dusk-to-dawn operation shall be controlled by an
astronomical time switch or photocell
o All time switches, including astronomical types, shall be capable of
retaining programming and time settings during loss of power for a
minimum period of 72 hours
o All lighting shall be turned off at 24:00hrs, unless required for safety
reasons. If needed for safety, lighting levels shall be lowered to those
recommended in IESNA RP-33-99 and IES RP-8
o All security lighting shall be activated using motion sensors so that
luminaires are only on when someone is in the immediate area.
None
122 of 172
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
6
(maximum)
Design Rating
Demonstrate that the power density of all Roadway, Pathway

and Amenity lighting shall not exceed 80% of the figure
specified for exterior areas and 50% of the figure specified for
landscape features in the IECC 2009.
Demonstrate that suitable controls have been installed to

limit the use of lighting during unnecessary periods.
6
(maximum)
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Construction Rating
Demonstrate that the power density of all Roadway, Pathway

and Amenity lighting shall not exceed 80% of the figure
specified for exterior areas and 50% of the figure specified for
landscape features in the IECC 2009.
Demonstrate that suitable controls have been installed to

limit the use of lighting during unnecessary periods.
Energy Consumption:
External lighting drawings, specifications and calculations confirming the lighting

power densities of all roadway, pathway and amenity lighting.
Controls:
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Calculations and
Methodology
References
Lighting control strategy confirming that all external lighting shall be controlled as
required;
Specifications of all control measures: photocell, time switch or astronomical time

switch as required; and
Method for retaining programming for 72 hours during periods of loss of power.
Energy Consumption:
As-built external lighting drawings, specifications and calculations confirming the

lighting power densities of all roadway, pathway and amenity lighting.
Controls:
Lighting control strategy confirming that all external lighting shall be controlled as
per the credit requirements;
Specifications of all control measures: photocell, time switch or astronomical time

switch as required; and
Method for retaining programming for 72 hours during periods of loss of power.
Infrastructure lighting refers to all artificial lighting sources located in the public
realm, including but not limited to:

Roadway lighting
Pathway lighting
Public amenity lighting (parks, corniches, boardwalks etc)
Traffic lights
Directional signage lighting
Advertising display lighting

IESNA RP 33 99 Lighting for exterior environments

IESNA RP 8 Roadway Lighting
International Energy Conservation Code 2009
123 of 172
RE-3.2: Efficient Infrastructure: District Cooling

Intent
To promote the use of high efficiency district cooling systems.
Credit
Requirements
GENERAL
Demonstrate the community includes a District Cooling (DC) network that achieves a
Coefficient of Performance (COP) weighted average according to the following, and is
connected to at least 35% of the communitys buildings based on Gross Floor Area
(GFA):

2 Credit Points: COP weighted average > 4.5

4 Credit Points: COP weighted average > 5.5
1 Credit Point: Demonstrate that the peak DC system cooling demand has been
reduced by 25% through the use of thermal energy storage systems
1 Credit Point: Demonstrate that refrigerants used in the DC plant have a Global
Warming Potential (GWP) of 10 or less.
All refrigerants within the DC plant must have an Ozone Depletion Potential (ODP) of
zero to obtain points within this credit.
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
6
(maximum)
Design Rating
2-4
Demonstrate use of DC which achieves a minimum level of

efficiency.
Demonstrate that the peak DC system cooling demand has

been reduced by 25% through the use of thermal energy
storage.
Demonstrate that all refrigerants used in the DC system

have a GWP of 10 or less.
6
(maximum)
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Construction Rating
2-4
Demonstrate use of DC which achieves a minimum level of

efficiency.
Demonstrate that the peak DC system cooling demand has

been reduced by 25% through the use of thermal energy
storage.
Demonstrate that all refrigerants used in the DC system

Calculations demonstrating that at least 35% of the community is connected to a DC

network;
Calculations confirming the COP weighted average;
Extracts from the DC plant specifications, or, details from the DC plant
operator/designer confirming the seasonal average delivered COP;
Extracts from the DC plant specifications confirming that all refrigerants used in
the DC system will have an ODP of zero;
Calculations demonstrating that the peak DC system cooling demand has been
124 of 172
reduced by 25% through the use of thermal energy storage systems;
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Calculations and
Methodology
Refrigerant specifications from the DC provider confirming that all refrigerants to

be used in the DC system have a GWP of 10 or less; and
Extracts from specifications and/or design drawings confirming the design and
location of the DC plant and thermal energy storage system (where applicable).
Calculations demonstrating that at least 35% of the community is connected to a

district cooling network;
Calculations confirming the COP weighted average;
Confirmation from the district cooling plant operator/designer specifying the

seasonal average delivered COP of the DC system;
Manufacturers information confirming that all refrigerants used in the DC system

have an ODP of zero;
Calculations demonstrating that the peak DC system cooling demand has been
reduced by 25% through the use of thermal energy storage systems;
Manufacturers information confirming that all refrigerants used in the DC system

have a GWP of 10 or less; and
Extracts from the utility as-built drawings confirming the design and location of the
DC plant and thermal energy storage system (where applicable).
The percentage of the communitys buildings (based on GFA) connected to a DC

network is determined as follows:
Calculations of the COP weighted average are based on the seasonal average COP
of district cooling systems used within the community as follows:
GFAn = Building GFA served via a DC network with seasonal average delivered
efficiency of COPn
COPn = Seasonanal average delivered COP
COP is defined as the net annual cooling energy exported from the DC network
divided by the total energy consumption of the DC plant.
Calculation of the seasonal average delivered COP must include cooling tower and
primary pumping energy, as well as account of thermal losses within the network in
both directions.

References
None
125 of 172
RE-3.3: Efficient Infrastructure: Smart Grid Technology

Intent
To reduce peak electricity demand and increase efficiency of electric energy delivery
through intelligent design of the communitys electric supply and demand systems.
Credit
Requirements
GENERAL
Demonstrate that smart meters will be installed within all buildings at all points of
connection to the primary utility networks to establish a two-way data connection
between the building and community power provider.
AND
Demonstrate that end users have employed supporting smart grid strategies:
2 Credit Points: At least two of the strategies listed below have been adopted in a
minimum of 50% of the project Gross Floor Area (GFA)
4 Credit Points: At least two of the strategies listed below have been adopted in a
minimum of 75% of the project Gross Floor Area (GFA)

Consumer dashboard thermostats and energy monitors (connected to data

aggregation centre where applicable);
Home automation software;
Plug load reduction controls;
Control systems for dynamic demand response.
Smart meters must be capable of tracking electricity use in real-time and transmit
information back to the power distribution provider.
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
4
(maximum)
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
Demonstrate that smart meters are proposed and that two

smart grid strategies have been adopted in 50% of the
building GFA.
Demonstrate that smart meters are proposed and that two

smart grid strategies have been adopted in 75% of the
building GFA.
4
(maximum)
Construction Rating
Demonstrate that smart meters have been installed and

that two smart grid strategies have been adopted in 50%
of the building GFA.
Demonstrate that smart meters have been installed and

that two smart grid strategies have been adopted in 75%
of the building GFA.
126 of 172
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Confirmation that smart meters will be installed in all buildings, at all points of
connection to the primary utility networks;
Narrative describing the proposed smart grid strategies to be employed in the

development, how they comply with relevant standards and the impact they have
on consumer behaviour;
Integration Manual/Standards (or similar document) for all buildings, defining how
end users connect to, and interact with, the smart grid infrastructure; and
Design standards and specifications demonstrating how smart grid infrastructure

and operating criteria will be implemented into the development.
Confirmation that smart meters are installed in all buildings, at all points of
connection to the primary utility networks;
Narrative describing the proposed smart grid strategies employed in the

development, how they comply with relevant standards and the impact they have
on consumer behaviour;
Integration documentation for all buildings, defining how end users have connected
to, and interact with, the smart grid infrastructure; and
Design standards, specifications and record drawings demonstrating how smart grid
infrastructure and operating criteria were incorporated and implemented into the
development.
Calculations and
Methodology
The Percentage of GFA that have adopted smart grid strategies shall be calculated
by dividing the total building GFA by the GFA of all buildings where at least two
Smart Grid strategies have been installed and are in active use.
References
None
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
127 of 172
RE-4.1: Renewable Energy: Onsite

Intent
To promote the use of onsite renewable energy to reduce transmission losses, curb
peak power demand, and reduce reliance on fossil fuel based power generation
Credit
Requirements
GENERAL
Demonstrate that a percentage of the communitys total energy consumption is
supplied through renewable energy generated within the community site boundary.
Renewable energy may be supplied by developer-funded and owned systems or through
third-party onsite renewable energy hosting and purchase agreements (with a purchase
agreement of at least 5 years).
Demonstrate that an onsite renewable energy feasibility study has been

undertaken, and that one or more appropriate technologies have been selected
from the study; and
1-8 Credit Points: Demonstrate that a percentage of the communitys energy
consumption is supplied through onsite renewable energy. Points are awarded as
follows:
Points
Achieved
Required
Percentage
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1%
3%
5%
7%
10%
15%
20%
25%
None
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
8
(maximum)
1-8
8
(maximum)
1-8
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
Demonstrate that a percentage of the communitys energy
consumption is to be supplied by on-site renewable energy.
Construction Rating
Demonstrate that a percentage of the communitys energy
consumption is supplied by on-site renewable energy.
Onsite renewable energy feasibility study including recommendations on the most

appropriate technology/technologies for the community.
Developer Funded Systems

Calculations of the annual energy generation capability of each proposed

renewable energy technology, both in terms of annual energy produced as well as a
percentage of the communitys annual energy consumption.
Hosting & Purchase Agreements

Narrative describing the proposed hosting agreement, including the company that
will be purchasing and operating the equipment, the size and capacity of the
equipment, the negotiated purchase price and the terms of the contract; and
128 of 172
Details of estimated annual energy purchases as well as a percentage of the

communitys annual energy consumption.
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Confirmation that the recommended renewable energy technology/technologies

based on the design stage feasibility study has been incorporated into the
community.
Developer Funded Systems

Calculations of the annual energy generation capability of each installed renewable

energy technology, both in terms of annual energy produced as well as a
percentage of the communitys annual energy consumption.
Hosting & Purchase Agreements

Calculations and
Methodology
Signed contract for the hosting agreement, with details on the length of contract,
amount of annual energy purchased and the percentage of the communitys annual
energy consumption it will provide.
Eligible renewable technologies include:

Wind energy systems;
Solar energy, including solar electricity and solar thermal systems;
Landfill gas;
Deep-heat geothermal, providing either electrical power or thermal energy (does
not include ground source heat pumps);
Wave/Tidal/Hydro electric energy systems; and
Organic/agricultural and animal waste to energy systems.
Any other form of renewable technology may be proposed and will be subject to
approval from Estidama.

The renewable energy feasibility study must cover a minimum of three renewable
technologies and cover the following:
Annual energy generated by each renewable technology;
Percentage of the communitys total annual energy consumption that would be
supplied by each onsite renewable technology;
Payback;
Water use;
Land use;
Visual issues;
Noise;
Maintenance; and
How the renewable technology is used (e.g. car park lighting systems etc).
The study must include a summary matrix detailing the relative merits of each
renewable technology in reference to the above issues with the selected
technology/technologies highlighted.

The percentage of energy supplied through onsite renewable technologies is

determined by calculating the annual energy production of each onsite renewable
technology, and dividing their sum by the total annual energy consumption of the
community (as determined in credit RE-R1 Community Energy Strategy):
References
None
129 of 172
RE-4.2: Renewable Energy: Offsite

Intent
To create demand for large-scale renewable energy generation facilities, reducing

reliance on fossil fuel based power generation.
Credit
Requirements
GENERAL
3 Credit Points: Demonstrate that the total energy consumption of all community
infrastructure (as defined within Calculations and Methodology) is supplied by
offsite renewable generation through direct purchase and/or certified Renewable
Energy Certificates (RECs); and that contract(s) are signed for a minimum of 5
years.
None
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
3
(maximum)
3
3
(maximum)
3
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
Demonstrate that the total energy consumption of all
community infrastructure will be provided by offsite
renewable generation and contracts are signed for 5 years.
Construction Rating
Demonstrate that the total energy consumption of all
community infrastructure is provided by offsite renewable
generation and contracts are signed for 5 years.
Calculations from RE-R1 Community Energy Strategy confirming the total annual
energy consumption of all community infrastructure; and
Narrative describing the proposed strategy (direct purchase and/or RECs).
Direct Purchase
Offsite renewable energy direct purchase scheme, including the following

information:
Name of the renewable energy provider;
Annual quantity of renewable energy purchases;
Renewable energy technology (e.g. solar photovoltaics etc);
Confirmation that the annual purchases are equal to or greater than the total
community infrastructure energy consumption; and
Contract verifying the annual purchase amount and length of contract.
Renewable Energy Credits/Certificates (RECs)

Renewable energy REC scheme, including the following information:

Narrative describing the proposed purchase plan for RECs;
RECs technology (e.g. solar photovoltaics etc);
Confirmation that the annual purchases are equal to or greater than the total
community infrastructure energy consumption;
Copy of the contract verifying the annual purchase amount and length of
130 of 172
contract; and
Approved certification (e.g. Green-e certified).
Combination of Direct Purchase and RECs
Calculations and
Methodology
Documentation required as above for both Direct Purchase and RECs; and
Confirmation that the combined annual purchase is equal to or greater than the
total community infrastructure energy consumption.
Eligible renewable technologies include:


Landfill gas;
Deep-heat geothermal, providing either electrical power or thermal energy (does
not include ground source heat pumps);
Wave/Tidal/Hydro electric energy systems; and

References
Offsite systems are defined as renewable energy generated outside of the project
site boundary
The total community infrastructure energy consumptions is defined as the energy
consumption of all major use categories outlined in RE-R1 Community Energy
Strategy except energy consumed by buildings or within building plot boundaries.
Centre for Resource Solutions, Green-e Product Certification Requirements

http://www.green-e.org/
131 of 172
RE-5: Energy Efficient Buildings

Intent
To promote the reduction of energy consumption of buildings within the community to

help decrease the carbon emissions associated with the development as well as limit
the size and burden on the community infrastructure.
Credit
Requirements
GENERAL
Buildings (except Villas)
Set energy performance targets for all buildings (except villas) within the community as
per the methodology outlined in credit RE-R1 Minimum Energy Performance of the Pearl
Building Rating System. Demonstrate that the average energy performance target (as
defined within the Calculations and Methodology section), C bldg, achieves the following:

1 Credit Points:
consumption.
2 Credit Points:
consumption.
3 Credit Points:
consumption.
4 Credit Points:
consumption.
Cbldg 15% improvement compared to the baseline building energy

AND

demonstrating how the proposed target may be achieved. The targets must be based
on the results of energy modeling carried out in accordance with RE-R1 Minimum
Energy Performance of the Pearl Building Rating System and incorporated into RE-R2
Building Energy Guidelines.
Villas
Set energy performance targets for all low-rise residential buildings within the
community as per the methodology outlined in credit RE-R1 Minimum Energy
Performance of the Pearl Villa Rating System. Demonstrate that the average
performance target (as defined within the Calculations and Methodology section), Vbldg,
achieves the following:

1 Credit Points: Vbldg 10% improvement compared to the baseline building energy
consumption.
consumption.
consumption.
AND

demonstrating how the proposed target may be achieved. The targets must be
based on the results of energy modeling carried out in accordance with RE-R1
Minimum Energy Performance of the Pearl Villa Rating System and incorporated
into RE-R2 Building Energy Guidelines.
132 of 172
None
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
7
(maximum)
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Calculations and
Methodology
Design Rating
1-4
Demonstrate that the weighted average performance

target (by GFA), Cbldg, achieve a percentage
improvement compared to the baseline building
1-3

target (by GFA), Vbldg, achieve a percentage
7
(maximum)
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Construction Rating
1-4

target (by GFA), Cbldg, achieve a percentage
1-3

target (by GFA), Vbldg, achieve a percentage
Average performance targets, Cbldg and Vbldg, as well as calculations and color coded
site plans to illustrate how the target is achieved across the community.
Draft of building guidelines, intergrated into RE-R2, highlighting energy model

outputs and iterative steps in optimising the designs in order to achieve the
targeted reductions. At a minimum this should include:
Design drawings and model screenshots illustrating representative buildings;
Details on the baseline and proposed building elements including: building

envelope, lighting, HVAC, service water heating and receptacle and process
loads;
Summary table highlighting the most effective strategies; and
Energy consumption of proposed and baseline buildings confirming the

percentage reduction.
Average performance targets, Cbldg and Vbldg, as well as calculations and color coded
site plans to illustrate how the target is achieved across the community.
Completed building guidelines, integrated into RE-R2, highlighting energy model

outputs and iterative steps in optimising the designs in order to achieve the
targeted reductions. At a minimum this should include:
Design drawings and model screenshots illustrating representative buildings;
Details on the baseline and proposed building elements including: building

envelope, lighting, HVAC, service water heating and receptacle and process
loads;
Summary table highlighting the most effective strategies; and
Energy consumption of proposed and baseline buildings confirming the

percentage reduction.
Buildings (except Villas)

The weighted average energy performance target for buildings (except Villas), Cbldg,
is determined as follows:
133 of 172
In order to demonstrate the reductions identified will be achieved, energy models

will need to be created for representative buildings. Energy reduction targets for
each building type can only be set based on the results of energy modelling.
Representative buildings are those which make up the majority of the GFA of a
building type within the community. For example, if the majority of the GFA of
commercial office buildings will be high-rise offices, a corresponding high-rise
office building will need to be modelled to reflect this.
Various strategies for reducing the energy consumption of buildings will need to be
modelled and the results included in the building guidelines in order to illustrate
how the proposed percentage reductions may be achieved.
The methodology for determining the energy reductions will be in line with the
methodology outlined in credit RE-R1 Minimum Energy Performance of the Pearl
Building Rating System.
Villas
The weighted average energy performance target for low-rise residential buildings,
Vbldg, is determined as follows:
In order to demonstrate the reductions identified will be achieved, energy models

will need to be created for representative villas within the community. Energy
reduction targets for each villa type can only be set based on the results of the
energy modeling.
Various strategies for reducing the energy consumption of the buildings will need to
be modelled and the results of such strategies included in the building guidelines in
order to illustrate how the percentage reductions identified can be achieved.
The methodology for determining the energy reductions will be in line with the
methodology outlined in credit RE-R1 Minimum Energy Performance of the Pearl
Villa Rating System.
References
None
134 of 172
Credit Section
SM: Stewarding Materials
135 of 172
he act of using materials such as timber, concrete and asphalt generates a number of direct and
indirect consequences, beginning with the way raw content is extracted, through to how that material is
prepared and installed. The consequences can be far-reaching including:
The loss of biodiversity in a tropical rainforest half a world away;
Consumption of energy required to ship materials to the UAE by boat, plane or truck;
Substantial energy and water inputs required for the manufacturing process; and
Impacts as the material ages, degrades and finally must be disposed of or recycled back into
useful life.
In a sustainable development, the materials chosen and the process by which associated waste is disposed
should be viewed as a complete cycle, not two disconnected constructs. Transportation of waste uses
large amounts of fossil fuel and decaying landfill trash generates methane, a major greenhouse gas.
The fact that people produce waste cannot change. However, by

changing our behavior and our attitudes to waste, we can tackle
this problem in a way that meets the needs of the present
without affecting future generations. Optimizing recycling and
re-use, as well as limiting production, forms a core part of
protecting the environment. Abu Dhabi Water Resources Master Plan, EAD 2009
The Stewarding Materials section of the Pearl Community Rating System encourages design and
development teams to consider this entire continuum or whole-of-life cycle- when selecting and
specifying materials, with an overall objective to improve the social and environmental outcomes
associated with their manufacture, transport, installation and disposal.
136 of 172
SM
Credit
Code
Credit Title
SM-R1
CCA Treated Timber Elimination
SM-R2
SM-R3
SM-1
Modular Pavement and Hardscape Cover
SM-2
Regional Materials
SM-3
Recycled Materials
SM-4
SM-5
SM-6
SM-7
SM-8
Hazardous Waste Management
Maximum
Credit Points
TOTAL
18
137 of 172
SM-R1: CCA Treated Timber Elimination

Intent
Credit
Requirements
To minimize toxic effects of chromated copper arsenate (CCA) treated timber on

people and the environment.
GENERAL
Demonstrate that where timber is specified to treat external structures used as part of
the communitys public realm, where there is frequent and intimate contact, such as
but not limited to- shading devices and playground equipment that no chromated
copper arsenate (CCA)-treated timber is used on the project.
None
Requirement
Achievement
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Extracts from specifications indicating that no CCA-treated timber is to be used in

the project as per the Credit Requirements.
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Evidence of products purchased, indicating that no CCA-treated timber was used in

Calculations and
Methodology
None
References
None
138 of 172
SM-R2: Basic Construction Waste Management

Intent
Credit
Requirements
To reduce the long-term environmental impacts associated with construction waste

collection, transport and disposal.
GENERAL
Demonstrate that the General contractor, working collaboratively with all subcontractors and specialty contractors (e.g. demolition) on the communitys
infrastructure and public realm works, developed a Construction and Demolition Waste
Management Plan (CDWMP) prior to the start of construction and demolition activities.
The Plan must identify the materials to be diverted from landfill and indicate whether
the materials will be segregated on-site or co-mingled. If materials are planned for
salvage, the plan must indicate their planned use.
Demonstrate that the Contractor implemented monthly monitoring of the CDWMP, and
achieved a minimum final recycling/salvage rate of 50% of construction and demolition
waste (by weight or volume). This figure excludes all hazardous waste that must
undergo specialized treatment.
None
Requirement
Achievement
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
CDWMP conforming to the Credit Requirements; and
Schedule of items to be recycled/ salvaged, their source within the project, their
total estimated weight or volume and the name and location of potential
reclaim/recycling haulers.
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Calculations, supported with detailed receipts, summarizing final results of the

CDWMP activities listing items recycled/salvaged, their source within the project,
their total weight or volume, the name and location of the reclaim/recycling
haulers, and markets for the recyclable materials.
Calculations and
Methodology
Calculations can be done by weight or volume but must be consistent throughout.
References
Center of Waste Management, Abu Dhabi: www.cwm.ae
139 of 172
SM-R3: Basic Operational Waste Management

Intent
Credit
Requirements
To reduce the long-term environmental impacts associated with operational waste

GENERAL
Demonstrate that Operational Waste Management has been addressed from the concept
stage. As a minimum, the following must be addressed by the design and development
team:

Annual estimates of Operational waste (in buildings and public realm);

Summary review of existing and planned waste management infrastructure and
programs available from the appropriate authority;
Proposed options for diverting waste from landfills and incineration with a
minimum targeted diversion rate of 40% by weight or volume of the total
operational waste generated at full occupancy;
Provision of adequately sized waste management facilities including:
o Collection and storage facilities for recyclables, general waste and
hazardous waste, and
o Treatment facilities (e.g. composting, anaerobic digestion energy from
waste) where appropriate; and
Adequate vehicular access for waste handling vehicles.
None
Requirement
Achievement
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Operational Waste Strategy, including:

Narrative summarizing options researched and selected to meet the diversion

targets, addressing waste minimization, storage, collection, and treatment and
links to private or municipal and regional infrastructure and programs;
Calculations documenting projected waste quantities for the development

during operation on an annual basis;
Plan (s) indicating location of the waste management facilities and vehicle
access areas, designed to ensure adequate space for maneuvering delivery and
waste removal vehicles; and
A waste transfer inventory outlining the intended receiver of waste and

indicating that the carrier, recycling and disposal facilities are licensed.
Updated calculations documenting projected waste quantities for the development

As-built plan(s) and photographs indicating location of the waste management

facilities and vehicle access areas designed to ensure adequate space for
maneuvering delivery and waste removal vehicles; and
Updated waste transfer inventory outlining the contracted receiver of waste and
indicating that the carrier, recycling and disposal facilities are licensed.
Calculations and
Methodology


Waste benchmarks may be obtained from the Center of Waste Management, waste
audits of buildings or literature research. References must be clearly listed.
References
140 of 172
SM-1: Modular Pavement and Hardscape Cover

Intent
To minimize waste associated with upgrades or maintenance of public realm and rightof-way through the use of modular pavement and hardscape cover.
Credit
Requirements
GENERAL
Demonstrate that at least 70% (by surface area) of hardscape public realm and right-of
way, excluding transit and motor vehicle travelled way, use modular pavement and/or
hardscape cover.
Demonstrate the proposed modular or hardscape product has a minimum SRI of 29.
None
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
1
(maximum)
1
1
(maximum)
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
Demonstrate at least 70% (by surface area) of
hardscape public realm and right-ofway, excluding
transit and motor vehicle travelled way, are specified
with modular materials with minimum SRI of 29.
Construction Rating
At least 70% (by surface area) of hardscaped public
realm and right-ofway, excluding transit and motor
vehicle travelled way, are constructed with modular
materials with minimum SRI of 29.
Plans to illustrate location of public realm and right-of-way;
Schedule of materials used for pavement and hardscape cover and their SRI;
Calculations demonstrating the percentage hardscape public realm and right-ofway comprising modular pavement and hardscape cover; and
Extracts from specifications showing that pavement and hardscape cover systems
meet the SRI requirements.
As-built plans identifying the location of public realm and right-of-way;
Schedule of materials used for pavement and hardscape cover and their SRI;
Updated calculations demonstrating the percentage hardscape public realm and

right-of-way comprising modular pavement and hardscape cover; and
Evidence of purchase and installation of these materials in the project in the form
of invoices from suppliers and installers.
Calculations and
Methodology
This credit applies to all hardscape public realm and right-ofway in the community,
excluding transit and motor vehicle travelled way as defined in the Abu Dhabi Urban
Street Design Manual, Chapter 5.
References
141 of 172
SM-2: Regional Materials

Intent
To encourage the selection of materials that have reduced transport impacts and
promote regional economies.
Credit
Requirements
GENERAL
Demonstrate that the transport distance traveled by materials, representing a
proportion of the material cost, is not greater than 500 km from the furthest point of
origin to the project site.

1 Credit Point: Cost of regional materials equivalent to 10% of Total Material Cost.
2 Credit Points: Cost of regional materials equivalent to 20% of Total Material Cost.
Any materials sent by airfreight at any point during their transport do not qualify for
this credit.
This credit only applies to materials used in the construction of infrastructure and
public realm (including urban furniture).
None
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
2
(maximum)
Design Rating
Cost of regional materials specified equal to 10% of

Total Material Cost
Cost of regional materials specified equal to 20% of

Total Material Cost
2
(maximum)
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Construction Rating
Cost of regional materials installed equal to 10% of

Total Material Cost
Cost of regional materials installed equal to 20% of

Total Material Cost
Report listing all materials proposed to demonstrate compliance with the Credit
Requirements, including:
their materials cost;
location(s) of extraction/harvest/recovery/manufacture; distance traveled and

means of transport; and
calculations demonstrating the total amount of the qualifying materials as a

percentage of the total material cost.
For each nominated material, proof of manufacture detailing country of origin and
port of entry, if applicable; and
Extracts from specifications indicating the requirement for materials to meet this
credit.
142 of 172
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Calculations and
Methodology
final cost;
location(s) of extract/harvest/recovery/manufacture; and
proof of manufacture detailing country of origin and port of entry, if

applicable.
The furthest point of origin is defined as the longest distance to the project site
from (1) the point of extraction, harvest or recovery or (2) the point of
manufacture.
The distance traveled is calculated as (Distance traveled by road or rail + 0.1 x
Distance traveled by sea)
For composite materials, a weighted average by weight (mass) must be applied to
the distance. This calculation is not necessary for materials where one major
constituent represents at least 90% of the final material by weight.

References
Updated report listing all nominated materials demonstrating compliance with the
Credit Requirements, including:
Where materials or primary constituent elements are quarried, extracted, or

harvested, the calculation begins at this point and includes the distance traveled to
the manufacturing/processing facility.
Where products are primarily comprised of recycled materials (i.e. 90% by weight
or more), then the calculation begins at the point of manufacture.
Calculations to include distance to site but not returns.
Total Material Cost: exclude labor and equipment costs and include the following
divisions from the Construction Specifications Institute (CSI) MasterFormatTM or
equivalent: Division 03 Concrete, Division 04 Masonry, Division 05 Metals, Division
06 Wood, Plastics, and Composites, Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection,
Division 10 Specialties, Division 31 Earthwork, Division 32 Exterior Improvements,
33 Utilities, 34 Transportation, 35 Waterway and Marine Construction.
None
143 of 172
SM-3: Recycled Materials

Intent
Credit
Requirements
To increase the demand for recycled materials and therefore reduce the amount of
waste going to disposal.
GENERAL
Demonstrate that recycled materials used in the developments infrastructure and
public realm (including urban furniture) are as follows.
Recycled Aggregates
1 Credit Point: Demonstrate that 15% (by volume) of all aggregate used is recycled.
2 Credit Points: Demonstrate that 30% (by volume) of all aggregate used is
recycled.
Cement Replacement
Demonstrate through either the use of supplementary cementing materials (SCMs)
(including fly ash, ground granulated blast furnace slag (GGBFS) and silica fumes) or the
increased use of aggregates or admixtures, that the project has reduced the overall
amount of Portland cement used and associated embodied greenhouse gas emissions as
per as per table SM3.1.
1 Credit Point: Concrete mixes with an embodied GHG as per Table SM3.1, rows B1,
C1 and D1.
2 Credit Points: Concrete mixes with an embodied GHG as per Table SM3.1, rows
B2, C2 and D2.
Table SM 3.1: Embodied Greenhouse Gas Emissions of Concrete
Row A
Strength
Grade
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
162
192
218
240
259
277
292
307
Row B2
Type
Cast in
place
Cast in
place
121
144
163
179
194
206
218
229
Row C1
Precast
176
209
236
260
281
300
317
332
Row C2
Precast
149
176
199
220
237
253
268
281
Row D1
Stressed
183
217
245
270
292
312
329
345
Row D2
Stressed
162
192
218
240
259
277
292
307
Row B1
Embodied GHG
Estidama
Credits
1 Credit
2 Credits
1 Credit
2 Credits
1 Credit
2 Credits
Other Materials
1 Credit Point: Demonstrate that any combination of materials with the following
characteristics constitute at least 10% of the Total Material Cost:
Minimum 30% post-consumer recycled content;
Minimum of 80% post-industrial content;
50% agricultural waste by-product.
None
144 of 172
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
5
(maximum)
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Calculations and
Methodology
Design Rating
At least 15% of all aggregates specified are recycled.
At least 30% of all aggregates specified are recycled.
Specified concrete mix and reduction in cement use will

achieve an embodied GHG of concrete as per Table
SM3.1, rows B1, C1 and D1

Cost of specified recycled materials equal to at least 10%

of Total Material Cost
5
(maximum)
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Construction Rating
At least 15% of all aggregates used are recycled.
At least 30% of all aggregates used are recycled.
Installed concrete mix and reduction in cement use will


Cost of installed recycled materials equal to at least 10%

of Total Material Cost
Narrative listing all materials proposed for compliance with the Credit
Requirements;
Calculations by volume (Recycled Aggregates, embodied GHG emissions (Cement

Replacement, using the Estidama Concrete GHG calculator) or cost (Other
materials) demonstrating compliance with the Credit Requirements; and
Extracts from specifications detailing the use of compliant nominated materials.
An updated narrative listing all materials used to meet the Credit Requirements;
Updated calculations by volume (Recycled Aggregates, embodied GHG emissions

(Cement Replacement, using the Estidama Concrete GHG calculator) or cost (Other
materials) demonstrating compliance with the Credit Requirements;
Proof of manufacture for all nominated materials; and
Proof of purchase for all nominated materials. For nominated Other Materials the
proof of purchase should indicate the material cost (excluding labor and
equipment).
Recycled Aggregates
Cement Replacement
The embodied greenhouse gas emissions in concrete are calculated using the Estidama
Concrete GHG Calculator.
Other Materials
145 of 172
equivalent: Division 03 Concrete, Division 04 Masonry, Division 05 Metals, Division 06
Wood, Plastics, and Composites, Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection, Division
10 Specialties, Division 31 Earthwork, Division 32 Exterior Improvements, 33 Utilities,
34 Transportation, 35 Waterway and Marine Construction.
Potential materials with recycled content include steel, paving products, asphalt.
References
Estidama Concrete Embodied GHG Calculator
146 of 172
SM-4: Reused or Certified Timber

Intent
To encourage the use of timber sourced from legal and sustainable sources.
Credit
Requirements
GENERAL
Demonstrate that a proportion (by cost) of the timber and composite wood products
used on the project in relation to public realm and right-of-way works, including
temporary construction timber, is reused OR certified (with Chain of Custody
Certification: CoC) under any one or any combination of the following certification
schemes as per the Requirement Achievement table:
Forest Stewardship Council (FSC), or
Program for the Endorsement of Forest Certification scheme (PEFC) or the
following national schemes endorsed by PEFC: the Canadian Standards Association,
CSA, the Sustainable Forestry Initiative SFI and the Malaysian Timber Certification
Scheme MTCS; And
Demonstrate that all timber is legally sourced and not on the CITES (Convention on
International Trade in Endangered Species) list of endangered species (Appendix I, II
and III).
None
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
3
(maximum)
1
2
3
3
(maximum)
1
2
3
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
50% (by cost) of the timber specified for the project
comply with the Credit Requirements
Construction Rating
50% (by cost) of the timber used on the project
List of specified timber products (including temporary construction timber)

highlighting intended use, proposed certification schemes and/or if the timber
product is reused; and
Extracts from specifications highlighting which timber product will come from
certified sources (clearly indicating intended certification scheme) and/or be
reused. The specification (or equivalent legally binding document) must also
confirm that all timber and timber products will not include species on the CITES
list of endangered species.
Updated list of installed timber products (including temporary construction timber)

highlighting certification schemes used and/or if the timber product was reused;
Chain of custody (CoC) certificates associated with each timber product; and
Evidence of purchase and installation of the certified timber products from

suppliers and installers.
147 of 172
Calculations and
Methodology
References

Forest Stewardship Council (FSC): www.pefc.org

Program for the Endorsement of Forest Certification scheme (PEFC): www.fsc.org
Canadian Standards Association (CSA): www.csa.ca
Sustainable Forestry Initiative (SFI): www.sfiprogam.org
Malaysian Timber Certification Scheme (MTCS): www.mtcc.com.my
Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species (CITES) list of endangered
species, Appendix I, II and III: http://www.cites.org/eng/app/index.shtml
148 of 172
SM-5: Improved Construction Waste Management

Intent
Credit
Requirements
To further reduce the long-term environmental impacts associated with construction

waste collection, transport and disposal.
GENERAL
1 Credit Point: Demonstrate that the Contractor implemented monthly monitoring

of the CDWMP and achieved a minimum final recycling/salvage rate of 60% of
construction and demolition waste (by weight or volume). This figure excludes all
hazardous waste that must undergo specialized treatment.
2 Credit Points: Demonstrate that the Contractor implemented monthly monitoring
of the CDWMP and achieved a minimum final recycling/salvage rate of 70% of
hazardous waste that must undergo specialized treatment.
None
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
2
(maximum)
Design Rating
Demonstrate CDWMP aims for a minimum of 60% demolition

and construction waste (by weight or volume) to be
recycled / salvaged.

and construction waste (by weight or volume) to be
recycled / salvaged.
2
(maximum)
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Construction Rating
Confirm a minimum of 60% of demolition and construction

waste (by weight or volume) was recycled / salvaged.
Confirm a minimum of 70% of demolition and construction

waste (by weight or volume) was recycled / salvaged.
Schedule of items to be recycled/salvaged, their source within the project, their

Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating

Construction and Demolition Waste Management activities listing items
recycled/salvaged, their source within the project, their total weight or volume,
the name and location of the reclaim/recycling haulers, and markets for the
recyclable materials.
Calculations and
Methodology
References
149 of 172
SM-6: Improved Operational Waste Management

Intent
Credit
Requirements
To further reduce the long-term environmental impacts associated with operational

GENERAL
Develop and implement an Operational Waste Management Plan (OWMP) that includes
measures for diverting waste from landfills and incineration to meet the following
minimum targeted diversion rates:
1 Credit Point: 50% of the total operational waste generated at full occupancy (by
weight or volume).
2 Credit Points: 60% of the total operational waste generated at full occupancy (by
weight or volume).
These figures exclude all hazardous waste that must undergo specialized treatment.
None
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
2
(maximum)
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Design Rating
An OWMP is developed for a minimum targeted diversion

rate of 50% (by weight or volume).
An OWMP is developed for a minimum targeted diversion

rate of 60% (by weight or volume).
2
(maximum)
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Construction Rating
Waste management facilities have been installed to meet

a minimum targeted diversion rate of 50% (by weight or
volume).
Waste management facilities have been installed to meet

a minimum targeted diversion rate of 60% (by weight or
volume).
Operational Waste Strategy that includes:

Narrative summarizing options researched and chosen to meet the diversion

targets, addressing waste minimization, storage, collection, and treatment and
links to private or municipal and regional infrastructure and programs;

during operation on an annual basis. Waste benchmarks may be obtained from
the Center of Waste Management, waste audits of similar buildings or
literature research. References must be clearly listed;
Drawing(s) indicating location of storage/disposal facilities and vehicle access

areas designed to ensure adequate space for maneuvering delivery and waste
removal vehicles; and
Waste transfer inventory outlining the intended receiver of waste, including

confirmation that the carrier, recycling and disposal facilities are licensed.

As-built drawing(s) and photographs indicating location of the storage/disposal

150 of 172
manoeuvring delivery and waste removal vehicles; and

Updated waste transfer inventory outlining the contracted receiver of waste,

including confirmation that the carrier, recycling and disposal facilities are
licensed.
Calculations and
Methodology
References
151 of 172
SM-7: Organic Waste Management

Intent
To encourage the recovery and reuse of organic waste from the developments
operations including landscaping and food waste.
Credit
Requirements
GENERAL
Demonstrate the provision of onsite location(s) for the collection and/or composting of
organic waste generated onsite.

1 Credit Point: projects where only the collection and/or treatment of landscaping
waste OR food waste is provided.
2 Credit Points: projects where the collection and/or treatment of both
landscaping and food waste is provided.
Storage area(s) must be suitably sized for the projected amount of waste to be
collected and located with ready access to adequate collection vehicle maneuvering
areas.
None
Requirement
Achievement
POINTS
2
(maximum)
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Design Rating
Landscaping waste or food waste collection and/or

treatment is proposed onsite.
Food and landscaping waste collection and/or treatment

are proposed onsite.
2
(maximum)
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Construction Rating
Landscaping waste or food waste collection and/or

treatment is provided onsite.
Food and landscaping waste collection and/or treatment

are provided onsite.
A narrative describing how the project intends to meet the Credit Requirements,
including details on the size and location of the storage area and the estimated
amount of waste to be generated; and
Drawings clearly indicating the proposed location and size of waste collection
area(s).
An updated narrative describing how the project meets the Credit Requirements,
including details on the size and location of the storage area and the amount of
waste to be generated; and
As Built drawings clearly indicating the location and size of waste collection
area(s).
Calculations and
Methodology
None
References
152 of 172
SM-8: Hazardous Waste Management

Intent
To ensure the safe handling of hazardous waste in order to minimize pollution to the
ground, water and air.
Credit
Requirements
GENERAL
Demonstrate the provision of at least one location point for the safe collection of
potentially hazardous consumer waste such as paints, batteries and oil.
None
Requirement
Achievement
CREDIT POINTS
1
(maximum)
1
1
(maximum)
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
Allocate a location on the development for the safe
collection of potentially hazardous consumer waste.
Construction Rating
Demonstrate adequate space on the development for
the safe collection of potentially hazardous consumer
waste.
Narrative describing how the project intends to meet the Credit Requirements,
amount of hazardous waste to be generated; and
Drawings clearly indicating the proposed location and size of hazardous waste
collection area(s).
Updated narrative describing how the project meets the Credit Requirements,
hazardous waste to be generated; and
As Built drawings clearly indicating the location and size of hazardous waste
collection area(s).
Calculations and
Methodology
None
References
153 of 172
Credit Section
IP: Innovating Practice
154 of 172
nnovative practice builds on the essential elements of Plan 2030 and the pillars of Estidama -
environment, social, cultural and economic - to deliver developments that incorporate design outcomes
that go beyond the established benchmarks and deliver genuinely innovative features to further the
sustainability of the community. This requires a design process that embraces innovation and creativity
whilst respecting and responding to the cultural identity of the region.
The Innovative Practice section is intended to encourage responsive design that achieves pioneering
solutions which will enhance the developments success and contribute to sustainability in the UAE
through;

addressing the pillars of sustainability through innovative design solutions which are able to be
replicated;
providing for cost benefit and feasibility analysis; and
developing designs that showcase cultural and regional practices, while contributing to the
environmental performance of the community.
155 of 172
IP
Innovating Practice
Credit
Code
Credit Title
IP-1
Innovative Cultural & Regional Practices
IP-2
Innovating Practice
Credit Points
TOTAL
156 of 172
IP-1: Innovative Cultural & Regional Practices

Intent
Credit
Requirements
Develop designs that showcase cultural and regional practices, while contributing to the
environmental performance of the community.
GENERAL
Develop a strategy for incorporating architectural and/or technical solutions that are
inspired by cultural and regional precedents and demonstrate their contribution to
energy efficiency, water conservation or improved outdoor comfort.
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
1
(maximum)
1
1
(maximum)
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
Develop a design strategy for incorporating solutions that
showcase cultural and regional practices.
Construction Rating
Demonstrate that the proposed solutions are built as part of
the development.
Narrative describing the proposed strategy, documenting:

Precedents for the proposed solutions;
Numerical or physical performance modeling/testing describing the

performance of the proposed initiative(s) within the project setting; and
Rationale of how the proposed solutions will be incorporated into the project.
Updated narrative describing the nominated solutions.
Photographs illustrating the proposed built-in solutions.
Calculations and
Methodology
Awarding innovative credit points are subject to Estidama approval.
References
None
157 of 172
IP-2: Innovating Practice

Intent
Credit
Requirements
To promote designs that result in a significant positive impact in relation to any of the
four pillars of Estidama.
GENERAL
Develop, document and implement an innovative design and / or construction solution
that addresses one or more of the four pillars of Estidama.
AND
Develop a guideline document that enables the innovative design solution to be
repeated.
None
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
2
(maximum)
2
2
(maximum)
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
Innovative solution report.
Construction Rating
Implement the innovative solution, update the innovative
solution report and produce guideline documentation.
Evidence of IDP related to the innovative design and / or construction solution,

developed through engaging all relevant team members; and
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Updated Innovative solution report; and
Guideline document.
Calculations and
Methodology
The four pillars that make up the Estidama concept are :

Environmental
Cultural
Social
Economic
The innovative solution must be developed in conjunction with the IDP-R1 Integrated
Development Strategy and be developed into a workable final solution.
An Innovative Solution Report must be prepared that demonstrates the process by
which the final innovative solution has evolved from early concepts and addresses the
following subjects where relevant:
Detailed narrative of final design solution that must:

o fully describe the design innovation so that it may be repeated;
o be fully supported by concept proofs from studies, experiments or other
research;
o document key parameters relied upon in the context of the project; and
158 of 172
o be fully supported by design drawings, photographs and specifications.

Predicted impact in relation to the four pillars of Estidama: The final design
solution should be contextualized in terms of tangible impacts against one or more
of the four pillars;
Feasibility studies: This must address documented design evolution decisions
toward the final design solution and address any and all considerations that lead to
the final solution;
Cost Benefit Analysis: A detailed cost benefit analysis of the design measure(s)
including, at a minimum, capital cost, operational and maintenance cost, cost as a
percentage of total project cost and revenue where appropriate. The benefit
analysis must include performance targets / levels attained or anticipated to be
attained as a direct result of the measures;
Risk: The risk analysis must detail the framework within which the design solution
is intended to work and highlight any and all weaknesses that would impede
performance. The analysis must anticipate the impact of such weaknesses on the
performance of the design solution;
Integration and Implementation: This section must clearly demonstrate how the
design solution has been integrated with any and all related elements associated
with the development as well as a detailed plan of how the design solution is
implemented;
Measurability: This section must address how the performance of the design
solution will be measured in-use and include all metrics and associated
technologies relied upon; and
Maintainability and Durability: This section must address all maintenance and
durability aspects related to the design solution.
References
None
159 of 172
Acronyms
ADACH
ASTM
BCIS
BRT
BS
BSI
CBD
CCA
CCTV
CDWMP
CEMP
CFD
CITES
CNIA
CPTED
EAD
EHSMS
EIA
EIDP
EPA
FSC
GCC
GFA
GHG
HVAC
IDP
IECC
ISAC
KPI
LB
LRT
NS
PAD
PEFC
PER
PW
QP
REC
SCM
SFI
SM
SRI
SUDS
TSS
UAE
UPC
Abu Dhabi Authority for Culture and Heritage

American Society for Testing and Materials
Building Cost Information Service
Bus Rapid Transit
British Standard
British Standards Institute
Central Business District
Chromated Copper Arsenate
Closed-circuit Television
Construction & Demolition Waste Management Plan
Construction Environmental Management Plan
Computational Fluid Dynamics
Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species
Critical National Infrastructure Authority
Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design
Environment Agency Abu Dhabi
Environmental Health and Safety Management System
Environmental Impact Assessment
Estidama Integrative Development Process
Environmental Protection Agency (US)
Forest Stewardship Council
Gulf Cooperation Council
Gross Floor Area
Greenhouse Gas
Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning
International Energy Conservation Code
Integrated Situational Awareness Center
Key Performance Indicator
Livable Buildings
Light Rapid Transit
Natural Systems
Plan Abu Dhabi
Program for the Endorsement of Forest Certification
Preliminary Environmental Review
Precious Water
Qualified Professional
Renewable Energy Certificate
Supplementary Cementing Material
Sustainable Forestry Initiative
Solar Reflectance Index
Sustainable Urban Drainage System
Total Suspended Solids
United Arab Emirates
160 of 172
Units
du
h
ha
kW
kWh
l
m
MW
MWh
W
yr
dwelling units
hour
hectares
kilowatt
kilowatt hour
liter
meter
megawatt
megawatt hour
Watt
year
161 of 172
Glossary
The glossary for the Pearl Rating System is available on the Estidama website (www.upc.gov.ae).
Adaptive species
A plant species which has adapted to the local climate that is drought and/or
saline tolerant.
Admixture
A material other than water, aggregates, lime, or cement, used as an ingredient

of concrete or mortar, and added immediately before or during the mixing
process.
Aggregate
The particulate material used in construction including sand, gravel, crushed

stone, slag, recycled concrete and geosynthetic aggregates.
Albedo
The amount of solar energy reflected by a surface.
Area of probable
impact
The extent of a physical area occupied by an environmental component that is

likely to be impacted by at least one of the phases of the proposed project. The
boundary of the area of probable impact is determined by measurements,
previous studies, models or best professional judgment and may vary by
environmental component. In simple terms the extent of the area outside of the
project area that is likely to be directly or indirectly impacted by the proposed
project.
Asbestos
A fibrous mineral formerly used for making incombustible or fireproof articles.

The inhalation of asbestos fibres can cause serious illnesses, including malignant
lung cancer, mesothelioma, asbestosis and gastro-intestinal cancer.
Audit
A systematic process of objectively obtaining and assessing evidence, including

physical inspections and verification.
Baraha
A Baraha (plural Barahaat) is an informal communal space strategically distributed

throughout the fareej to encourage interaction between the residents. They are
small, contained, intimate, shaded and cool spaces, contained by strong edge
conditions. Their functionality is determined by the connected sikka destination
and may include an adult baraha, a childrens baraha or a MosqueHaram baraha.
Distances to barahaat are informed by UPC community facility requirements for
distances to pocket parks.
Baseline building
performance
The annual energy consumption of a baseline building design as defined in

ANSI/ASHRAE/IESNA Standard 90.1-2007.
Benchmark
A standard against which something can be measured or judged.
Building envelope
The elements of a building that separate conditioned spaces from the exterior.
Carbon emissions
The release of carbon (or carbon dioxide) into the atmosphere.
Carrying capacity
The maximum number of organisms or amount of biomass that can be supported

in a given area.
Central monitoring
system
A central point for the storage and monitoring of information.
Chromated Copper
Arsenate (CCA)
A chemical wood preservative containing chromium, copper and arsenic.
Climate change
A change of climate which is attributed directly or indirectly to human activity

that alters the composition of the global atmosphere and which is in addition to
natural climate variability observed over comparable time periods.
162 of 172
Clock time
The artificial time used in everyday life to standardise time measurements. It

allows people in difference locations to use the same time or to easily convert
time from one location to another.
Coefficient of
performance (COP)
- cooling
The ratio of the net cooling energy exported from the system to the total electric
power used by the system.
Commissioning
The process of ensuring that newly constructed/installed systems (HVAC,

plumbing, electrical, fire/life safety, building security etc) operate as designed
and meet the performance requirements of the building occupant.
Commissioning
agent
An individual with responsibility for co-ordinating and monitoring the

commissioning process.
Compensation
The measures taken to make up for the loss of, or permanent damage to,
biological resources through the provision of replacement areas. Any replacement
area should be similar to or, with appropriate management, have the ability to
reproduce the ecological functions and conditions of those biological resources
that have been lost or damaged.
Compost
A mixture of decomposed organic matter used to improve soil structure and

provide nutrients.
Connectivity
A measure of the functional availability of the habitats needed for a particular

species to move through a given area.
Construction waste
The unwanted material generated during construction, including demolition

waste.
Desalinization
The removal of salt from water.
Development
Review Process
The Urban Planning Councils process for reviewing development proposals.
District cooling
The centralized production and distribution of cooling energy.
Environmental
component
An attribute or constituent of the environment (i.e. air quality, marine waters,

waste management, geology, seismicity, soil, groundwater, marine ecology,
terrestrial ecology, noise, traffic, socio-economic) that may be impacted by the
proposed project.
Environmental
design
The process of addressing surrounding environmental parameters when devising

plans, programmes, policies, buildings or products. Environmental design in the
traditional sense develops physical environments to meet one or more aesthetic
or day-to-day functional needs, or to create a specific sort of experience.
Environmental
impact
The positive or negative impact that occurs to an environmental component as a

result of the proposed project. This impact can be directly or indirectly caused by
the projects different phases (i.e. construction, operation and decommissioning).
Environmental
Impact Assessment
(EIA)
The assessment of the possible impacts (both positive and negative) that a
proposed development may have on the environment, covering natural, social and
economic aspects.
Equinox
Either of the two times of the year when the sun crosses the plane of the earth's
equator and day and night are of equal length.
Evapotranspiration
The transport of water into the atmosphere from surfaces, including soil and
vegetation.
Fareej
A Fareej (plural Firjan) is an urban system, based on a social structure resulting

from the interaction between families, through which the community, particularly
women and children can safely roam. Associated with a fareej are sikkak,
163 of 172
barahaat and meydeen.

Fossil fuel
A fuel manufactured from a hydrocarbon deposit such as petroleum, coal or

natural gas derived from living matter of a previous geologic time.
General contractor
The contractor with the main responsibility for performing/supervising the

construction of a project. The general contractor hires all the subcontractors and
suppliers for the project.
Geothermal
The heating and/or cooling potential of the ground.
Global Warming
Potential (GWP)
An indicator that reflects the relative effect of a greenhouse gas in terms of

climate change considering a fixed time period, such as 100 years (GWP100). The
GWPs for different emissions can then be added together to give one single
indicator that expresses the overall contribution to climate change of these
emissions.
Green
infrastructure
A strategically planned and managed network of wilderness, parks, greenways,

conservation easements and working lands with conservation value that supports
native species, maintains natural ecological processes, sustains air and water
resources and contributes to the health and quality of life for communities and
people.
Greenhouse gas
(GHG)
A gas which absorb infrared radiation (heat) and contributes to the greenhouse
effect (examples include water vapour, carbon dioxide, methane etc).
Gross Floor Area

(GFA)
The sum of the floor areas of the spaces within a building, including basements,
mezzanines and intermediate floors, and penthouses with an internal height of
2.3m or greater. It is measured from the exterior faces of the exterior walls or
from the centerline of walls separating buildings. It excludes covered walkways,
porches, pipe trenches, exterior terraces or steps, chimneys, roof overhangs and
similar features.
Groundwater
The water that occurs below the surface of the earth where it occupies spaces in
soils or geological strata.
Habitat
A place in which a particular plant or animal lives. Often used in the wider sense
referring to major assemblages of plants and animals found together.
Habitat creation
The establishment of an ecosystem on land that did not previously support that
ecosystem, or on severely altered sites.
Heat rejection
The removal of heat from a system, commonly water based.
Key Performance
Indicator (KPI)
An indicator set in a key area to measure performance.
Landscaping
The planting, configuration and maintenance of trees, ground cover, shrubbery,

decorative natural and structural features (walls, fences, hedges, trellises,
fountains, sculptures), earth patterning and bedding materials, and other similar
site improvements that serve an aesthetic or functional purpose.
Life Cycle Cost

(LCC) analysis
An analysis of building impacts covering the consecutive and interlinked stages of

a constructed building, from raw material acquisition to the final disposal.
Living system
An open self-organizing system that has the special characteristics of life and
interacts with its environment. This takes place by means of information and
material-energy exchanges.
Meydaan
A Meydaan (plural Meydeen) is a plaza area used for community use and activity
such as for religious, cultural, commercial and / or recreational purposes.
Microclimate
The localised climate conditions within an urban area or neighbourhood.
Mitigation
The measures taken to avoid or reduce negative impacts.
164 of 172
Native species
Indigenous species living naturally within a given area.
Non-renewable
energy
The energy derived from a fossil fuel source.
Open area
The area of opening through which air exchange occurs between indoors and
outdoors. It is not the same as the whole window area (glass and frame) and is
typically much smaller and depends on the opening style of the window.
Operational waste
The waste produced as a result of operating/running a building e.g. office waste,

landscaping waste, food waste.
Organic waste
The carbon-containing waste derived from animal and plant materials.
Ozone Depletion
Potential (ODP)
The relative amount of degradation to the ozone layer a chemical compound can
cause. The ODP of CFC-11 is 1 and the ODPs of other compounds are calculated
relative to this.
Permeable paving
Paving designed to allow water to pass through its surface using porous asphalt or
concrete or using interlocking concrete permeable pavers or open grid pavers.
Phase I habitat
survey
A field survey technique which provides a relatively rapid method to record seminatural and natural vegetation and other wildlife habitats, designed to cover large
areas relatively rapidly.
Photovoltaics
Cells that produce a voltage when exposed to radiant energy (especially light).
The main application is the conversion of solar radiation to usable energy.
Plan 2030
The plan which has been designed to help Abu Dhabi filter all planning decisions
through environmental, social and economic development criteria. The full title
is the Abu Dhabi 2030 Urban Structure Framework Plan.
Preliminary
Environmental
Review (PER)
A review to identify, at the earliest possible stage, the potential environmental

consequences associated with a proposed development.
Previously
developed land
Any land that is, or was, occupied by a permanent structure including the land up
to the plot boundary of the permanent structure and any associated fixed surface
infrastructure. It excludes any land occupied by agriculture or forestry and any
parks or recreational grounds.
Priority habitats
The habitats identified in Abu Dhabi Emirate which are of exceptional value and
are highly threatened, including Intertidal Mudflats, Mangroves, Vegetated Sandy
Beaches, Marine (seagrass, coral), Wadis, Sand Sheets and Low Dunes, Interdunal
Plains and High Dunes, Alluvial Plains and Jebels. Refer to Brown and Boer, 2004
for detailed habitat types.
Priority species
A protected species (flora or fauna) or species determined to be critically

endangered, endangered, vulnerable, threatened, near threatened or sensitive
(as defined by the International Union for Conservation of Nature, IUCN, UAE Red
Data list and / or EHSMS).
Project site area
The physical area within which activities of the proposed project will take place
(the boundary of the project area is defined by the titled property boundary).
Public Realm
Publicly used land or right of way.
Public Open Space
Parks, plazas and similar open space areas that are reserved and dedicated for
public access and use. This includes publicly accessible open space that is located
on privately owned land.
Receptacle and
process loads
All miscellaneous and plug loads within a building e.g. office equipment, kitchen
equipment, elevators etc.
165 of 172
Recyclable
material
Any raw or processed material than can be recycled.
Recycled water
The water discharged from a wastewater treatment system, treated to reduce the
concentration of any substance or organism that may be detrimental to public
health or the environment and made suitable for reuse.
Recycling
The processing of previously used materials to create new products.
Remediation
In the context of contaminated land, remediation prevents contaminated land

from harming the environment and restores the land to safe and usable
conditions.
Renewable energy
The energy derived from a renewable source e.g. solar, wind, tidal.
Renewable Energy
Certificate (REC)
A tradable energy commodity that represents proof that a unit of energy was
generated from an eligible renewable source.
Restoration
The altering of an area in such a way as to re-establish an ecosystems structure

and function, usually bringing it back to its original (pre-disturbance) functioning.
Roof
The upper portion of the building envelope that is horizontal or tilted at an angle
of less than 60 from horizontal.
Runoff
The water that is not absorbed by the soil or landscape to which it is applied and
therefore flows from the area. For example, runoff may result from water that is
applied at too great a rate (application rate exceeds infiltration rate) or where
there is a severe slope.
Salvage
To save discarded or damaged material for further use.
Security lighting
The lighting provided to deter intruders and protect property.
Service water
heating
The heating of water for domestic or commercial purposes other than space
heating and process requirements.
Significant asset
An asset which is of significant importance (internationally, nationally, regionally

and/or locally), including:
Priority Habitats;
Any other habitat identified as significant through a Development Review

Process, the Coastal Development Guidelines, an Environmental Impact
Assessment, a Preliminary Environmental Review or a Strategic Environmental
Assessment; and
Priority species.
Sikka
A Sikka (plural Sikkak) is a pathway which is the smallest denomination of street

that permeates a fareej. They are narrow, irregular and shaded, taking residents
to and from community facility destinations. Sikkak correspond to key pedestrian
routes.
Smart meter
An advanced meter that identifies consumption in more detail than a conventional

meter. Smart metering is designed to provide utility customers with information
on a real time basis about their domestic energy consumption. This may include
data on how much gas and electricity they are consuming, the cost and the
impact of their consumption on greenhouse gas emissions.
Solar radiation
The thermal energy from the sun, including the infrared, visible and ultraviolet
wavelengths.
Solar Reflectance
The measure of a materials ability to reflect solar heat on a scale of 0 to 100. A

standard black material has an SRI of 0 and a standard white material has an SRI
of 100.
Index (SRI)
Solar time
The time according to the position of the sun in the sky relative to one specific
166 of 172
location on the ground. In solar time, the sun is always due south in Abu Dhabi at
exactly noon. This means that someone a few miles east or west of you will
realise a slightly different solar time than you, although clock time would be the
same. Also known as local solar time.
Stormwater
The excess water created during precipitation events.
Street
A public or private right-of-way, other than a major or secondary highway or

alley, whose function is to carry vehicular traffic or provide vehicular access to
abutting property.
Sub-meter
A utility meter that allows for the monitoring of usage on a portion of a

distribution system past a main meter.
Suitably qualified
professional
An individual with:
a minimum of five years directly relevant work experience; and
The Environment Agency Abu Dhabi (www.ead.ae) holds a list of consultants

carrying out a range of environmental services within the Emirate of Abu Dhabi.
For other consultants, appropriate evidence must be submitted to demonstrate
meeting the criteria above.
Summer solstice
The time at which the sun is at its northernmost point in the sky (southernmost
point in the southern hemisphere), appearing at noon at its highest altitude above
the horizon. It occurs on 21st June (22nd December in the southern hemisphere).
Transit Shed
The 350 m catchment radius from the center of a transit station (light rapid
transit, bus rapid transit or metro)
Transit station
A public transport station such as a railway station or metro station.
Transit stop
A dedicated public bus or tram stop.
Transition Months
The shoulder months to the summer period, which include March, April, October
and November.
Valuable asset
A feature of ecological value, including healthy native trees or shrub.
Vegetated wall
A wall that is partially or completely covered with plants and a growing medium.
Walkway
A path/route intended for pedestrian use such as a concrete or asphalt surface or

continuous blocks of pavers.
Wastewater
Water that has been adversely affected in quality by human activity. Wastewater
is a source of potentially valuable resources including biosolids, nutrients and
water.
Water feature
An artificial body of water such as a pool or fountain.
Water model
An analytical tool for understanding how much potable water is used in a building
and to determine volumes of all demands and sources including potable and other
potential sources of water, including greywater, recycled water and stormwater
harvesting.
167 of 172
Appendix A
Relationship Between Community, Building & Villa Rating Systems
The Pearl Rating Systems address common regionally relevant sustainability measures and challenges. The
Community, Building and Villa Rating Systems have been developed concurrently to ensure a strong relationship
between the three systems. As a result, work undertaken on a community scale will be also relevant to
submissions when embarking on Building and Villa Ratings. The following table provides a summary of the
commonality between the systems.
Community
Building
Villa

IDP-R1 Integrated Development
Strategy

Strategy

Strategy
IDP-R3 Guest Worker

Accommodation
IDP-R3 Guest Worker

Accommodation
IDP-R2 Guest Worker

Accommodation
IDP-R4 Community-Dedicated
Infrastructure Basic Commissioning
IDP-R4 Basic Commissioning
IDP-R3 System & Envelope

Performance Verification
IDP-1 Life Cycle Costing
IDP-2 Construction Environmental

Management

Management

Management
IDP-5 Sustainability Communication
NS-R1 Natural Systems Assessment

& Protection
NS-R2 Natural Systems Protection

& Protection
NS-R3 Natural Systems Design &

Management Strategy

Management Strategy
NS-1 Landscape Design &

Management Plan
NS-1 Reuse of Land
NS-1 Reuse of Land
NS-2 Remediation of Contaminated

Land

Land
NS-3 Ecological Enhancement
NS-4 Habitat Creation & Restoration
Natural Systems
NS-2 Landscape Enhancement
Livable Communities, Livable Buildings and Livable Villas

LC-R1 Plan 2030
LBo-R1 Plan 2030
168 of 172
LC-R2 Urban Systems Assessment
LBo-R2 Urban Systems Assessment
LV-R1 Urban Systems Assessment
LC-R3 Provision of Amenities and

Facilities
LBo-3 Accessible Community

Facilities
LV-3 Community Facilities & Active

Urban Environments
LC-R4 Outdoor Thermal Comfort

Strategy
LBo-R3 Outdoor Thermal Comfort

Strategy
LV-R2 Outdoor Thermal Comfort
LC-1 Transit Supportive Practices
LBo-6 Public Transport
LV-4 Public Transport
LC-4 Accessible Community

Facilities

Facilities

Urban Environments
LC-7 Active Urban Environments
LBo-4 Active Urban Environments

Urban Environments
LC-8 Travel Plan
LBo-9 Travel Plan
LC-9 Improved Outdoor Thermal

Comfort
LBo-1 Improved Outdoor Thermal

Comfort
LC-11 Pearl Rated Buildings Within

Communities
LBo-2 Pearl Rated Communities
LC-12 Safe & Secure Community
LBi-10 Safe & Secure Environment
LV-1 Pearl Rated Community
Precious Water
PW-R3 Water Monitoring & Leak
Detection
PW-3 Water Monitoring & Leak

Detection
PW-R2 Water Monitoring
PW-1.1 Community Water Use

Reduction: Landscaping
PW-2.1 Exterior Water Use



Reduction: Heat Rejection


Reduction: Water Features


PW-2 Stormwater Management
PW-3 Water Efficient Buildings
PW-R1 Minimum Interior Water Use

Reduction

Reduction
PW-1 Improved Interior Water Use

Reduction

Reduction
RE-R3 Energy Monitoring &

Reporting

Reporting
RE-R2 Energy Monitoring
RE-1 Community Strategies for

Passive Cooling
RE-2 Cool Building Strategies
RE-4.1 Renewable Energy: Onsite
RE-6 Renewable Energy
RE-4.2 Renewable Energy: Offsite
RE-5 Energy Efficient Buildings
RE-R1 Minimum Energy Performance
RE-1 Improved Energy Performance
Resourceful Energy
169 of 172
SM-R1 CCA Treated Timber
Elimination
SM-R1 Hazardous Materials

Elimination

Elimination
SM-R2 Basic Construction Waste

Management

Management

Management
SM-R3 Basic Operational Waste

Management

Management
SM-2 Regional Materials
SM-3 Recycled Materials
SM-4 Reused or Certified Timber
SM-5 Improved Construction Waste

Management

Management

Management
SM-6 Improved Operational Waste

Management

Management
SM-7 Organic Waste Management
Innovating Practice
IP-1 Showcase of Regional &
Cultural Practices
IP-1 Innovative Cultural & Regional

Practices

Practices
IP-2 Innovating Practice
170 of 172
Acknowledgements
Abu Dhabi Urban Planning Council Members
H.H. General Sheikh Mohamed Bin Zayed Al Nahyan
Crown Prince of Abu Dhabi,
Deputy Supreme Commander of the UAE Armed Forces,
Chairman of the Abu Dhabi Executive Council, (Chairman)
H.E. Khaldoon Khalifa Al Mubarak
Chairman of the Executive Affairs Authority (Deputy Chairman)
H.E. Mohammed Ahmad Al Bawardi
Secretary General of the Abu Dhabi Executive Council
H.E. Sheikh Sultan Bin Tahnoon Al Nahyan
Chairman of Abu Dhabi Tourism Authority
H.E. Rashid Mubarak Al Hajeri
Chairman of the Department of Municipal Affairs
H.E. Nasser Ahmed Al Suweidi
Chairman of Abu Dhabi Department of Planning and Economy
H.E. Abdulla Rashid Al Otaiba
Chairman of Abu Dhabi Department of Transport
H.E. Majid Ali Al Mansouri
Secretary General of Environment Agency, Abu Dhabi
Executive Leadership
H.E. Falah Mohamed Al Ahbabi
General Manager of the Urban Planning Council
H.E. Khalifa Mohamed Al Mazroui
General Manager, Abu Dhabi City Municipality
H.E. Humid Humod Al Mansoori
General Manager, Western Region Municipality
H.E. Dr. Matar Mohammad Saif Al Nuamy
General Manager, Al Ain Municipality
Estidama Steering Committee
Mr. Saood Al Junaibi
Mr. Gregory Acker
Mr. John Madden
Mr. Michael White
Mr. John Echlin
Mr. Neil Mallen
Director, Development Review and Urban Design

Senior Planning Manager, Estidama
Senior Planning Manager, Development Review and Urban
Design
Senior Planning Manager, Planning Policy
Planning Manager, Development Review and Urban Design
Planning Manager, Environment
UPC Estidama Program Staff

Mr. Gregory Acker
Dr. Salman Shakir Khan
Ms. Aysha Abu Shahab
Mrs. Amy Haddin
Ms. Mona Al Zaabi

Associate Manager, Department of Research and Urban
Economics
Associate Planner, Estidama
Associate Planner, Development Review and Estidama
Estidama Coordinator, Estidama
Technical Advisors
UPC Development Review and Urban Design
UPC Transport, Infrastructure and Environment
UPC Planning Policy
UPC Safety and Security
Regulation and Supervision Bureau
Masdar - UPC Steering Committee
Abu Dhabi Education Council
Department Municipal Affairs
171 of 172
Abu Dhabi Municipality

Al Ain Municipality
Consultant Team
Core Technical Team
Mr. Tariq Abbas
Ms. Cecilia Bagenholm
Mrs. Rym Baouendi
Ms. Helen Eastman
Ms. Erin Gardner
Mrs. Susan Hopley-Jones
Mr. Ashley Lynch
Mr. Mike Slessor
Mr. Marc Stringa
Hilson Moran
Buro Happold
Buro Happold
AECOM Design + Planning
Buro Happold
Buro Happold
Buro Happold
Core Review Team

Estidama would like to appreciate and thank the contributions of many individuals who undertook reviews
of the various drafts of the Pearl Rating System documents.
172 of 172

Version 1.0
Pearl Building Rating System: Design & Construction, Version 1.0, April 2010

TEL +971 2 409 6000

FAX +971 2 443 2903
Abu Dhabi U.A.E.
www.upc.gov.ae


Table of Contents
Introduction ................................................................................................................ 1
Estidama ....................................................................................................................................................... 1
Key Team Members ...................................................................................................................................... 4
The Development Review Process and The Pearl Rating System................................................................ 6
Application of the Pearl Building Rating System .......................................................................................... 7
Summary of Credit Points for the Pearl Building Rating System .................................................................. 9
IDP: Integrated Development Process ................................................................................ 13
IDP-R1: Integrated Development Strategy .............................................................................................. 16
IDP-R2: Tenant Fit-Out Design & Construction Guide ............................................................................ 17
IDP-R3: Basic Commissioning ................................................................................................................ 18
IDP-1: Life Cycle Costing ........................................................................................................................ 20
IDP-2: Guest Worker Accommodation .................................................................................................... 21
IDP-3: Construction Environmental Management ................................................................................... 23
IDP-4: Building Envelope Verification ...................................................................................................... 24
IDP-5: Re-Commissioning ....................................................................................................................... 25
IDP-6: Sustainability Communication...................................................................................................... 27
NS: Natural Systems ...................................................................................................... 29
NS-R1: Natural Systems Assessment ..................................................................................................... 32
NS-R2: Natural Systems Protection ........................................................................................................ 36
NS-R3: Natural Systems Design & Management Strategy...................................................................... 39
NS-1: Reuse of Land ............................................................................................................................... 41
NS-2: Remediation of Contaminated Land ............................................................................................. 42
NS-3: Ecological Enhancement............................................................................................................... 44
NS-4: Habitat Creation & Restoration ..................................................................................................... 46
LB: Livable Buildings ..................................................................................................... 49
LBo: Livable Outdoors ................................................................................................................................ 50
LBo-R1: Plan 2030 .................................................................................................................................. 52
LBo-R2: Urban Systems Assessment ..................................................................................................... 53
LBo-R3: Outdoor Thermal Comfort Strategy .......................................................................................... 55
LBo-1: Improved Outdoor Thermal Comfort ........................................................................................... 57
LBo-2: Pearl Rated Communities ............................................................................................................ 59
LBo-3: Accessible Community Facilities ................................................................................................. 60
LBo-4: Active Urban Environments ......................................................................................................... 62
LBo-5: Private Outdoor Space ................................................................................................................ 63
LBo-6: Public Transport .......................................................................................................................... 65
LBo-7: Bicycle Facilities .......................................................................................................................... 67
LBo-8: Preferred Car Parking Spaces ..................................................................................................... 70
LBo-9: Travel Plan ................................................................................................................................... 71
LBo-10: Light Pollution Reduction .......................................................................................................... 72
LBi: Livable Indoors..................................................................................................................................... 74
LBi-R1: Healthy Ventilation Delivery ........................................................................................................ 76
LBi-R2: Smoking Control......................................................................................................................... 77
LBi-R3: Legionella Prevention ................................................................................................................. 79
LBi-1: Ventilation Quality ......................................................................................................................... 81
LBi-2.1: Material Emissions: Adhesives & Sealants ................................................................................ 84
LBi-2.2: Material Emissions: Paints & Coatings ...................................................................................... 86
LBi-2.3: Material Emissions: Carpet & Hard Flooring .............................................................................. 88
LBi-2.4: Material Emissions: Ceiling Systems ......................................................................................... 90
LBi-2.5: Material Emissions: Formaldehyde Reduction .......................................................................... 91
LBi-3: Construction Indoor Air Quality Management .............................................................................. 93
LBi-4: Car Park Air Quality Management ................................................................................................ 95
LBi-5.1: Thermal Comfort & Controls: Thermal Zoning ........................................................................... 97
LBi-5.2: Thermal Comfort & Controls: Occupant Control ....................................................................... 99
LBi-5.3: Thermal Comfort & Controls: Thermal Comfort Modeling ....................................................... 102
LBi-6: High Frequency Lighting ............................................................................................................. 104
LBi-7: Daylight & Glare .......................................................................................................................... 105
LBi-8: Views........................................................................................................................................... 108
LBi-9: Indoor Noise Pollution................................................................................................................. 110
LBi-10: Safe & Secure Environment ...................................................................................................... 112

PW: Precious Water .................................................................................................... 115
PW-R1: Minimum Interior Water Use Reduction ................................................................................... 118
PW-R2: Exterior Water Monitoring ........................................................................................................ 120
PW-1: Improved Interior Water Use Reduction ..................................................................................... 121
PW-2.1: Exterior Water Use Reduction: Landscaping .......................................................................... 123
PW-2.2: Exterior Water Use Reduction: Heat Rejection ....................................................................... 129
PW-2.3: Exterior Water Use Reduction: Water Features....................................................................... 131
PW-3: Water Monitoring & Leak Detection............................................................................................ 133
PW-4: Stormwater Management ........................................................................................................... 135
RE: Resourceful Energy................................................................................................ 138
RE-R1: Minimum Energy Performance.................................................................................................. 141
RE-R2: Energy Monitoring & Reporting................................................................................................. 144
RE-R3: Ozone Impacts of Refrigerants & Fire Suppression Systems ................................................... 147
RE-1: Improved Energy Performance.................................................................................................... 149
RE-2: Cool Building Strategies .............................................................................................................. 151
RE-3: Energy Efficient Appliances ......................................................................................................... 156
RE-4: Vertical Transportation ................................................................................................................ 158
RE-5: Peak Load Reduction .................................................................................................................. 161
RE-6: Renewable Energy....................................................................................................................... 163
RE-7: Global Warming Impacts of Refrigerants & Fire Suppression Systems ...................................... 166
SM: Stewarding Materials ............................................................................................. 169
SM-R1: Hazardous Materials Elimination .............................................................................................. 172
SM-R2: Basic Construction Waste Management.................................................................................. 173
SM-R3: Basic Operational Waste Management.................................................................................... 174
SM-1: Non-Polluting Materials .............................................................................................................. 176
SM-2: Design for Materials Reduction .................................................................................................. 179
SM-3: Design for Flexibility & Adaptability ............................................................................................ 180
SM-4: Design for Disassembly .............................................................................................................. 181
SM-5: Modular Flooring Systems.......................................................................................................... 182
SM-6: Design for Durability ................................................................................................................... 183
SM-7: Building Reuse............................................................................................................................ 184
SM-8: Material Reuse ............................................................................................................................ 185
SM-9: Regional Materials ...................................................................................................................... 186
SM-10: Recycled Materials ................................................................................................................... 188
SM-11: Rapidly Renewable Materials ................................................................................................... 191
SM-12: Reused or Certified Timber....................................................................................................... 193
SM-13: Improved Construction Waste Management............................................................................ 195
SM-14: Improved Operational Waste Management.............................................................................. 196
SM-15: Organic Waste Management .................................................................................................... 198
IP: Innovating Practice ................................................................................................ 199
IP-1: Innovative Cultural & Regional Practices ...................................................................................... 202
IP-2: Innovating Practice ....................................................................................................................... 203
Acronyms ................................................................................................................. 205
Units....................................................................................................................... 208
Glossary................................................................................................................... 209
Appendix A............................................................................................................... 219
Acknowledgements..................................................................................................... 222
Introduction
ESTIDAMA
Rating System.

detailed requirements for rating a projects potential performance in relation to the four pillars of Estidama.


quality management throughout the life of the project.
Natural Systems: Conserving, preserving and restoring the regions critical natural environments and
habitats.
Livable Buildings: Improving the quality and connectivity of outdoor and indoor spaces.
Precious Water: Reducing water demand and encouraging efficient distribution and alternative water
sources.
materials.
1 of 223
PEARL RATING LEVELS

Table 1: Pearl Building Rating Levels
Requirement
1 Pearl
2 Pearl
3 Pearl
4 Pearl
5 Pearl
SECTION WEIGHTINGS
The number of credit points available in a given section determines the weighting of that section. Different
building uses may have a different number of credit points for a particular component. This is intended to
reinforce the critical issues that should be addressed for a particular building use. For a mixed-use building, the
total number of credit points available will vary depending on the different uses that are present.
Table 2: Maximum Credit Points Available for each Section
Credit Section
13
NS Natural Systems
12
LB - Livable Buildings
37*
PW Precious Water
43*
44
28
TOTAL
177*
* LB : Maximum of 36 credit points available for Offices and 30 credit points for Retail.
PW : Maximum of 45 credit points available for Schools.
2 of 223




The Pearl Rating System recognizes the reality of ownership and responsibility transitions as a project evolves
from a design team to a construction team to a facility management team. Accordingly, three rating stages
have been established: Design, Construction and Operational.
Pearl Design Rating - The Design Rating rewards measures adopted during the design development of the
project that meet the intent and requirements of each credit. The Design Rating recognizes the additional
marketing value and branding a Pearl Rating will afford a development in its early sale or lease phase. A Pearl
Design Rating is valid only until construction is complete, and requires that all collateral, branding and
communication materials identify the project as a Pearl Design Rated project.
have been achieved. The Construction Rating requires that all collateral, branding and communication materials
identify the project as a Pearl Construction Rated project.
This document, the Pearl Building Rating System, addresses both the Pearl Design Rating and the Pearl
Construction Rating. The Pearl Operational Rating is currently under development.
an existing building and ensures the building is operating sustainably. The operational rating can only be
achieved a minimum of two years after construction completion and when the building has reached a minimum
occupancy of 80%.
3 of 223
KEY TEAM MEMBERS

Pearl Assessor
the design team who facilitates the Pearl Rating
System for both Design and Construction stages. To
become a PQP, the individual must pass an exam which
will test their administrative and technical knowledge
of the Pearl Rating Systems.
understand the requirements of the Pearl Building
and Community Rating Systems and associated
Guides;
events.
4 of 223

a specific development. The general steps required to be undertaken by developers and their consultants in the
process are summarised as follows:
All Pearl Ratings
Step 1: Register the development with Estidama for the relevant
Pearl Rating System. Each project will be provided with a unique
identification number.
the submission.
Step 3: Conduct workshops in compliance with the Estidama
Integrated Development Process (EIDP) with facilitation by the PQP
(compliant with IDP-R1).
Pearl Design Rating
necessary.
Step DR7: The Pearl Assessor will award a Pearl Design Rating based
on the credits achieved by the development.
Estidama reserves the right to undertake on-site verification if
deemed necessary.
Two years following construction completion, once a building has
reached a minimum occupancy of 80%, submissions can be made for
the Pearl Operational Rating. The process for achieving a Pearl
System (currently under development).
5 of 223
THE DEVELOPMENT REVIEW PROCESS AND THE PEARL RATING SYSTEM

The Development Review Process has been introduced by the UPC to provide a streamlined process for
reviewing development proposals. The process comprises four steps: Enquiry, Pre-Concept Stage, Concept
Planning Review and Detailed Planning Review. The UPC uses this review process for two main purposes:

To ensure development proposals comply with the Emirates urban planning policies (e.g. land uses,
densities, Estidama); and
To coordinate the review and approval of development applications by external government agencies.
There are mandatory Estidama elements within the Development Review Process, which ensure sustainability is
considered throughout the planning process and that a minimum level of sustainability is achieved. The Pearl
Rating System extends upon the minimum sustainability requirements embedded within the Urban Planning
Councils Development Review Process.
Figure 5: Relationship between the UPC Development Review Process, Estidama and the Pearl Rating System
6 of 223
APPLICATION OF THE PEARL BUILDING RATING SYSTEM

The Pearl Building Rating System is designed to address the following uses of buildings, their sites and
associated facilities:
General: this applies to all building uses and covers the common requirements. Within individual credits,
exemptions or differing requirements may be specified for the following building uses:
Office: this applies to offices and associated spaces (meeting rooms, reception/waiting areas, staff
facilities, server rooms etc).
Retail: this applies to display and sale of goods, food retail (supermarkets, convenience stores), food
preparation (restaurants, cafs, takeaways) and service providers (banks, post offices, travel agencies).
This category also includes shopping centres, department stores and retail parks. It does not include
isolated single use warehouse-type retail developments.
Multi-Residential: this applies to multi-family residential developments. All villas must be assessed using
the Pearl Villa Rating System.
School: this applies to primary schools, secondary schools, sixth form colleges and further and higher
education/vocational colleges and institutions.
Mixed Use: this applies to combinations of two or more of the above usage categories. Where relevant,
individual credit calculations should be based on an area-weighted average.
For campus style projects, each building seeking to achieve a Pearl Rating will be assessed separately. It is
envisaged that the communal external areas will be assessed using the Pearl Community Rating System, with
these areas being allocated to individual buildings as appropriate for the building assessments.
The submission requirements for each of the stages of the Pearl Rating System are outlined in each credit. The
Design Rating submission should be made at the end of the construction documentation stage and the
Construction Rating submission should be made on completion of construction (this includes completion of
commissioning and IAQ management where relevant). Both the design and construction submissions should be
made electronically from the PQP to the Pearl Assessor at Estidama.
Confidentiality
7 of 223

The Pearl Building Rating System comprises the following two types of credits:
credits, such as SM-4 shown below, award 1 point whereas other credits allow more than 1 point to be attained.
Depending on the Pearl Rating level being pursued by a design and development team, the number of credits
and the level of achievement will vary from project to project.
8 of 223
SUMMARY OF CREDIT POINTS FOR THE PEARL BUILDING RATING SYSTEM

Maximum Credit
Points
IDP
IDP-R1
IDP-R2
Tenant Fit-Out Design & Construction Guide
IDP-R3
Basic Commissioning
IDP-1
Life Cycle Costing
IDP-2
IDP-3
IDP-4
Building Envelope Verification
IDP-5
Re-Commissioning
IDP-6
Sustainability Communication
2
TOTAL
13
Maximum Credit
Points
NS
Natural Systems
NS-R1
NS-R2
NS-R3
Natural Systems Design & Management Strategy
NS-1
Reuse of Land
NS-2
NS-3
NS-4
Habitat Creation & Restoration
6
TOTAL
12
Maximum Credit
Points
LBo
Livable Buildings : Outdoors
LBo-R1
Plan 2030
LBo-R2
LBo-R3
LBo-1
LBo-2
Pearl Rated Communities
LBo-3
LBo-4
LBo-5
Private Outdoor Space
1*
LBo-6
Public Transport
LBo-7
Bicycle Facilities
LBo-8
Preferred Car Parking Spaces
LBo-9
Travel Plan
LBo-10
Light Pollution Reduction
1
TOTAL
14
*LBo-5 this credit is only applicable to Multi-Residential
9 of 223
Maximum Credit
Points
LBi
Livable Buildings : Indoors
LBi-R1
Healthy Ventilation Delivery
LBi-R2
Smoking Control
LBi-R3
Legionella Prevention
LBi-1
Ventilation Quality
3*
LBi-2.1
Material Emissions : Adhesives & Sealants
LBi-2.2
Material Emissions : Paints & Coatings
LBi-2.3
Material Emissions: Carpet & Hard Flooring
LBi-2.4
Material Emissions : Ceiling Systems
LBi-2.5
Material Emissions : Formaldehyde Reduction
LBi-3
Construction Indoor Air Quality Management
LBi-4
Car Park Air Quality Management
LBi-5.1
Thermal Comfort & Controls : Thermal Zoning
LBi-5.2
Thermal Comfort & Controls : Occupant Control
2*
LBi-5.3
Thermal Comfort & Controls : Thermal Comfort Modeling
LBi-6
High Frequency Lighting
LBi-7
Daylight & Glare
2*
LBi-8
Views
1*
LBi-9
Indoor Noise Pollution
LBi-10
Safe & Secure Environment
1*
TOTAL
23
*LBi-1 a maximum of 2 credit points are available to Retail

LBi-5.2 this credit is not applicable to Retail
LBi-7 - this credit is not applicable to Retail
LBi-8 - this credit is not applicable to Retail
LBi-10 a maximum of 2 credit points are available to Schools
Maximum Credit
Points
PW
Precious Water
PW-R1
Minimum Interior Water Use Reduction
PW-R2
Exterior Water Monitoring
PW-1
Improved Interior Water Use Reduction
15
PW-2.1
Exterior Water Use Reduction: Landscaping
8*
PW-2.2
Exterior Water Use Reduction: Heat Rejection
PW-2.3
Exterior Water Use Reduction: Water Features
PW-3
PW-4
Stormwater
4
TOTAL
43
*PW-2.1 - a maximum of 10 credit points is available to Schools
10 of 223
Maximum Credit
Points
RE
Resourceful Energy
RE-R1
Minimum Energy Performance
RE-R2
Energy Monitoring & Reporting
RE-R3
Ozone Impacts of Refrigerants & Fire Suppression Systems
RE-1
Improved Energy Performance
15
RE-2
Cool Building Strategies
RE-3
Energy Efficient Appliances
RE-4
Vertical Transportation
RE-5
Peak Load Reduction
RE-6
Renewable Energy
RE-7
Global Warming Impacts of Refrigerants & Fire Suppression Systems
TOTAL
44
Maximum Credit
Points
SM
SM-R1
Hazardous Materials Elimination
SM-R2
SM-R3
SM-1
Non-Polluting Materials
SM-2
Design for Materials Reduction
SM-3
Design for Flexibility & Adaptability
SM-4
Design for Disassembly
SM-5
Modular Flooring Systems
SM-6
Design for Durability
SM-7
Building Reuse
SM-8
Material Reuse
SM-9
Regional Materials
SM-10
Recycled Materials
SM-11
Rapidly Renewable Materials
SM-12
SM-13
SM-14
SM-15
2
TOTAL
28
Maximum Credit
Points
IP
Innovating Practice
IP-1
IP-2
Innovating Practice
2
TOTAL
11 of 223
Maximum Credit
Points
Credit Section
13
NS Natural Systems
12
LB - Livable Buildings
37*
PW Precious Water
43*
44
28
3
TOTAL Credit Points
177*
* LB : Maximum of 36 credit points available for Offices and 30 credit points for Retail.
PW : Maximum of 45 credit points available for Schools.
12 of 223
Credit Section
13 of 223
approach design, construction and real estate development. The Pearl Building Rating System is meant to
provide design and development teams with more than a checklist for green buildings and land
development. It is part of the overarching Pearl Rating System, a transformative tool aiming to improve
the design and development process and provide more cost-effective, higher performing developments.
IDP calls for cross-disciplinary teamwork and builds upon sound thinking, delivering quality and
design approach from very early on in the design, a clear vision and sustainability targets and
implementation strategy. The main objective is to achieve significant environmental, social, economic and
cultural benefits while ensuring that the costs of the development are minimized.
Design
Construction
Commissioning /
Testing
Operations &
Maintenance
Ongoing
Education
establish a more collaborative and iterative design process;

management; and
prepare the ground for good operation and maintenance where the user plays an informed
active role.
14 of 223
IDP
Credit
Code
Credit Title
General
Office
Retail
MultiResidential
School
IDP-R1
IDP-R2
Tenant Fit-Out Design & Construction Guide
IDP-R3
Basic Commissioning
IDP-1
Life Cycle Costing
IDP-2
IDP-3
IDP-4
Building Envelope Verification
IDP-5
Re-Commissioning
IDP-6
13
13
13
13
13
TOTAL
15 of 223

Intent
Credit
Requirements
To ensure new development adopts the Integrated Development Process (IDP) as a way
of attaining greater synergy between project systems, resulting in high performance
buildings.
GENERAL
Demonstrate that the design and development team, and development process, are
approach, from project inception through to final delivery.
Develop an implementation strategy to facilitate an effective transition between
project stages (e.g. from design to construction to commissioning) and project
packages (e.g. core & shell to tenant fit out) to ensure that the initial vision, objectives
and targets are carried through to completion.
None
Requirement
Achievement
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Process chart for the IDP developed at project inception, detailing:

Team structure listing team members and their roles;
Design milestones and workshops listing participants, goals, expected

outcomes, required actions with tasks assignments; and
Methodology for ensuring appropriate stakeholders are involved, including

construction team, commissioning agent, potential tenants, building operators
and relevant regulatory authorities and permit agencies.

project packages;
chart.
the design stage and listing successes and challenges during construction stage.
Calculations and
Methodology
The IDP is a mandatory process as part of the UPC Development Review Process.
References

Estidama Website: www.upc.gov.ae

16 of 223
IDP-R2: Tenant Fit-Out Design & Construction Guide

Intent
Credit
Requirements
To ensure that the design and construction of interior space fit-out will contribute to
the overall projects sustainability objectives and targets.
GENERAL
Building on the requirements of the IDP-R1, develop a Tenant Fit-Out Design &
Construction Guide in order to formally communicate to future tenants and their design
and development teams the requirements for the project in relation to sustainable
design and construction. This fit-out guide must accompany lease documents issued to
each future tenant, and must cover the following at a minimum:
The IDP planned for the project and tenants role as part of this process;
Sustainability vision and objectives for the project;
A summary of targets for the project. This can be represented in the form of a
scorecard highlighting credits targeted, based on the Pearl Building Rating System;
The certification process for the building and its various milestones;
Technical guidance on how fit-out design and construction measures can contribute
to each credit targeted; and
The owners/developers quality assurance procedure for verifying the
requirements have been implemented.
This requirement only applies to Core & Shell projects.
Requirement
Achievement
This is a requirement for Core & Shell projects. No Credit Points are awarded.
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
There is no submission at this stage.
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Tenant Fit-Out Design and Construction Guide
Calculations and
Methodology
None
References
None
17 of 223
IDP-R3: Basic Commissioning

Intent
Credit
Requirements
To ensure that the building performs as designed to protect occupant health and
provide comfort and ongoing building efficiency.
GENERAL
Demonstrate that:
An independent commissioning agent, reporting to the project owner, is engaged as
part of the project design team throughout the design stages;
Comprehensive commissioning requirements are included in project specifications
and construction contracts or provide a Commissioning Plan for the building at
construction completion;
At the building completion stage the building has been commissioned by
independent commissioning engineers; and
The commissioning report has been reviewed and verified prior to building
completion.
None
Requirement
Achievement
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Calculations and
Methodology
CV of Commissioning Agent;
Contract with the Commissioning Agent;
Design Documents reviews; and

including:
Owners Project Requirements and
Basis of Design narrative.
List of all meetings attended by the Commissioning Agent through commissioning

period and project handover, including dates; and
Final Commissioning Report, including:

Project commissioning specifications;
Verification of installation; and
Operation & Maintenance Manual.
Commissioning is a collaborative effort. Specific roles played by various project team

member are as follows:
The independent commissioning agent must oversee and lead the commissioning
process as follows:
Review Design Documentations and make recommendations to the design team;
Review Construction Documentations and make recommendations to the design
team;
Prepare or review the Commissioning Plan; and
Review and approve the results of commissioned systems.
The contractor must perform the following prior to building completion:
Employ an independent commissioning contractor to commission the installed
18 of 223
systems noted below and commence the development of a Building Log Book (BLB).
It is suggested that the format of the BLB should follows CIBSE TM31 or similar
guide.
The design team must perform the following prior to building completion:
Review and approve submittals from relevant subcontractors during construction;
Visually review the results of selected commissioned systems; and
Review final commissioning documents, including but not limited to the operations
and maintenance manual(s) and staff training materials.
The commissioning process must cover, at a minimum, the following systems:
Heating, ventilation, air conditioning, refrigeration;
On-site energy generation (including co-generation);
Building Management System;
Lighting and lighting controls;
Domestic hot and cold water systems;
On-site water treatment systems including swimming pools (if applicable); and
Automated control features such as blinds.
Additional areas that can be included in the commissioning scope, but which are not
required for this credit, are envelope and glazing systems, stormwater management
systems, fire suppression systems, and security systems.
The independent commissioning agent should have a minimum of 2 years experience in
building commissioning and can be an employee of one of the companies involved in the
project as long as this individual is not involved in the project design and/or
construction.
References
CIBSE TM31 CIBSE Building log book tool kit
19 of 223

Intent
Credit
Requirements
To enable effective long-term decisions about building design and construction in order
to maximize efficiency over the whole life of the development.
GENERAL
Demonstrate that Life Cycle Costing was undertaken as part of the IDP as follows:
Demonstrate that a life cycle cost (LCC) analysis was started during concept design
by a qualified professional to evaluate and compare various design options. The
LCC model developed must be maintained and upgraded throughout the design
stages in option appraisals.
Provide evidence from the EIDP that the LCC analysis was used to verify design,
technology and process decisions. Meeting minutes and documentation (reports,
presentations) submitted as part of IDP-R1 may be used for the purpose of
demonstrating compliance.
None
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
4
(maximum)
4
4
(maximum)
4
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
Use Life Cycle Cost analysis during design

Construction Rating
Update Life Cycle Cost report with final construction costs
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
LCC report produced at the end of design with summary history of the decisions
that benefited from LCC.
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Calculations and
Methodology
The LCC qualified professional must be a Chartered Surveyor with previous experience
with LCC modeling on at least 2 similar projects. The qualified professional must also
be familiar with internationally recognized LCC standards such as the ISO 15686 Building
and Constructed Assets - Service Life Planning Part 5: Life Cycle Costing, the
Standardized Method of Life Cycle Costing for Construction Procurement supplement to
ISO 15686 published by the Building Cost Information Service (BCIS) and the Building
Standards Institute (BSI) or similar standards.
References

ISO 15686 Building and Constructed Assets - Service Life Planning Part 5: Life Cycle
Costing
Standardized Method of Life Cycle Costing for Construction Procurement supplement to ISO 15686 published by the Building Cost Information Service (BCIS)
and the British Standards Institute (BSI)
20 of 223

Intent
To promote fair labor practices in building construction.
Credit
Requirements
GENERAL
2 Credit Points : Develop and implement a Construction Guest Worker Accommodation
Plan that, at a minimum, addresses the following:
project. Facilities must be located within suitable walking distances. Appropriate
shade must be provided in circulation areas, parks, play fields and
waiting/gathering areas such as bus stops. The facilities must provide dedicated
and adequate areas for:
o food preparation,
o personal hygiene;
o religious services,
o healthcare,
o recreation, and
o entertainment.
An ongoing maintenance plan of guest worker housing facilities and total budget
allocated to maintenance services;
Workers Representative Committee and the development of a Workers Social &
Welfare Program to address the following issues at a minimum:
o Health, safety and security;
o House rules;
o Drugs and alcohol awareness;
o Education programs;
o Recreation activities; and
o Transport within, to and from the housing facilities outside working hours.
None
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
2
(maximum)
2
2
(maximum)
2
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating

Construction Rating
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
2009 are met or exceeded; and
subcontractors stipulating the standards and requirements for the provision of
stakeholders; or
21 of 223
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
For Existing Facilities, photographs and other documentation as listed under Credit
Record of all maintenance visits and inspections, including dates and actions taken,

protocol; and

Calculations and
Methodology
of 2009.
References
22 of 223
IDP-3: Construction Environmental Management

Intent
To reduce the environmental impacts associated with construction practices.
Credit
Requirements
GENERAL
1 Credit Point: Demonstrate that the project's Construction Environmental
Management Plan (CEMP) is prepared in accordance with Environment Agency Abu
Dhabis Construction Environmental Management Plan Technical Guidance
Document by an EAD-approved and registered consultant and that:
o the Plan has been approved by EAD, for projects required to produce a
CEMP; or
o the Plan has been peer reviewed by an EAD-approved and registered
consultant, for other projects.
2 Credit Points: In addition to achieving the above, demonstrate that the project
lead contractor is either ISO 14001 or EHSMS certified.
None
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
2
(maximum)
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
Develop the CEMP in accordance with Abu Dhabi Environment

Agencys regulations.
Project Lead Contractor is ISO 14001 or EHSMS Certified.
2
(maximum)
Construction Rating
Provide evidence that the CEMP has been properly applied to the
site.
Confirm that Project Lead Contractor is ISO 14001 or EHSMS

Certified.
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
CEMP, including:
Statement from Environment Agency Abu Dhabi or a suitably qualified peer

reviewer that the project's CEMP meets the Abu Dhabi CEMP standard; and
CV and EAD-registration of the peer reviewer.
Certified Contractors ISO 14001 or Abu Dhabi EHSMS certification;
Signed off audit of the CEMP that verifies the project's performance was in
compliance with the CEMP including photographs and narrative of construction
practices; and
Certified Contractors ISO 14001 or Abu Dhabi EHSMS certification.
Calculations and
Methodology
None
References

Environment Agency Abu Dhabis EADs Construction Environmental Management

Plan Technical Guidance Document
ISO 14001 Environmental Management Standard: 2004, International Organization
for Standardization.
Abu Dhabi Emirate Environment, Health and Safety Management System (EHSMS)
23 of 223
IDP-4: Building Envelope Verification

Intent
Credit
Requirements
To ensure the building envelope meets the design intent and minimizes building
impacts from condensation, water ingress, air infiltration and improper drainage.
GENERAL
Demonstrate that a member of project team involved in the design of the building
envelope has performed the following tasks:
During Design
A review of the design plans and specifications during Detailed Design phase:
During Construction
Off-site testing of prototypes for custom-made cladding systems before installation;
A review of standard product pre-testing certificate for pre-tested systems before
installation; and
On-site water infiltration and air-tightness tests of the building envelope to ensure
performance once installed.
None
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
1
(maximum)
1
1
(maximum)
1
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
The project team member has performed the above tasks during
design.
Construction Rating
The project team member has performed the above tasks during
construction.
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Design Plan and Specifications reviewed and approved by the design team member.
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Narrative describing the results of reviews and tests performed to verify

performance of the building envelope.
Calculations and
Methodology
None
References
None
24 of 223
IDP-5: Re-Commissioning
Intent
Credit
Requirements
To ensure that the building performs as designed to protect occupant health and
comfort, as well as providing for ongoing building efficiency.
GENERAL
In addition to meeting the requirements of IDP-R4, provide comprehensive
commissioning requirements in project specifications for the implementation of recommissioning after 1 and 2 years to ensure the building continues to perform as
intended.
Demonstrate a commitment to the following:
Final building tuning one year after construction completion;
Re-commissioning two years after construction completion; and
Development of the building Operation and Maintenance (O&M) Manual; Building
Log Book (BLB) or similar record performance, staff training and maintenance
schedules.
None
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
2
(maximum)
2
2
(maximum)
2
EDIT POINTS
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Calculations and
Methodology
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
Demonstrate that a re-commissioning Plan was developed.

Construction Rating
Demonstrate that a re-commissioning Plan was updated.
REQUIREMENT

signed off by the owner / developer, that includes:
Extracts from contracts or specifications clearly indicating the requirements

for ongoing building commissioning as per the Credit Requirements;

for a detailed O&M manual including a table of contents and brief description
of each section including details on BMS operation, or other means of
monitoring building system performance and utilities consumption and
maintenance schedules; and
Written commitment by the building owner to maintain a BLB as per the Credit
Requirements.
Updated Commissioning Plan that clearly indicates the ongoing commissioning

requirements for the project and includes:

for ongoing building commissioning as per the Credit Requirements;
Detailed O&M manual, including details on BMS operation or other means of

monitoring building system performance and utilities consumption and
maintenance schedules; and
Copy of the Building Log Book as per the Credit Requirements.
The re-commissioning process must be performed by an Independent Commissioning

Agent cover, at a minimum, the following systems:
25 of 223
Heating, ventilation, air conditioning, refrigeration;

On-site energy generation (including co-generation);
Lighting and lighting controls;
Building Management System;
Domestic hot and cold water systems;
On-site water treatment systems including swimming pools (if applicable);
and
o Automated building features such as blinds.
Additional areas that can be included in the commissioning scope, but which are not
required for this credit, are envelope and glazing systems, stormwater management
systems, fire suppression systems, and security systems.
Energy and water loads must be taken from metered data.
Minimum O&M manual contents to be in accordance with ANSI/ASHRAE 62.2:2007.
o
o
o
o
o
o
References
CIBSE TM31 CIBSE Building log book tool kit
26 of 223
IDP-6: Sustainability Communication

Intent
Credit
Requirements
To promote the efficient ongoing operation of the building by enabling occupants to

appreciate, understand and therefore contribute to responsible resource use in the
building.
GENERAL
Occupant Handbook
Demonstrate that an occupant handbook was prepared by a suitably qualified person
from the design team and updated at the end of construction. The Occupant Handbook
must include:
The maintenance requirements for the buildings performance; and
Actions to be implemented to ensure that the longer term aspects of building
management and maintenance are upheld as new techniques come into effect over
the lifespan of the building.
Occupant Feedback
Where the above requirements are met, it is possible for projects to earn one
additional Credit Point by providing occupants with feedback on how their behavior
affects building performance. These systems should include:
Digital Feedback Systems/Smart Meters with a user interface (e.g. dashboards)
inside each tenancy and connected to the centralized building data aggregation
centre or BMS.
None
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
2
(maximum)
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Design Rating
Develop an Occupant Handbook.
Design an occupant feedback mechanism to give information on

how they impact building performance.
2
(maximum)
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Construction Rating
Update the Occupant Handbook developed during design.
Build the components required as part of the occupant feedback

mechanism developed during design.
Occupant Handbook in either printed or digital format; and
Distribution plan for the Occupant Handbook.

Where the project will provide occupants with feedback on building performance,
include the following:
Brief narrative describing how the project meets the Credit Requirements;
Images of the draft digital interface screens representative of a user experience;

and
Extracts from specifications indicating the functionality and location of all smart
meters /dashboards or other building integrated internal communications.
Occupant Handbook (updated as appropriate); and
Updated distribution plan for the Occupant Handbook.
27 of 223
Updated narrative describing how the project meets the Credit Requirements;
Images of the digital interface screens representative of a user experience; and
Typical as-built drawings indicating the functionality and location of all smart
meters/dashboard or other building integrated internal communications in each
tenancy.
Calculations and
Methodology
Topics to be addressed in the Occupant Handbook, at a minimum, include:

The buildings energy and water efficiency measures and how occupant behavior
affects the building performance;
Information on the buildings indoor environmental quality and how it is measured,
monitored and managed;
Information on materials used in the building, including environmental and social
benefits, as appropriate;
Waste and recycling policies and information such as location, sorting requirements
(if any) and the use of green waste (if applicable);
Locations of nearby public transport, shuttle service, carpooling and on-site
bicycle facilities; and
Tenant fit-out considerations, such as low-energy lighting installations, to maximize
the building performance potential and minimize environmental impacts.
References
None
28 of 223
Credit Section
NS: Natural Systems
29 of 223
n e of the fundamental building blocks of Plan 2030 is the need to foster careful, sensitive growth
that will conserve, preserve, and restore the regions critical natural environments and habitats. The
ecosystem services provided by these unique marine and desert systems are invaluable, and their ongoing
viability is essential to maintain a high quality of life in the region.
Plan 2030 calls for the creation of a national park system to preserve key areas, but goes beyond that with
the concept of a green gradient. This gradient designates levels of conservation, preservation and
restoration, and development for five zones, ranging from the most intensely developed urban core to the
natural areas that must be preserved. This concept and its policy objectives are more clearly defined in
the Coastal Development Guidelines issued by UPC in January of 2009.
Plan 2030 also proposes an open space framework a system of formal and informal spaces in
communities that connect and augment a broader national park system and the resources it protects. This
green infrastructure strategy should be reflected not only in plan and form, but also in implementation,
leading to healthier ecosystems, habitats and ultimately communities.
The islands, sand dunes, sea, coast lines, and native wildlife all
blend to create Abu Dhabis incredibly intricate, sensitive and
unique natural environment. This extraordinary mix has coexisted
with the people living within it for thousands of years.
Capital 2030, A Sustainable Foundation
thorough analysis and assessment of all Natural Systems on the site;
conservation of existing significant or valuable assets through protection or mitigation;
the provision of a natural system design and management strategy;
encouraging reuse of land;
remediation of contaminated land;
enhancement in ecological value; and
30 of 223
NS
Natural Systems
Credit
Code
Credit Title
General
Office
Retail
MultiResidential
School
NS-R1
NS-R2
NS-R3
Natural Systems Design & Management Strategy
NS-1
Reuse of Land
NS-2
NS-3
NS-4
Habitat Creation & Restoration
12
12
12
12
12
TOTAL
31 of 223
NS-R1: Natural Systems Assessment

Intent
Credit
Requirements
To ensure that at the commencement of the design process, the environmental baseline
conditions surrounding, connected to and on the site are considered and assessed.
GENERAL
assessment of the Natural Systems has been carried out at the:
project site;
area of probable impact surrounding the project site;
sub-regional; and
regional scale.
Identify opportunities, constraints and carrying capacity associated with the
development, and present in a Natural Systems Assessment Report.
Key performance indicators (KPIs) must be prepared to guide the design of the
development, based on the results of the opportunities and constraints analysis. KPIs
must be measurable targets against which future design or construction works can be
assessed.
The assessment must be carried out by a suitably qualified environmental professional
trained to complete such analysis and assessment.
None
Requirement
Achievement
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Natural Systems Assessment Report including:

Narrative;
Maps; and

Site photographs.
Maps and site photographs must clearly identify the extent of different habitats and/or
other significant natural system features.
Review of the site against Environmental Policy Statements included in Plan 2030;
and
CV of appointed suitably qualified environmental professional.
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Calculations and
Methodology
credit:
Preliminary Environmental Review (PER) or Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA)
as may be required by the EAD;
The contextual natural systems analysis as a part of the Abu Dhabi Urban Planning
Councils (UPC) Development Review Process; and
An Environmental Context Statement as required by the UPC Coastal Development
Guidelines.
The Natural Systems Assessment Report must cover the following environmental
32 of 223
components, as a minimum:
Topography;
Geology/ geomorphology;
Soils and geotechnical attributes;
Hydrology and groundwater;
Coastal conditions;
Microclimate (such as prevailing winds, solar orientation and solar shading;
Priority species, habitats and ecosystems (both onsite and those influenced by the
site);
Flora and fauna (including wildlife corridors, seasonal uses); and
Archaeological features.
The Natural Systems Assessment must be undertaken in combination with LBo-R2 Urban
Systems Assessment.
The assessment must be based on a field survey and a desk top study using historical
and/or other data. As a minimum, a field survey must be carried out on the project site
and include a Phase I Habitat Survey, or similar. A desk top study is sufficient for the
area of probable impact, sub-regional and regional analysis.
The Natural Systems assessment must illustrate the inter-relationship between
environmental components and identify the carrying capacity of the site based on the
following:
Significant Assets - Assets which are of significant importance (internationally,

nationally, regionally and/or locally), including:
o Priority Habitats - Habitats identified in Abu Dhabi Emirate which are of
exceptional value and are highly threatened, including Intertidal Mudflats,
Mangrove, Vegetated Sandy Beaches, Marine (seagrass, coral), Wadis, Sand
Sheets and Low Dunes, Interdunal Plains and High Dunes, Alluvial Plains
and Jebels (Reference is to be made to Brown and Boer, 2004 for detailed
habitat types);
o Any other habitat identified as significant through the Development Review
Process, the Coastal Development Guidelines, an Environmental Impact
Assessment, a Preliminary Environmental Review or a Strategic
Environmental Assessment; and
o Priority Species A protected species (flora or fauna) or species
determined to be critically endangered, vulnerable, threatened, near
threatened or sensitive (as defined by the Union for Conservation of
Nature, IUCN, UAE Red Data List and / or EHSMS.)

including healthy native trees or shrubs.
The assessment must identify and map areas to be:

protected;
used as mitigation areas;
enhanced;
remediated; and/or
allocated for habitat creation or restoration beyond mitigation; and / or
compensation requirements.
The assessment must then clearly identify and justify the following, as applicable, in
addition to the above:
developable land;
buffer areas;
reclaimed land;
33 of 223

connections; and
areas subject to environmental constraints, including high groundwater, flooding,
steep slopes, etc.
KPIs must be prepared to guide the design of the development, based on the results of
the opportunities and constraints analysis. They must include indicators and targets
relating to the following, as a minimum:
Soil;
Flora;
Fauna;
Microclimate;
Topography and views;
Drainage;
Other targets relating to mitigation of identified environmental constraints; and
Area of site to be protected, maintained, created or restored.
KPIs must be simple, clear, measurable targets against which future design or
construction works can be assessed. They also need to be site specific and reflect the
particular attributes of a site.
Project site area The physical area within which activities of the proposed project will
take place (boundary of project area is defined by titled property boundary).
Area of Probable Impact The extent of a physical area occupied by an environmental
component that is likely to be impacted by at least one of the phases of the proposed
project. The boundary of the area of probable impact is determined by measurements,
previous studies, models or best professional judgment and may vary by environmental
component. In simple terms the extent of the area outside of the project area that is
likely to be directly or indirectly impacted by the proposed project
A suitably qualified environmental professional is an individual with:
a degree in a relevant subject,
a minimum of five years relevant work experience (For the ecological component of
the assessment, where significant and valuable assets are present, this is to include
experience of carrying out habitat surveys as well as providing advice on ecological
protection, enhancement and mitigation measures),
References

and Coastal Development Guidelines), www.upc.gov.ae
Environment Agency Abu Dhabi (for Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) and
Preliminary Environmental Review (PER) guidelines), www.ead.ae
Habitat and ecology references:

Wild Flowering Plants of the UAE, Environmental Research and Wildlife
Development Agency, 2002
Birds of Abu Dhabi Checklist, Environmental Research and Wildlife Development
Agency, July 2001
Interpretation Manual of Major Terrestrial Natural and Semi-natural habitat types
of Abu Dhabi Emirate, Gary Brown and Benno Boer, Environmental Research and
Wildlife Development Agency, September 2004
Red List of Terrestrial Mammalian Species of the Abu Dhabi Emirate, Environmental
Research and Wildlife Development Agency, May 2005
The terrestrial mammals, reptiles and amphibians of the UAE Species list and
status report, Environmental Research and Wildlife Development Agency, January
34 of 223

2005
Terrestrial Environment of Abu Dhabi Emirate, Environment Agency Abu Dhabi,
2008, www.ead.ae
Handbook for Phase 1 Habitat Survey a technique for environmental audit, JNCC,
2007, www.jncc.gov.uk
Vascular Plants of Abu Dhabi Emirate, Gary Brown and Sabitha Sakkir, August 2004
35 of 223
NS-R2: Natural Systems Protection

Intent
Credit
Requirements
To protect significant and valuable Natural Systems assets identified in NS-R1 Natural
Systems Assessment.
GENERAL
Demonstrate that significant or valuable Natural Systems assets, as identified in NS-R1
Natural Systems Assessment, are adequately protected or that the impacts are either
mitigated or compensated.
This credit contains three types of strategies. Proponents shall demonstrate one of the
three:
Strategy 1 - Protection
Strategy 2 - Onsite Mitigation
Strategy 3 - Offsite Compensation
Where significant and valuable assets are present, the Natural Systems Protection,
Mitigation or Compensation plan and supporting studies must be prepared by a suitably
qualified ecological professional.
Strategy 1 Protection:
Demonstrate that 100% of a significant asset identified in NS-R1 is retained and
protected from damage and destruction sufficient to maintain its existing structure
and function (including any reclamation and dredging works at the project site or
sources location of dredged materials);
Demonstrate that 80% of a valuable asset identified in NS-R1 is retained and
protected from damage and destruction sufficient to maintain its existing structure
and function; and
Demonstrate that a maximum of 25% of the projects total land area consist of
reclaimed land.
or
Demonstrate that no significant or valuable assets for protection were identified in
NS-R1.
Strategy 2 - Onsite Mitigation:
Applies to sites where on-site mitigation is required, due to the impracticality of
protection (as determined through consultation with the UPC).
This strategy cannot be applied if the Natural Systems asset to be impacted is located
within a protected or proposed protected area or national park, a coastal park or
ecological hotspot, or a coastal conservation zone, as defined by the UPC Coastal
Development Guidelines.

Demonstrate that 70% of a significant asset identified in NS-R1 is retained on-site

and protected from damage and destruction sufficiently to maintain its existing
structure and function (including any reclamation and dredging works at the
project site or sources location of dredged materials);
Demonstrate that 50% of a valuable asset identified in NS-R1 is retained on-site and
protected from damage and destruction sufficiently to maintain its existing
structure and function;
Demonstrate that a maximum of 25% of the projects total land area consist of
reclaimed land;
For projects that develop land adjacent to the coast, demonstrate that impacts
36 of 223

affect no more than 20% of the coastal edge;

Mitigate for impacts (for the loss of up to 30% of significant assets and 50% of
valuable assets) through on-site re-establishment of habitat, using similar species
diversity as the lost habitat at an area replacement ratio of 2:1;
Provide for an ecological corridor between the protected habitat area (significant
assets) and the mitigation area; and
organization (with a contract running for at least 5 years)
Strategy 3 Offsite Compensation:

Applies to site where offsite compensation is required, due to the impracticality of
protection or mitigation (as determined through consultation with the UPC). UPCs
Estidama Assessor must provide approval before the compensation strategy can be
pursued.
As for Strategy 2, but instead of onsite mitigation, compensate offsite:
Compensate for the loss of up to 30% of significant assets and 50% of valuable
assets through off-site re-establishment of habitat, using similar species diversity as
the lost habitat at an area replacement ratio of 2:1;
organization (with a contract running for at least 5 years) for the compensation
site, if management not to be undertaken by the local municipality.
The compensation site must be:
o located within the Emirate of Abu Dhabi;
o a degraded habitat; and
o located outside an area allocated for development within Plan 2030.
The habitat to be created in the compensation site must be:
o of a similar type to the habitat lost at the development site;
o of a type appropriate to the compensation site location; and
o ideally located in an area surrounded and connected to a similar habitat.
Requirement
Achievement
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating

Supporting calculations, summarizing total site area, protection area and/or

mitigation area / compensation area in hectares;
Construction strategy to protect sensitive habitats and protected species from

construction impacts;
Details of the appointed suitably qualified ecological consultants professional

status, if different to the consultant details provided in NS-R1; and
Strategy 1:
Protection Strategy Report which identifies the potential risks to the Natural
Systems assets from development and inform setback requirements, including:
narrative and maps which detail the boundaries of the assets;
extent of habitats and species to be protected;
limits of development, buffer areas and setbacks (Works areas must be clearly
identified on an aerial photograph of existing conditions); and

any features of ecological value to be lost.
Strategy 2:
Mitigation Strategy Report which details the reasons for requiring mitigation for
loss of habitat and includes:
narrative and maps of the area of natural system assets to remain protected;
the area allocated for re-establishment;
37 of 223
identified on an aerial photograph of existing conditions);

a strategy for habitat re-establishment, including source of plant stock and


organization.
Strategy 3:
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Calculations and
Methodology
Compensation Strategy Report which details the reasons for requiring compensation
for loss of habitat and includes:
identified on an aerial photograph of existing conditions);
details on the compensation area allocated for re-establishment, including site

location and confirmation of approval to establish habitat;
strategy for habitat re-establishment, including source of plant stock and


organization.
Evidence that features of ecological value have been protected during

construction; for example, a construction management plan and dated photographs
of successfully protected areas/features;
Updated development map delineating the built limits of all proposed development
and disturbance, setback zones, and buffer areas;
Supporting calculations summarizing final total land area and protected areas; and

by the local municipality. The confirmation must contain details of individuals
Only species within the project site boundary need to be protected, not those within
the Area of Probable Impact (as defined in NS-1 Natural Systems Assessment).
For mitigation or compensation, calculate the original area of the ecological habitat to
be re-established. Re-establish the habitat on two times the surface area of the original
habitat area. The mitigation or compensation area must have a similar hydrological
function and soil type as the original area.
Setback requirements must be determined by a suitably qualified ecologist depending
on the nature of the asset (in consultation with UPC). In the absence of any policy for a
specific habitat type, or clear justification for setback, the proposed development must
be:
Setback at least 100 meters from identified coastal and marine priority habitats
(intertidal, coral, seagrass);
Setback at least 50 meters from mangrove and vegetated sandy beaches;
Setback at least 10 meters from wadis, sand-sheets and low dunes, interdunal
plains and high dunes, alluvial plain and jebels;
Setback from protected trees through use of barriers located either at the outer
edge of branch spread or half the height of the tree, whichever is the greater; or
Setback from other habitat areas through use of barriers located minimum 1 meters
from the outer edge.
References
See NS-R1 Natural Systems Assessment
38 of 223
NS-R3: Natural Systems Design & Management Strategy

Intent
Credit
Requirements
To minimize demand for resources, promote soil protection and enhancement and
ensure the long term survival and management of landscaped/habitat areas.
GENERAL
Demonstrate that a Natural Systems Design and Management Strategy has been
prepared that ensure the long term survival and management of the landscape and
habitat areas within the site and promotes:
soil protection and enhancement;
low maintenance requirements; and
low demand for resources.
The Natural Systems Design and Management Strategy must cover all landscape areas
including the management of:
protected, mitigated or compensated assets (as identified under NS-R2);
areas of ecological enhancement (as identified under NS-3); and
habitat creation and restoration areas (as identified under NS-4).
The Natural System Design and Management Strategy must be prepared by a suitably
qualified professional.
Sites that demonstrate no existing or proposed landscaping comply with the
requirements.
Requirement
Achievement
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Natural Systems Design and Management Strategy that includes:

Plans and drawings illustrating layout and design of landscaped and habitat
areas;
Details of soft and hard landscaped areas;
Details and justification of plant selection (ensuring that only native and
adaptive drought and saline tolerant species are specified for habitat areas);
Details of soil strategy for testing, protection, enhancement and maintenance;
Irrigation strategy;


sensitive areas; and
Details of monitoring requirements.
Details of the appointed suitably qualified environmental consultants professional

status, if different to the consultant details provided in NS-R1.
Updated Natural Systems Design and Management Strategy including:

Reporting of any landscape/ habitat design alterations or procedures;
Report on any failures and rectification work undertaken; and
Confirmation of the appointment of a management and maintenance
39 of 223
organization (with a contract running for at least 5 years), if management not

to be undertaken by the local municipality. The confirmation must contain
details of individuals responsible and their duties in line with the strategy.
Calculations and
Methodology
The Natural Systems Design and Management Strategy must include the following, as a
minimum:
A landscape design influenced by the assessment undertaken at NS-R1;
A strategy for protection of site soils from compaction, erosion, pollution and
increases in salinity;
A strategy for soil testing to determine nutrient level, salinity and a strategy for
soil enhancement including increasing water retention capacity, salinity
management and nutrient management including promotion of low fertilizer
requirements;
Details of plant palette for landscape and/or habitat areas and sources of plant
stock or seeds;
Planting design which groups together species with similar soil and microclimatic
requirements and water demands;
An irrigation strategy which promotes low water demand through species selection
and efficient irrigation networks;
Avoidance of pesticide and herbicide application; if required, identify potential
impacts and outline strategy to be adopted to minimize environmental impact;
Identification of the landscape and/or habitat areas that require specific
monitoring and maintenance (as identified by NS-R1 and NS-R2) and outline a
strategy for their establishment, survival, generation and protection, identifying
the establishment and maintenance periods and a performance criteria for
establishment;
Identify maintenance duties required to be carried out in the various landscaped
areas considering species type, soil type, irrigation requirements and season;
Identify monitoring requirements for the landscape / habitat areas and species for
annual monitoring of health, species diversity and abundance and soil condition;
and
Identify monitoring and maintenance organization.
References
40 of 223
NS-1: Reuse of Land

Intent
Credit
Requirements
To encourage new developments to reuse land that has already been built on and infill
existing urban areas rather than using undisturbed land.
GENERAL
Demonstrate that at least 75% of the site area has been previously developed.
None
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
2
(maximum)
2
2
(maximum)
2
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
Demonstrate that at least 75% of the site area has been

previously developed.
Construction Rating
Demonstrate and confirm that at least 75% of the site area has
been previously developed.
Brief narrative of the previous uses on the site, outlining existing structures and
hard landscaped areas;
photograph, including graphic scale) illustrating the proposed development
boundary; and
Calculations demonstrating that the previously developed area is at least 75% of

the new site area.
Plan drawing of the existing, or previous, development on the site (or an aerial
photograph, including graphic scale) with the property boundary and final building
outlined; and
Documentation confirming that the previously developed area remains at least 75%
of the site area.
Calculations and
Methodology
Previously developed land is classified as any land that is, or was occupied by a
permanent structure including the land up to the plot boundary of the permanent
structure and any associated fixed surface infrastructure. It excludes any land occupied
by agriculture or forestry and any parks or recreational grounds.
References
None
41 of 223
NS-2: Remediation of Contaminated Land

Intent
To encourage and promote the remediation of land for building development.
Credit
Requirements
GENERAL
Demonstrate the site is contaminated by undertaking an investigative analysis through
completion of a Phase I and Phase II American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
analysis, or similar. A Site Contamination Assessment Report must be provided
identifying, estimating and evaluating the hazard risks on site. Demonstrate that the
results of the Contamination Assessment Report have informed the overall design and
layout of the development.
Demonstrate that adequate remedial steps will be taken to decontaminate, or safely
encapsulate, the site prior to construction through a Phase III ASTM report, or similar.
The remediation strategy must be suitable for the proposed land use. The report must
state the scope of engagement, the person or organization responsible for overseeing
the decontamination operation (from commencement to completion) and confirm that
the site will be appropriately remediated for the proposed land uses.
All assessments, analysis and reporting must be carried out by a suitably qualified
professional trained to complete such analysis and assessment.
None
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
2
(maximum)
2
2
(maximum)
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
Demonstrate the site is contaminated and an assessment report

and remediation strategy has been prepared.
Construction Rating
Demonstrate that the land, prior to development, was identified

as contaminated through the site contamination assessment
report and that adequate remedial steps were taken to
decontaminate or safely encapsulate the site prior to
construction.

contamination on site; and
Certificate of engagement and Phase III remediation strategy from a suitably

qualified professional.

contamination on site; and
Validation report of remediation from a suitably qualified professional. The report

must state who was responsible for overseeing the remediation operations (from
commencement to completion) and confirm that the site has been correctly and
appropriately remediated for the proposed land use.
42 of 223
Calculations and
Methodology
A site contamination assessment protocol must be followed to evaluate hazardous

material pollution.
An example of such a protocol is the ASTM Environmental Site Analysis Process, which
includes E 1903 97 Phase II Environmental Site Assessment.
A Phase I analysis includes the identification of the potential for contamination through
former land uses and / or through preliminary site analysis
A Phase II analysis includes the completion of site surveys to determine the presence
and extent of contamination on a site.
A Phase III assessment demonstrates the remedial steps to be taken to decontaminate,
or safely encapsulate, the site prior to construction.
Asbestos qualifies as contamination where it occurs in the ground.
A remediation strategy must be developed specific to the contaminated site; guidance
can be found in the Model Procedures for the Management of Land Contamination (CRL
11).
A suitably qualified professional in the context of this credit must be an individual with
a degree covering contaminated land remediation, a minimum of five years work
experience and regular practice in the field.
References

Environment Agency Abu Dhabi www.ead.ae

Standard Guide for Environmental Site Assessments: Phase I, II and III
Environmental Site Assessment Process, American Society for Testing and Materials,
ASTM E1903-73, ASTM E1527-05, www.astm.org
Model Procedures for the Management of Land Contamination (CRL 11),
www.environment-agency.co.uk
43 of 223
NS-3: Ecological Enhancement

Intent
To enhance the ecological value of the site.
Credit
Requirements
GENERAL
Enhance the ecological value of the site by planting native or adaptive species:
1 Credit Points: 50% plants specified for planting on the site to comprise native and
adaptive drought and/or saline tolerant species including a minimum of 5 different
types of species.
2 Credit Points: 70% plants specified for planting on the site to comprise native and
adaptive drought and/or saline tolerant species including a minimum of 10
Integrate management requirements for ecological enhancement areas identified in NSR3.
The ecological enhancement recommendations must be prepared by a suitably
qualified ecologist and/ or landscape architect.
None
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
2
(maximum)
Design Rating
50% of plants to comprise of native and adaptive drought and /

or saline tolerant species including a minimum of 5 different
types of species.
70% of plants to comprise native and adaptive drought and / or

saline tolerant species including a minimum of 10 different types
of species.
2
(maximum)
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Construction Rating

of species.

of species.
Ecological/ landscape report and plant palette highlighting the proposed species;
Drawings highlighting the location and area coverage of the proposed species; and
Confirmation of integration of monitoring and management requirements in NS-R3.
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Calculations and
Methodology
drought and/or saline tolerant with a proven track record to survive and thrive in an
44 of 223
No species known to be of an invasive nature may be included in the plant palette.
References
45 of 223
NS-4: Habitat Creation & Restoration

Intent
To restore or re-create a habitat that is self sustaining.
Credit
Requirements
GENERAL
4 Credit Points:
Demonstrates measurable strategies to increase the ecological value of the site by
creating, or restoring, pre-existing, or degraded, remnant natural areas. The creation
of habitat must use native or adaptive drought and/ or saline tolerant species.
The habitat type to be created or restored must be a Priority Habitat of a type
appropriate to the site location. Where there is no suitable area onsite for restoration
or habitat creation, suitable offsite areas may be used to meet this credit.
Credit points are awarded based on the provision/ implementation of a Habitat
Creation or Restoration Strategy with habitat creation/ restoration areas of a minimum
size/types according to below:
Onsite habitat creation or restoration
Demonstrate habitat creation/ restoration equivalent to the minimum habitat size area
for effective habitat function or two (2) times the minimum landscape area, whichever
is the greater. Habitat creation or restoration area must be within areas as identified
in NS-R1.
Offsite habitat creation or restoration
Demonstrate habitat creation/ restoration equivalent to four (4) times the area of the
minimum landscape area,
and
Demonstrate the off-site habitat creation or restoration area is:
Located within the Emirate of Abu Dhabi;
A degraded habitat;
Located in an area surrounded and connected to a similar habitat to that being
created; and
Located outside an area allocated for development within Plan 2030.
2 Credit Points:
Demonstrate that through collaboration with neighbouring land owner(s), ecological
corridors will be created linking habitat creation / restoration site(s) to similar habitat
types located near but beyond the site. Ecological corridors must be a minimum 40m
width and landscaped with native and adaptive species.
The ecological restoration or rehabilitation recommendations must be prepared by a
suitably qualified professional.
None
46 of 223
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
6
(maximum)
Design Rating
Prepare a Habitat Creation or Restoration Strategy; and

Allocate an on-site or off-site habitat creation or restoration site
of minimum areas as defined above.

corridors have been designed to link similar habitat types.
6
(maximum)
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Construction Rating
Demonstrate on-site or off-site habitat creation or restoration

equivalent the Credit Requirements.

corridors have been created to link similar habitat types.
For Habitat Creation and/ or Restoration Credits:

Habitat Creation or Restoration Strategy, including:

calculations;
photographs and maps illustrating habitat creation areas or pre-existing natural

resource areas requiring restoration;
plant palette highlighting the proposed species;
methodology for habitat creation or restoration of functional habitat;
KPIs for assuring performance through monitoring and management; and
maps illustrating any connections between habitats.
For Ecological Corridors Credits:
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Ecological/ landscape report and plant palette describing the design of the
ecological corridors and proposed species off-site, with details of native and
adaptive plant species;
Drawings highlighting the location and area coverage of the off-site ecological
corridors and habitat areas connected by the corridors, as appropriate;
Confirmation of the agreement with neighboring land owner to reserve and

permanently protect land and create ecological corridors; and
Details of monitoring and management requirements for minimum 10 years for

ecological corridors (to be incorporated into NS-R3).
For Habitat Creation and/ or Restoration Credits:

Plans, narrative and photographic evidence of implementation of Habitat Creation

or Restoration Strategy; and
Documentation of any failures identified during construction and proposed

rectification strategies of habitat creation/ restoration.
For Ecological Corridors Credits:
Photographs and as built landscape drawings clearly indicating the ecological

corridors and planted species.
47 of 223
Calculations and
Methodology
The Habitat Creation or Restoration Strategy must describe the following:

The existing condition of the habitat creation or restoration area and the impacts
that have caused or are continuing to cause the degradation or loss of habitat on
the site.
The habitat to be created or restored, including justification for the habitat type.
Plans illustrating the location of the habitat creation / restoration area. Mark other
existing or proposed areas of the same, or similar, habitat type and description of
any existing or proposed connections between them.
A description of the structure and function of the habitat type, including interrelationships between topography, soil, microclimate, light and shade, flora and
fauna and minimum habitat size for effective habitat function.
A strategy for re-creation of the structure and function of the habitat type, linked
to a series of KPIs providing the measurement tool for monitoring success of habitat
creation or restoration of the site. These must be based on the KPIs established in
NS-R1 and are to include the following as a minimum:
o Soil;
o Flora;
o Fauna;
o Microclimate;
o Topography and views;
o Drainage; and
o Minimum habitat size for effective habitat function.
Plant palette to be used.
The methodology for habitat creation or restoration, including grading, soil
restoration and seeding or planting of the site and the proposed strategies to
mitigate the existing degrading factors.
A 10 year monitoring and management strategy, including monitoring of soil
conditions, health, species diversity and abundance (to be incorporated into NSR3).
The species qualifying for this credit must be native or adaptive plant species and
drought and / or saline tolerant, with a proven track record to survive and thrive in an
Appropriate candidate areas for habitat creation or restoration include but are not
limited to the following Priority Habitats: Intertidal Mudflats, Mangroves, Vegetated
Sandy Beaches, Seagrass, Coral, Wadis, Sand Sheets and Low Dunes, Interdunal Plains
and High Dunes, Alluvial Plains, Jebels, or other significant habitat types.
Where possible, the habitat type to be created must be located in one area of the site
and be connected to the same or similar habitat type either within the site or adjacent
to the site.
The Credit can also be awarded if a combination of on-site and off-site measures have
been implemented but this has to be cleared in advance by the UPC.
Ecological corridors may be fragmented by roads up to Boulevard width, as defined by
the UPC Urban Street Design Manual. Underpasses or green bridges must be provided
under/over highways to provide continuous habitat.
References
48 of 223
Credit Section
LB: Livable Buildings
49 of 223
Credit Section
LBo: Livable Outdoors
he Natural Systems part of this document emphasize the primary elements that must be discovered,
embraced and nurtured for all forms of life to flourish. This section, Livable Outdoors focus on those
elements that influences the quality of human life and are in the direct and deliberate control of the
design and development team.
The design of outdoor space is fundamental to an individual's well-being and, as a direct consequence of
this, the prosperity of a city. Not only does this relate to public spaces, but also to commercial and
private outdoor space.

sustainable urban fabric for this new city and prosper as an
attractive, livable place that preserves the Emirates unique
culture and environment.
In order to be considered truly sustainable, new development must go beyond the environment to address
the other three pillars of Estidama social, cultural and economic. This requires consideration of issues
such as increased mobility and access to community facilities and connectivity and comfort of the public
realm to encourage increased pedestrian activity.
Establishing an iterative and inclusive design process where stakeholders and key design professionals can
contribute to, and help evaluate, a range of alternative solutions will greatly enhance a developments
success in terms of sustainability, livability and market performance.
This section aims to address these issues by encouraging:
the provision of outdoor space private, as well as communal, to promote active urban environments;
the provision of shaded walkways and other measures to provide more thermally comfortable outdoor
environments;
the provision of local amenities;
the use of alternative modes of transport such as buses, trams and metros (once completed), car
sharing, the use of alternative fuel vehicles, cycling and walking; and
the reduction of urban light pollution.
50 of 223
LBo
Livable Outdoors
Credit
Code
Credit Title
General
Office
Retail
MultiResidential
School
LBo-R1
Plan 2030
LBo-R2
LBo-R3
LBo-1
LBo-2
Pearl Rated Communities
LBo-3
LBo-4
LBo-5
Private Outdoor Space
n/a
n/a
n/a
LBo-6
Public Transport
LBo-7
Bicycle Facilities
LBo-8
Preferred Car Parking Spaces
LBo-9
Travel Plan
LBo-10
Light Pollution Reduction
14
13
13
14
13
TOTAL
51 of 223
LBo-R1: Plan 2030

Intent
Credit
Requirements
To ensure that all new development supports the vision for the Emirate of Abu Dhabi,
as defined by the applicable Plan 2030, and/or Development Code, and/ or Area Plan.
GENERAL
Demonstrate that the proposed development is located within an Urban Growth
Boundary as identified by UPCs adopted Framework Plans.
Demonstrate that the proposed developments Floor Area Ratio (FAR), dwelling units
per hectare (du/ha), building height, building mass, transportation and open space
networks are consistent with the applicable Plan 2030 and/or Development Code
and/or Area Plan.
None
Requirement
Achievement
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Calculations and
Methodology
Development Code relationship to other Plans, Policies and Regulations:

The Development Code will generally conform to Plan 2030. In cases where there is
a conflict between the Code and Plan 2030 or Plan Districts, the Code governs.
Outside of Plan Districts, when there are two Code regulations or guidelines on the
same subject, the more restrictive governs, except were a less restrictive provision
is clearly intended (e.g. greater height around transit stations).
When a Plan District regulation or guideline and a Code regulation or guidelines
address the same topic, the Plan District guidelines govern.
When there is no regulation or guideline in a Plan District to address an issue but
there is an appropriate regulation or guideline in the general Code, the Code
provisions apply.
In case of conflict on any subject with any other plan, policy, regulation or
guideline, including affection plans imposed or issued by other agencies in the
Emirate of Abu Dhabi, the Code provisions govern.
A letter from the UPC confirming that the proposed development is:
Located within an established Urban Growth Boundary; and
Did not require significant variance or special relief from Plan 2030,
Development Code and/or Area Plan for approval.
The Code may refer to plans, policies and guidelines, created by the Urban Planning
Council, the ADM or external agencies that supplement regulations and guidelines in
this Code.
References
Plan 2030 relevant to the site

Development Codes relevant to the site.
Area Plans relevant to the site.
Please refer to the UPC and/or Estidama Website for the latest relevant documents or
contact the UPC directly.
52 of 223
LBo-R2: Urban Systems Assessment

Intent
To ensure that, before the design process begins, a thorough understanding of the
project site is developed within its urban context to better inform project
programming, connectivity and built form.
Requirements
GENERAL
Demonstrate that, before the start of the design process and site clearance, an urban
systems assessment has been carried out for the project site and at the following
scales:
Local,
Sub-regional, and
Regional scale.
Based on the urban systems analysis, identify opportunities and constraints associated
with the development and present them in an Urban Systems Assessment Report.
None
Requirement
Achievement
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Urban Systems Assessment report including:

Narrative;
Maps; and
Site photographs.
Maps, diagrams and site photographs must clearly identify the existing site conditions.
CV of the appointed suitably qualified professional.
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
There is no required submission at this stage
Calculations and
Methodology
The urban systems analysis must include a detailed assessment of the following
elements, as applicable to the various scales:
Distance and access to community facilities as defined by the UPC Community
Facility Requirements;
Significant areas of public interest (e.g. public beaches, cultural and heritage
landmarks);
Solar orientation and shading patterns;
Adjoining street patterns;
Access to public transit stops (existing and proposed);
Bicycle and pedestrian paths;
Utility plots and corridors;
Job availability; and
Land uses, including retail centres, food provision and/ or food opportunities
(markets, shops, cafs/ restaurants and/or food production plots).
Site Scale refers to the project itself, defined by the specific site project boundaries.
Local Scale/ Sub-Regional Scale and Regional Scale are to be determined, based on the
project size, by the suitably qualified professional.
53 of 223
The Urban Systems Assessment is to be undertaken in combination with NS-R1 Natural

Systems Assessment.
The Urban Systems Assessment must be documented as a consolidated assessment
report and include the following:
Narrative- the written component of the report which highlights the key elements,
key issues and the opportunities and constraints at the project site, local, subregional and regional scale. Additionally, this should include a section which
summaries how this information is reflected in the final site plan solution,
supported by graphics.
Maps and Diagrams- the graphic component should highlight the existing situation
and opportunities and constraints relating to the elements explored.
A suitably qualified professional is an individual with:

a degree in a relevant subject (e.g. Architecture, Town Planning and/or Landscape
Architecture),
a minimum of five years relevant work experience,
References

Plan 2030 (Abu Dhabi, Al Ain, Western Region or Eastern Region) www.upc.gov.ae
Abu Dhabi Urban Planning Council , Development Review Process
www.upc.gov.ae/en/DevelopmentReview/DevelopmentReviewProcess.aspx
Abu Dhabi Urban Planning Council, Coastal Development Guidelines
www.upc.gov.ae
54 of 223
LBo-R3: Outdoor Thermal Comfort Strategy

Intent
To increase outdoor thermal comfort during transition months and reduce thermal
discomfort during summer months in public spaces and walkways.
Credit
Requirements
GENERAL
Demonstrate that an outdoor thermal comfort strategy has been employed to improve
the buildings exterior microclimate. The strategy is to consider the following as
appropriate within the projects specific context:
Orientation;
Shading;
Selection of high-albedo surfaces;
Ventilation;
Evaporative cooling;
Radiative cooling; and
Thermal mass.
Shade measures (cover or shade) must be provided in all applicable spaces and achieve
the following minimum % shading:
Space Type
Minimum % shading
Exterior Surface Parking with more than 10 spaces

(including parking on roof surfaces)
40%
Public Open Spaces (including privately owned)
60%
Primary Pedestrian Walkways (based on 1.8m width

within the through zone)
75%
Secondary Pedestrian Walkways (based on 1.8m width

within the through zone)
75%
Cycle Tracks
50%
Playgrounds
90%

Requirement
Achievement
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating

Shade from trees is to be measured at 3 years growth.
Public realm spaces shade requirements excludes active recreational areas such as
Outdoor Thermal Comfort Strategy report highlighting all measures contributing to

improving the buildings exterior microclimate including:
narrative;
drawings of the public realm spaces and priority shade areas;
Plan and tabulated results showing achievement of % of shading of applicable

spaces at 1:00pm clock time on the Equinox and Summer Solstice; and
55 of 223
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Calculations and
Methodology

drawings and photographs of the applicable shade areas, highlighting all measures
contributing to improving the exterior microclimate, including planned or existing
features; and
Primary pedestrian walkways are those located along boulevards, avenues, streets
or access lanes as defined in the Abu Dhabi Urban Street Design Manual (Chapter
5).
Shade calculations must be undertaken on the equinox (March 21 st) and the summer
solstice (June 21st) at 1.00pm clock time. The compliant shaded area must be in
shade at both the equinox and summer solstice.
In all calculations, shade from adjacent buildings and / or structures can be
included.
the actual shaded portion.
SRI values for the outer surface of cover elements can be calculated based on solar
reflectance and emittance numbers as defined in the American Society of Testing
and Materials Standard E1980-01. Alternatively manufacturers evidence can be
supplied where the testing is in accordance with the referenced standards below.

References


ASTM E1918-06, Standard Test Method for Measuring Solar Reflectance of
Horizontal and Low-Sloped Surfaces in the Field
ASTM C1549-09, Standard Test Method for Determination of Solar Reflectance
Near Ambient Temperature Using a Portable Solar Reflectometer
ASTM E 408-71(2008), Standard Test Methods for Total Normal Emittance of
Surfaces Using Inspection-Meter Techniques
ASTM C1371-04a, Standard Test Method for Determination of Emittance of
Materials Near Room Temperature Using Portable Emissometers
Abu Dhabi Urban Street Design Manual
Community facilities requirements, Urban Planning Council
56 of 223
LBo-1: Improved Outdoor Thermal Comfort

Intent
Credit
Requirements
To improve outdoor thermal comfort during transition months and further reduce
thermal discomfort during summer months in public spaces and walkways.
GENERAL
Demonstrate that the outdoor thermal comfort strategy has been improved beyond the
minimum established under credit LBo-R3 Outdoor Thermal Comfort Strategy by
increasing the shade measures as follows :
Space Type
1 Credit
Point
2 Credit
Points
Surface car parking (including parking on roof

surfaces)
50 %
55 %
Public Open Space (including privately

owned)
65 %
70 %
Primary Pedestrian Walkway (based on 1.8m

width within the through zone)
80 %
85 %
Secondary Pedestrian Walkway (based on

1.8m width within the through zone)
80 %
85 %
Cycle tracks
55 %
65 %
Shade from trees should be measured at 3 years growth.
Public open space shade requirements exclude active recreational areas such as
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
2
(maximum)
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Design Rating
Meet shading requirements for 1 credit point.
Meet shading requirements for 2 credit points.
2
(maximum)
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Construction Rating
Meet shading requirements for 1 credit point.
Meet shading requirements for 2 credit points.
Updated Outdoor Thermal Comfort Strategy report from LBo-R3 with additional
section that compares and demonstrates shading improvements;
Plan and tabulated results showing achievement of % of shading of applicable

spaces at 1:00pm clock time on the Equinox and Summer Solstice; and

drawings and photographs of the applicable shade areas, highlighting all measures
contributing to improving the exterior microclimate, including planned or existing
57 of 223
features; and
Rating
Calculations and
Methodology
Primary pedestrian corridors are those pedestrian networks located along

boulevards, avenues, streets or access lanes as defined in the Abu Dhabi Urban
Street Design Manual (Chapter 5).
Shade calculations must be undertaken on the equinox (March 21 st) and the summer
solstice (June 21st) at 1.00pm clock time. The compliant shaded area must be in
shade at both the equinox and summer solstice.
In all calculations, shade from adjacent buildings is to be included.
the actual shaded surface.
SRI values for the outer surface of cover elements can be calculated based on solar
reflectance and emittance numbers as defined in the American Society of Testing
and Materials Standard E1980-01. Alternatively manufacturers evidence can be
supplied where the testing is in accordance with the referenced standards in LBoR3.

References
Refer to LBo-R3 Outdoor Thermal Comfort Strategy.
58 of 223
LBo-2: Pearl Rated Communities

Intent
To encourage new buildings to be built within Pearl Rated communities.
Credit
Requirements
GENERAL
Demonstrate that the building location is within a Pearl Rated community.
None
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
1
(maximum)
1
1
(maximum)
1
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
Demonstrate that the building is located within a Pearl Rated

community.
Construction Rating

community.
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Pearl Community Rating Certificate for the community in which the building is
located.
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Pearl Community Rating Certificate for the community in which the building is
located.
Calculations and
Methodology
None
References
None
59 of 223
LBo-3: Accessible Community Facilities

Intent
To minimize reliance on private car use by locating buildings in areas with a mix of uses
and amenities.
Credit
Requirements
GENERAL
Demonstrate the building is located within 350m safe walking distance (from the
building entrance to any publicly accessible building entrance) of any five of the
following:
Mosque
Womens Center / Youth center
Kindergarten / Daycare
School
Library
Post Office
Police station
Medical Services / Pharmacy
Grocery store or supermarket
Public open space that contains shaded playgrounds and/or shaded picnic areas
Retail comprising any of :
o Bank / ATM
o Restaurant
o General Retail shopping
Facilities inside a building also count towards this Credit.
Amenities scheduled for opening within three years of the projects construction
completion can contribute to the project meeting the Credit Requirements.
None
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
1
(maximum)
1
1
(maximum)
1
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Credit
Submission:
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
Demonstrate that the building is located within 350m safe

walking distance of any of the five listed amenities.
Construction Rating
Demonstrate that the building is located within 350m safe

walking distance of any of the five listed amenities.
Brief narrative demonstrating how the project meets the requirements, including a
list of all qualifying facilities;
Land use map indicating the locations of all amenities meeting the criteria, and
pedestrian walking routes from the building to the amenities, noting specific
distances for each route; and
For amenities scheduled to open within three years of the building construction
completion date, provide a copy of the development approval or other evidence
from the municipality.
Updated narrative on how the project meets the Credit Requirements, including an
updated list of all qualifying facilities;
60 of 223
Construction
Rating
Updated land use map indicating the locations of all amenities meeting the criteria
and the pedestrian walking routes from the building to the amenities, noting
specific distances for each route; and
For amenities scheduled for opening within three years of the building construction
Calculations and
Methodology
Walking distances must be calculated using actual safe pedestrian routes from the main
entrance of the building to the main entrance of the facility.
References
Abu Dhabi Urban Planning Council Development Code, www.upc.gov.ae
61 of 223
LBo-4: Active Urban Environments

Intent
To encourage active lifestyles by providing building occupants and users with

recreational public open spaces.
Credit
Requirements
GENERAL
Demonstrate that outdoor spaces have been provided and programmed to encourage
activity, including sport and recreation. The spaces must be specifically developed for
any of, or any combination of, the following:
Landscaped areas for recreation;
Playground areas; and/or
Sports field areas.
Develop and implement an Active Urban Environment Program which details the
programming of spaces for the following types of uses:
communal;
women and children only; and
men only.
If sports fields areas are provided, demonstrate that accessible showers and change
rooms are located within 350 meters walking distance.
Funding arrangements must be in place for maintenance.
None
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
1
(maximum)
1
1
(maximum)
1
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating

Construction Rating

planned uses for the area, accessibility and maintenance arrangements; and
Site plans, marked up to clearly demonstrate how the area meets the requirements
highlighting the planned uses for the area, including communal areas, areas for
woman and children only, men only, and accessible shower locations.
As-built site plans marked up to clearly demonstrate how the area meets the use
requirements highlighting the uses for the areas; and
Photographs of the areas.
Calculations and
Methodology
None
References
None
62 of 223
LBo-5: Private Outdoor Space

Intent
To improve the occupiers quality of life by providing private outdoor space.
Credit
Requirements
GENERAL
This credit is only applicable to residential developments.
Demonstrate that a private outdoor space is provided for at least 90% of the residential
units. This space must be equal in size to at least 10% of the internal floor area of its
associated unit and be a minimum of 2.0m wide x 3.0m long.
To qualify for the credit, the private external spaces must have the
following characteristics:
Be directly adjacent to and directly accessible from the unit;
95% of the balconies must be at least 90% shaded from direct sunlight for a
minimum of three hours between 9am and 5pm, as measured on 21 st July; and
Include a facility for drying clothes outdoors in a visually shielded area.
None
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
1
(maximum)
1
1
(maximum)
1
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
Residential Only: Provide 90% of units with outdoor amenity

space as per the Credit Requirements
Construction Rating
Residential Only: Provide 90% of units with outdoor amenity

space as per the Credit Requirements
Brief narrative describing how the project meets the Credit Requirement, including
calculations demonstrating compliance with the space requirement;
Floor plan for all unit layouts clearly indicating size of the unit and the outdoor
space, the location of outdoor space, access from the unit and design details of
clothes drying area;
Drawings of the faade, plans, balconies, projections and shading devices including
materials;
Evidence of any design features to mitigate or control solar penetration or climatic

extremes (e.g. double skin envelopes); and
Report including a detailed hour by hour summary, including computer model

snapshots, of each balcony floor for each of the three successful shaded hours.
Updated narrative describing how the project meets the Credit Requirement,
including calculations demonstrating compliance with the space requirement;
As built typical floor plan for all unit layouts clearly indicating size of the unit and
the outdoor space, the location of outdoor space, access from the unit and design
details of clothes drying area;
As-built drawings of the faade, plans, balconies, projections and shading devices
(including materials) and any other design features to mitigate or control solar
penetration or climatic extremes (e.g. double skin envelopes); and
Report including a detailed hour by hour summary, including computer model
63 of 223
snapshots, of each balcony floor for each of the three successfully shaded hours.
The report from the Design Rating can be submitted provided there have been no
changes to the design.
Calculations and
Methodology
For every unit size, calculations must indicate total indoor unit area in square meters,
size of qualifying outdoor area in square meters and the relationship of the size of the
outdoor area to the indoor area expressed as a percentage.
External Shading of Balcony Percentage Calculation:
Calculation of the shade percentage must be undertaken by measuring the total shaded
area of each balcony over each whole hour between the times specified on 21 st July.
References
None
64 of 223
LBo-6: Public Transport

Intent
To encourage the use of public transport by building occupants and visitors.
Credit
Requirements
GENERAL
Demonstrate that the building is within 350 meters actual safe walking distance to
public transport nodes as follows:
2 Credit Points: at least one tram and/or bus stop with maximum 15 minute midday
single-direction frequency.
3 Credit Points: where the above requirement is met AND the project is also within
350m safe walking distance of a metro or regional rail station.
None
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
3
(maximum)
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Calculations and
Methodology
Design Rating
Demonstrate that the building is within 350m of a tram and/or

bus stop with a 15 minute frequency.
Demonstrate that the building is also within 350m of a metro or

regional rail station.
3
(maximum)
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Construction Rating
Demonstrate that the building is within 350m of a tram and/or

bus stop with a 15 minute frequency.
Demonstrate that the building is also within 350m of a metro or

regional rail station.
Brief narrative describing how the project meets the Credit Requirements,
including the number of transit stops, the distance to each and the frequency of
service accessible at each stop;
Site plan of building and surrounding environment clearly marked to indicate

locations of all transit stations, the safe pedestrian walking routes from the project
to the station and the distances of each route; and
For planned public transport, confirmation from the Department of Transport (DOT)
of the timetable for opening of the services must be referenced.
including the number of transit stops, the distance to each and the frequency of
service;
As-built site plan of building and surrounding environment clearly marked to

indicate locations of all transit stations, the safe pedestrian walking routes from
the project to the station and the distances of each route; and
For planned public transport, confirmation from the Department of Transport (DOT)
of the timetable for opening of the services referenced.
Route length will be calculated along the most direct safe pedestrian route, from the
main building entrance to the transport node.
Planned and funded metro or light rail transit stations can contribute to the project
meeting the Credit Requirements if they are scheduled for opening within three years
of construction completion of the project.
65 of 223
Planned bus stops and routes can contribute to the project meeting the Credit
Requirements if they are scheduled for operation within a year of construction
completion of the project. Confirmation of frequency of the bus service is required for
the transport company due to operate the service.
References
Surface Transport Masterplan, Abu Dhabi Department of Transport, April 2009,

www.dot.abudhabi.ae
66 of 223
LBo-7: Bicycle Facilities

Intent
Credit
Requirements
To minimize greenhouse gas emissions, improve connectivity and encourage bicycle use
(particularly during the cooler winter months).
GENERAL
Demonstrate commitment to sustainable travel through provision of cycle parking in
safe, secure and convenient locations.
1 Credit Point: An appropriate number of cycle parking spaces (for each building
type), of the appropriate quality, must be provided at a convenient location. All
parking spaces must comply with the following:
o The stands must be solid (and securely fixed to the ground) and allow both
the wheel and the frame of the cycle to be locked safely to the structure
(ideally u-shaped steel structure type Sheffield stands or similar);
o Each bicycle space must be at least 2 x 0.75 m;
o There must be an aisle at least 1.5m wide alongside the bicycle parking to
allow for bicycle maneuvering;
o All parking spaces must be shaded; and
o If the parking is not visible from the street and the building, clear signage
must be provided; and
o Specifically for:
Long-term commuter parking (for commuters and residents): The
occupant parking must be off the street either inside a communal
bicycle parking room/area (this can be internal or external
provided it is sheltered and secure) or conveniently located within
a garage (with safe entrance and exit point for bicycles only); or
Short-term visitor parking (for visitors and students): All of the
stands must be located within 30m walking distance of the
entrance point of the building and be conveniently accessible for
everybody from the adjacent road/ cycle path.
2 Credit Points: In addition to above, provide shower facilities for staff at a

minimum of one shower per gender for every 5,000 m 2, or fraction thereof, of GFA,
up to a maximum of 10 showers per gender. Provide adjacent dedicated clothes
changing areas (separate areas for men and women) and clothes lockers provided
at a ratio of one locker per bicycle parking space.
Please note this this criteria is not applicable to Multi- Residential see below for
specific details for Multi-Residential.
Offices
Provide bicycle parking spaces catering for both commuters and visitors according to
below:
Long-term commuter parking: A minimum of 1 space per 500 m2 GFA
Short-term visitor parking: A minimum of 1 space per 500 m 2 GFA
Retail
below:
Long-term commuter parking: A minimum of 1 space per 500 m 2 GFA
Short-term visitor parking: A minimum of 1 space per 500 m 2 GFA
Multi-Residential Buildings
67 of 223
Provide bicycle parking spaces catering for both occupants and visitors according to
below:
Long-term occupant parking: A minimum of 1 space per unit
Short-term visitor parking: A minimum of 1 space per 4 units
2 Credit Points: In addition to above, provide cycling paths on the development site
complying with the following:
Cycle lanes providing direct access to any cycle storage facilities provided on the
site;
Cycle lanes connecting to any cycle lanes outside the development boundaries and/
or connecting to adjacent roads;
The cycle lanes meet the following minimum dimensions:
o Where pedestrian and cycle routes are shared the minimum total width of
the combined path is 3m;
o Where the cycle lane is segregated from both the pedestrian route and
carriageway the minimum width of the cycle path is 2m; and
The routes must also comply with the Urban Street Design Manual.
Schools
below:
Long-term commuter parking: A minimum of 1 space per classroom
Short-term visitor parking: A minimum of 2 spaces per classroom (schools up to K-6
are exempt from this requirement)
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
2
(maximum)
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Calculations and
Design Rating
Meet the Credit Requirements for bicycle parking facilities

according to above.
Meet the Additional Credit Requirements for shower, locker and

changing facilities and/or cycle lanes according to above.
2
(maximum)
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Construction Rating
Meet the Credit Requirements for bicycle parking facilities

according to above
Meet the Credit Requirements for shower, locker and changing

facilities and/or cycle lanes according to above.
Brief narrative with calculations showing how the project meets the Credit
Requirements, including numbers of bicycle parking spaces, location of parking,
type of stands and security arrangements, description of any cycle paths, showers
and clothes lockers; and
Plans and/or drawings showing the location of the bicycle and shower facilities,
distances from main building entrances, locations of signage and/or cycle paths, as
appropriate.
Updated narrative with calculations showing the project meets the Credit
Requirements, including numbers of bicycle parking spaces, where the parking is
situated, type of stands and security arrangements, description of any cycle paths,
showers and clothes lockers;
As-built plans and/or drawings showing the location of the bicycle and shower
facilities, distances from main building entrances, locations of signage and/or cycle
paths, as appropriate; and
Photographs of cycle parking spaces, changing facilities, clothes lockers and cycle
lanes as appropriate.
The bicycle parking also must to comply with all the minimum requirements as set out
68 of 223
Methodology
by the Abu Dhabi Urban Planning Councils Development Code.

The distance from the furthest cycle parking stand to the nearest building access is the
safe walking distance.
The submitted drawings will be expected to show the means of access to the external
highway/cycle paths from the parking spaces.
The number of bicycle spaces can be halved if a public bicycle sharing scheme is in
place. In order to comply the sharing scheme needs to meet the following
requirements:
Bicycles are available at strategic locations throughout the city;
The average distance between service terminals in inner city locations is around
500 m;
The service terminal is located within 500m of the building entrance; and
The scheme is open to everybody and operated in a way as can be seen as bicycle
transit i.e. intended to be used for one way rides to work, (e.g. education,
shopping centers etc).
References

Abu Dhabi Urban Planning Councils Development Code, www.upc.gov.ae

Abu Dhabi Urban Planning Councils Urban Street Design Manual, 2010,
www.upc.gov.ae
69 of 223
LBo-8: Preferred Car Parking Spaces

Intent
To encourage car sharing and more fuel-efficient forms of personal transport.
Credit
Requirements
GENERAL
6% of parking spaces provided must be identified for the sole use of priority vehicles
(electric vehicles, gas vehicles and hybrids or those forming part of a defined and
approved car-sharing scheme or car club).
The spaces must be optimally located for building access and half of the spaces must be
supplied with vehicle charging points.
A mechanism of enforcement of the above restrictions must be implemented to ensure
that access to the priority spaces is safeguarded for priority vehicles.
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
1
(maximum)
1
1
(maximum)
1
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Calculations and
Methodology
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
Design Preferred Parking Spaces complying with the Credit

Requirements.
Construction Rating
Provide Preferred Parking Spaces complying with the Credit

Requirements.
Floor plans showing locations of all Preferred Parking Spaces and charging points;
Extracts from specifications indicating provision of suitable charging points and

electrical system capable of supplying the required charging load; and
Evidence of an enforcement scheme.
As-built floor plans showing locations of all Preferred Parking Spaces and charging
points;
Photos of typical Preferred Parking Spaces indicating location and signage;
As-built mechanical drawings indicating provision of suitable charging points and

electrical system capable of supplying the required charging load; and
Evidence of an enforcement scheme.
The means of enforcing the preferred use of priority parking spaces is at the discretion
of the building user/operator but evidence of a robust strategy will be expected to be
demonstrated.
Preferred Car Parking Spaces are spaces specifically:
for electric vehicles, gas vehicles and hybrids or those forming part of a defined
and approved car-sharing scheme or car club;
supplied with vehicle charging points; and
are optimally located for the building access.
References
None
70 of 223
LBo-9: Travel Plan

Intent
Credit
Requirements
To reduce single occupancy vehicle use by managing the demand for travel and by
maximizing the availability of alternatives to traveling by car.
GENERAL
Demonstrate the development of a Travel Plan. The Travel Plan must include:
details of the type of measures proposed to manage the demand for travel by car;
targets for reducing car travel;
means of monitoring the effectiveness of the Plan; and
remedial measures that will be implemented in the event that the stated targets
are not delivered.
None
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
1
(maximum)
1
1
(maximum)
1
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
Develop a Travel Plan for the project.

Construction Rating
Update and implement the Travel Plan for the project.
Travel Plan. The plan will be expected to include details of:

Proposed targets for the reduction in single occupancy car journeys;
The type of measure likely to form part of the plan for delivering the stated
target;
The program of monitoring and review to record the effectiveness of the plan;
and
Details of mitigating measures to be initiated in the event that the stated plan
targets are not achieved.
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Updated Travel Plan, as set out in Design Submission requirements above; and
Evidence that Travel Plan has been implemented.
Calculations and
Methodology
Successful plans will be expected to secure reductions in single-occupancy car use by

between 5% and 10% in the first three years of operation.
References

Abu Dhabi Department of Transport Surface Transport Plan 2009,

www.dot.abudhabi.ae
Abu Dhabi Urban Planning Council, www.upc.gov.ae
71 of 223
LBo-10: Light Pollution Reduction

Intent
Credit
Requirements
To encourage the reduction of night time light pollution and its associated impacts on
human and ecological health.
GENERAL
Demonstrate that the project meets the following lighting requirements:
Interior lighting
The angle of maximum candela from each interior luminaire, as positioned in the
building, must not exit through the windows. Alternatively, all non-emergency
interior lighting must be controlled to automatically turn off outside the normal
hours of occupancy. Manual override must be enabled to allow for any out-of-hours
use.
Exterior lighting
All non safety and security external lighting, including display, advertising and
speciality lighting, must be automatically switched off between 23.00hrs and
07.00hrs and outside these hours if daylight levels are sufficient.
o If safety lighting is provided and will be used between 23.00hrs and
07.00hrs, this part of the lighting system must comply with the lower levels
of lighting recommended during these hours by IESNA RP-33-99 and IES RP8. For example by using an automatic switch to reduce the lighting levels
at 23.00 or earlier.
o If security lighting is provided, it must be activated using motion sensors so
that luminaires only turn on when someone is in the immediate area.
Lighting levels at the boundary and beyond
All projects must be classified under one of the zones defined in the IECC 2009
Exterior Lighting Table 505.6.2(1). The exterior lighting must be designed to meet
the following requirements:
Lighting Zone
Maximum Initial
Illuminance at Site
Boundary, Lux
Maximum Initial
Illuminance at
Specified Distance
Beyond Site
Boundary, Lux
Maximum %
Uplight
LZ1:
Parks and rural
areas
<1
N/A
0%
LZ2:
Residential areas
1.1
<1 at 3 meters
2%
LZ3:
All other areas
2.2
<1 at 4.5 meters
5%
The percentage uplight is the percentage of the total initial designed fixture lumens
emitted at an angle of 90 degrees or higher from nadir (straight down). Only the
portion of uplight leaving the site is included. For site boundaries that abut public
rights-of-way, light trespass requirements may be met relative to the curb line instead
of the site boundary.
If there is no external lighting on or around the assessed building, the credit will be
awarded by default.
None
72 of 223
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
1
(maximum)
1
1
(maximum)
1
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Calculations and
Methodology
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
Demonstrate light pollution reduction in compliance with the

Construction Rating
Demonstrate light pollution reduction in compliance with the

Internal lighting layouts demonstrating that the maximum candela from internal
luminaires does not exit through any transparent/translucent building surfaces, OR,
that controls have been installed to automatically turn off interior lighting outside
normal occupancy hours with a manual override capability to enable out-of-hours
use;
External lighting drawings and details of lighting controls and locations of daylight
sensors. Specification and luminaire schedule confirming mounting heights and all
information relating to the aiming of each luminaire;
Control Strategy confirming which luminaires will be turned off during curfew and
which luminaries will operate at the reduced levels. Specification confirming that
the safety or security lighting used between 23.00 and 07.00 complies with the
lower levels of lighting recommended in IESNA RP-33-99 and IES RP-8; and
Report detailing the lighting calculations for the external lighting demonstrating
that the required illuminances, both at the site boundary and at the specified
distance beyond, and percentage uplight limits have been met.
Revised Design submission to reflect any changes in the constructed building;
As built electrical specifications and drawings confirming external lighting

(including security lighting) and controls; and
Photographic evidence confirming:

External lighting and controls; and
Cutoff luminaires, if provided, have been angled to limit spill light to

potentially obtrusive directions.
Calculations must consider, at a minimum, lights such as: security, feature, foyer,
display, landscape, car park lighting, external signage and advertising, 24 hour office
lighting, and any light visible through skylights and atria.
High structure aircraft hazard lights are excluded from the calculations.
Any floodlighting used, for example for school sports grounds, for a limited amount of
time in the evening can also be excluded from the calculations.
Safety lighting Lighting provided to enhance occupant safety, often used outside of
daylight hours to provide sufficient light levels to enable safe use of areas such as main
entrances, pathways, steps and car parks.
Security lighting - Lighting provided to deter intruders and protect property.
References

International Energy Conservation Code (IECC) 2009, www.energycodes.gov

Illuminating Engineers Society of North America, IESNA RP-33-99, www.iesna.org
Illuminating Engineering Society IES RP-8, www.iesna.org
73 of 223
Credit Section
LBi: Livable Indoors
ost people spend over 80 percent of their lives indoors 1 and considerable research links
time spent indoors to health and wellbeing related issues. Creating a livable indoors is
therefore of benefit to all people and hence all buildings in Abu Dhabi.
Further research suggests that green buildings with improved indoor environmental quality can
reduce the number of work days lost to sick leave by approximately three days per person per
annum2. Similarly, an increase of almost five percent in productivity has been attributed to
healthier indoor environments.
This credit section assists in developing buildings that address the challenges of improving
occupant health and wellbeing whilst fostering economic growth anticipated from productivity
gains, staff retention and reduced absenteeism.
The livable indoors section introduces many aspects that are important in the design of a
building interior such as:
Indoor Air Quality Management practices during construction and after occupation;
Ventilation quality during normal building operation;
Material selection to reduce harmful emissions;
Improving thermal comfort by promoting beneficial design practices and outcomes that
foster a well thought through HVAC strategy and a greater degree of occupant control; and
Use of natural daylight, which is consistent and abundant in the region, together with
appropriate artificial lighting aims to create visually comfortable environments.
In particular, the main theme of this section was based on the following primary considerations
in relation to what constitutes a healthy and comfortable indoor environment:
When reviewing the livable indoors components, consideration must also be given to how they
will relate to other aspects of the Pearl Rating System, such as the balance and interrelationship with energy consumption.
1
2
EHSMS CoP 11 Air Quality V1.2 July 2009, Environment Agency, Abu Dhabi.
CB Richard Ellis & University of San Diego, Do green buildings make dollars and sense?, 2009
74 of 223
LBi
Livable Indoors
Credit
Code
Credit Title
General
Office
Retail
MultiResidential
School
LBi-R1
Healthy Ventilation Delivery
LBi-R2
Smoking Control
LBi-R3
Legionella Prevention
LBi-1
Ventilation Quality
LBi-2.1
Material Emissions : Adhesives & Sealants
LBi-2.2
Material Emissions : Paints & Coatings
LBi-2.3
Material Emissions : Carpet & Hard Flooring
LBi-2.4
Material Emissions : Ceiling Systems
LBi-2.5
Material Emissions : Formaldehyde Reduction
LBi-3
Construction Indoor Air Quality Management
LBi-4
Car Park Air Quality Management
LBi-5.1
Thermal Comfort & Controls : Thermal Zoning
LBi-5.2
Thermal Comfort & Controls : Occupant Control
n/a
LBi-5.3
Thermal Comfort & Controls : Thermal Comfort Modeling
LBi-6
High Frequency Lighting
LBi-7
Daylight & Glare
n/a
LBi-8
Views
n/a
LBi-9
Indoor Noise Pollution
LBi-10
Safe & Secure Environment
23
23
17
23
24
TOTAL
75 of 223
LBi-R1: Healthy Ventilation Delivery

Intent
Credit
Requirements
To protect the quality of air drawn into buildings for ventilation and to ensure minimum
delivery of outdoor fresh air.
GENERAL
Undertake and document an observational survey of local air quality according to
sections 4.2 and 4.3 of ASHRAE 62.1.2007.
Demonstrate that the building mechanical system meets the following requirements:
Separation distances between outdoor air intakes and any exhausts or discharge
points comply with ASHRAE 62.1.2007 or local code whichever is more stringent;
All exhausts are located outside of the defined public realm or as defined by local
code, whichever is more stringent; and
Demonstrate that all of the occupied areas in the building comply with the minimum
thresholds set out in ASHRAE 62.1:2007 using the ventilation rate procedure or local
code, whichever is more stringent.
None
Requirement
Achievement
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Documentation of an observational study of local air quality including photographs

of surrounding sources of pollutant emissions;
Mechanical system drawings marked-up to clearly show distances between air intake
points and exhaust air or other discharge points and the distances from the air
exhaust points to any defined public realm areas;
Narrative describing how the mechanical design system meets the Credit
Requirements, including description of mechanical ventilation system; and
Spreadsheet calculations of fresh air ventilation rates based on the ventilation rate
procedure for all zones.
As-built mechanical system drawings marked-up to clearly show distances between

air intake points and exhaust air or other discharge points and the distances from
the air exhaust points to any defined public realm areas;
Requirements, including description of mechanical ventilation system; and
Commissioning results demonstrating compliance with minimum fresh air ventilation

rate requirements.
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Calculations and
Methodology
The calculation process to determine minimum fresh air rates for various space usage
types are documented in the reference standard.
References
ASHRAE 62.1.2007 Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality, www.ashrae.org
76 of 223
LBi-R2: Smoking Control

Intent
Credit
Requirements
To eliminate or minimize exposure of building occupants to the harmful effects of

tobacco smoke.
GENERAL
Demonstrate appropriate measures are incorporated into the building design to reduce
exposure to tobacco smoke:
Demonstrate that smoking is prohibited throughout the building(s) including car
parks;
Establish 25m smoke free zones around all entrances, outdoor air intakes and
operable windows;
Train all security staff for smoking control within and outside buildings;
Locate any dedicated external smoking areas away from public or high use
pedestrian thoroughfares and install suitable facilities for collecting ash and
cigarette ends; and
Install signage that at a minimum lists the negative health impacts of smoking and
provides details on where to seek assistance for those aiming to stop smoking,
visible in all dedicated external smoking areas.
Residential
All residential units must be sealed with impermeable deck to deck partitions along
the whole perimeter of the unit. All penetrations in walls, floors and ceilings must
be sealed. All internal doors leading from residential units to common areas or
between residential units must be weather-stripped. No smoking will be permitted
within any and all common areas of the building including car parks.
Establish 25m smoke free zones around all entrances, outdoor air intakes and
operable windows.
Schools
Smoking must be prohibited throughout school buildings and associated school
grounds.
Requirement
Achievement
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Written commitment from the building owner/developer that there will be a no

smoking policy operated within the building (or common areas for residential
buildings or additionally for school grounds) by inclusion in Contracts of Sale and
Lease/Rent Agreements that smoking will be banned by future owners and tenants;
Extracts from specifications and/or drawings indicating the locations of posted

signage stating that the entire building is a no smoking environment and detailing
the negative health impacts of smoking installed in all dedicated external smoking
areas;
Drawings indicating the location of dedicated outside smoking areas and facilities
for collecting ash and cigarette ends which clearly indicate their distance from
entrances, operable windows and air intakes; and
For residential units, provide specifications for weather-stripping of doors and

drawings that highlight impermeable deck to deck partitioning.
Updated written commitment (if relevant) from the building owner / developer that
there is a no smoking policy operated within the building (or common areas for
residential buildings or additionally for school grounds) by inclusion in Contracts of
Sale and Lease/Rent Agreements that smoking will continue to be banned by future
owners and tenants;
77 of 223
Photos of posted no smoking and health impact signage and facilities for collecting
ash and cigarette ends;
As-built drawings indicating the location of dedicated outside smoking areas and
facilities for collecting ash and cigarette ends which clearly indicate their distance
from entrances, operable windows and air intakes;
Copy of training material for security staff; and
For residential units provide in addition to the above, purchase receipts of weatherstripping and the following photographic evidence:
Weather-stripping installation;
Impermeable deck to deck partitioning installation; and
Sealing of penetrations to walls, floor and ceilings.
Calculations and
Methodology
None
References
None
78 of 223
LBi-R3: Legionella Prevention

Intent
To manage the risk of Legionella in water based building systems.
Credit
Requirements
GENERAL

Develop and implement a Legionella Management Plan for all relevant water based
systems;
Follow the requirements and guidance in Part 1 and Part 2 of Legionnaires DiseaseThe Control of Legionella Bacteria in Water Systems, Approved Code of Practice and
Guidance (L8), 3rd Edition 2000, UK Health and Safety Executive; and
Implement the Legionnaire Management Plan for all at risk water based systems.
None
Requirement
Achievement
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Narrative and drawings of the air conditioning systems regardless of whether waterbased cooling towers are present or not. The Narrative must explain the approach to
Legionella Management, or confirm no water-based systems are present;
Narrative and drawings of the projects other water-based systems; and
Legionella Management Plan for the treatment of Legionella in the projects waterbased systems.
Operations & Maintenance Manual (OMM);
Narrative and As-Built drawings of the air conditioning systems regardless of whether
water-based cooling towers are present or not. The Narrative must explain the
approach to Legionella Management and how it integrates into the OMM, or confirm no
water-based systems are present;
Narrative and As-Built drawings of the projects other water-based systems. The
Narrative must explain the approach to Legionella Management and how it integrates
into the OMM;
Legionella Management Plan for the treatment of Legionella in the projects waterbased systems; and
All Audit checklists associated with the Legionella Management Process including but
not limited to plant installation and commissioning, testing, training and competency
and record keeping.
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Calculations
and
Methodology
The Legionella Management Plan must be set out in accordance with Part 1 of
Legionnaires Disease- The Control of Legionella Bacteria in Water Systems, Approved
Code of Practice and Guidance (L8), 3rd Edition 2000, UK Health and Safety Executive.
Relevant water based systems include but are not limited to:
Water systems incorporating a cooling tower;
Water systems incorporating an evaporative condenser;
Hot and cold water systems;
Other plant and systems containing water which is likely to exceed 20C and which
may release a spray or aerosol during operation OR when being maintained;
Humidifiers;
Air washers;
Spa baths and Pools;
Car / bus washes;
Wet scrubbers;
79 of 223

Fountains and Water features (Indoor and Outdoor); and

Sprinkler and hose reel systems.
The Legionella Management Plan must include:

Risk Identification and Risk Assessment;
Risk Management Plan for management responsibilities, training & competence;
An Exposure Risk Prevention or Control Plan;
Record Keeping Plan; and
Responsibility Plan for manufacturers, importers, suppliers & installers.
A water system or water based system includes all plant / equipment and components
associated with that system e.g. All associated pipe work, pumps, feed tanks, valves,
showers, heat exchangers, quench tanks, chillers etc. The system must be considered as a
whole and not as isolated parts / components. Dead legs and parts of the system used
intermittently must be included as part of the system.
References
Legionnaires Disease- The Control of Legionella Bacteria in Water Systems,

Approved Code of Practice and Guidance (L8), 3 rd Edition 2000, UK Health and Safety
Executive, www.hse.gov.uk
Control of Legionella bacteria in water systems: Audit Checklists, 2003, UK Health and
Safety Executive, www.hse.gov.uk
80 of 223
LBi-1: Ventilation Quality

Intent
Credit
Requirements
To promote the provision of building systems that support the wellbeing and comfort of
occupants by providing sufficient outside air ventilation.
GENERAL
Demonstrate that all of the occupied areas meet the following, as appropriate for the
type of ventilation:
Mechanical Ventilation
1 Credit Point: Install permanent carbon dioxide (CO2) monitoring and alert systems
to ensure the adequate provision of outside air at all times. At a minimum, one CO 2
sensor must be installed at each return point. The CO 2 level must not be allowed to
exceed 1000ppm.
1 Credit Point: After achieving the above credit point, demonstrate an increase in
outdoor air ventilation of 15% above the outdoor air ventilation rates established in
LBi-R1.
Mixed Mode Ventilation
1 Credit Point:
o Comply with the Credit Requirement for CO2 monitoring and alert systems for
mechanically ventilated buildings (above) for the period when the building is
in air conditioned mode; and
o Ensure the CO2 monitoring system has sensors located in the breathing zone
and is capable of alerting occupants when additional fresh air is required. At
a minimum CO2 levels must not exceed 1000ppm; and
o Undertake dynamic simulation modeling (DSM) for the natural ventilation
period of operation, to demonstrate the effectiveness of the operable
window open areas in terms of thermal comfort (as defined for Mixed Mode
buildings in LBi-5.3 Thermal Comfort Modelling), internal CO 2 levels and
ventilation rates. Guidance from CIBSE AM10:2005 must be followed for all
natural ventilation strategies. Where a project is located in or has a form
that precludes the assumptions of standard tabulated pressure coefficients
across ventilation openings, the DSM model must be augmented with the
results of either wind tunnel or Computational Fluid Dynamics (CFD)
modeling to establish appropriate pressure coefficients at faade openings.
None
Awarding
Credit Points
.
CREDIT POINTS
3
(maximum)
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
CO2 sensors at all return points
Ventilation exceeds minimum requirements by 15%
Mixed Mode Operation (not available to retail use type)
3
(maximum)
Construction Rating
CO2 sensors at all return points
Ventilation exceeds minimum requirements by 15%
Mixed Mode Operation (not available to retail use type)
81 of 223
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Narrative of CO2 monitoring systems and CO2 alert set-points describing how the
credit requirements will be met;
Narrative describing how the mechanical design system will meet the Credit
Requirements, including description of mechanical ventilation system;
Calculations of fresh air ventilation rates based on the ventilation rate procedure for
all zones; and
Drawings of mechanical system, including locations of CO 2 monitoring systems,

schematics clearly indicating ventilation systems and any air handling units.
Mixed mode Ventilation
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
All credit submissions for mechanically ventilated buildings as noted above;
Sections, elevations and plans showing details of all proposed natural ventilation
openings;
For automated window opening control systems, provide a description of proposed

opening strategy; and
Summary Report based on DSM modeling of Natural Ventilation Design Performance.
Updated narrative of CO2 monitoring systems and CO2 alert set-points describing how
the credit requirements have been met;
Updated narrative describing how the mechanical design system meets the Credit
Commissioning results demonstrating compliance with minimum fresh air ventilation

rate requirements; and
As-Built Drawings of mechanical system, including locations of CO 2 monitoring

systems, schematics clearly indicating ventilation systems and any air handling units.
Mixed mode Ventilation
Calculations
and
Methodology
All credit submissions for mechanically ventilated buildings as noted above;
Sections, Elevations and Plans showing details of all proposed natural ventilation
openings;
For automated window opening control systems, provide a description of proposed

opening strategy; and
Updated Summary Report based on DSM modeling of Natural Ventilation Design

Performance.
Ventilation Rate Procedure is outlined in ASHRAE 62.1.2007.

DSM Modeling must use a suitable weather file representative of the project location. Also
include within the narrative details of how the project has been designed in relation to
CISBE Applications Manual 10:2005. Simulations of typical floors will be accepted where it
can be demonstrated that this approach is a reasonable approximation of anticipated
performance.
Return point typically includes return ducts for VAV systems, and spigot / bell mouth
returns in ceiling voids for FCU systems.
Dynamic Simulation Modelling (DSM) software must be capable of simulating a minimum
of 8760 hours based on historic weather data. In this credit, the software must be capable
of modeling inter-zonal air movements, thermal comfort, internal CO2 levels and, for
Mixed Mode buildings, allow window opening controls to be set based on internal and/or
external temperature.
Open area must be calculated by the design team and these areas must be consistent
where relied upon in any energy or thermal modeling (for example in RE-R1, RE-1, or LBi5.3).
82 of 223
References

ANSI/ASHRAE 62.1:2007 Ventilation and Acceptable Indoor Air Quality,

www.ashrae.org
CIBSE AM10 : 2005 Natural Ventilation in Non-Domestic Buildings, www.cibse.org
83 of 223
LBi-2.1: Material Emissions: Adhesives & Sealants

Intent
Credit
Requirements
Confirm the use of low emission adhesives and sealants to encourage the desirability of
these spaces in relation to improved occupant health.
GENERAL
Demonstrate that a minimum of 95% (by weight) of all adhesives and sealants used on the
building interior must not exceed the prescribed VOC limits in South Coast Air Quality
Management District Rule 1168, some of which are reproduced in the table below.
The VOC limits of the remaining non compliant adhesives and sealants must be no more
than 50% higher than values listed for each product type.
Maximum grams of VOC per liter of
Product Type
adhesive or sealant, less water and

exempt compounds
Indoor Carpet Adhesive
50
Carpet Pad Adhesive
50
Wood flooring Adhesive
100
Rubber flooring Adhesive
60
Sub-floor adhesive
50
Ceramic tile adhesive
65
Cove base adhesive
50
Plasterboard and wall panel adhesive
50
Multipurpose construction adhesive
70
Structural glazing adhesive
100
Architectural sealants
250
Schools
100% of all adhesives and sealants must be compliant.
Awarding
Credit Points
CREDIT POINTS
1
(maximum)
1
1
(maximum)
1
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
95% of all adhesives & sealants meet criteria; or

Schools : 100% of all adhesives & sealants meet criteria
Construction Rating
95% of all adhesives & sealants meet criteria; or

Schools : 100% of all adhesives & sealants meet criteria
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Narrative with extracts from specifications for all interior adhesives and sealants in
relation to the project confirming which products will and will not comply with the
requirements. Establish estimates for quantities of products likely to be used in the
case where projects are aiming to meet the VOC limits for 95% of products and enter
these into the LBi-2.1 Adhesives and Sealants template.
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Billing/purchase receipts for all interior adhesives and sealants used in the project;
Tracking sheet, signed by the construction managers for receipt of all adhesives and
sealants;
Enter all compliant and non-compliant adhesives and sealants into the LBi-2.1 Adhesives
84 of 223
and Sealants template, their VOC content, the allowable VOC content and the quantity
used; and
Material Safety Data Sheets and Technical Data Sheets for all interior adhesives and
sealants.
Calculations
and
Methodology
None
References
South Coast Air Quality Management District (California, US) Rule 1168 Adhesive and
Sealant Applications, www.aqmd.gov
85 of 223
LBi-2.2: Material Emissions: Paints & Coatings

Intent
Credit
Requirements
Confirm the use of low emission Paints and Coatings to encourage the desirability of
these spaces in relation to improved occupant health.
GENERAL
Demonstrate that the interior surface area covered by paints and coatings in the project
meet or are less than the maximum VOC content limits values for paints and coatings for
95% of all surface areas covered by paints and coatings per Annex II, Phase II, Table A of
European Directive 2004/42/CE: 2004. The VOC limits of the remaining non-compliant
paints and coatings must be no more than 50% higher than the values listed above for
each product type.
All paints and coatings must have fungal resistance.
Maximum VOC content limits :
Product Category
Interior matt walls and ceilings (Gloss <25 @60)
Interior glossy walls and ceilings (Gloss >25 @60)
Interior trim and cladding paints for wood and metal
Interior trim varnishes and wood stains, including opaque wood
stains
Interior minimal build wood stains
Primers
Binding Primers
One-pack performance coatings
Two-pack reactive performance coatings for specific end use
such as floors
Multi-colored coatings
Decorative effect coatings
Type**
WB
SB
WB
SB
WB
SB
WB
SB
WB
SB
WB
SB
WB
SB
WB
SB
WB
SB
WB
SB
WB
SB
Phase II
(g/l)*
30
30
100
100
130
300
130
400
130
700
30
350
30
750
140
500
140
500
100
100
200
200
*g/l of ready to use product

** WB = Water Based, SB = Solvent Based
Schools
100% of all surface areas covered by paints and coatings must have VOC limits no more
than the limits prescribed per Annex II, Phase II, Table A of European Directive
2004/42/CE: 2004.
86 of 223
Awarding
Credit Points
CREDIT POINTS
1
(maximum)
1
1
(maximum)
1
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
95% of all surface areas meet criteria

Schools : 100% of all surface areas meet criteria
Construction Rating
95% of all surface areas meet criteria

Schools : 100% of all surface areas meet criteria
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Narrative with extracts from specifications for all interior paints and coatings in
relation to the project confirming which products will and will not comply with the
requirements. Establish estimates for quantities of paint and coating products likely
to be used and enter these in the LBi-2.2 Paints and Coatings template.
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Billing / purchase receipts for all interior paints and coatings used in the project;
Tracking sheet, signed by the construction managers for receipt of all paints and
coatings;
Enter all compliant and non-compliant paints and coatings into the LBi-2.2 Paints and
Coatings template, their VOC content, the allowable VOC content and the total
quantity used; and
Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) and Technical Data Sheets for all interior paints
and coatings.
Calculations
and
Methodology
None
References
Annex II, Table A of Directive 2004/42/CE of the European Parliament and of The
Council of 21 April 2004, http://eurlex.europa.eu/LexUriServ/LexUriServ.do?uri=OJ:L:2004:143:0087:0096:EN:PDF
87 of 223
LBi-2.3: Material Emissions: Carpet & Hard Flooring

Intent
Credit
Requirements
Confirm the use of low emission flooring systems to encourage the desirability of these
spaces in relation to improved occupant health.
GENERAL
Demonstrate that 100% of all surface areas covered by carpets and cushion and hard
floor and associated finishes comply with the following requirements:
Carpet
Demonstrate that all carpet and carpet cushion meet or exceed the Carpet and Rug
Institute Green Label or Green Label Plus Program or Greenguard Indoor Air Quality
Certification Program for Carpets.
Hard Flooring
Demonstrate that all hard flooring systems and finishes have achieved FloorScore
Certification or Greenguard Indoor Air Quality Certification for low emitting products.
or
For Wood Flooring
Confirm that ALL wood flooring products do not exceed class E1 for formaldehyde
content and do not exceed 5 parts per million (ppm) for Pentachlorophenol (PCP)
content. Wood products must be tested, classified and appropriately marked according
to the requirements of BS EN 14342:2005. All remaining non-wood flooring must comply
with the requirements above.
To achieve this credit, any adhesives associated with the carpet, carpet cushion or hard
flooring system must meet LBi-2.1 Materials Emissions : Adhesives and Sealants
None
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
1
(maximum)
1
1
(maximum)
1
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
100% of all carpets, carpet cushion, hard flooring and associated

finishes comply
Construction Rating
100% of all carpets, carpet cushion, hard flooring and associated

finishes comply
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Narrative and extracts from specifications for all carpet, carpet cushion, hard
flooring, associated finishes and adhesives (as appropriate) in relation to the
project. Confirm that the specification complies with the credit requirements.
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Brief narrative (with submitted As-Built drawings as required) describing the

locations of all carpets, carpet cushion, hard flooring products and finishes installed
in the project. Enter all types of carpet, carpet cushion, hard flooring products and
finishes installed in the project into the LBi-2.3 Carpet and Hard Flooring template.
Confirm that all products comply with the requirements outlined. Also upload all
associated Material Safety Data Sheets and Technical Data Sheets for these products
to demonstrate compliance with the credit requirements.
88 of 223
Calculations and
Methodology
None
References

Carpet and Rug Institute GreenLabel and Green Label Plus Program, www.carpetrug.org
The FloorScore Program from the Resilient Floor Covering Institute: Certification of
flooring products for indoor air quality compliance. Products covered under this
program include (Tile, Rubber flooring, engineered hardwood flooring, bamboo
flooring, polymeric flooring, linoleum flooring, sheet vinyl flooring, vinyl tile, vinyl
composition tile),www.rfci.com/int_FloorScore.htm
Greenguard Indoor Air Quality Certification Program from the Greenguard
Environmental Institute. Products covered under this program include Laminate
Flooring, Carpet, Resilient Flooring, Wood Flooring, Stone / Terrazzo flooring,
flooring underlay, wood floor finishes, hard surface floor finishes.
www.greenguard.org
BS EN 14342:2005 Wood Flooring. Characteristics, evaluation of conformity and
marking, www.bsigroup.com
89 of 223
LBi-2.4: Material Emissions: Ceiling Systems

Intent
Credit
Requirements
Confirm the use of low emission ceiling systems to encourage the desirability of these
spaces in relation to improved occupant health.
GENERAL
Suspended Ceiling Systems
Demonstrate that all suspended ceiling systems comply
with the requirements of BS EN 13964: 2004 section 4.5,
in relation to asbestos (no asbestos) and formaldehyde
content (which must meet class E1 at a minimum and be
tested, classified and appropriately marked).
Non-Suspended Ceiling Systems
Comply with the requirements listed in LBi-2.1 for any
Adhesives and Sealants.
Comply with the requirements listed in LBi-2.2 for any
Paints and Coatings.
Permission to reproduce extracts from BS EN
13964: 2004 is granted by BSI*
For any wood based paneled ceilings, comply with the requirements of BS EN 13986:2004
in relation to limits and testing requirements for formaldehyde VOC content (which must
meet class E1 at a minimum) and do not exceed 5 parts per million (ppm) for
Pentachlorophenol (PCP) content.
Awarding
Credit Points
CREDIT POINTS
1
(maximum)
1
1
(maximum)
1
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
All ceiling systems meet credit criteria

Construction Rating
All ceiling systems meet credit criteria
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Narrative describing all ceiling systems along with extracts from specifications for all
ceiling systems and their components in relation to the project. Confirm that all
components comply with the credit requirements.
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Billing/purchase receipts for all aspects relating to the ceiling systems of the project;
Tracking sheet, signed by the construction managers for receipt of all products
requiring compliance with the requirements; and
Material Safety Data Sheets and Technical Data Sheets for all products requiring
compliance with the credit requirements.
Calculations
and
Methodology
None
References

BS EN 13964: 2004 Suspended Ceilings Requirements and Test Methods, section

4.5, www.bsigroup.com
BS EN 13986:2004 Wood-based panels for use in construction Characteristics,
evaluation of conformity and marking, sections 5.7 and 5.18, www.bsigroup.com
See also LBi-5.1 Adhesives and Sealants and LBi-5.2 Paints and Coatings.
* British Standards can be obtained in PDF or hard copy formats from the BSI online shop: www.bsigroup.com/Shop or by contacting BSI Customer Services for hardcopies only: Tel: +44 (0)20 8996 9001, Email:
cservices@bsigroup.com.
90 of 223
LBi-2.5: Material Emissions: Formaldehyde Reduction

Intent
Credit
Requirements
To mitigate the health risks associated with formaldehyde in building materials and
products.
GENERAL

1 Credit Point; Demonstrate that all internal construction materials do not exceed
formaldehyde VOC content class E1 levels.
1 Credit Point: In addition to achieving the requirement above, demonstrate that all
installed furniture does not exceed formaldehyde VOC content class E1 levels.
Schools
For schools to earn points in this credit, they must achieve both Credit Points.
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
2
(maximum)
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Design Rating
All internal construction materials meet formaldehyde class E1

levels (available to schools only in association with additional
credit requirement).
Schools must achieve this credit point
All internal construction and furniture meets formaldehyde class

E1 levels.
2
(maximum)
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Construction Rating
All internal construction materials meet formaldehyde class E1

levels (available to schools only in association with additional
credit requirement).
All internal construction and furniture meets formaldehyde class

E1 levels.
Interior finish schedule highlighting products likely to contain formaldehyde;
Interior furniture schedule highlighting products likely to contain formaldehyde; and
For all products containing formaldehyde, provide extracts from relevant

specifications showing how credit requirements are met.
As Built interior finish schedule for all installed products highlighting products
containing formaldehyde;
Schedule for all installed furniture highlighting products containing formaldehyde;

and
For all products containing formaldehyde, provide either Manufacturers Data

sheets.
or
Third party evidence showing certification of formaldehyde content tested,

according to appropriate testing standards (see reference standards) by one of the
following:
Reputable certified independent testing laboratory; or
Certification from a reputable third party assessment body.
91 of 223
Calculations and
Methodology
References
Product Testing for Formaldehyde Content

All products must be tested according to the reference standards or demonstrated
equivalent testing standards.
EN 717-1 for initial type testing, www.bsigroup.com

EN120 and EN 717-2 for factory production control, www.bsigroup.com
92 of 223
LBi-3: Construction Indoor Air Quality Management

Intent
Credit
Requirements
To implement construction practices that promote a high degree of indoor air quality (IAQ)
for construction workers and building occupants.
GENERAL
Demonstrate the development and implementation of a comprehensive Construction IAQ
Management Plan. At a minimum the plan must address the following:
Source Control;
Building Flush Out; and
Resuming Normal Building Operation.
None
Awarding
Credit Points
CREDIT POINTS
2
(maximum)
2
2
(maximum)
2
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
Develop a construction IAQ plan

Construction Rating
Implement the construction IAQ plan
Construction IAQ Management Plan;
Completed IAQ Planning Checklists and evaluations of proposed control measures as

per Appendix C of SMACNA IAQ guidelines for occupied buildings under construction;
and
Assessment of the duration required for pre-occupancy flush-out as follows:

Estimation of pre-occupancy flush-out based on likely ambient conditions

according to the project schedule.
Estimation of pre-occupancy flush-out based on the most onerous ambient

conditions to demonstrate possible maximum impact of project delays.
Construction IAQ Management Plan, if amended from Design Rating submission;
Completed IAQ Planning Checklists and evaluations of proposed control measures (if
changed from the Design Rating stage) as per Appendix C of SMACNA IAQ guidelines for
occupied buildings under construction, 2007, 2nd Edition. Provide a summary report
detailing the reasons for each change;
Time stamped photographs demonstrating the storage and protection of all absorptive
materials from moisture damage; and
Summary report including:

IAQ Inspection Checklists as per Appendix D of SMACNA IAQ guidelines for occupied
buildings under construction, 2007, 2nd Edition. Include time stamped
photographic evidence taken by the site supervisors showing each installed control
measure. Weekly photos must be provided at a minimum;
Time stamped photographic evidence of the building cleaning phase prior to

occupancy;
Results of the HVAC testing and balancing phase;
Ambient humidity levels during the building flush-out period, including

demonstrable results of the fresh air delivery rate and duration of both the preoccupancy and post-occupancy flush-out phases; and
Demonstrable results of how the air conditioning systems have been reset
according to the building design basis for ongoing operation.
93 of 223
Calculations
and
Methodology
The Construction IAQ Management Plan must address the following:

Step 1 - Source Control
Design for and implement an IAQ management plan according to the measures
stipulated in SMACNA IAQ Guidelines for Occupied Buildings Under Construction, 2007,
2nd Edition;
Protection of all absorptive materials from moisture damage; and
When permanently installed air handling equipment needs to be operated during
construction to serve other areas of the building, installation of MERV 8 or G4 class
filters in each return air grille during construction and replacement with new filters of
identical class immediately prior to occupancy.
Step 2 - Building Flush Out
Thoroughly clean the building prior to commencement of building flush out;
Complete testing and balancing of HVAC equipment;
Assess the ambient humidity and temperature for the duration of the anticipated
building flush-out period;
Determine the maximum fresh air delivery rate that can be provided to the whole
building through its mechanical systems such that the humidity and temperature of
the air will not exceed the buildings design basis for normal building operation;
Provide this fresh air quantity (at design basis humidity and temperature conditions) to
the building continuously and prior to building occupation, for a period of no less than
nine consecutive days and at a fresh air rate of 2ach to all spaces or until 1,185m 3 per
m2 internal floor area of fresh air has been delivered; and
Continue to provide fresh air continuously, post occupation, for a period of no less
than twenty four consecutive days and at a fresh air rate of 2ach to all spaces or until
an additional 3,160m3 per m2 internal floor area of fresh air has been delivered. The
fresh air rate must equal or exceed the minimum rate determined in LBi-R1 or the
increased rate in LBi-1 if pursued, whichever is greater and commence at least 2 hours
prior to occupancy and continue during all occupied times in the post occupancy
building flush out period.
Step 3 Normal Building Operation
The air conditioning systems must be reset according to the building design basis for
ongoing operation.
Building design basis relates to design humidity and air temperature set points.
Continuously is defined as 24 hours per day.
Fresh air rate in ach (air changes per hour) must be calculated based on fresh air quantity
alone excluding re-circulated air quantities.
References

SMACNA IAQ Guidelines for Occupied Buildings Under Construction, 2007, 2nd Edition,
www.smacna.org
BS EN 779 2002 Particulate air filters for general ventilation determination of the
filtration performance, www.bsigroup.com
94 of 223
LBi-4: Car Park Air Quality Management

Intent
To facilitate the provision of adequate air quality within enclosed car parks.
Credit
Requirements
GENERAL
Demonstrate that the ventilation design meets or exceeds requirements for pollutant
concentrations in car parks. This will be achieved via continuous measurement of the
following pollutants:
Air Pollutant
Averaging Time
Maximum concentration
Carbon Monoxide (CO)
15 minutes
100 mg / m 3
Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2)
1 hour
200 g/m3
Particular Matter PM10
24 hours
50 g/m3
Where the project does not contain any enclosed car parks (75% enclosure), the credit is
automatically awarded.
None
Requirement
Achievement
CREDIT POINTS
1
(maximum)
1
1
(maximum)
1
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
Ensure car parking ventilation design meets the credit

requirements.
Construction Rating
Ensure car parking ventilation design meets the credit

requirements.
Brief narrative describing how the project intends to meet the credit criteria;
Drawings or extracts from specifications indicating the proposed location of air

quality sensors, outdoor air intakes and outlets, and the air quality alert system;
and
BMS point schedules.
Update narrative describing how the project meets the credit criteria;
Description and as-built drawings of all air quality sensors, outdoor air intakes and
outlets, and the air quality alert system; and
Commissioning report showing appropriate calibration, set-points and control

sequences (as relevant) of all air quality sensors and alert systems.
95 of 223
Calculations and
Methodology
Install and connect an air quality alert system to the BMS. The ventilation provided must
provide sufficient dilution at all times, in particular during peak operating hours when
queuing and congestion may occur.
Set trigger values for each of these pollutants, taking into account response times so
ventilation rates will adjust and these maximum values are not exceeded. The levels in
all instances must comply with WHO Guidelines 2000 Air Quality Guidelines for Europe
2nd Edition in relation to carbon monoxide and nitrogen dioxide and particulate matter
PM10 from ASHRAE 62.1.2007.
Demonstrate that the monitoring locations selected are considered worst-case within
the car park area. For example, monitoring must not take place immediately adjacent to
air distribution vents, where pollutant levels would be lower as a result of dilution.
The number of monitoring points will depend on the size of the car park. No part of the
car park must be more than 25 meters from a sampling point. Each area that is serviced
by a separate ventilation system will require a separate monitoring point and at least
one monitoring point will be required on each level. In addition, at least one sampling
point must be provided at each of the entrances and exits of the car park.
Monitoring must take place within the breathing zone. This is the region within an
occupied space between 1 and 1.8m above the floor and more than 0.1 m from walls or
air conditioning equipment.
Outdoor air intakes must be placed away from known sources of pollution such as busy
roads or boiler exhausts.
The system presented in this credit must be consistent with the system included in the
energy model (e.g. variable speed drive fans).
75% enclosure is defined as a car park with a roof and 75% of the wall area perimeter
enclosed.
References

ANSI/ASHRAE 62.1:2007 Ventilation and Acceptable Indoor Air Quality

www.ashrae.org
World Health Organization Guidelines 2000 Air Quality Guidelines for Europe 2nd
Edition. www.who.int
96 of 223
LBi-5.1: Thermal Comfort & Controls: Thermal Zoning

Intent
Credit
Requirements
To promote logical thermal zoning strategies in relation to the on-floor ventilation

system, to achieve improved occupant comfort, future flexibility and energy efficiency.
GENERAL
Demonstrate that all spaces within the building(s) have been modeled to determine zonal
cooling demand and designed to have separately controllable thermal zones, as follows:
Design for separate zones and controls for a maximum of 35m 2 of open plan space on the
perimeter of the building and a maximum of 70m 2 of open plan space in the internal areas
of the building. Each thermal zone must have thermostats that allow control over air
speed or temperature as a minimum.
For private enclosed spaces intended for individual use, one thermostatic controller must
be provided that allows control over air speed or temperature as a minimum.
Multi-occupant spaces intended for group activities (meeting rooms, classrooms, lecture
theatres, conference halls etc) must at least have one thermostatic controller. In the
case where these spaces have movable internal partitions intended to sub-divide spaces,
each space must have at least one thermostatic controller.
For speculative developments designed for an unknown tenant, contract lease
requirements must specify that the fit-out will meet the requirements for thermal zoning
and thermostatic controllers.
Retail
As a minimum, separate thermal zones must be provided for each tenancy. For larger
open plan retail spaces over 100m2, follow the general guidance above. Particular
attention must be given to retail areas that have substantially higher or varying levels of
internal load.
Residential
Separate controls for each living area and each bedroom (including maids rooms). For
common areas follow the requirements relating to general spaces.
Schools
Separate zones and controls for each classroom, administrative office.
Awarding
Credit Points
CREDIT POINTS
1
(maximum)
1
1
(maximum)
1
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
Compliant thermal zoning strategy and controls

Construction Rating
Compliant thermal zoning strategy and controls
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Brief narrative describing how the project will meet the Credit Requirements. Zoning
must match that in Credit RE-R1 Minimum Energy Performance;
Drawings of the mechanical ventilation systems, clearly indicating zone boundaries

and zone references. Drawings must also highlight locations for thermostatic
controllers intended for occupant control;
97 of 223
Spreadsheet listing of each zone including its reference name, zone floor area, zone
air temperature, zone resultant or operative temperature, zone peak cooling loads
and floor peak simultaneous cooling loads; and
Submission of spreadsheet results and associated plans for typical floors will only be
accepted where equivalency can be demonstrated.
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Updated narrative describing how the project meets the Credit Requirements. Zoning
must match that in Credit RE-R1 Minimum Energy Performance;
As-built drawings of the mechanical ventilation systems, clearly indicating zone

boundaries and zone references. Drawings must also highlight locations for
thermostatic controllers intended for occupant control;
Spreadsheet listing of each zone including its reference name, zone floor area, zone
air temperature, zone resultant or operative temperature, zone peak cooling loads
and floor peak simultaneous cooling loads; and
Extract from IDP-R4 Commissioning report verifying the individual zones operate as
intended.
Calculations
and
Methodology
Modeling Guidelines:
Modeling of zonal cooling demand must be undertaken by dynamic simulation
modeling software;
The sizes of zones must not exceed the credit requirements;
Cooling demand for each zone must be determined in relation to the design basis for
humidity and temperature set-points;
Schedules for occupancy, small power and lighting must be accounted for;
The building envelope thermal parameters and any associated shading must be
reflected in the model; and
For each zone, extract the peak cooling demand and at this hour, extract the air
temperature and resultant or operative temperature.
Perimeter space includes those areas that have a thermal connection to the outdoors
through the faade of the building. Typically these areas will experience higher thermal
loads as a result. The depth of perimeter thermal zones must be 5m from the perimeter
wall.
Internal space includes those areas that have no thermal connection to the outdoors
through the faade of the building. Interior spaces are those spaces that extend beyond
5m from the perimeter wall.
References
None
98 of 223
LBi-5.2: Thermal Comfort & Controls: Occupant Control

Intent
Credit
Requirements
To promote projects that provide individual comfort controls for the wellbeing,
productivity and thermal comfort of occupants.
GENERAL
For all space types, credits here will only be awarded where LBi-5.1 is achieved.
Demonstrate individual control as follows:
The ventilation/temperature control system allows for occupant control over at least air
temperature and / or air speed as follows:
1 Credit Point: a minimum of one control per two occupants in the occupied area (only
applies to spaces such as teachers work areas and administrative offices within
schools).
1 Credit Point: In addition to the achieving the requirements above, provide occupancy
sensors linked to HVAC control systems that automatically modulate temperature and
air flowrate based on occupancy down to a minimum design setback in all multioccupant spaces.
Comfort control can be provided by thermostatic controllers linked to on-floor plant or via
supply air terminals directly controllable and easily accessible by occupants that allow
control of temperature and/or flowrate (such as terminals located at floor level, within
workstations or via overhead terminals). Where thermostatic controllers are used in
conjunction with on-floor plant, the plant must be capable of serving no more than two
occupants.
For private enclosed spaces intended for individual use, one thermostatic controller must
be provided that allows control over air speed or temperature as a minimum.
Any fully enclosed individual space that is less than 35m 2 need only have one ventilation /
temperature control system.
In all space types, multi-occupant spaces intended for group activities (meeting rooms,
school classrooms, lecture theatres, conference halls etc) must have at least one
thermostatic controller. Where these spaces have movable internal partitions intended to
sub-divide spaces, each space must have at least one thermostatic controller.
Mixed-mode Ventilation
Where buildings are designed and built for mixed-mode operation to achieve higher energy
savings comply with :
The requirements above for mechanically ventilated buildings, and
1 Credit Point: The provision for operable windows as per ASHRAE 62.1.2007,
paragraph 5.1 Natural Ventilation for the 50% of the occupied area.
2 Credit Points: The provision for operable windows as per ASHRAE 62.1.2007,
paragraph 5.1 Natural Ventilation for the 75% of the occupied area.
Retail
All Retail areas are excluded from achieving this credit. For mixed use developments
involving retail spaces submitted under a single application for a Pearl Rating, project
teams should not include calculations and area schedules associated with retail areas.
Residential
For mechanical ventilation systems meet the requirements of LBi-5.1 Thermal Zones, and
meet the provisions for operable windows as per ASHRAE 62.1.2007 paragraph 5.1 for at
99 of 223
least:
1 Credit Point: 50% of the living areas and bedrooms within the residential unit.
2 Credit Points: 75% of the living areas and bedrooms within the residential unit.
Where any of the living areas have movable internal partitions intended to sub-divide
spaces, each space must have at least one thermostatic controller.
Awarding
Credit Points
CREDIT POINTS
2
(maximum)
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
General: 1 control per 2 occupants

General (Mixed Mode) : 50% occupied area
Residential: Mixed Mode for 50% of living / bedroom areas
Multi-Occupant Spaces (Office, Residential, Schools): 1 control
per space (more if movable partitions present)
Retail: Does not apply to retail.
General: 1 control per 2 occupants & modulating HVAC systems

in multi-occupant spaces
General (Mixed Mode): 75% of occupied area
Residential: Mixed Mode for 75% of living / bed room areas
2
(maximum)
Construction Rating
General: 1 control per 2 occupants

General : 1 control per 2 occupants & modulating HVAC systems

in multi-occupant spaces
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Mechanical system drawings showing locations of all air supply terminals and radiant
cooling systems or other individual control devices;
Plans showing locations of all thermostatic controllers intended for occupant control,
also showing locations of any movable internal walls intended to subdivide spaces; and
BMS point schedule.

Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
All documentation as above for mechanical ventilation; and
Drawings and elevations clearly indicating the size and location of ventilation openings
and ventilation controls along with open area spreadsheet for each aperture type.
Updated brief narrative describing how the project meets the Credit Requirements;
As-built mechanical system drawings showing locations of all air supply terminals and
radiant cooling systems or other individual control devices;
100 of 223
Plans showing locations of all thermostatic controllers intended for occupant control,
also showing locations of any movable internal walls intended to subdivide spaces; and
BMS point schedule.
All documentation as above for mechanical ventilation; and
As-built drawings and elevations clearly indicating the size and location of ventilation
openings and ventilation controls along with open area spreadsheet for each aperture
type.
Calculations
and
Methodology
The open area associated with operable windows would need to be calculated by the
design team and these areas must be consistent where relied upon in any energy or
thermal modeling used to demonstrate energy savings through mixed mode periods of
operation (for example in RE-R1 and RE-1) or thermal comfort criteria during the natural
ventilation period of mixed mode (for example in LBi-5.3).
References
ANSI / ASHRAE 62.1.2007, Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality,

www.ashrae.org
101 of 223
LBi-5.3: Thermal Comfort & Controls: Thermal

Comfort Modeling
Intent
To promote projects that are designed to deliver optimal thermal comfort.
Credit
Requirements
GENERAL
Demonstrate that thermal modeling has been undertaken during the design process and
that the occupied areas, or living areas and bedrooms for residential spaces, perform as
follows:
Demonstrate that the Predicted Mean Vote (PMV) and Predicted Percentage Dissatisfied
(PPD) levels, calculated in accordance with ISO 7730 : 2005, are achieved during standard
operating hours of occupancy for 98% of the year.
1 Credit Point: Category C : PMV levels between -0.7 and +0.7 (15% PPD)
2 Credit Points: Category B : PMV levels between -0.5 and +0.5 (10% PPD)
Mixed Mode Ventilation
Demonstrate compliance with requirements above for the fully mechanically ventilated
period of operation, and comply with the requirements of ASHRAE 55-2004 section 5.3,
achieving 90% acceptability limits for the naturally ventilated period of operation.
None
Awarding
Credit Points
CREDIT POINTS
2
(maximum)
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
Category C Performance: PMV levels between -0.7 and +0.7 (15%

PPD) & 90% acceptability limits for Mixed Mode (if applicable).
Category B Performance: PMV levels between -0.5 and +0.5 (10%

2
(maximum)
Construction Rating
Category C Performance: PMV levels between -0.7 and +0.7 (15%

Category B Performance: PMV levels between -0.5 and +0.5 (10%

Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Mechanical Ventilation Period of Operation

Drawings of the mechanical ventilation systems, clearly indicating zone boundaries and
zone references;
Screen shots of simulation model Thermal Zones; and
Spreadsheet listings as per LBi-5.1 augmented with PMV and PPD results from
simulations. Note that zones must match the information provided in Credit LBi-5.1
Thermal Zoning.
Mixed-mode Ventilation Period of Operation
discussion on period of year intended for natural ventilation, mean monthly
temperatures during this period, window control strategy and tables of opening area
per window type;
Elevation drawings highlighting extent of operable window typologies used per faade;
Section drawings for each operable window typology showing maximum window
opening position for each operable window type; and
102 of 223
Spreadsheet listing as per LBi-5.1 highlighting zonal indoor operative temperatures

during natural ventilation period. Zoning information provided must match the
information provided in Credit LBi-5.1 Thermal Zoning.
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Mechanical Ventilation Period of Operation

As-Built Plan Drawings of the mechanical ventilation systems, clearly indicating zone
boundaries and zone references;
Screen shots of simulation model Thermal Zones; and
Spreadsheet listing as per LBi-5.1 augmented with PMV and PPD results from
simulations. Note that zones must match the information provided in Credit LBi-5.1
Thermal Zoning.
Mixed-mode Ventilation Period of Operation
discussion on period of year intended for natural ventilation, mean monthly
temperatures during this period, window control strategy and tables of opening area
per window type;
As-Built Elevation drawings highlighting extent of operable window typologies used per
faade;
As-Built Section drawings for each operable window typology showing maximum
window opening position for each operable window type; and
Spreadsheet listing as per LBi-5.1 highlighting zonal indoor operative temperatures

during natural ventilation period. Zoning information provided must match the
information provided in Credit LBi-5.1 Thermal Zoning.
Calculations
and
Methodology
Dynamic Simulation Modeling (DSM) software must be capable of hourly simulations

covering a period 8,760 hours.
For DSM software incapable of calculating PMV / PPD, designers may use equations 1 to 5
of EN ISO 7730 to establish these values from DSM results. For spaces served by fully mixed
all air systems, such as provided by Fan Coil Units or Variable Air Volume systems, in which
the relative humidity is centered on 50% +/- 10% and the air speed can be assumed to be
less than 0.1ms-1 use figure A1 for the relevant category being pursued in conjunction with
DSM results.
Consideration must be given to appropriate metabolic rates and clothing indices for the
intended space usage and mix of local and western attires.
For sedentary activities, such as for desk based office workers, inclusion of thermal
insulation associated with standard office chairs (as per Table C.3) must also be included
in the clothing index unless it can be proven that other types such as net/metal chairs
will be installed.
References
EN ISO 7730 : 2005 Ergonomics of the thermal environment Analytical determination

and interpretation of thermal comfort using calculation of the PMV and PPD indices
and local thermal comfort criteria, www.bsigroup.com
ASHRAE 55-2004, Thermal Environmental Conditions for Human Occupancy,
www.ashrae.org
103 of 223
LBi-6: High Frequency Lighting

Intent
To promote indoor visual comfort through the use of high frequency lighting solutions.
Credit
Requirements
GENERAL
No incandescent lamps may be installed in the internal environment, and all internal and
permanently installed fluorescent lighting installations must incorporate high frequency
electronic ballasts. For projects with no control over fit-out of lighting installations,
provide contractual extracts from the tenant lease highlighting how this credit will be
met.
Install occupancy sensors in all rooms intended for individual occupancy, conferencing or
meeting rooms, open plan offices spaces and hallways or corrirdors.
Residential
No incandescent lamps may be installed in the internal environment, and 95% of all
permanently installed internal lighting installations (by number of fittings) must
incorporate high frequency electronic ballasts.
Install occupancy sensors in all communal spaces of the building including hallways.
Awarding
Credit Points
CREDIT POINTS
1
(maximum)
1
(maximum)
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
General: All high frequency fluorescent ballasts and occupancy

sensors meeting credit requirements.
Residential: 95% high frequency fluorescent ballasts and
communal area occupancy sensors meeting credit requirements.
Construction Rating
General: All high frequency fluorescent ballasts and occupancy

sensors meeting credit requirements.
Residential: 95% high frequency fluorescent ballasts and
communal area occupancy sensors meeting credit requirements.
Confirmation that no incandescent lamps are to be installed.
Extracts from specifications indicating requirements for high frequency electronic

ballasts and occupancy sensors; or
Comprehensive luminaire schedule including ballast specifications.
Confirmation that all spaces comply with the requirements for occupancy sensors
Confirmation that no incandescent lamps are installed.
Purchase receipts and associated technical data sheets for all lighting system
installations and occupancy sensors associated with all occupied spaces; and
Representative photographs of lighting installations.
Calculations
and
Methodology
None
References
None
104 of 223
LBi-7: Daylight & Glare

Intent
To promote building designs that maximize the use of natural daylight indoors.
Credit
Requirements
GENERAL
Install daylight sensors to light fittings that receive sufficient daylight illuminance.
Install occupancy sensors in all rooms intended for individual occupancy, conferencing or
meeting rooms, open plan offices spaces and hallways or corridors.
Demonstrate that glare control devices have been designed and installed, such as:
Automated or manually controlled internal or external glare control devices to all
windows
Automated glare control devices must be connected to the building management
system
All manually controlled internal glare control devices must be no wider than 4 linear
meters and be directly controllable by occupants.
Demonstrate a minimum daylight illuminance of 250 Lux on the working plane (762mm
from finished floor level) for a percentage of the occupied area, as follows:
1 Credit Point: 50% of the occupied area
Occupied area spaces that are specifically intended to avoid daylight, such as auditoria,
can be excluded from calculations.
Retail
involving retail spaces submitted under a single application for a Pearl Rating, project
teams must not include calculations and area schedules associated with retail areas.
Residential
Install occupancy sensors in all communal spaces of the building including hallways.
Demonstrate a minimum daylight illuminance of 200 Lux for each living area (excluding
home theatre) and bedroom (excluding maids room) as follows:
1 Credit Point: 50% of the net floor area per room and for each room
2 Credit Points: 75% of the net floor area per room and for each room
Schools
Install occupancy sensors in all rooms intended for individual occupancy, classrooms, open
plan offices spaces and hallways.
Install glare control devices that comply with general requirements.
Demonstrate that a minimum daylight illuminance of 300 Lux on the working plane
(762mm from finished floor level) for a percentage of the occupied areas as follows:
105 of 223
Awarding
Credit Points
CREDIT POINTS
2
(maximum)
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
General : min 250 Lux for 50% of occupied area.

Resi: min 200 Lux for 50% of living/bedrooms
Schools : min 300 Lux for 75% of occupied area
Retail development is not eligible.
Meet requirements for occupancy sensors relevant to space type.
Meet requirements for glare control relevant to space type.
General : min 250 Lux for 75% of occupied area

2
(maximum)
Construction Rating


Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Brief report describing how the project meets the Credit Requirements including:
Floor plans, elevations and sections;
Extracts from specifications listing all glazing performance criteria;
Extracts from specifications listing all glare control devices;
Extracts from specifications indicating requirements for daylight and occupancy

sensors;
Simulation plots showing Isolux contours;
Spreadsheet of areas meeting requirements; and
Confirmation that all spaces comply with the requirements for daylight and
occupancy sensors
Updated report describing how the project meets the Credit Requirements including:
As-Built floor plans, elevations and sections;
As-Built drawings of glare control devices and daylight and occupancy sensors;
As-Built glazing performance criteria;
Simulation plots showing Isolux contours;
Spreadsheet of areas meeting requirements; and
Representative photographs of daylight and occupancy sensor installations.
106 of 223
Calculations
and
Methodology
Calculation of Daylight Illuminance

Daylighting design software must be
used to calculate internal daylight
illuminance. Software calculation
control parameters must be based on
the higher settings recommended for
calculation of values rather than lower
settings required for visualization
purposes. One such control setting,
the number of inter-reflections which
equates to the number of bounces of
diffuse reflected indirect light, must
be set to a minimum of 7.
Courtesy of Hilson Moran
The daylight illuminance in Lux must be calculated based on a CIE standard clear sky at
10am, 12pm and 2pm on the equinox and summer solstice excluding contributions from
any artificial lighting. The report submitted must identify the key parameters used in the
simulation, especially with regard to glazing visible light transmittance and the
reflectance of all internal surfaces.
Offices and Schools
No glazed area below 762mm height from finished floor level can be included in the
simulations.
References
None
107 of 223
LBi-8: Views
Intent
To provide building occupants with a visual connection to the outdoors.
Credit
Requirements
GENERAL
Demonstrate that a minimum of 75% of all occupied areas have a direct line of sight to the
outside through vision glazing.
For internal enclosed spaces such as cellular offices, vision glazing located in the internal
wall must have a direct line of sight to the buildings external wall vision glazing. The
direct line of site is between seated head height and the extent of the external wall vision
glazing.
Residential
Demonstrate that a minimum of 75% of all bedrooms (excluding maids' rooms) and living
areas (excluding home theatre rooms) have vision glazing. For each compliant space, the
area of vision glazing must be a minimum of 10% of the floor area in each room served.
Retail
involving retail spaces, project teams must not include calculations and area schedules
associated with retail areas.
Awarding
Credit Points
CREDIT POINTS
1
(maximum)
1
(maximum)
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
General: 75% of occupied areas have views through vision

glazing.
Residential: 75% of bedrooms and living spaces have views and
meet minimum vision glazing requirements.
Retail not eligible for this Credit Point.
Construction Rating
General: 75% of occupied areas have views through vision

glazing.
Residential: 75% of bedrooms and living spaces have views and
meet minimum vision glazing requirements.
Retail not eligible for this Credit Point.
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
General
Brief narrative describing the how the project will meet the Credit Requirements,
including a summary of all areas with access to views and calculations demonstrating
that at least 75% of the occupied area meets the criteria; and
Plan drawings marked up with sight lines and showing compliant and non-compliant
shaded areas to demonstrate which areas meet the Credit Requirements. Section
drawings marked up with sight lines to demonstrate how internal spaces comply with
the credit requirements. For each, external wall thickness must be taken into account
in terms of the way they restrict views through windows. Where the floor plate or
layout varies by floor, provide as many drawings as necessary to demonstrate that the
project meets the Credit Requirements.
Residential
Brief narrative describing how the project will meet the Credit Requirements,
including a tabulated summary of all compliant spaces with access to views along with
108 of 223
tabulated glazing areas and external wall areas to demonstrate a minimum of 50%
glazed area within each external wall; and
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Plan drawings marked up to show compliant and non-compliant shaded areas to

demonstrate which areas meet the Credit Requirements. Where the floor plate or
project meets the credit requirements.
General
Updated narrative describing the how the project meets the Credit Requirements,
including a summary of all areas with access to views and calculations demonstrating
that at least 75% of the occupied area meets the criteria; and
As-Built Plan drawings marked up with sight lines and showing compliant and noncompliant shaded areas to demonstrate which areas meet the Credit Requirements.
Section drawings marked up with sight lines to demonstrate how internal spaces
comply with the credit requirements. For each, external wall thickness must be taken
into account in terms of the way they restrict views through windows. Where the floor
plate or layout varies by floor, provide as many drawings as necessary to demonstrate
that the project meets the Credit Requirements.
Residential
including a tabulated summary of all compliant spaces with access to views along with
tabulated glazing areas and external wall areas to demonstrate a minimum of 50%
glazed area within each external wall; and
As-Built Plan drawings marked up to show compliant and non-compliant shaded areas
to demonstrate which areas meet the Credit Requirements. Where the floor plate or
project meets the credit requirements.
Calculations
and
Methodology
Vision Glazing includes those windows within the vision area of 762mm to 2286mm height
from finished floor level and excludes any frame area.
References
None
Seated Head Height is 1.1m from finished floor level.
109 of 223
LBi-9: Indoor Noise Pollution

Intent
Credit
Requirements
Provide acoustic conditions that are commensurate with the sensitivity and/or acoustic
privacy requirements of the proposed use.
GENERAL
Demonstrate that internal ambient noise levels do not exceed 50 dB(A) L eq in the area to
be occupied.
Retail
Demonstrate that internal ambient noise levels do not exceed 50 dB(A)L eq in the area to be
occupied and 45 dB(A)Leq for occupied spaces in restaurant areas.
Residential
Demonstrate that internal ambient noise levels do not exceed 35 dB(A)Leq (8 hour) and 45
dB(A) Lmax, fast in bedrooms (night-time, 23:00 07:00 hours) and do not exceed 40 dB(A)L eq
in other areas.
Schools
All spaces within the school must be designed to meet the requirements laid out in
Building Bulletin 93 (in particular tables 1.1 through to 1.6).
Awarding
Credit Points
.
CREDIT POINTS
1
(maximum)
1
(maximum)
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
General : 40-50 dB(A)Leq

Retail : less than 50 dB(A)Leq
Restaurants : less than 45 dB(A)Leq
Residential : less than 35dB(A)Leq(8hour) and 45DB(A)Lmax,fast in
bedrooms and less than 40dB(A)Leq in other areas
Schools : Meet the requirements of tables 1.1 to 1.6 in Building
Bulletin 93 (BB93)
Construction Rating
General : 40-50 dB(A)Leq

Retail : less than 50 dB(A)Leq
Restaurants : less than 45 dB(A)Leq
Residential : less than 35dB(A)Leq(8hour) and 45DB(A)Lmax,fast in
bedrooms and less than 40dB(A)Leq in other areas
Schools : Meet the requirements of tables 1.1 to 1.6 in Building
Bulletin 93 (BB93)
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Noise design report with the following details:

Brief report describing how the project will meet the Credit Requirements, in
relation to all relevant internal and external noise sources, noise control features
of the design and any underlying assumptions;
Results of calculations or supporting tests demonstrating compliance with the

requirements (expressed in parameters that are consistent with the test and/or
calculation methods);
Plans, elevations and drawings representing typical floors marked up to clearly

indicate noise control features; and
Attested qualifications and professional memberships of the acoustic engineer.
110 of 223
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Calculations
and
Methodology
Noise field test report with the following details:

The required noise levels have been met in all relevant internal areas;
Results of field tests or calculations demonstrating compliance with the

calculation methods); and
Attested qualifications and professional memberships of the acoustic engineer.
For the purposes of the calculations or measurements, all operable windows must be
considered open.
Only noise from building services and external noise sources should be included, not noise
from occupants or tenant equipment and appliances.
Measurements and calculations must represent the noisiest areas of the building, typically
near faades on busy streets.
All calculations, measurements and acoustic reports must be signed off by a qualified
acoustics engineer. A qualified acoustic engineer will be a member of a recognized
professional body (e.g. Institute of Acoustics or Association of Noise Consultants) and will
have either :
an acoustics degree from a recognized institution (e.g. university), or
a degree in an engineering-related discipline from a recognized institution (e.g.
university) and a post-graduate acoustics qualification (e.g. diploma).
References
Building Bulletin 93, Acoustic Design of Schools - A design guide, Department for
Education and Skills, www.teachernet.gov.uk
111 of 223
LBi-10: Safe & Secure Environment

Intent
To provide a safe and secure environment for building occupants and visitors.
Credit
Requirements
GENERAL
Demonstrate appropriate safety & security risk mitigation for the development, through one
of the following two approaches:

Implementation of risk mitigation measures agreed in consultation with the UPC Safety
& Security Team as part of the UPC Development Review Process; or
Where consultation with the UPC Safety & Security Team is not mandated as part of the
UPC Development Review Process, develop the following documents to demonstrate
that safety & security have been incorporated into the developments planning and
design stages:
o Safety & Security Risk Assessment;
o Safety & Security Strategy; and
o Safety & Security Layout Plan.
Schools
In addition to achieving the general requirements above, an additional credit point is
available for development and implementation of a safety & security plan that
addresses transit of pupils from pick-up locations to school grounds.
Awarding
Credit Points
CREDIT POINTS
2
(maximum)
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Design Rating
Develop & Implement Safety & Security Plan
Schools only: Transit Safety & Security Plan
2
(maximum)
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Construction Rating
Develop & implement Safety & Security Plan
Schools only: Transit Safety & Security Plan
UPC Safety & Security Team Development Approval Confirmation;

or
Safety & Security Layout Plan(s); and
Safety and security system drawings and extracts from specifications.
School Transit Safety & Security Plan.
UPC Safety & Security Team Development Approval Confirmation;

or
Updated Safety & Security Risk Assessment;
Updated Safety & Security Strategy;
As built Safety & Security Layout Plan(s); and
Certified safety & security as-built system drawings and photographs of installation(s).
Updated School Transit Safety and Security Plan.
112 of 223
Calculations
and
Methodology
Safety & Security Risk Assessment

The risk assessment forms the basis for determining the extent of safety & security
measures implemented for a specific development. The scope of the risk assessment,
assumptions and relevant stakeholders must be identified.
Safety & Security Strategy
The strategy outlines the safety and security approach to mitigate the risks identified by
the risk assessment. Measures must be designed to mitigate risk in accordance with
international best practice and relevant guidelines issued by the Urban Planning Council and
Abu Dhabi Safety & Security Agencies.
Safety & Security Layout Plan
The Safety & Security Layout Plan identifies the location of inherent and built-in safety &
security measures (building site, building design and technologies). The plan must be drawn
at a suitable scale to allow detailed review and include the following information:
Proposed buildings and structure locations, indicating:
o Land Use
o Setback distances from boundaries, vehicle parking and transportation
o Infrastructure i.e. roads, metro, railways
o Locations of loading bays
o Building heights / number of storeys
o Peak occupancy
Site spot elevations at 0.5m vertical intervals;
Transportation infrastructure (roads, rail, metro), highlighting details such as tunnels,
bridges, underpasses and podium structures;
Emergency services vehicular access routes, marine approach or helipads;
Any critical infrastructure (utilities) and exclusion zones;
Building emergency exit locations, external evacuation routes and emergency refuge
areas;
Location of Safety & Security Community Facilities (if relevant)
o Hospitals
o Health clinics
o CNIA facilities
o Police stations
o Civil Defence stations
o Command & control centres e.g. Integrated Situational Awareness Centres,
traffic management
Location of physical security measures such as hardened facades, boundary treatments,
and vehicle barriers; and
Areas and access points benefiting from security lighting, CCTV coverage and access
control.
School Transit Safety & Security Plan
The plan must cover and list all government agency requirements and address the following
additional requirements:
Meet or exceed all vehicle registration guidelines published by the Department of
Transport related to school buses;
All school buses must be serviced quarterly at a minimum, maintain full service history
documentation and undergo weekly tire, oil, coolant, washer fluid, light and indicator,
windscreen, windscreen wiper, brake and seat belt function checks;
School premises must demonstrate and provide easily accessible and adequate pick-up
and drop-off facilities for school buses AND parent vehicles on-site that eliminate
impacts on traffic flows on all public roads. Traffic control or calming measures at
these facilities must also be addressed; and
Develop and employ a scheme that enables parents and school staff to determine pupils
who are absent from school buses at the time of transit to and from school.
References
None
113 of 223
114 of 223
Credit Section
PW: Precious Water
115 of 223
potable water due to desalinization, water conservation is a priority for Estidama. As discussed in the
April 2006 UAE Initial National Communication to the United Nations on climate change, it is a
distinct possibility that the UAE will become even drier due to the effects of global warming. Coupled with
projected population increases, the importance of accelerating water conservation and reuse efforts is
clear.
One of the most important challenges for the Emirate is to balance water
supply and demand as efficiently as possible given that the per capita
consumption of fresh water is among the highest in the world and new
water supplies are expensive
The Precious Water section of the Pearl Building Rating System: Design and Construction includes the
Building Water Calculator that should be used throughout the entire design process. This calculator will
help the development team to assess inputs and flows of water to and from the project with a holistic
perspective, and assist in identifying how and where reductions in the use of potable water may be made.
116 of 223
PW
Precious Water
Credit
Code
Credit Title
General
Office
Retail
MultiResidential
School
PW-R1
PW-R2
Exterior Water Monitoring
PW-1
15
15
15
15
15
PW-2.1
10
PW-2.2
Exterior Water Use Reduction: Heat Rejection
PW-2.3
PW-3
PW-4
43
43
43
43
45
TOTAL
117 of 223
PW-R1: Minimum Interior Water Use Reduction

Intent
To develop and implement a comprehensive water strategy during the early stages of
design as a tool to minimize the projects interior potable water consumption.
Credit
Requirements
GENERAL
Demonstrate that the projects predicted interior potable water consumption will be no
greater than the baseline building water consumption using efficiency measures only.
None
Requirement
Achievement
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Calculations and
Methodology
Building Water Calculator confirming that the buildings predicted interior potable
water consumption will be no greater than the baseline building interior potable
water consumption using efficiency measures only;
Brief narrative describing all proposed water conservation strategies;
Extracts from specifications for all proposed fixtures and fittings indicating flow
rates and flow regulation systems; and
Extracts from specifications for all proposed appliances including information on

their water use.
Updated Building Water Calculator (if changed from design), confirming that the
buildings predicted interior potable water consumption is no greater than the
baseline building interior potable water consumption using efficiency measures
only;
Brief narrative describing all installed water conservation strategies;
Manufacturer information for all installed fixtures and fittings indicating flow rates
and flow regulation systems;
Manufacturer information for all installed appliances including information on their

water use; and
Photographic evidence confirming installation of specified fixtures and appliances.
The baseline and proposed building interior water consumption is determined using
the Building Water Calculator which serves as the foundation for numerous
calculations within the Precious Water section.
Interior water use is defined as the water demand that relates solely to fixtures,
fittings, and appliances.
Efficiency measures are all measures which reduce the overall demand for water
from the baseline requirement. Reductions in potable water cannot be claimed
through the use of any recycled water within this prerequisite.
Calculations are based on building occupancy and include all interior water use
relating to fixtures, fittings and appliances.
All tenant fit-out areas that are not under developer control must be modelled
identically in both the baseline and proposed building unless tenant guidelines
prescribing relied upon fixture flow rates etc are provided as part of IDP-R2 Tenant
Fit-Out Design & Construction Guide.
Baseline flow rates/volumes are based on the following:
118 of 223
Fixture of Fixture Fitting
Percentage Reduction
Bathroom Taps, private
6 liters/min at 417.7 kPa
Bathroom Taps, public
1.9 liters/min at 417.7 kPa
Shower Head
Kitchen Sink Faucet
Bidets
6 liters/min
Urinal
0.5 liters/flushing cycle
Toilets (Dual Flush)
6/4 liters/flushing cycle (full/low)
Occupancy
Non-Residential
o Occupancy is determined based on the number of Full Time Equivalent
(FTE) permanent occupants and transient visitors.
o
The FTE is determined based on a typical 8 hour working day. The

permanent FTE is then calculated as follows :
Transient occupancies must be input as daily totals.
Residential
o Covers all primary spaces used for living and / or sleeping. Occupancy
is based on number and size of residential units within the building.
Mixed Use
o
Where a building is mixed use i.e. contains occupancies with different

fixture uses, this will need to be documented within the building water
calculator. A maximum of 8 different fixture use occupancies may be
included (6 Non-Residential and 2 Residential).
Example :
A 40 storey building located in downtown Abu Dhabi includes ground floor retail, 20
office floors, 15 multi-residential floors and 4 penthouse floors. Only the penthouse
floors are supplied with baths.
Based on the above, 4 different fixture uses would be required as follows :
References

retail,
office
multi-residential
penthouse
119 of 223
PW-R2: Exterior Water Monitoring

Intent
Credit
Requirements
To encourage the provision of metering facilities on all exterior water uses enabling
effective management of outdoor water consumption and prevention of leaks.
GENERAL
Demonstrate that easily accessible and clearly labelled water meters are provided and
capable of monitoring the water consumption of, at a minimum, the following exterior
water uses (where present):

Heat rejection;
External hose bibs;
Irrigation systems;
Swimming pools; and
Water features.
None
Requirement
Achievement
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Extracts from specifications and MEP drawings clearly indicating the type, extent
and locations of all metering, and central monitoring system; and
List of all exterior uses and corresponding metering equipment.
Updated narrative describing how the requirements of the credit have been met;
locations of all metering, and central monitoring system;
Photographic evidence confirming the installation of specified meters and central

Written commitment from the building owner to submit all exterior water
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Calculations and
Methodology
All meters must have data logging capability and be connected to a central
monitoring system so that information on the exterior water consumption can be
recorded. The monitoring system must have, at a minimum, the following capability:
Provide hourly, daily, weekly, monthly and annual water consumption for each
end-use;

Compare consumption to previous days, weeks, months and years for trend
analysis;

Determine out-of-range values to alert building operators to unusually high
consumption; and

Record peak water consumption for each end-use.
The Building owner must provide a written commitment to supply all water
monitoring data to Estidama (if requested). All reported information will be treated
as confidential.
References
None
120 of 223
PW-1: Improved Interior Water Use Reduction

Intent
Credit
Requirements
To promote further reductions in the projects interior potable water consumption

through the use of efficient fixtures and appliances, and the use of recycled water.
GENERAL
1-15 Credit Points: Demonstrate using the Building Water Calculator that the
proposed building has achieved the following reduction in potable water consumption
compared to the baseline building:
Points
Achieved
Percentage
Reduction
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
4%
8%
12%
16%
20%
24%
28%
32%
36%
40%
44%
48%
52%
56%
60%
None
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
15
(maximum)
1-15
15
(maximum)
1-15
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
Achieve further reductions in the proposed building
potable water consumption compared to the baseline
building.
Construction Rating
Achieve further reductions in the proposed building
potable water consumption compared to the baseline
building.
Completed Building Water Calculator confirming the percentage reduction in

potable water consumption compared to the baseline;
rates and flow regulation systems;

their water use; and
121 of 223
laterals to all interior non-potable demands (where applicable).
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Calculations and
Methodology
References
Updated version of the Building Water Calculator (if changed from design),
confirming the percentage reduction in potable water consumption compared to
the baseline;
Updated narrative describing all installed water conservation strategies;

water use;

and laterals to all interior non-potable demands (where applicable);
Photographic evidence confirming installation of specified fixtures and appliances;

and
Photographic evidence confirming recycled water pipes have been separately color
coded from pipes containing potable water (where applicable).
The methodology is the same as PW-R1 Minimum Interior Water Use Reduction,
except that further reductions in the building interior potable water consumption
within this credit may be achieved through the use recycled water.
122 of 223
PW-2.1: Exterior Water Use Reduction: Landscaping

Intent
Credit
Requirements
To minimize landscaping water demands through effective plant selection, irrigation

strategies, and promoting the use of recycled water.
GENERAL
Plant Selection
Demonstrate that the average irrigation requirement for all landscape areas (as
outlined within the Calculations and Methodologies section) meets the following:
2 Credit Points: Average landscape irrigation demand < 4 liters/m2/day
4 Credit Points: Average landscape irrigation demand < 2 liters/m2/day
Irrigation System
1 Credit Point: Demonstrate that a Water Efficient Irrigation System has been
incorporated into the landscape design.
1 Credit Point: Demonstrate that an Irrigation Operation and Maintenance Plan has
been developed.
Recycled Water
2 Credit Points:
o Achieve at least two credit points related to Plant Selection; and

o Demonstrate that 100% of the exterior irrigation demand can be served using
the Exterior Water Allowance (as outlined in the Calculations and Methodology
section); and
o Where recycled water is not immediately available, demonstrate that a
recycled water mainline loop has been installed which allows for the future
switch from potable to recycled water for exterior irrigation demands when it
becomes available; and
o All pipes containing recycled water must be color coded in order to easily
Schools
2 Credit Points: Where playing fields are present onsite demonstrate that nonwater turf substitutes are installed in place of turf.
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
8-10
(maximum)
2-4
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
Demonstrate that the average irrigation requirement for all
landscaped areas has been minimized.
Demonstrate that a water efficient irrigation system has

been incorporated into the landscape design.
Demonstrate that best practices for ongoing system

management and operation have been established.
Demonstrate that 100% of the exterior irrigation demand

can be served using the Exterior Water Allowance, and that
a recycled water mainline loop has been installed where
123 of 223
recycled water is not immediately available.

2
8-10
(maximum)
2-4
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Schools only: Demonstrate that non-water turf substitutes

are installed in place of turf.
Construction Rating
landscaped areas has been minimized.
Demonstrate that a water efficient irrigation system has

been incorporated into the landscape design.
Demonstrate that best practices for ongoing system

management and operation have been established.
Demonstrate that 100% of the exterior irrigation demand

can be served using the Exterior Water Allowance, and that
a recycled water mainline loop has been installed where
recycled water is not immediately available.
Schools only: Demonstrate that non-water turf substitutes

are installed in place of turf.
Plant Selection
Low Water Use Landscaping Strategy including:

Completed Building Water Calculator;
Site plan illustrating landscape areas, highlighting areas of hardscape and

softscape along with their irrigation requirements, as well as water feature /
swimming pool areas;
Calculations detailing how the total annual average irrigation demand of all
following key data:
Irrigation System
Irrigation Strategy including:

Narrative describing the projects irrigation approach, technology to be used

and anticipated irrigation efficiency;
System schematic indicating mainline routing, laterals, irrigation controller and

meter locations as well as proposed landscape/hydrozones;

for the following equipment:
Master controller(s);
Valves; and
Monitoring equipment including moisture sensors, wind sensors etc.
Soil Amendment Strategy including:

Narrative describing moisture retention approach for soil amendments

including type, location, extent of application, and frequency of reapplication
(if needed) to maintain effectiveness; and
Techniques to be used to reduce plant evapotranspiration identified on a site

plan.

Monitoring Strategy including:

Brief narrative describing the monitoring strategy and how it is integrated into
124 of 223
the overall landscaping plan;


for the following equipment:
Override sensors;
Backflow valves; and
Separate meters.
Drawings showing the location of each device on a site plan.
Recycled Water
Completed Building Water Calculator confirming that 100% of the exterior irrigation
demand can be served using the Exterior Water Allowance; and

laterals.
Schools Only
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Calculations and
Methodology
Confirmation that all playing fields use turf substitutes requiring no irrigation
water;
Site plans indicating location and size of playing fields; and
Specification/manufacturers details of turf substitutes.
Revised As-Built documentation as per Design Rating; and
Photographs of the installed irrigation systems, landscaping, school playing fields

(where applicable), water recycling systems (where installed) and routing of
recycled water mainline and laterals indicating their color code.
Plant Selection
Landscaped area refers to the plot area excluding the building footprint and all
water feature / swimming pool areas, and is made up of all hardscape and
softscape areas. Where communal rooftop amenities are provided (e.g.
podium/skylight gardens), any landscape associated with these spaces must also be
included in the calculation.
The average irrigation demand for all landscaped areas is calculated as follows:
AP = Plot Area,
AB = Building Footprint Area,
AS = Softscape Area (grade level)
AW = Water Feature/Swimming Pool Area (grade level),
ARA = Roof Amenity Area
ARS = Softscape Area (roof level),
ARW = Water Feature/Swimming Pool Area (roof level)
125 of 223
IS=Total annual average irrigation demand of all external softscape areas (liters/day)
Note: Areas associated with school playing fields are excluded from the average
landscape irrigation requirement calculation.
Irrigation System
A water efficient irrigation system must:
Eliminate all surface spray components (except in public parks or playing fields);
Irrigate only during non-daylight hours (except if sub-surface);
Include moisture sensors that control the irrigation system to irrigate only when
required;
Provide irrigation zones, with independently controlled valves, segregated by plant
water needs; and
Utilize mulch and/or soil amendment techniques to reduce evapotranspiration.
An Irrigation Operation and Maintenance Plan should include:
Regular maintenance and operation efficiency performance monitoring;

Procedures for alerting operator and shutting system down when flows exceed
design range due to mainline, lateral, valve or emitter failure or there is a leak
detected; and
Irrigation systems must demonstrate that they incorporate sensors and valves
connected to a central system by:

Providing override sensors tied to a centralized computer controller with a

feedback loop to shut down zones that are malfunctioning; and
Including separate meters and backflow prevention at point of mainline
connection.
Recycled Water
The Exterior Water Allowance, EWA, is based on achieving a water balance between the
building wastewater and the projects exterior uses (irrigation, heat rejection and
water features). It is a notional value that represents the amount of water that is
allowed for exterior uses. Although recycled water may not physically be used for the
projects exterior demand, it is offsetting the potable demand of exterior uses within
the Emirate of Abu Dhabi and therefore the focus is placed on achieving this balance
irrespective of whether recycled water is physically used.
Note: This offset approach only applies to exterior uses. To document reductions in
potable water within the building (as in PW-1), recycled water must physically be used
within the building in order to achieve reductions attributed to recycled water.
126 of 223
The EWA that is available to serve the projects exterior water demand is determined as
follows:
Case 1 : Project not connected to onsite or private offsite wastewater treatment
facility
BW = Total Building Wastewater

EM = Municipal recycled water supply efficiency
RMB = Volume of recycled water received from municipal supply that is supplied to the
building
Case 2 : Project connected to onsite or private offsite wastewater treatment facility
Exterior Water Allowance is based on the proportion of onsite/offsite recycled

water used for exterior purposes and any remaining building wastewater sent for
municipal treatment as follows:
BW = Total Building Wastewater

BOT = Volume of BW sent to onsite/private offsite treatment
BM = Volume of BW sent to municipal system = B W BOT
RMB = Volume of recycled water received from municipal supply that is supplied to the
building
EM = Municipal recycled water supply efficiency
ROB = Volume of onsite/private offsite recycled water supplied to building
EOT = Onsite/private offsite wastewater treatment plant efficiency
127 of 223
ROE = Volume of onsite/private offsite recycled water supplied to exterior uses
EWA must not be double counted towards other uses such as heat rejection and/or
water features. The design team must decide upon the most appropriate use of the
Exterior Water Allowance in order to balance their building wastewater volume with
their exterior water demand. The overall water balance must be documented in
the Building Water Calculator.
Example Calculation: Plant Selection

A multi-residential building has a building footprint of 6,000 m 2 and is located within a
16,000m2 plot. It has a 500m2 sky garden located on the roof which contains 100m 2 of
softscape requiring 6 l/m2/day and a 10m2 water feature. At the base of the building
there is softscape requiring 8l/m2/day which covers an area of 3,000m2. Adjacent to
the ground level softscape is a 150m2 water feature.
References
Plot Area, AP
16,000
m2
Building Footprint, AB
6,000
m2
Softscape Area (grade level), AS
3,000
m2
Softscape Irrigation Demand (grade level), IS
l/m2/day
Water Feature Area (grade level), AW
150
m2
Roof Amenity Area, ARA
500
m2
Softscape Area (roof level), ARS
100
m2
Softscape Irrigation Demand (roof level), IRS
l/m2/day
Water Feature Area (roof level), ARW
10
m2
Total annual average irrigation demand of all

external softscape areas, IS
24,600
Liters / day
128 of 223
PW-2.2: Exterior Water Use Reduction: Heat Rejection

Intent
Credit
Requirements
To reduce potable water use for heat rejection by promoting the use of recycled water
and/or alternatives to water-based heat rejection.
GENERAL
Water-Based Heat Rejection
Demonstrate that the following percentage of the projects cooling tower/district
cooling water make-up requirements can be served using the Exterior Water Allowance
(as outlined in the Calculations and Methodology section):
5 Credit Points: 100%
AND
Where cooling towers are installed onsite and recycled water is not immediately
available, demonstrate that a recycled water mainline loop has been installed which
allows for the future switch from potable to recycled water in onsite cooling towers
when it becomes available. All pipes containing recycled water must be color coded in
order to easily distinguish them from potable water pipes.
OR
No Water Used for Heat Rejection
8 Credit Points: Demonstrate that the project uses no water for heat rejection
None
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
8
(maximum)
Design Rating
2-5
Demonstrate that a percentage of the projects cooling

tower/district cooling water make-up requirements can be
served using the Exterior Water Allowance.
Demonstrate that no water is required for heat rejection.
8
(maximum)
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Construction Rating
2-5
Demonstrate that a percentage of the projects cooling

tower/district cooling water make-up requirements can be
Demonstrate that no water is required for heat rejection.

Building Water Calculator confirming the percentage of the projects cooling

tower/district cooling water make-up requirements that can be served using the
Exterior Water Allowance; and
129 of 223
laterals.
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Confirmation that no water is used for heat rejection.

Updated Building Water Calculator confirming the percentage of the projects

cooling tower/district cooling water make-up requirements that can be served
using the Exterior Water Allowance;

and laterals; and
Photographs of the installed cooling towers/district cooling plant, water recycling

systems (where installed) and routing of recycled water mainline and laterals
indicating their color code.
Calculations and
Methodology
Confirmation that no water is used for heat rejection.
The projects cooling tower/district cooling water make-up requirements must be based
on the proposed buildings cooling demand determined within RE-R1 Minimum Energy
Performance / RE-1 Improved Energy Performance.
The Exterior Water Allowance, EWA, that is available to serve the projects exterior
water demand is determined as per the Calculations and Methodology section of PW2.1: Exterior Water Use Reduction: Landscaping
EWA must not be double counted towards other uses such as irrigation and/or water
features. The design team must decide upon the most appropriate use of the Exterior
Water Allowance in order to balance their building wastewater volume with their
exterior water demand. The overall water balance must be documented in the Building
Water Calculator.
References
130 of 223
PW-2.3: Exterior Water Use Reduction: Water Features

Intent
Credit
Requirements
Reduce potable water use in exterior water features by minimizing evaporative loss and
through the use of recycled water.
GENERAL
2 Credit Points: Demonstrate that the water make-up requirements for all exterior
water features can be served using the Exterior Water Allowance (as outlined in the
calculations and methodology section); and
Where recycled water is not immediately available, demonstrate that a recycled water
mainline loop has been installed which allows for the future switch from potable to
recycled water for exterior water feature demands when it becomes available. All pipes
containing recycled water must be color coded in order to easily distinguish them from
potable water pipes.
1 Credit Points: Demonstrate that all external swimming pools are supplied with
permanently installed retractable pool blankets.
Or
4 Credit Points: Demonstrate that there are no exterior water features or swimming
pools.
None
Awarding Credit
Points
CREIDT POINTS
4
(maximum)
Design Rating

exterior water features can be served using the Exterior
Water Allowance.
Demonstrate that all external swimming pools are provided

with adequate pool blankets.

swimming pools.
Construction Rating
4
(maximum)
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
REQUIREMENTS

exterior water features can be served using the Exterior
Water Allowance.
Demonstrate that all external swimming pools are provided

with adequate pool blankets.

swimming pools.
Site plans highlighting locations of all water features and swimming pools including
their associated areas;
Building Water Calculator confirming that the water make-up requirements for all
exterior water features can be served using the Exterior Water Allowance;
131 of 223

laterals; and
Specification of proposed retractable pool blankets.

OR
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Site plans confirming that there will be no exterior water features or swimming
pools.
As-built site plans highlighting locations of all water features and swimming pools
including their associated areas;
Updated Building Water Calculator confirming that the water make-up

requirements for all exterior water features can be served using the Exterior Water
Allowance;

and laterals;
Photographs illustrating routing of recycled water mainline and laterals indicating

their color code, water recycling systems (where installed) and pool blankets.
OR
Calculations and
Methodology
As-built site plans confirming that there are no exterior water features or
swimming pools.
Exterior water features: Include any open surface water associated with fountains,
ponds etc (excluding swimming pools).
The water loss from all external water features is determined using the Building
follows:
AWF = Water Feature Area

EL = Evaporative Loss of surface water = 2,200 liters/m2/yr
water demand is determined as per the Calculations and Methodology section of PW2.1: Exterior Water Use Reduction: Landscaping
EWA must not be double counted towards other uses such as irrigation and/or heat
rejection. The design team must decide upon the most appropriate use of the Exterior
Water Allowance in order to balance their building wastewater volume with their
exterior water demand. The overall water balance must be documented in the Building
Water Calculator.
References
132 of 223
PW-3: Water Monitoring & Leak Detection

Intent
Credit
Requirements
To encourage the provision of metering facilities that allow the water consumption of
the building to be recorded and monitored to allow future improvement and
understanding of the use of water in buildings.
GENERAL
Monitoring
2 Credit Points: Demonstrate that easily accessible and clearly labeled water meters
are provided and capable of monitoring the water consumption of, at a minimum, the
following major uses (where present):

Bathroom/Toilet Facilities;
Kitchen/Catering Facilities;
Swimming Pools (indoor); and
Ablution Facilities.
Leak Detection
2 Credit Points: Demonstrate that a leak detection system has been installed that
covers all main water distribution pipes within the project.
None
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
4
(maximum)
Design Rating
Demonstrate that metering facilities that monitor the water

consumption of major individual interior uses are installed.
Demonstrate that a leak detection system has been installed.
4
(maximum)
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Construction Rating
Demonstrate that metering facilities that monitor the water

consumption of major individual interior uses are installed.
Demonstrate that a leak detection system has been installed.
Monitoring
Design drawings showing locations of monitoring equipment;
Narrative describing monitoring strategy relating to all major uses; and
Extracts from specifications and MEP drawings clearly indicating the type, extent
and locations of all metering, and central monitoring system
Leak Detection
Design drawings and narrative showing the location of all equipment and describing
the leak detection strategy. The narrative must address how the system deals with
different leakage rates, the alarm mechanism, and how false alarms are avoided;
and
Extracts from specifications of leak detection systems.
133 of 223
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Monitoring
As-built drawings showing locations of monitoring equipment;
Updated narrative describing monitoring strategy relating to all major uses;
Manufacturers information and as-built drawings clearly indicating the type,

extent and locations of all metering, and central monitoring system;
Photographic evidence confirming the installation of specified meters and central

Written commitment from the building owner to submit all exterior water
Leak Detection
Calculations and
Methodology
As-Built drawings showing locations of leak detection equipment;
Drawings and narrative showing the location of all equipment and describing the
leak detection strategy. The narrative must address how the system deals with
different leakage rates, the alarm mechanism, and how false alarms are avoided;
Manufacturers information of installed leak detection systems; and
Photographic evidence confirming the installation of the leak detection system.
Monitoring
All meters must have data logging capability and be connected to a central
monitoring system so that information on the interior water consumption can be
Provide hourly, daily, weekly, monthly and annual water consumption for each
major use;
analysis;
Determine out-of-range values to alert building operators to unusually high

consumption; and
Record peak water consumption for each major use.
The building owner must provide a written commitment to supply water monitoring
data to Estidama (if requested). All reported information will be treated as
confidential.
Leak Detection
The leak detection system must be capable of:

Sounding an alarm when a leak is detected;
Identifying varying leakage rates; and
Being programmed to fit the projects water consumption requirements.
For buildings that include tenant fit-out areas not under developer control, Credit
Points are only achieved where tenant guidelines prescribing the Monitoring and Leak
Detection requirements are provided as part of IDP-R2 Tenant Fit-Out Design &
Construction Guide.
References
None
134 of 223

Intent
To minimize peak stormwater discharge and protect the stormwater drainage system
Credit
Requirements
GENERAL
Quantity Control
Demonstrate that the project has developed a stormwater management system
that prioritizes infiltration, sustainable urban drainage systems, and utilizes
structural solutions when necessary.
quantity from the 2-year 24-hour design storm does not exceed the predevelopment peak run-off rate and quantity through structural methods, or a
combination of both structural and non-structural methods.
quantity from the 2-year 24-hour design storm does not exceed the predevelopment peak run-off rate and quantity through the use of non-structural
methods only
Quality Control
1 Credit Point: The proposed stormwater management system is capable of
collecting and treating a minimum of 90% of stormwater and that the treatment
process is capable of achieving the following minimum standards for quality
control:

80% removal of Total Suspended Solids (TSS);

Minimum 95% removal of litter (gross pollutants, >1mm);

Minimum 90% removal of hydrocarbons; and

Use of petrol interceptors or suitable permeable paving for car parks of more
than 4 bays
Operation & Maintenance Plan
1 Credit Point: Achieve a minimum of 1 credit point in either Quantity or Quality
Control; and
Demonstrate that an Operation & Maintenance Plan (OMP) is in place that shows
how all systems will be maintained throughout the life of the development. The
plan should include at a minimum:

Protocol for maintaining regular system checks and maintenance;

Methods for ensuring neighboring developments will not be adversely affected
by the projects stormwater strategy; and

Strategies to prevent onsite erosion.
None
135 of 223
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
4
(maximum)

Quantity Control criteria as per Credit Requirements.

Quality Control criteria as per Credit Requirements.
An OMP has been developed.
1-2
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Design Rating
1-2
4
(Maximum)
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Construction Rating
constructed to meet Quantity Control criteria as per

constructed to meet Quality Control criteria as per
An OMP has been updated.
Narrative describing the stormwater management system developed for the project
including:
Drawings showing locations of components of the stormwater management

system;
Civil engineering calculations describing and quantifying the stormwater

Extracts from specifications and product data sheets describing the

components specified, confirming that the system is capable of collecting 90%
of stormwater and is able to treat to the required quality standards.
OMP for ongoing site best management practices to uphold system integrity. The
plan shall include:
An inspection schedule for the stormwater management system to assure its

continued operation as designed;
The proposed person(s), organization, or entity responsible for the continued

operation and maintenance of the stormwater management system;
Operating budgets and funding mechanism for the support of continued

maintenance of the stormwater management system;
Methods for ensuring neighborhood developments will not be adversely

affected by the projects stormwater strategy; and
Erosion plan to prevent excessive onsite erosion and to any receiving water
courses.
CV of qualified Civil Engineer
As built drawings showing locations of the applied components of the stormwater

management system;
Updated civil engineering calculations describing and quantifying the stormwater

Manufacturers product data sheets for the purchased components, confirming that
the system is capable of collecting 90% of stormwater and is able to treat to the
required quality standards;
136 of 223
Calculations and
Methodology
Updated OMP; and

strategies.
For buildings within a Pearl Rated Community that has earned credit points under
both Quantity and Quality Control for PW-2 Stormwater Management, the community
wide stormwater system may be utilized to help earn this credit. In this case, plans
must be provided showing how the building and community stormwater strategies are
integrated. At least 50% of the difference between the post- and pre- development
peak runoff rate and quantity from the 2-year 24-hour design storm must be
contained and / or treated onsite (consistent with quantity and / or quality credit
points pursued). The remainder must be sent to the community stormwater system.
Non-structural stormwater management solutions include sustainable urban drainage
systems (SUDS) such as ponds, vegetated swales, wetlands, etc.
Structural stormwater management solutions include engineered structures such as
tanks, pipes, concrete channels, etc.
All water infiltrated through SUDS is considered to be 100% treated, achieving all the
required quality control standards.
Calculations must be signed off by a qualified civil engineer.
A minimum of five years relevant work experience and a proven track record on
working on similar projects in the region.
References


(2006)
137 of 223
Credit Section
138 of 223
conservation and portfolio diversification are imperative to sustain a competitive economy. Through
the Pearl Rating System, Estidama seeks to target energy conservation through technological transitions in
the building sector.
The UAE has almost the highest rate of energy consumption per person in
the world. If we continue at the current rate, the demand for energy will
simply exceed the supply. At the same time, our consumption of energy
adds to the worldwide problem of global warming. Clearly, we need to do
something to prevent this.
Heroes of the UAE
Techniques to conserve energy at the building design and construction stage can have significant impacts
on reducing overall energy consumption during operation. The Resourceful Energy section requires an
energy calculation and assessment process to be undertaken. This assessment will facilitate careful
consideration of energy issues during the design of buildings, resulting in better informed decision making.
Emphasis is on reducing the demand for energy through passive environmental design, appropriate
selection of highly efficient mechanical and electrical equipment, and the facilitation of renewable
energy installations.
139 of 223
RE
Resourceful Energy
Credit
Code
Credit Title
General
Office
Retail
MultiResidential
School
RE-R1
RE-R2
Energy Monitoring & Reporting
RE-R3
Ozone Impacts of Refrigerants & Fire Suppression Systems
RE-1
15
15
15
15
15
RE-2
RE-3
Energy Efficient Appliances
RE-4
Vertical Transportation
RE-5
Peak Load Reduction
RE-6
Renewable Energy
RE-7
Global Warming Impacts of Refrigerants & Fire Suppression

Systems
44
44
44
44
44
TOTAL
140 of 223
RE-R1: Minimum Energy Performance

Intent
To create a decision-support tool to assist the project team in making informed

decisions about the options, implications and benefits of various aspects of the building
design in order to achieve a minimum level of energy efficiency.
Credit
Requirements
GENERAL
Develop an energy model for the proposed building(s) using appropriate dynamic
simulation modeling software and calculate the baseline building energy consumption
according to the building performance rating method outlined in Appendix G of
ANSI/ASHRAE/IESNA Standard 90.1-2007, using the minimum acceptable standards for
building fabric, HVAC, service water heating, power, lighting and other equipment.
Demonstrate a minimum 12% performance improvement compared to the baseline
building performance demonstrated by the energy simulation model as per the
methodology outlined within Appendix G of Standard 90.1-2007.
None
Requirement
Achievement
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Energy Model Template summarizing the dynamic energy simulation, confirming

that the minimum requirements of this credit will be achieved.
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Updated Energy Model Template summarizing the dynamic energy simulation,

confirming that the minimum requirements of this credit have been achieved.
Calculations and
Methodology
The method for determining reductions in energy consumption is outlined within the
Performance Rating Method of ANSI/ASHRAE/IESNA Standard 90.1-2007 (Appendix G).
Appendix G provides a methodology for rating the energy efficiency of building designs.
Compliance with the performance rating method requires that the mandatory provisions
outlined in sections 5.4, 6.4, 7.4, 8.4, 9.4 and 10.4 of Standard 90.1 2007 all be met.
Minimum acceptable standards for building fabric, HVAC, service water heating, power,
lighting and other equipment for use within the baseline model must be set at either
those given in Standard 90.1 2007 or local code, whichever is more stringent.
The building air leakage rate must be set at the more stringent of 3.64 l/s/m 2 at 75 Pa
or local code, and be modelled identically in both the baseline and proposed building.
If the project can demonstrate a requirement for improved air tightness performance is
in place, this figure may be used in the proposed building design only if a full envelope
air tightness test is to be carried out and the general contractor is under contract to
achieve the required air leakage rate. The air tightness test must be carried out by a
qualified and competent body (such as ATTMA member organisations or similar UKAS
accredited organisations) and all test results and compliance certificates awarded to
the project.
Unlike in Appendix G, performance improvements within the Pearl Rating System are
based on reductions in annual energy consumption (kWh) rather than cost, thus all
reference to energy rates within Appendix G must be ignored.
141 of 223
The proposed buildings performance improvement is defined as:
Both the proposed building performance and the baseline building performance shall
include all end-use load components:
Lighting;
Heating;
Cooling;
Heat rejection;
Pumps;
Fans;
Service water heating; and
Receptacle and process loads.
All tenant fit-out areas that are not under developer control must be modelled
identically in both the baseline and proposed building unless tenant guidelines
prescribing relied upon energy efficiency measures are provided as part of IDP-R2
Tenant Fit-Out Design & Construction Guide.
Where any form of mixed mode ventilation is used within areas of the building, the
requirements of credit LBi-5.3: Thermal Comfort Modelling must be achieved for those
areas in order to document energy savings attributed to mixed mode ventilation.
Performance Calculations
The proposed and baseline building performance must be calculated using the
following:
The same dynamic simulation modeling software (as per Appendix G of Standard 90.12007 and with approval from Estidama); and
The same weather data.
Based on section B2. Major Climate Type Definitions within Standard 90.1-2007, climate
zone 1b Very Hot and Dry will be assumed for projects within the Emirate of Abu
Dhabi.
For components that cannot be adequately modelled by the simulation program,
Estidama may approve an exceptional calculation method (as outlined within Appendix
G of Standard 90.1-2007) which demonstrates energy savings through calculations
performed by design teams, including theoretical and/or empirical information
supporting the accuracy of the method.
Mixed-Use Developments: Where a building incorporates more than one occupancy
type, for example part residential and part office, the methodology is as follows:
Baseline HVAC systems are modelled as described within Standard 90.1 Appendix G
section G3.1.1.
Baseline building envelope parameters must be set at those required in Standard 90.1
and be based on occupancy type (residential, non-residential etc).
The baseline and proposed building must be modelled as a single building including all
requirements determined based on occupancy type.
Receptacle and Process Loads

Receptacle and process loads must be modelled identically in both the baseline and
proposed building. These loads include all miscellaneous and plug loads within the
building. Example loads that are included within receptacle and process consist of, but
142 of 223
are not limited to:
Office equipment;
Computers;
Elevators and escalators;
Kitchen equipment;
Laundry equipment; and
Water treatment.
District Cooling (DC)
Buildings served via a DC network will need to obtain confirmation of the seasonal
delivered coefficient of performance (COP) of the district system. This needs to take
account of thermal losses within the network in both directions.
For DC networks already in place, a seasonal delivered COP will need to be obtained
from the district cooling operator based on actual data of the cooling plant and
associated network over a 12 month period.
For schemes which have not yet been built, or have been in operation for less than 12
months, confirmation on the proposed performance of the DC network over 12
months must be obtained from the DC developer/operator.
If sufficient data cannot be provided on the DC network, a seasonal average COP of
4.5 must be assumed.
The COP of the DC network must be used in the proposed building energy simulation.
The DC plant will be assumed to be served via grid electricity unless evidence is
provided to the contrary.
Renewable Energy
Energy generated through onsite renewable technologies (those located within the
site boundary) may be subtracted from the proposed building energy consumption,
including where the energy produced is exported to the electrical grid.
References
ASHRAE/ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1 2007: Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low-Rise

Residential Buildings
143 of 223
RE-R2: Energy Monitoring & Reporting

Intent
To encourage the provision of metering facilities that allow the energy performance of
the building to be recorded and monitored to allow future improvement and
understanding of the use of energy in buildings.
Credit
Requirements
GENERAL
which enable a minimum of 90% of the estimated annual energy consumption of each
fuel type (electricity, gas etc) to be monitored as outlined within the Calculations and
Methodologies section.
In addition separate meters must be provided for all plant exceeding the sizes in the
table below:
Plant Description
Load kW
Cooling installations comprising one or more units

feeding a common distribution circuit
20
Motor control centres providing power to HVAC

equipment
10
Final electrical distribution boards (power/lighting)
10
Demonstrate that easily accessible and clearly labelled energy sub-meters are
provided and capable of monitoring the energy consumption of all tenant areas (as
outlined within the Calculations and Methodology section), and all metering
requirements are documented within the tenant guidelines as part of IDP-R2 Tenant
Fit-Out Design & Construction Guide.
Requirement
Achievement
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Energy system schematics illustrating the proposed metering strategy confirming

that the required level of metering will be achieved; and
Extracts from specifications and building services layout design drawings clearly
indicating the type, extent and locations of all metering, and the central
monitoring system.
Updated brief narrative describing how the requirements of the credit have been
achieved;
Energy system schematics illustrating the metering strategy confirming that the
required level of metering has been achieved;
Manufacturers data and as-built building services layout drawings clearly indicating
the type, extent and locations of all metering, and central monitoring system;
Photographic evidence confirming installation of specified meters and central

Written commitment from the owner to submit all energy monitoring data to
Estidama (if requested).
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Calculations and
Methodology
Based on the energy consumption of individual major end-uses (as outlined in the
table below), develop a metering strategy that accounts for 90% of the total building
144 of 223
energy consumption by estimating the amount of energy passing through each meter.
The largest loads should be considered in the first instance and repeated iterations
performed until 90% achieved. Guidance on developing an appropriate metering
strategy can be found within GIL 65: Metering Energy Use in New Non-Domestic
Buildings and CIBSE TM39 2009: Building Energy Metering
Landlord areas in all building types must meter energy consumption of all end-uses
outlined in the table below.
For office, retail and multi-residential buildings separated into landlord and tenant
areas, each tenant area must also be sub-metered for each of the end-uses outlined
in the table below.
All onsite energy generating systems must be separately metered and their annual
energy generation recorded.
Building types that fall under the General category will follow either:
Non-Residential: tenant area metering requirements for office;
Residential (spaces used primarily for living and/or sleeping): tenant area metering
requirements for multi-residential.
Schools are assumed to be solely landlord controlled and therefore there are no
additional requirements for tenant areas.
The following table is divided into the metering requirements for landlord and tenant
areas:
LANDLORD
AREAS
Building End-Use
TENANT AREAS
Office
Retail
Multi-Resi
Cooling
Dehumidification
Service water heating
Motor Control Centres (fans)
Motor Control Centres (pumps)
Lighting
*
Receptacle and process loads
*
Other major energy consuming

plant (swimming pools,
kitchens, server room, lifts and
escalators etc)
* Multi-Residential buildings: lighting and receptacle and process loads in tenant areas may
be metered together.
All sub-meters must have data logging capability and be connected to a central
monitoring system so that information on the buildings energy consumption can be
Provide hourly, daily, weekly, monthly and annual energy consumption for each
end-use;
analysis;
Determine out-of-range values and alert building operators to unusually high

consumption; and
Record peak energy consumption for each end-use.
The building owner must provide a written commitment to supply energy monitoring
145 of 223
data to Estidama (if requested). All reported information will be treated as

confidential.
References
GIL 65: Metering Energy Use in New Non-Domestic Buildings

CIBSE TM39 2009: Building Energy Metering
146 of 223
RE-R3: Ozone Impacts of Refrigerants & Fire

Suppression Systems
Intent
To promote the selection of refrigerants and fire suppression systems that minimise
impacts on the environment
Credit
Requirements
GENERAL
Refrigerants
Demonstrate that all refrigerants to be installed within the project site boundary
have an ozone depletion potential (ODP) of zero
Fire Suppression Systems
Demonstrate that all gaseous fire suppression systems to be installed within the
project site boundary have an ozone depletion potential (ODP) of zero
This credit only refers to refrigeration systems contained within the site boundary; (i.e.
district cooling systems which provide only chilled water to the site are not subject to
the requirement of this credit)
None
Requirement
Achievement
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Calculations and
Methodology
Brief narrative describing how the project meets the credit requirements; and
Specification extracts for all proposed refrigerants and gaseous fire suppression
systems confirming ODP of each refrigerant and gas is zero.
Updated narrative describing how the project meets the credit requirements; and
Manufacturers information for all installed refrigerants and gaseous fire

suppression systems confirming ODP of each refrigerant and gas is zero.
The ozone depletion potential (ODP) of various refrigerants is given below:

Chlorofluorocarbons
ODP
GWP
Common Building Applications
CFC-12
1.0
10,900
Refrigerators, chillers
HCFC-22
0.055
1,810
Air conditioning, chillers
HCFC-123
0.02
77
HFC-134a
1,430
CFC-12 or HCFC-22 replacement
HFC-245fa
1,030
Insulation agent, centrifugal chillers
HFC-407c
1,700
HCFC-22 replacement
HFC-410a
1,900
Air conditioning
Hydrochlorofluorocarbons
CFC-11 replacement
Hydrofluorocarbons
147 of 223
HFC-417a
1,950
Carbon Dioxide (CO2)
1.0
Ammonia (NH3)
Propane (C3H8)
Isobutene
Air
Water
HCFC-22 replacement
Natural Refrigerants
References
None
148 of 223
RE-1: Improved Energy Performance

Intent
To promote further reductions in the projects energy consumption and hence carbon
emissions associated with building operation.
Credit
Requirements
GENERAL
1-15 Credit Points: Using the same methodology outlined in RE-R1: Minimum Energy
Performance, demonstrate further percentage reductions in the proposed building
energy consumption beyond the baseline building consumption determined in RE-R1.
Points are awarded as follows:
Points
Achieved
Percentage
Reduction
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
14%
16%
18%
20%
22.5%
25%
27.5%
30%
32.5%
35%
40%
45%
50%
55%
60%

None
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
15
(maximum)
1-15
15
(maximum)
1-15
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
Achieve further percentage reductions in the proposed
building energy consumption compared to the baseline.
Construction Rating
Achieve further percentage reductions in the proposed
building energy consumption compared to the baseline.
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Energy Model Template summarizing the dynamic energy simulation and confirming
the percentage reduction that will be achieved.
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Updated Energy Model Template summarizing the dynamic energy simulation and
confirming the achieved percentage reduction.
149 of 223
Calculations and
Methodology
Determine the baseline building annual energy consumption as per RE-R1 Minimum
Energy Performance.
Through the addition of all energy conservation measures, determine the energy
reductions of the proposed building and demonstrate a percentage improvement
compared to the baseline.
References

Residential Buildings
150 of 223
RE-2: Cool Building Strategies

Intent
To determine the most effective solution to reducing a buildings cooling demand by

incorporating passive design strategies as a priority.
Credit
Requirements
GENERAL
Demonstrate that passive design measures have been incorporated into the building
design to reduce the external heat gain compared with the baseline building.
Reductions in the annual external heat gain must be analysed and presented according
to the procedure outlined within the Calculations and Methodology section.
1-5 Credit Points: Points are awarded based on reductions in the annual external heat
gain of the proposed building compared with the baseline as follows:
Points
Achieved
Percentage
Reduction
1
2
3
4
5
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
An additional point is awarded for the use of high solar reflective roofing materials in
order to help reduce the building external heat gain as well as the impact on the local
microclimate.
1 Credit Point: Use of roofing materials with a Solar Reflectance Index (SRI) 78
None
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
6
(maximum)
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
1-5
Demonstrate percentage reductions in annual external heat gain

attributed to passive design measures.
Demonstrate that roofing materials with a high SRI will be used.
6
(maximum)
1-5
1
Construction Rating
Demonstrate percentage reductions in annual external heat gain
attributed to passive design measures.
Demonstrate that roofing materials with a high SRI have been
used.
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Narrative describing the passive design measures to be incorporated within the

project;
Graph and results table illustrating incremental reductions in the proposed

buildings annual external heat gain (kWh/m 2) as outlined within the Calculations
and Methodology section;
Drawings (section, plan and elevation) as necessary to fully describe all passive
design measures integrated into the building design;
151 of 223
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Calculations and
Methodology
Extracts from specifications relating to construction thermal performance

parameters and building envelope air tightness specifications and air testing
methodology (where applicable); and
Roof drawings and specifications confirming all roof areas except those covered by
mechanical plant, shading devices, renewable technologies and designated
vegetated roofs use materials with a SRI 78.
Updated narrative describing the passive design measures incorporated within the
project;
Graph and results table illustrating incremental reductions in the as-built buildings
annual external heat gain (kWh/m 2) as outlined within the calculations and
methodology section;
As-built drawings (section, plan and elevation) as necessary to fully describe all
passive design measures integrated into the building design;
Manufacturers information relating to construction thermal performance

parameters and building envelope air tightness specifications and air testing results
(where applicable); and
As-built roof drawings and specifications confirming all areas except those covered
by mechanical plant, shading devices, renewable technologies and designated
vegetated roofs use materials with a SRI 78.
Passive design measures are those which require no mechanical systems. This
includes, but is not limited to, orientation, fixed shading devices, improvements to
building fabric, air tightness etc.
Reductions in external heat gain attributed to air tightness may only be included
based on the testing requirements as per RE-R1 Minimum Energy Performance.
External heat gain is defined as the sum of solar gain, external conduction gain and
infiltration gain.
Using the baseline building energy model developed within RE-R1 Minimum Energy
Performance, extract the baseline annual external heat gain (solar gain + external
conduction gain + infiltration gain) for each of the four baseline models (0, 90, 180,
270 degree rotations) and calculate the average baseline annual external heat gain.
Introduce each of the following design measures to the baseline model incrementally
and document the effect each measure has on the annual external heat gain:
1
Orientation
Glazing ratio (both vertical fenestration and skylights)
Glazing solar heat gain coefficients (SHGC)
External shading
Building air leakage rate
Envelope conductive performance
Any other passive design measure not covered within points 1-6 above
The total reduction in annual external heat gain is given as:
152 of 223
Calculation example:
The following example is based on a simple 10 storey building. The table below lists
relevant building parameters assumed in the models as follows:
Proposed building
Baseline building
50,000
50,000
Floor-Floor Height (m)
3.4
3.4
Vertical Fenestration
overall glazing ratio*
80%
40%
SHGC
0.22
0.25
1.5m overhangs
None
3.64
3.64
Above-grade walls
0.35
0.705
Roof
0.25
0.36
Floors
0.25
1.986
2.2
6.81
Annual Solar Gain

(kWh/m2)
16.8
18.0
Annual External
Conduction Gain
(kWh/m2)
16.8
30.6
Annual Infiltration Gain

(kWh/m2)
12.1
12.1
Annual External Heat

Gain (KWh/m2)
45.7
60.7
24.7%
N/A
N/A
Geometry
Floor Area (m2)
External Shading
2
Air Leakage Rate (l/s/m )

2
U-Values (W/m K)
Total Percentage
Reduction
Credit Points Achieved
*Glazing Ratio the ratio of the total area of glazing on a facade to the total faade area
153 of 223
Annual External
Heat Gain
(kWh/m2)
Percentage
Change (%)
Baseline
60.7
Orientation
59.9
-1.4%
Glazing ratio
86.5
+42.6%
Glazing SHGC
84.6
+39.4%
External shading
79.1
+30.3%
79.1
+30.3%
45.7
-24.7%
In order to achieve an additional point for the use of roofing materials with a high
SRI, the entire roof except those areas covered by mechanical plant, shading devices,
renewable technologies and designated vegetated roofs must use materials with a SRI
78.
Roof areas covered by external shading devices are calculated as the portion of roof
area in shade measured at 12pm solar time on the summer solstice. The upper
surface of those shading devices must also use materials with a SRI 78.
Roofs are defined as the upper portion of the building envelope that are tilted at an
angle of less than 60 degrees to the horizontal.
Where a building contains no roof surfaces (excluding areas covered by mechanical
plant, designated vegetated roofs and renewable technologies), the credit point is
awarded automatically.
The SRI of a material shall be calculated based on solar reflectance and emittance
numbers as defined in the American Society of Testing and Materials Standard E198001. Alternatively manufacturers evidence can be supplied where the testing is in
accordance with the referenced standards below.
References

and Low-Sloped Surfaces in the Field
154 of 223
Ambient Temperature Using a Portable Solar Reflectometer
Using Inspection-Meter Techniques
Near Room Temperature Using Portable Emissometers
155 of 223
RE-3: Energy Efficient Appliances

Intent
To minimise the energy consumed by common building appliances.
Credit
Requirements
GENERAL
3 Credit Points: Demonstrate that all landlord purchased and/or leased installed
appliances achieve one of the following:
Energy Star accredited
A minimum A rating under the EU Energy Efficiency Labelling Scheme
An appropriate level under a comparable rating scheme provided the appliance meets
or exceeds equivalent level requirements under the Energy Star or EU Energy
Efficiency Labelling Scheme
Provide guidelines for tenants (where applicable) outlining the benefits of energy
efficient appliances, the sustainability goals that the building is aiming to achieve, how
their purchases can contribute, and examples of the types of appliances the tenants
may purchase.
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
3
(maximum)
3
3
(maximum)
3
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
Demonstrate that all developer purchased and/or leased
installed appliances shall be energy efficient, and that tenant
guidelines outlining the benefits of energy efficient appliances
will be produced.
Construction Rating
Demonstrate that all developer purchased and/or leased
installed appliances are energy efficient, and that tenant
guidelines outlining the benefits of energy efficient appliances
have been produced.
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Summary list of all appliances to be installed in the building, including quantity and
energy efficiency certification;
Extracts from specifications detailing appliance energy use and proof of

certification by Energy Star program, EU Energy Efficiency Labeling Scheme or
equivalent; and
Draft tenant guidelines outlining the potential benefits of installing energy efficient
appliances, along with examples of appliances which are appropriate for tenants to
purchase.
Updated summary list of all appliances installed in the building including quantity,
manufacturer and model;
Manufacturer information regarding appliance energy use and proof of certification

by Energy Star program, EU Energy Efficiency Labeling Scheme or equivalent; and
Tenant guidelines outlining the potential benefits of installing energy efficient

appliances, along with examples of appliances which are appropriate for tenants to
purchase.
156 of 223
Calculations and
Methodology
Recognised appliance rating systems include but are not necessarily limited to:
Energy Star
EU Energy Efficiency Labelling Scheme
If other labelling schemes are used, evidence describing how the appliances meet or
exceed the equivalent requirements under the Energy Star or EU labelling scheme
must be submitted and may be accepted after formal verification from Estidama.
All landlord purchased and/or leased installed appliances included within the table
below must achieve at least one of the energy efficient labels above.
Schools are assumed to be solely landlord controlled and therefore there are no
additional requirements for tenant areas.
Based on the tenant occupancy type, tenant guidelines must cover all the appliances
outlined in the table below.
Where the occupancy type is general, tenant guidelines must cover all the appliances
that are relevant to the building type.
LANDLORD
AREAS
Appliance
References
TENANT AREAS
Office
Retail
Multi-Resi
Dishwashers
Refrigerators and freezers
Ovens
Ice Machines
Steam Cookers
Fryers/Griddles
Televisions
Washing Machines or
washer/dryers
Computers

Copiers and fax machines
Digital duplicators
Enterprise servers
External power adapters
Monitors
Printers, scanners and all-in-ones
Water coolers/heaters
None
157 of 223
RE-4: Vertical Transportation

Intent
To promote projects that specify and install energy efficient vertical movement and
transportation systems
Credit
Requirements
GENERAL
Easily Accessible Stairs
1 Credit Point: Demonstrate that there are easily accessible stairs to at least the first
three floors (or to all floors if the building is less than three stories), and that the
stairs are either visible from the main entrance or visible from the main building lifts.
The stairs must have the following characteristics:
Achieve a minimum lighting level of 150 lux measured at the walking surfaces;
Open or visible on at least one side; and
All artificial lighting used within the stairs must be supplied with colour corrected
lamps which provide a minimum Color Rendering Index (CRI) of 80.
Energy Efficient Lifts
1 Credit Point: Demonstrate that all lifts within the building are energy efficient as
follows:
Offer idle/downtime features allowing the lift to operate in a stand-by mode
during off-peak periods;
Include a regenerative drive system (buildings over three stories only); and
Use LED lighting and LCD display features.
Energy Efficient Escalators/Travelators
1 Credit Point: Demonstrate that all escalators and travelators within the building are
energy efficient as follows:
Offer an automated stop/start function linked to occupancy sensors to enable
standby mode when there is no passenger demand; and
Use LED strip lighting.
Simple platform/wheelchair lifts and electronic ramps are not subject to the
requirements of this credit.
158 of 223
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
3
(maximum)
Design Rating
Demonstrate that easily accessible stairs shall be provided to at

least the first three floors of the building.
Demonstrate that all lifts within the building shall be energy

efficient.
Demonstrate that all escalators/ travelators within the building

shall be energy efficient.
3
(maximum)
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Construction Rating
Demonstrate that easily accessible stairs have been provided to at

least the first three floors of the building.
Demonstrate that all lifts within the building are energy efficient.
Demonstrate that all escalators/travelators within the building are

energy efficient.

Brief narrative indicating how the project will meet the credit requirements;
Plan and elevation drawings detailing the staircase design and their location(s)
within the building;
Lighting calculations demonstrating that the minimum lux levels will be achieved
on the stairs measured at the walking surfaces at any time; and
Extracts from lighting specifications confirming that all light fittings within the
stairs achieve the minimum color rendering index required.

Brief narrative indicating how the project will meet the credit requirements; and
Extracts from the lift specifications detailing the idle/downtime features,

regenerative drive system and confirmation that specified lighting is LED and any
display features are LCD.
Energy Efficient Escalators and Travelators
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Brief narrative indicating how the project will meet the credit requirements; and
Extracts from the escalator/travelator specifications detailing the automated

stop/start system, occupancy sensors and confirmation that specified strip lighting
is LED.

Updated narrative including photographic evidence indicating how the project

meets the credit requirements;
As-built plan and elevation drawings detailing the staircase design and their
location(s) within the building;
Lighting measurements demonstrating that a minimum of 150 lux is achieved at the

walking surfaces at any time; and
Manufacturers information confirming that all light fittings within the stairs
achieve the minimum color rendering index required.


meets the credit requirements; and
Manufacturers information of the installed lift(s) detailing the idle/downtime

features, regenerative drive system and confirmation that installed lighting is LED
159 of 223
and any display features are LCD.

Energy Efficient Escalators and Travelators

meets the credit requirements; and
Manufacturers information of the installed escalator/travelator(s) detailing the

automated stop/start system, occupancy sensors and confirmation that installed
strip lighting is LED.
Calculations and
Methodology
Lighting calculations and measurements must be conducted without the influence of

daylight
References
SLL CIBSE Code for Lighting
160 of 223
RE-5: Peak Load Reduction

Intent
To reduce energy demand and consequent increased infrastructure requirements to

cater for loads at peak use times through efficient building and services design and sitebased renewable energy generation.
Credit
Requirements
GENERAL
Demonstrate the following:
2 Credit Points: Peak electrical load is less than 80% greater than the project design
annual average electrical load.
4 Credit Points: Peak electrical load is less than 60% greater than the project design
None
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
4
(maximum)
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Calculations and
Methodology
Design Rating
Demonstrate peak electrical load shall be less than 80% above

Demonstrate peak electrical load shall be less than 60% above

4
(maximum)
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Construction Rating
Demonstrate peak electrical load is less than 80% above annual

average electrical load.
Demonstrate peak electrical load is less than 60% above annual

average electrical load.
Graph from the dynamic energy simulation illustrating the annual electrical load
profile of the proposed building, highlighting the peak and annual average
electrical loads;
Calculations confirming the percentage increase in peak electrical load compared

to the annual average electrical load; and
Narrative describing each of the major peak load reduction strategies, along with
drawings, equipment data sheets/specifications as necessary to illustrate how and
where the chosen measures are incorporated into the proposed building design.
Graph from the dynamic energy simulation illustrating the annual electrical load
profile of the as-built building, highlighting the peak and annual average electrical
loads;
Calculations confirming the percentage increase in peak electrical load compared

to the annual average electrical load; and
Updated narrative describing each of the major peak load reduction strategies,
along with as-built drawings, equipment data sheets/specifications as necessary to
illustrate how and where the chosen measures are incorporated into the as-built
building design.
The peak and annual average electrical load (MW) must be determined from the
modeling results of the dynamic simulation undertaken as part of RE-R1 Minimum
161 of 223
Energy Performance / RE-1 Improved Energy Performance
The electrical loads must include all energy conservation and peak load reduction
measures (e.g. renewable technologies, energy storage systems etc)
As per RE-R1, power generated through onsite renewable technologies may be
subtracted from the projects electrical load.
2 Credit Points:
4 Credit Points:
References
None
162 of 223
RE-6: Renewable Energy

Intent
To reward projects for the use of renewable technologies, therefore reducing the
carbon emissions associated with building operation and the reliance on fossil fuel
based power generation.
Credit
Requirements
GENERAL
Demonstrate that a percentage of the developments total energy demand is supplied
through renewable energy.
Onsite Systems:
Demonstrate that an onsite renewable energy feasibility study has been undertaken,
and that one or more appropriate technologies have been selected as a result of the
study; and
1-8 Credit Points: Demonstrate that a percentage of the proposed buildings energy
consumption is supplied through onsite renewable energy. Points are awarded as
follows:
Points
Achieved
Required
Percentage
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1%
3%
5%
7%
10%
13%
16%
20%
Offsite Systems:
1 Credit Point: Demonstrate that a minimum of 20% of the projects non-renewable
energy use will be provided by offsite renewable generation through direct purchase
and/or certified Renewable Energy Certificates (RECs), and that contracts are signed
for a minimum of 2 years.
None
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
9
(maximum)
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
1-8
Demonstrate that a percentage of the total energy consumption

will be supplied by onsite renewable energy.
Demonstrate that 20% of the projects non-renewable energy use

will be supplied by offsite renewable energy.
9
(maximum)
Construction Rating
1-8
Demonstrate that a percentage of the total energy consumption is

supplied by onsite renewable energy.
Demonstrate that 20% of the projects non-renewable energy use

is supplied by offsite renewable energy.
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Onsite Systems:
Renewable energy feasibility study covering each of the technologies required as

well as recommendations on the preferred technology/technologies; and

163 of 223
percentage of the proposed building annual energy consumption.

Offsite Systems:
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Calculations demonstrating the amount of renewable energy required to be

purchased in order to achieve 20% of the projects non-renewable energy
consumption from offsite renewable generation; and
Narrative describing the proposed strategy (direct purchase/RECs) for achieving the
credit requirements.
Onsite Systems:
Photographic evidence confirming that the recommended renewable energy

technology/technologies based on the design stage feasibility study has been
incorporated into the project; and
Updated summary report showing the annual energy generation capability of each
installed renewable energy technology, both in terms of annual energy produced as
well as a percentage of the proposed building annual energy consumption.
Offsite Systems:
Calculations and
Methodology
Direct Purchase
The name of the renewable energy provider;
Renewable energy technology (e.g. solar photovoltaics);
Confirmation that the annual purchases are equal to 20% or more of the
proposed buildings annual non-renewable energy consumption; and
contract.
Renewable Energy Certificates (RECs)

The annual quantity of purchases;
proposed buildings annual non-renewable energy consumption;
contract; and

Documentation required above for both Direct Purchase and RECs; and
Narrative confirming that the combined annual purchase is equal to 20% or

more of the proposed buildings annual energy consumption.
Eligible renewable technologies include, but are not limited to:

Deep-heat geothermal systems, providing either electrical power or thermal energy
(does not include ground source heat pumps);
Wave/tidal/hydro electric energy systems;
Landfill gas systems; and
Onsite Systems:
Onsite systems are defined as renewable energy generated within the project site
boundary.
The onsite renewable energy feasibility study must cover a minimum of three
164 of 223
renewable technologies and cover the following:
Annual energy generated from each renewable technology;

Percentage of total annual energy consumption supplied through onsite renewable
technologies;
Payback;
Water use;
Land use;
Visual issues;
Maintenance; and
Where the renewable technology will be used (e.g. car park lighting systems).
renewable technology in reference to the above issues with the selected technology
highlighted.
technology, and dividing their sum by the annual energy consumption of the proposed
building determined within RE-1 Improved Energy Performance.
Offsite Systems:
Offsite systems are defined as renewable energy generated outside of the project site
boundary.
The percentage of the non-renewable energy consumption to be supplied through
offsite renewable technologies is determined as follows:
All RECs are required to be certified to Green-e standard or equivalent
References
Center for Resource Solutions, Green-e Product Certification Requirements

http://www.green-e.org/
165 of 223
RE-7: Global Warming Impacts of Refrigerants

& Fire Suppression Systems
Intent
To promote the selection of refrigerants and fire suppression systems that minimise
impacts on the environment.
Credit
Requirements
GENERAL
Refrigerants
1 Credit Point: Demonstrate that the weighted average of all refrigerants to be
installed within the project has an equivalent Global Warming Potential (GWP) of 10
or less.
Refrigerant Leak Detection
1 Credit Point: Demonstrate that the project has installed a permanent refrigerant
leak detection system.
Refrigerant Pump Down
1 Credit Point: Demonstrate that the project has installed an automatic refrigerant
pump down system to a dedicated storage tank with isolation valves.
1 Credit Point: Demonstrate that all gaseous fire suppression systems have a GWP of
1 or less.
Note:
Where the total collective mass of refrigerant charge used in the project (including
any charge associated with district cooling) is less than 5kg, 1 credit point for
Refrigerants shall be awarded automatically.
Where only individual units containing less than 5kg of refrigerant are used,
Refrigerant Leak Detection and Refrigerant Pump Down systems are not required, and
those credit points shall be awarded automatically.
For projects served via district cooling (DC) systems, the points shall only be awarded
if the DC system also complies with the requirements for Refrigerants, Refrigerant
Leak Detection and Refrigerant Pump Down.
Where no gaseous fire suppression systems are used in the project, the credit point
for Fire Suppression Systems shall be awarded automatically.
None
166 of 223
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
4
(maximum)
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
Demonstrate that the weighted average of all refrigerants shall

Demonstrate that a permanent refrigerant leak detection system

shall be installed.
Demonstrate that an automatic refrigerant pump down system

shall be installed.
Demonstrate that 100% of gaseous fire systems shall have a GWP

of 1 or less.
4
(maximum)
Construction Rating
Demonstrate that the weighted average of all refrigerants has a

GWP of 10 or less.
Demonstrate that a permanent refrigerant leak detection system

has been installed.
Demonstrate that an automatic refrigerant pump down system

has been installed.
Demonstrate that 100% of gaseous fire systems have a GWP of 1

or less.
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Narrative and calculations (if applicable) describing how the project meets the
credit requirements, and specific requirements as below:
Refrigerants
Specification extracts for all proposed refrigerants confirming the GWP of each
refrigerant.
System specifications for the leak detection system.

Specification detailing the type and operation of the automatic refrigerant pump
down system.
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Extracts from specifications confirming the GWP of all proposed gaseous fire
suppression systems.
Updated narrative and calculations (if applicable) describing how the project meets
the credit requirements, and specific requirements as below:
Refrigerants
Manufacturers information for all installed refrigerants confirming the GWP of

each refrigerant.
Manufacturers information for installed leak detection system; and
Extract from IDP-R4 Basic Commissioning report verifying the individual Leak
Detection system operates as intended.
Manufacturers information detailing the type and operation of the automatic

refrigerant pump down system; and
Extract from IDP-R4 Basic Commissioning report verifying the refrigerant pump
down system operates as intended.
Manufacturers information confirming the GWP of all installed gaseous fire

suppression systems.
167 of 223
Calculations and
Methodology
The GWP weighted average of all refrigerants is calculated as follows:
R = Charge (kg) of each refrigerant

GWP = Global Warming Potential of each refrigerant
The Global Warming Potential (GWP) of various refrigerants (100 yr value) are given
below:
Chlorofluorocarbons
ODP
GWP
CFC-12
1.0
10,900
HCFC-22
0.055
1,810
HCFC-123
0.02
77
HFC-134a
1,430
HFC-245fa
1,030
HFC-407c
1,700
HCFC-22 replacement
HFC-410a
1,900
Air conditioning
HFC-417a
1,950
HCFC-22 replacement
1.0
Ammonia (NH3)
Propane (C3H8)
Isobutene
Air
Water
CFC-11 replacement
Hydrofluorocarbons
References
None
168 of 223
Credit Section
169 of 223
indirect consequences, beginning with the way raw content is extracted through to how that material is
The loss of biodiversity in a tropical rainforest half a world away;
Consumption of energy required to ship materials to the UAE by boat, plane or truck;
Substantial energy and water inputs required for the manufacturing process; and
useful life.
In a sustainable development, the materials chosen, and the process by which associated waste is
disposed, should be viewed as a complete cycle, not two disconnected processes. Transportation of waste
uses large amounts of fossil fuel and decaying landfill trash generates methane, a major greenhouse gas.

protecting the environment.
The Center of Waste Management, Abu Dhabi
The Stewarding Materials section of the Pearl Rating System encourages design and development
teams to consider this entire continuum or whole-of-life cycle- when selecting and specifying
materials, with an overall objective to improve the social and environmental outcomes
associated with their manufacture, transport, installation and disposal.
170 of 223
SM
Credit
Code
Credit Title
General
Office
Retail
MultiResidential
School
SM-R1
SM-R2
SM-R3
SM-1
SM-2
Design for Materials Reduction
SM-3
Design for Flexibility & Adaptability
SM-4
Design for Disassembly
SM-5
Modular Flooring Systems
SM-6
SM-7
Building Reuse
SM-8
Material Reuse
SM-9
Regional Materials
SM-10
Recycled Materials
SM-11
Rapidly Renewable Materials
SM-12
SM-13
SM-14
SM-15
28
28
28
28
28
TOTAL
171 of 223
SM-R1: Hazardous Materials Elimination

Intent
Credit
Requirements
To eliminate exposure of building occupants to asbestos and minimize toxic effects of

chromated copper arsenate (CCA) treated timber on people and the environment.
GENERAL
Demonstrate that no Asbestos Containing Materials (ACMs) are used within the
development and that all ACMs have been removed from refurbished buildings.
This Credit Requirement builds on Cabinet Resolution No. 39 of 2006 Concerning
Prohibiting Import, Production and Utilization of Asbestos Boards and extends the
prohibition to all ACMs.
Demonstrate that where timber is specified to treat external structures where there is
frequent and intimate contact, such as but not limited to- shading devices,
playground equipment and handrails that no chromated copper arsenate (CCA)-treated
timber is used on the project.
None
Requirement
Achievement
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Extracts from specifications indicating that no ACMs or CCA-treated timber are to

be used in the project as per the Credit Requirements.
Where portions of the project are reused from an existing building:
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Results of a hazardous materials survey documenting the existence, if any, of ACMs

in the building. It is recommended to follow internationally recognized standards
such as ASTM E 256-04 Comprehensive Building Asbestos Surveys or similar
standards; and
Where ACMs were found, Asbestos removal and disposal plan.
Evidence of purchase indicating that no ACMs or CCA-treated timber were used in


Where ACMs were found, evidence of disposal at a hazardous waste facility.
Calculations and
Methodology
None
References

Cabinet Resolution No. 39 of 2006 Concerning Prohibiting Import, Production and

Utilization of Asbestos Boards
ASTM E 2356-04 - Comprehensive Building Asbestos Surveys
172 of 223

Intent
Credit
Requirements

GENERAL
Demonstrate that the General contractor, working collaboratively with all subcontractors and specialty contractors (e.g. demolition), developed a Construction
and Demolition Waste Management Plan (CDWMP) prior to the start of construction
and demolition activities. The CDWMP must identify the materials to be diverted
from landfill and indicate whether the materials will be segregated on-site or
commingled. If materials are planned for salvage, the plan must indicate their
planned use.
Demonstrate that the Contractor implemented monthly monitoring of the CDWMP,
and achieved a minimum final recycling/salvage rate of 30% of construction and
demolition waste (by weight or volume). This figure excludes all hazardous waste
that must undergo specialized treatment.
None
Requirement
Achievement
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating

Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating

Calculations and
Methodology
Calculations can be done by weight or volume, but must be consistent throughout.
References
Centre of Waste Management, Abu Dhabi: www.cwm.ae
173 of 223
SM-R3: Basic Operational Waste Management

Intent
Credit
Requirements
To reduce the long-term environmental impacts associated with operational waste

GENERAL
Demonstrate that an Operational Waste Strategy has been developed from the concept
stage. As a minimum, the following must be addressed by the design and development
team:
Annual estimates of Operational waste;
Summary review of existing and planned waste management infrastructure and
programs available from the appropriate authority;
Proposed options for diverting waste from landfills and incineration with a
minimum targeted diversion rate of 40% by weight or volume of the total
operational waste generated at full occupancy;
Provision of adequately sized and accessible facilities and clearly labeled
containers for the storage and collection of source-segregated waste as
recommended by the Centre of Waste Management. At a minimum, allow for
separation as follows:
o Green container for recyclable plastics, glass and metals;
o Blue container for recyclable paper and cardboard;
o Black container for non recyclable and non compostable waste; and
o An optional container may be provided for compostable organic waste;
Distance to carry waste containers to the nearest collection point inside or outside
the building may not exceed 30 m; and
Adequate vehicular access for waste handling vehicles must also be ensured.
Multi-Residential Buildings
The minimum targeted diversion rate for Operational Waste is 30% by weight or volume
of the total operational waste generated at full occupancy.
Requirement
Achievement
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Operational Waste Strategy that includes:
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Narrative summarizing options researched and selected to meet the diversion

targets. The strategy must address waste minimization, storage, collection, and
treatment and links to private or municipal and regional infrastructure and
programs;
Calculations documenting projected waste quantities for the development during

operation on an annual basis. Waste benchmarks may be obtained from the Centre
of Waste Management, waste audits of similar buildings or literature research.
References must be clearly listed;
Drawing(s) indicating location of the storage/disposal facilities and vehicle access

Waste transfer inventory outlining the intended receiver of waste. This should
include information indicating that the carrier, recycling and disposal facilities are
licensed.

174 of 223
Rating
Updated waste transfer inventory outlining the contracted receiver of waste. This
should include information indicating that the carrier, recycling and disposal
facilities are licensed.
Calculations and
Methodology


Waste benchmarks may be obtained from the Centre of Waste Management, waste
audits of similar buildings or literature research. References must be clearly listed.
References
175 of 223
SM-1: Non-Polluting Materials

Intent
Credit
Requirements
To promote the selection of materials that do not have long-term negative impacts on
human health or pollute natural systems.
GENERAL
Demonstrate that the project has achieved the following:
Zero ODP, Low GWP Insulation
1 Credit Point: All thermal insulation materials used in the project have an Ozone
Depleting Potential of zero (ODP = 0) and a low Global Warming Potential of less
than five (GWP 5). Compliance is required for any blowing agent used to
manufacture the insulation product or to spray it in place.
Chlorine Free Materials
1 Credit Point: Replace business as usual use of chlorine-based materials
including Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC), Chlorinated polyethylene (CPE), Chlorinated
polyvinyl chloride (CPVC), Chlorosulfonated polyethylene (CSPE), and
Polychloroprene with more sustainable alternatives for three or more of the
following building product groups (The proportions required are indicated below):
o Insulation (80% or more by surface area);
o Waterproofing sheets and membranes (50% or more by surface area);
o External cladding (90% or more by surface area);
o Floor and wall coverings (90% or more by surface area);
o Windows and door frames (90% or more by linear length);
o Pipes (50% or more by linear length); and
o Electrical Cables, cable sheathing and Conduits (50% or more by linear
length).
Low Toxicity Materials
1 Credit Point: Eliminate materials or building products or components
containing elements or compounds with the following R-phrase attribution under
EU Risk Phrases (R-Phrases) listed in Annex III of EU Directives 67/548/EEC:
o R20 - Harmful by inhalation.
o R21 - Harmful in contact with skin.
o R22 - Harmful if swallowed.
o R23 - Toxic by inhalation.
o R24 - Toxic in contact with skin.
o R25 - Toxic if swallowed.
o R26 - Very toxic by inhalation.
o R27 - Very toxic in contact with skin.
o R28 - Very toxic if swallowed.
o R29 - Contact with water liberates toxic gas.
o R31 - Contact with acids liberates toxic gas.
o R32 - Contact with acids liberates very toxic gas.
o R33 - Danger of cumulative effects.
o R36 - Irritating to eyes.
o R37 - Irritating to respiratory system.
o R38 - Irritating to skin.
o R39 - Danger of very serious irreversible effects.
o R41 - Risk of serious damage to eyes.
o R42 - May cause sensitization by inhalation.
o R43 - May cause sensitization by skin contact.
o R45 - May cause cancer.
176 of 223
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
R46
R48
R49
R50
R51
R52
R53
R54
R55
R56
R57
R58
R59
R60
R61
R62
R63
R64
R65
May cause heritable genetic damage.

Danger of serious damage to health by prolonged exposure.
May cause cancer by inhalation.
Very toxic to aquatic organisms.
Toxic to aquatic organisms.
Harmful to aquatic organisms.
May cause long-term adverse effects in the aquatic environment.
Toxic to flora.
Toxic to fauna.
Toxic to soil organisms.
Toxic to bees.
May cause long-term adverse effects in the environment.
Dangerous for the ozone layer.
May impair fertility.
May cause harm to the unborn child.
Possible risk of impaired fertility.
Possible risk of harm to the unborn child.
May cause harm to breastfed babies.
Harmful: may cause lung damage if swallowed.
In order to qualify for this credit, all building materials must not contain
materials or compounds with over 1% of constituent materials with designated Rphrases in the above categories (minor exceptions permitted if it can be
demonstrated that no alternatives are available).
None
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
3
(maximum)
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
Building meets the Zero ODP, Low GWP Insulation Credit

Requirements through design.
Building meets the Chlorine Free Materials Credit Requirements

through design.
Building meets the Low Toxicity Materials Credit Requirements

through design.
3
(maximum)
Construction Rating
Building meets the Zero ODP, Low GWP Insulation Credit

Requirements through construction.
Building meets the Chlorine Free Materials Credit Requirements

through construction.
Building meets the Low Toxicity Materials Credit Requirements

through construction..
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating

Summary sheet listing all uses of insulation in the project; and
For all listed products, extracts from specifications requiring materials

manufactured without the use of ozone-depleting materials and with a global
warming potential of less than 5.

Extracts from specifications requiring the use of chlorine free materials/products

corresponding to the chosen initiatives; and
Area/ length percentage calculations for each material product category.
177 of 223

Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Extracts from specifications highlighting that all materials in the project meet the

Updated summary sheet listing all uses of insulation in the project; and
For all listed products, evidence of purchase of materials manufactured without

the use of ozone-depleting materials and with a global warming potential of less
than 5.

Updated calculations describing how the Credit Requirements are met; and
Evidence of purchase confirming the use of chlorine free materials/products.

Confirmation that all materials comply with the EU Risk Phrases (R-Phrases)
Directive 67/548/EEC , Annex III. This can be in the form of evidence of purchase
or manufacturer information.
Calculations and
Methodology
None
References

EU Directive on Dangerous Substances 67/548/EEC :

http://ec.europa.eu/environment/chemicals/dansub/consolidated_en.htm
EU Directive 67/548/EEC Annex III :
http://ec.europa.eu/environment/chemicals/dansub/pdfs/annex3_en.pdf
178 of 223
SM-2: Design for Materials Reduction

Intent
To reduce the overall amount of material used in the development of buildings.
Credit
Requirements
GENERAL
Demonstrate that fewer materials are used in the final building design than in a typical
building of the same type by achieving at least one of the following initiatives:
At least 90% of the interior floor area does not include finishes (apart from
sealant);
At least 90% of the ceiling area does not have any ceiling systems (exposed ceilings
only); or
Use of dual function surfaces or materials such as:
o Building Integrated Photovoltaics (BIPV) replacing traditional building
envelope materials on at least 10% of the area of the building envelope
(including roof);
o Vegetated roofs on at least 50% of the area of roof. (Plant selection should
favor native and drought-resistant species. This section of the roof must
also be accessible to building users); or
o Vegetated walls on at least 10% of the area of all interior partitions (Plant
selection should favor native and drought-resistant species).
Office
Office buildings must achieve at least two of three initiatives from the list above.
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
1
(maximum)
1
1
(maximum)
1
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
General: Building is designed with at least one material

reduction initiative.
Offices only: At least two initiatives are required.
Construction Rating
General: Building is constructed with at least one material

reduction initiative.
Offices only: At least two initiatives are required.
Brief narrative describing how the project intends to meet the Credit
Requirements, including any calculations; and
Extracts from specifications requiring the proposed initiative(s).
Updated brief narrative describing how the project intends to meet the Credit
Calculations and photographs of the relevant features confirming the initiatives

meet credit requirements.
Calculations and
Methodology
Area calculations are required and must show a comparison between a traditional
approach and current design using reduced amount of materials.
References
None
179 of 223
SM-3: Design for Flexibility & Adaptability

Intent
To lengthen the useful life of buildings through designs that are easily adaptable for
other program uses.
Credit
Requirements
GENERAL
Demonstrate the following:
90% of the building has regular rhythm to exposed facades (by area);
Floor-to-floor heights of at least 3.6 meters;
90% of the windows are evenly distributed around exposed elevations (by area);
90% of interior, non-structural walls are demountable or movable (by area); and
90% of pipes, wiring and conduits are not permanently embedded in building
materials (in length).
None
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
1
(maximum)
1
1
(maximum)
1
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
Building is designed to meet Credit Requirements for flexibility

and adaptability.
Construction Rating
Building is constructed to meet Credit Requirements for

flexibility and adaptability.
Requirements, including any calculations;
Building elevations clearly indicating how the building has regular rhythm to
exposed facades, floor-to-floor heights and distribution of windows;
Typical floor plan indicating the location of any load bearing walls and other
interior walls as well as any connections for movable/demountable walls; and
Drawings indicating plumbing and electrical services are not to be permanently

embedded in building materials.
Updated narrative describing how the project intends to meet the Credit
Requirements, including any calculations;
Photographs clearly illustrating how the building has regular rhythm to exposed
facade, floor-to-floor heights and distribution of windows;
Photographs of movable/demountable walls; and
As Built drawings illustrating how plumbing and electrical services have not been
permanently embedded in building materials.
Calculations and
Methodology
None
References
None
180 of 223
SM-4: Design for Disassembly

Intent
Credit
Requirements
To facilitate the future deconstruction and reuse of buildings and their structural and
envelope components.
GENERAL
Develop a Building Disassembly Plan highlighting the following:
materials intended for recovery;
materials connection requirements;
system for marking and identifying recoverable elements prior to installation;
best management practices for disassembly; and
the disassembly sequence.
Demonstrate that 50% of the building structural skeleton, 75% of faade, or 90% of the
roof is designed for disassembly (by surface area).
None
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
1
(maximum)
1
1
(maximum)
1
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
Building is designed to meet Credit Requirements for design for

disassembly.
Construction Rating
Building is constructed to meet Credit Requirements for design

for disassembly.
Building Disassembly Plan conforming to Project and the Credit Requirements.
Updated brief narrative describing how the project meets the Credit Requirements,
including any calculations; and
Photographs illustrating building elements designed for disassembly.
Calculations and
Methodology
Calculations must indicate the total surface area of the building skeleton, faade and
roofing systems, and the amount of this surface area that can be disassembled, both in
square meters and as a percentage of the total surface area.
References
None
181 of 223
SM-5: Modular Flooring Systems

Intent
To minimize waste associated with replacement of flooring systems through the use of
modular systems.
Credit
Requirements
GENERAL
Demonstrate that at least 95% (by surface area) of finished floor areas use modular
flooring products. To qualify, the proposed product must have one or more of the
following environmental characteristics:
Have a minimum of 30% post-consumer recycled content;
Be fully or partly recyclable;
be rapidly renewable; or
be extracted, harvested or recovered and manufactured locally as per SM-9.
Projects where 95% or more of the floor areas are not finished automatically achieve
the Credit.
None
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
1
(maximum)
1
1
(maximum)
1
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
At least 95% (by surface area) of finished floor areas are

specified with modular flooring products.
Construction Rating
Demonstrate that at least 95% (by surface area) of finished floor

areas are constructed with modular flooring products.
Floor plans and floor finishes schedule describing all flooring systems used
(excluding all non-finished floor areas such as plant rooms), their locations in the
building, total area covered, and their environmental characteristic(s);
Calculations demonstrating that the flooring systems used meet the Credit
Requirements in aggregate; and
Extracts from specifications showing that modular flooring systems meet the
environmental characteristic(s) requirements.
As-built floor plans and updated floor finishes schedule describing all flooring
systems used (excluding all non-finished floor areas such as plant rooms), their
locations in the building, total area covered, and their environmental
characteristics;
Updated calculations demonstrating that the flooring systems used meet the Credit
Requirements in aggregate;
Calculations and
Methodology
None
References
None
182 of 223
SM-6: Design for Durability

Intent
Credit
Requirements
To promote a long life building by protecting its components from condensation, water
ingress, improper drainage and protecting vulnerable areas of the building envelope
and surroundings.
GENERAL
Develop and implement a Building Durability Plan (BDP) to optimize the integrity of the
building envelope.
None
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
1
(maximum)
1
1
(maximum)
1
REQUIREMENTS
Building Design Rating
Develop a Building Durability Plan.

Building Construction Rating
Implement the Building Durability Plan.
QUIREMENTS
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
BDP conforming to the Credit Requirements; and
Drawings and extracts from specifications and consultant briefs or scope

demonstrating provision of the supporting measures described in the BDP.
Report summarizing the implementation of the BDP within the building conforming
with the Credit Requirements, including:
Drawings and consultant reports demonstrating the implementation of measures

described in the BDP; and
If the items covered by the BDP are damaged or not operating as intended,
rectification work undertaken to ensure the operation is restored to approved
Design Rating functionality levels.
Calculations and
Methodology
The Building Durability Plan must include the following:

Estimated life span of key building features, including concrete walls,
foundations and structural elements, flooring, ceilings, roofs, cladding,
windows and glazing/curtain wall systems or installations;
Where components or assemblies have a shorter service life than the life of the
building, a plan for how these slower cycling materials will be specified to
reduce life-cycle impacts (e.g. carbon and toxicity) and be maintained or
replaced without damage to the longer cycling elements/materials; and
Description of design measures to improve durability and long term service life
such as:
o Bollards in loading areas;
o Condensate capture;
o Drains/shower waterproofing and drainage gradients;
o Faade waterproofing and leakage;
o Insulation of ducts and durability of ceilings (particularly
waterproofing);
o Ease of maintenance; or
o Access to faade and systems.
References
None
183 of 223
SM-7: Building Reuse

Intent
Credit
Requirements
To encourage the reuse and improvement of existing building stock, reduce waste and
other environmental impacts associated with new materials extraction, manufacturing,
and transport.
GENERAL
Demonstrate that a portion of the building structural system, by surface area, is reused
from an existing building. as follows:
1 Credit Point: At least 25% of the building structural system, by surface area, will
be reused.
2 Credit Points: At least 50% of the building structural system, by surface area, will
be reused.
None
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
2
(maximum)
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Design Rating
At least 25% of the building structural system, by surface area,

will be reused.
At least 50% of the building structural system, by surface area,

will be reused.
2
(maximum)
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Construction Rating
At least 25% of the building structural system, by surface area, is

reused.
At least 50% of the building structural system, by surface area, is

reused.
including calculations demonstrating the amount of surface area to be reused; and
Plan drawings of the proposed building and demolition plan of the existing building
demonstrating the amount of surface area to be reused.
including calculations demonstrating the amount of surface area to be reused;
As-built drawings of the new building and demolition drawings of the existing
building demonstrating the amount of surface area reused; and
Site photographs illustrating the reuse of the existing structural system.
Calculations and
Methodology
References
None
184 of 223
SM-8: Material Reuse

Intent
Credit
Requirements
To promote the selection of previously used or salvaged materials in order to reduce

demand on natural resources and reduce waste
GENERAL
Demonstrate that the total material cost of reused and salvaged materials represents
3% of the total material cost.
The following materials are not eligible for this credit:
Materials addressed in all other credits under Stewarding Materials section
except SM 9- Regional Materials;
Materials constituting the reused portion of the building's structural system as
per SM-7 Building Reuse compliance criteria; and
Building components whose performance can influence the energy or water use
are only eligible if an equivalent level of performance can be demonstrated in
comparison to new components available in the current market.
None
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
1
(maximum)
1
1
(maximum)
1
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
The cost of specified reused materials equal to at least 3% of the

Total Material Cost.
Construction Rating
The cost of installed reused materials equal to 3% of the Total

Material Cost.
Summary sheet listing all proposed reused materials meeting the Credit
Requirements, their cost, the source or location of previous use, and intended new
use;
Calculations demonstrating that the total cost of the proposed reused materials
meet the Credit Requirements; and
Extracts from specifications requiring the use of the proposed materials.
Updated summary sheet listing all proposed reused materials meeting the Credit
Requirements, their cost, the source or location of previous use, and new use; and
Updated calculations demonstrating that the total cost of the proposed reused
materials meet the Credit Requirements.
Calculations and
Methodology
equivalent: Division 03 Concrete, Division 04 Masonry, Division 05 Metals, Division 06
Wood, Plastics, and Composites, Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection, Division
08 Openings, Division 09 Finishes, Division 10 Specialties, Division 31 Earthwork,
Division 32 Exterior Improvements. Division 12 may be included; however, associated
costs must be carried throughout all Stewarding Materials credits.
References
None
185 of 223

Intent
Credit
Requirements
To encourage the selection of building materials that have reduced transport impacts
and promotes regional economies
GENERAL
origin to the project site:

1 CREDIT POINT = cost of regional materials equivalent to 10% of Total Material

Cost
2 CREDIT POINTS = cost of regional materials equivalent to 20% of Total Material
Cost
this credit.
None
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
2
(maximum)
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Design Rating
Cost of regional materials specified equal to 10% of Total

Material Cost.

Material Cost.
2
(maximum)
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Construction Rating
Cost of regional materials installed equal to 10% of Total

Material Cost.

Material Cost.
Their cost;
location(s) of extraction/harvest/recovery/manufacture;
distance traveled and means of transport; and
calculations demonstrating the total amount of the qualifying materials as a

percentage of the total material cost.
credit.
Final cost;
Location(s) of extract/harvest/recovery/manufacture; and

applicable.
186 of 223
Calculations and
Methodology
The furthest point of origin is the longest distance to the project site from (1) the
point of extraction, harvest or recovery or (2) the point of manufacture.
The distance traveled is calculated as (Distance traveled by road or rail + 0.1 x
Distance traveled by sea)
For composite materials, a weighted average by weight (mass) must be applied to
the distance. This calculation is not necessary for materials where one major
constituent represents at least 90% of the final material by weight.

References

harvested, the calculation begins at this point and includes the distance traveled to
the manufacturing/processing facility.
Where products are primarily comprised of recycled materials (i.e. 90% by weight
or more), the calculation begins at the point of manufacture.
Calculations to include distance to site but do not include returns.
Division 08 Openings, Division 09 Finishes, Division 10 Specialties, Division 31
Earthwork, Division 32 Exterior Improvements. It is optional to also include Division
12; however, associated costs have to be carried throughout all Stewarding
Materials credits.
None
187 of 223

Intent
Credit
Requirements
To increase the demand for recycled materials to reduce the amount of waste going to
disposal.
GENERAL
Demonstrate that recycled materials are used as follows. The credit points listed below
are cumulative.
Recycled Steel
1 Credit Point: For Steel-framed Buildings, at least 50% of all structural steel (by
weight) has a minimum of 25% post-consumer recycled content or is reused OR for
Concrete-framed Buildings, at least 80% of all reinforcing or stressing steel (by
weight) has a minimum of 90% post-consumer recycled content.
Cement Replacement
per Table SM 10.1 below.
1 Credit Point: Concrete mixes with an embodied GHG as per table SM10.1, rows
B1, C1 and D1
2 Credit Points: Concrete mixes with an embodied GHG as per table SM10.1, rows
B2, C2 and D2
Row A
Strength
Grade
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
162
192
218
240
259
277
292
307
Row B2
Type
Cast in
place
Cast in
place
121
144
163
179
194
206
218
229
Row C1
Precast
176
209
236
260
281
300
317
332
1 Credit
Row C2
Precast
149
176
199
220
237
253
268
281
2 Credits
Row D1
Stressed
183
217
245
270
292
312
329
345
1 Credit
Row D2
Stressed
162
192
218
240
259
277
292
307
2 Credits
Row B1
Embodied GHG
Estidama
Credits
1 Credit
2 Credits
Recycled Aggregates
1 Credit Point: Demonstrate that at least 15% of all aggregates used on site (by
volume), in structural and non-structural applications are recycled.
2 Credit Points: Demonstrate that only recycled aggregates and/or aggregates from
industrial waste by-products are used as base, sub-base or backfill.
Other Materials
1 Credit Point: Demonstrate that any combination of materials with the following
characteristics constitute at least 10% of the Total Material Costs:
minimum 30% post-consumer recycled content
minimum of 80% post-industrial content
50% agricultural waste by-product
None
188 of 223
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
6
(Maximum)
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Design Rating
Steel-framed: at least 50% of specified structural steel (by

weight) has 25% post-consumer recycled content or is reused
Concrete-framed: at least 80% of specified rebar or stressing
steel has 90% post-consumer recycled content.

achieve an embodied GHG of concrete as per table SM10.1,
rows B1, C1 and D1.

rows B2, C2 and D2.
At least 15% of all specified aggregates to be used for structural

or non-structural applications are recycled.
Only recycled aggregate is specified for use as base, sub-base

or backfill.
Cost of specified recycled materials equal to at least 10% of

Total Material Costs.
6
(Maximum)
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Construction Rating
Steel-framed: at least 50% of installed structural steel (by

Concrete-framed: at least 80% of installed rebar or stressing

translate in embodied GHG of concrete as per table SM10.1,
rows B1, C1 and D1.

rows B2, C2 and D2.
At least 15% of all installed aggregates used for structural or

non-structural applications are recycled.
Only recycled aggregate is used as base, sub-base or backfill.
Cost of installed recycled materials equal to at least 10% of

Total Material Costs.
Requirements;
Calculations by weight (Recycled Steel), embodied GHG emissions (Cement

Replacement, using the Estidama Concrete GHG calculator), volume (Recycled
Aggregates) or cost (Other materials) demonstrating compliance with the Credit
Requirements; and
Updated narrative listing all materials used to meet the Credit Requirements;
Updated calculations by weight (Recycled Steel), embodied GHG emissions (Cement

Requirements;
Proofs of manufacture for all nominated materials; and
equipment).
189 of 223
Calculations and
Methodology
Recycled Steel
Cement Replacement
The embodied greenhouse gas emissions in concrete are calculated using the
Estidama Concrete GHG Calculator.
Recycled Aggregates
Other Materials
References
Earthwork, Division 32 Exterior Improvements. Division 12 may also be included;
however, associated costs have to be carried throughout all Stewarding Materials
credits.
190 of 223
SM-11: Rapidly Renewable Materials

Intent
Credit
Requirements
To increase the use of fast growing materials as an alternative to slow growing

materials and finite resources.
GENERAL
Demonstrate that any combination of the following building components comprise a
proportion of materials (by area) containing rapidly renewable content (a minimum of
50% of the material itself has to be rapidly renewable) according to the Requirement
Achievement table below:
joinery;
walls and partitions;
floors;
ceilings; or
roof.
None
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
1
(maximum)
1
(maximum)
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
at least 75% (by area) of one or more specified building

components are rapidly renewable;
at least 35% (by area) of two or more specified building
components are rapidly renewable; or
at least 15% (by area) of four or more specified building
components are rapidly renewable.
Construction Rating
at least 75% (by area) of one or more installed building

components are rapidly renewable;
at least 35% (by area) of two or more installed building
components are rapidly renewable; or
at least 15% (by area) of four or more installed building
components are rapidly renewable.
Summary sheet listing all finishes materials and highlighting the proposed rapidly
renewable materials that meet the Credit Requirements and their use in the
project (i.e. materials used in joinery, walls and partitions, floors, ceilings, or
roof);
Calculations demonstrating that the total area of rapidly renewable materials

meets relevant Credit Point requirement;
Extracts from specifications requiring the use of rapidly renewable materials; and
Drawings showing relevant area of proposed use.
Updated summary sheet listing all finishes materials and highlighting the proposed
rapidly renewable materials that meet the Credit Requirements and their use in the
project (i.e. materials used in joinery, walls and partitions, floors, ceilings, or
roof);
Calculations demonstrating that the total area of rapidly renewable materials

meets one relevant Credit Point requirement;
For all rapidly renewable materials, a product cut sheet or letter from the
manufacturer verifying the percentage of rapidly renewable content OR an
independent third-party verification of the percentage of rapidly renewable
content (e.g. Cradle to Cradle , BRE Green Guide);
191 of 223
As-built drawings showing relevant area of proposed use; and
Evidence of purchase and installation of these rapidly renewable materials in the

project in the form of invoices from suppliers and installers.
Earthwork, Division 32 Exterior Improvements. Division 12 may be included however
associated costs have to be carried throughout all Stewarding Materials credits.
Rapidly Renewable Materials: are defined as biologically sourced materials with a
growth cycle of less than 10 years, able to be sourced continuously in a sustainable
manner without significant environmental disturbance or harm e.g. reeds, thatch,
some bamboo (where sourced from plantations not remnant bamboo ecosystems) or
agri-products grown specifically for the purpose e.g. coconut, hemp etc.
Calculations and
Methodology
References

BRE Environmental Profile www.greenbooklive.com

Cradle to Cradle Certification www.c2ccertified.com
192 of 223

Intent
Credit
Requirements
GENERAL
Demonstrate that a proportion (by cost) of the timber and composite wood
products used on the project, including temporary construction timber, is reused
OR certified (with Chain of Custody Certification: CoC) under any one or any
combination of the following certification schemes as per the Requirement
Achievement table:
o Forest Stewardship Council (FSC), or
o Program for the Endorsement of Forest Certification scheme (PEFC) or the
following national schemes endorsed by PEFC: the Canadian Standards
Association, CSA, the Sustainable Forestry Initiative SFI and the Malaysian
Timber Certification Scheme MTCS; And
Demonstrate that all timber is legally sourced and not on the CITES (Convention on
International Trade in Endangered Species) list of endangered species (Appendix I,
II and III).
None
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
2
(maximum)
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Design Rating
At least 50% (by cost) of the specified timber comply with the
2
(maximum)
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Construction Rating
At least 50% (by cost) of the installed timber comply with the

Relevant extracts from specifications highlighting which timber product will come
from certified sources (clearly indicating intended certification scheme) and/or be


Calculations and
Methodology
193 of 223
References


Program for the Endorsement of Forest Certification scheme (PEFC): www.fsc.org
Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species (CITES) list of endangered
species, Appendix I, II and III: http://www.cites.org/eng/app/index.shtml
194 of 223

Intent
Credit
Requirements

GENERAL
1 Credit Point: Demonstrate that the Contractor implemented monthly monitoring
of the CDWMP, and achieved a minimum final recycling/salvage rate of 50% of
hazardous waste that must undergo specialized treatment
2 Credit Points: Demonstrate that the Contractor implemented monthly monitoring
of the CDWMP, and achieved a minimum final recycling/salvage rate of 70% of
hazardous waste that must undergo specialized treatment
None
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
2
(maximum)
Design Rating

and construction waste (by weight or volume) to be recycled
/ salvaged.

and construction waste (by weight or volume) to be recycled
/ salvaged.
2
(maximum)
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Construction Rating
Confirm a minimum of 50% of demolition and construction waste

(by weight or volume) was recycled/salvaged.


Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Calculations supported with detailed receipts, summarizing final results of the

CDWMP listing items recycled/salvaged, their source within the project, their total
weight or volume, the name and location of the reclaim/recycling haulers, and
markets for the recyclable materials.
Calculations and
Methodology
References
195 of 223
SM-14: Improved Operational Waste Management

Intent
Credit
Requirements
To further reduce the long-term environmental impacts associated with operational

GENERAL
Develop and implement an Operational Waste Management Plan (OWMP) that includes
measures for diverting waste from landfills and incineration to meet the following
minimum targeted diversion rates:
1 Credit Point: a minimum targeted diversion rate of 60% by weight or volume of
the total operational waste generated at full occupancy
2 Credit Points: a minimum targeted diversion rate of 80% by weight or volume of
These figures exclude all hazardous waste that must undergo specialized treatment.
Multi-Residential Buildings:
The diversion rate for Operational Waste are as follows:
1 Credit Point: a minimum targeted diversion rate of 50% by weight or volume of
2 Credit Points: a minimum targeted diversion rate of 70% by weight or volume of
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
2
(maximum)
Design Rating
General: An OWMP is developed for a minimum targeted

diversion rate of 60% (by weight or volume.
Multi-Residential: An OWMP is developed for a minimum targeted
General: An OWMP is developed for a minimum targeted

Multi-Residential: An OWMP is developed for a minimum targeted
2
(maximum)
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Construction Rating
General: Waste management facilities have been installed to

meet a minimum targeted diversion rate of 60% (by weight or
volume) are built.
Multi-Residential: Waste management facilities to meet a
minimum targeted diversion rate of 50% (by weight or volume)
are built.
General: Waste management facilities have been installed to

meet a minimum targeted diversion rate of 80% (by weight or
volume) are built.
Multi-Residential: Waste management facilities to meet a
minimum targeted diversion rate of 70% (by weight or volume)
are built.
Operational Waste Management Plan that includes:

Narrative summarizing options researched and chosen to meet the diversion

targets. The strategy must address waste minimization, storage, collection,
and treatment and links to private or municipal and regional infrastructure and
programs;

during operation on an annual basis. Waste benchmarks may be obtained from
196 of 223
the Centre of Waste Management, waste audits of similar buildings or

literature research. References must be clearly listed;
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Drawing(s) indicating location of storage/disposal facilities and vehicle access

Waste transfer inventory outlining the intended receiver of waste, including

confirmation that the carrier, recycling and disposal facilities are licensed.


Updated waste transfer inventory outlining the contracted receiver of waste. This
should include confirmation that the carrier, recycling and disposal facilities are
licensed.
Calculations and
Methodology
References
197 of 223
SM-15: Organic Waste Management

Intent
Credit
Requirements
To encourage the recovery and reuse of organic waste from building operations
including landscaping and food waste.
GENERAL
Demonstrate the provision of onsite location(s) for all project occupants dedicated to
the collection and/or composting of organic waste generated onsite.
1 Credit Point: projects where only the collection and/or treatment of landscaping
waste OR food waste is provided
2 Credit Points: projects where the collection and/or treatment of both
landscaping and food waste is provided

Area must be suitably sized for the projected amount of waste to be collected and
located within 50m of other waste and recycling storage areas, with ready access to
adequate collection vehicle maneuvering area or onsite treatment facility.
None
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
2
(maximum)
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Design Rating
Landscaping waste or food waste collection and/or treatment is

proposed onsite.
Food and landscaping waste collection and/or treatment are

proposed onsite.
2
(maximum)
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Building Construction Rating
Landscaping waste or food waste collection and/or treatment is

provided onsite.
Food and landscaping waste collection and/or treatment are

provided onsite.
amount of waste to be generated; and
Drawings clearly indicating the proposed location and size of waste collection
area(s).
waste to be generated; and
As Built drawings clearly indicating the location and size of waste collection
area(s).
Calculations and
Methodology
None
References
198 of 223
Credit Section
199 of 223
environment, social, cultural and economic - to deliver developments that incorporate design
outcomes that go beyond the established benchmarks and deliver genuinely innovative features.
This requires a design process that embraces innovation and creativity whilst respecting and
responding to the cultural identity of the region.
The Innovative Practice section is intended to encourage responsive design that achieves
pioneering solutions which will enhance the developments success and contribute to
sustainability in the UAE through;

addressing the pillars of sustainability through innovative design solutions which are able
to be replicated;
developing designs that showcase cultural and regional practices, while contributing to
the environmental performance of the development.
200 of 223
IP
Innovating Practice
Credit
Code
Credit Title
General
Office
Retail
MultiResidential
School
IP-1
Innovative Cultural & Regional Practice
IP-2
Innovating Practice
TOTAL
201 of 223

Intent
Credit
Requirements
environmental performance of the building.
GENERAL
inspired by cultural and regional precedents, and demonstrate their contribution to
energy efficiency, water conservation or improved indoor or outdoor comfort.
None
Achieving Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
1
(maximum)
1
1
(maximum)
1
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating

showcase cultural and regional practices
Construction Rating
Demonstrate that the proposed solutions are built as part of the

development


Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Updated narrative describing the nominated solutions; and
Photographs illustrating the proposed built-in solutions.
Calculations and
Methodology
None
References
None
202 of 223

Intent
Credit
Requirements
To reward design and construction practices that result in a significant positive impact
in relation to any of the four pillars of Estidama.
GENERAL
Develop, document and implement an innovative design and/or construction solution
AND
Develop a guideline document that enables the innovative solution to be repeated.
None
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
2
(maximum)
2
2
(maximum)
2
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Calculations and
Methodology
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating

Construction Rating

Evidence of IDP related to the innovative design and / or construction solution

engaging all relevant team members; and
Updated innovative solution report; and
Guideline Document.

Environmental
Cultural
Social
Economic

o fully describe the design innovation so that it may be repeated;
o be fully supported by concept proofs from studies, experiments or other
research;
o document key parameters relied upon in the context of the project; and
o be fully supported by design drawings, photographs and specifications.
203 of 223
solution should be contextualized in terms of tangible impacts against one or more
of the four pillars;
toward the final design solution and address any and all considerations that lead to
the final solution;
including, at a minimum, capital cost, operational and maintenance cost, cost as a
percentage of total project cost and revenue where appropriate. The benefit
analysis must include performance targets / levels attained or anticipated to be
attained as a direct result of the measures;
Risk: The risk analysis must detail the framework within which the design solution
is intended to work and highlight any and all weaknesses that would impede
performance. The analysis must anticipate the impact of such weaknesses on the
performance of the design solution;
Integration and Implementation: This section must clearly demonstrate how the
design solution has been integrated with any and all related elements associated
with the development as well as a detailed plan of how the design solution is
implemented;
References
None
204 of 223
Acronyms
ACM
ADSSC
ANSI
ASHRAE
ASTM
ATM
ATTMA
BCIS
BDP
BIPV
BLB
BMS
BRE
BS
BSI
CCA
CCR
CCTV
CDWMP
CEMP
CFC
CFD
CIBSE
CIE
CITES
CLR
CNIA
CoC
COP
CPE
CPVC
CRI
CSA
CSI
CSIRO
CSPE
CV
CWM
DC
D&C
DOT
DSM
EAD
EEC
EHSMS
EIA
EPA
EU
FCU
FSC
Asbestos Containing Material

Abu Dhabi Sewerage Services Company
American National Standards Institute
American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers
Automated Teller Machine
Air Tightness Testing & Measurement Association
Building Durability Plan
Building Integrated Photovoltaics
Building Log Book
Building Management System
Building Research Establishment
British Standard
California Code of Regulations
Closed-circuit Television
Construction Environmental Management Plan
Chlorofluorocarbon
Computational Fluid Dynamics
Chartered Institution of Building Services Engineers
Commission Internationale de lEclairage
Contaminated Land Report
Critical National Infrastructure Authority (Abu Dhabi)
Chain of Custody
Coefficient of Performance
Chlorinated Polyethylene
Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride
Color Rendering Index
Canadian Standards Association
Construction Specifications Institute
Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Research Organization
Chlorosulfonated Polyethylene
Curriculum Vitae
Center of Waste Management (Abu Dhabi)
District Cooling
Design and Construction
Department of Transport (Abu Dhabi)
Dynamic Simulation Modeling
European Economic Community
Environmental Impact Assessment
Environmental Protection Agency (US)
European Union
Fan Coil Unit
205 of 223
GFA
GGBFS
GHG
GS
GWP
HCFC
HFC
HVAC
IAQ
IDP
IECC
IEQ
IESNA
IP
ISAC
ISO
IUCN
JNCC
KPI
LB
LCC
LCD
LED
MEP
MERV
MSDS
MTCS
NGO
ODP
OH
OMM
OMP
PAD
PCP
PEFC
PER
PMV
PPD
PPM
PRS
PV
PVC
PW
QP
R
RE
REC
RFCI
RSB
RWE
SCM
SFI
SHGC
Gross Floor Area

Ground Granulated Blast Furnace Slag
Greenhouse Gas
Green Seal
Global Warming Potential
Hydrochlorofluorocarbon
Hydrofluorocarbon
Indoor Air Quality
International Energy Conservation Code
Indoor Environmental Quality
Illuminating Engineering Society of North America
Innovating Practice
Integrated Situational Awareness Centre
International Standards Organization
International Union for Conservation of Nature
Joint Nature Conservation Committee
Key Performance Indicator
Livable Buildings
Life Cycle Cost
Liquid Crystal Display
Light Emitting Diode
Mechanical, Electrical and Plumbing
Minimum Efficiency Reporting Value
Material Safety Data Sheet
Malaysian Timber Certification Scheme
Non-Governmental Organization
Ozone Depletion Potential
Occupant Handbook
Operation and Maintenance Manual
Operation and Maintenance Plan
Plan Abu Dhabi
Pentachlorophenol
Preliminary Environmental Review
Predicted Mean Vote
Predicted Percentage Dissatisfied
Parts Per Million
Pearl Rating System
Photovoltaic
Polyvinyl Chloride
Precious Water
R-value
Resourceful Energy
Resilient Floor Covering Institute
Regulation & Supervision Bureau (Abu Dhabi)
Recycled Water Equivalent
Solar Heat Gain Coefficient
206 of 223
SLL
SM
SMACNA
SRI
TVOC
TSS
U
UAE
UKAS
UPC
VAV
VOC
WHO
Society of Light and Lighting

Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association
Total Volatile Organic Compound
Total Suspended Solids
U-value
United Kingdom Accreditation Service
Variable Air Volume
Volatile Organic Compound
World Health Organization
207 of 223
Units
ach
C
dB
g
Hz
J
K
kg
km
kW
kWh
l
m
Pa
ppm
s
W
yr
air changes per hour

Celsius
decibel
gram
Hertz
Joule
Kelvin
kilogram
kilometer
kilowatt
kilowatt hour
liter
meter
Pascal
parts per million
second
Watt
year
208 of 223
Glossary
Above-grade wall
A wall that is above the finish grade and not in contact with the ground.
Adaptive species
saline tolerant.
Admixture

process.
Air leakage rate
The air flow rate required to pressurise a building to a stated pressure differential
divided by the surface area of the building.
Air tightness
The resistance of the building envelope to inward or outward air leakage.
Aggregate

Albedo
The amount of solar energy reflected by a surface.
American National
Standards Institute
(ANSI)
The non-profit organisation that coordinates and administers the U.S. voluntary
national standards in both the private and public sectors.
American Society
of Heating,
Refrigerating and
Air-Conditioning
Engineers (ASHRAE)
The international organisation that establishes standards for the uniform testing
and rating of heating, ventilation, air conditioning and refrigeration equipment. It
also conducts related research, disseminates publications and provides continuing
education to its members.
Area of probable
impact
The extent of a physical area occupied by an environmental component that is

likely to be impacted by at least one of the phases of the proposed project. The
boundary of the area of probable impact is determined by measurements,
previous studies, models or best professional judgment and may vary by
environmental component. In simple terms the extent of the area outside of the
project area that is likely to be directly or indirectly impacted by the proposed
project.
Asbestos

lung cancer, mesothelioma, asbestosis and gastro-intestinal cancer.
Audit

Ballast
An electrical device for starting and regulating fluorescent and discharge lamps.
Baseline building
performance

Below-grade wall
The portion of a wall in the building envelope that is entirely below the finish
grade and in contact with the ground.
Benchmark
Blackwater
The wastewater from toilets, urinals, kitchen sinks and dishwashers.
Building envelope
Building integrated
photovoltaics
Photovoltaics that replace conventional building elements such as the roof,

faade or skylights.
209 of 223
(BIPV)
Building Log Book
(BLB)
A simple document providing the building owner/manager with easily understood

information on how the building should be operated, maintained and serviced. It
also allows ongoing building performance and major alterations to be recorded.
Building
Management
System (BMS)
A computer based system with the capability to monitor, control and optimise the
performance of building systems, controls and functions.
Business As Usual
(BAU)
The practice of conducting business according to the status quo, with no attempt
to assess new/additional needs, identify possibilities for improvement or
implement change.
Candela
The base unit of luminous intensity i.e. the power emitted by a light source in a
particular direction.
Carbon emissions
Carrying capacity
The maximum number of organisms or amount of biomass that can be supported

in a given area.
Car sharing
The shared use of a car by the driver and one or more passengers, usually for
commuting.
Central monitoring
system
Chromated Copper
Arsenate (CCA)
Climate change

Clock time

time from one location to another. Clock time differs from Solar Time, also known
as local solar time, which is the time according to the position of the sun in the
sky relative to one specific location on the ground. In solar time, the sun is always
due south in the northern hemisphere at exactly noon.
Coefficient of
performance (COP)
- cooling
Co-generation
The generation of both electricity and useful heat. Also known as combined heat
and power (CHP).
Color Rendering
Index (CRI)
A scale of 0 to 100 of the ability of a light source to reproduce the colors of

various objects in comparison with an ideal or natural light source. The higher the
CRI, the closer the color reproduction is to that of the ideal/natural light source.
Commissioning
The process of ensuring that newly constructed/installed systems (HVAC,

plumbing, electrical, fire/life safety, building security etc) operate as designed
and meet the performance requirements of the building occupant.
Commissioning
agent
An individual with responsibility for co-ordinating and monitoring the

commissioning process.
Compensation
The measures taken to make up for the loss of, or permanent damage to,
biological resources through the provision of replacement areas. Any replacement
area should be similar to or, with appropriate management, have the ability to
reproduce the ecological functions and conditions of those biological resources
210 of 223
that have been lost or damaged.

Compost

provide nutrients.
Computational
Fluid Dynamics
(CFD)
A branch of fluid mechanics that uses numerical methods and algorithms to

analyse and solve problems that involve fluid flows.
Condensate
The product of condensation.
Condensation
The change of a gas or vapor into a liquid, either by being cooled or being
subjected to increased pressure. A common occurrence is the condensation of
atmospheric moisture on a cold surface.
Conduction
The transfer of thermal energy through a material.
Connectivity

Construction waste

waste.
Cutoff luminaire
A luminaire that controls the amount of uplight. Luminaires are classified as full
cutoff, cutoff, semi-cutoff or non-cutoff according to the most recent adopted
criteria of the Illuminating Engineering Society of North America (IESNA).
Desalinization
Development
Review Process
The Urban Planning Councils process for reviewing development proposals.
Distribution system
The systems, components and mechanisms (such as ducts, pipes, and wires)
conveying substances or energy from a source to the point of use. The distribution
system includes such auxiliary equipment as fans, pumps and transformers and
their respective control systems.
District cooling
Dynamic Simulation
Modeling (DSM)
The modeling of a building that simulates the energy inputs and outputs for
different types of buildings over time.
Energy
conservation
measures
The modifications or installations to the building design in order to reduce energy

consumption. Such measures include external shading, orientation, system
efficiencies, on-site renewable technologies etc.
Energy rate
The cost of a unit of energy or power.
Environmental
component

proposed project.
Environmental
design

Environmental
impact

Environmental
Impact Assessment
(EIA)
The assessment of the possible impacts (both positive and negative) that a
proposed development may have on the environment, covering natural, social and
economic aspects.
211 of 223
Equinox
Evapotranspiration
The transport of water into the atmosphere from surfaces, including soil and
vegetation.
Faade
The exterior wall of a building exposed to public view or that wall viewed by
persons not within the building. The portion of any exterior elevation of a building
extending vertically from the grade to the top of a parapet wall or eave, and
horizontally across the entire width of the building elevation.
Fan Coil Unit (FCU)
A unit that provides cooling and/or heating air as part of a comfort air
conditioning system. An FCU uses heated or chilled water and supplies air via one
or more electrically driven fans.
Fire suppression
system
The system within a building that discharges inert gases or chemical agents to
control/extinguish a fire.
Floor-to-floor
height
The vertical distance measured from the finished floor of one storey to the
finished floor of the above or below storey.
Formaldehyde
A simple, highly reactive hydrocarbon that is used as a fixative in the pathology

laboratory, a fumigant, and in the manufacture of foam insulation, cosmetics,
drugs, clothing and furniture. It is also a major toxic component of photochemical
smog. Formaldehyde is a strong allergen.
Fossil fuel

General contractor

Geothermal
The heating and/or cooling potential of the ground.
Glare
The result of excessive contrast between bright and dark areas in the field of
view, causing discomfort or reducing the ability to discern detail.
Global Warming
Potential (GWP)

emissions.
Graywater
The wastewater from uses such as showers, laundry, sinks, fire system tests and
cooling tower drain-down water.
Green
infrastructure

people.
Greenfield
Previously undeveloped land in a city or rural area, currently used for agriculture,
landscape design or left to nature.
Greenhouse gas
(GHG)
Gross Floor Area

(GFA)
The sum of the floor areas of the spaces within a building, including basements,
mezzanines and intermediate floors, and penthouses with an internal height of
2.3m or greater. It is measured from the exterior faces of the exterior walls or
from the centreline of walls separating buildings. It excludes covered walkways,
porches, pipe trenches, exterior terraces or steps, chimneys, roof overhangs and
similar features.
212 of 223
Groundwater
Habitat
Habitat creation
Hazardous
material/waste
A material that can cause harm to people, other living organisms or the
environment.
Heat rejection
Heating,
Ventilation and Air
Conditioning
(HVAC) system
The equipment, distribution systems and terminals that provide heating,

ventilating or air conditioning to a building or portion of a building.
High-frequency
electronic ballast
A ballast that operates at a frequency greater than 20 kHz and typically around
30kHz.
Illuminance
The total luminous flux incident on a surface, per unit area.
Incandescent lamp
A lamp in which light is produced by a filament heated to incandescence by an

electric current.
Indoor
Environmental
Quality (IEQ)
The quality of the internal environment in relation to airborne contaminants,

thermal comfort, lighting, acoustics etc.
Infiltration - air
The uncontrolled leakage of air through cracks and gaps in any building element
and around windows and doors of a building. Infiltration is caused by pressure
differences across these elements due to wind, inside and outside temperature
differences and imbalance between supply and exhaust air systems.
Infiltration - water
The downward movement of water through soil.
Infiltration rate
water
The rate of water entry into the soil expressed as a depth of water per unit of
time (mm/hour).
Infrared radiation
The energy in the region of the electromagnetic radiation spectrum at

wavelengths longer than those of visible light but shorter than those of radio
waves.
Key Performance
Indicator (KPI)
An indicator set in a key area to measure performance.
Landscaping

Legionnaires
disease
A respiratory disease caused by inhaling Legionella bacteria either in the form of

contaminated water droplets (aerosols) or in droplet nuclei (after water has
evaporated). Fatal in approximately 12% of reported cases.
Life Cycle Cost

(LCC) analysis

Life span
The length of time an object, material or organism is expected to survive.
Light pollution
The adverse effect of artificial light, including sky glow, glare, light trespass, light
clutter, decreased visibility at night and energy waste.
213 of 223
Living area
Any family room in a residential unit, such as a living room, dining room, majlis
rooms, playroom, TV room, home theatre room, study, party rooms.
Load bearing wall
A wall that supports other elements of a building in addition to its own weight.
Lumen
A unit of luminous flux equal to the amount of light given out through a solid
angle of one steradian by a point source of one candela intensity radiating
uniformly in all directions.
Microclimate
Minimum
landscaped area
The minimum area of landscaping as defined by development type and location

within the Abu Dhabi Development Code.
Mitigation
Mixed mode
ventilation
The combination of natural ventilation and mechanical ventilation and/or cooling

to ventilate a space. In the context of this document and the UAE climate, this
refers to changeover mixed mode design and operation. This implies a change of
ventilation and cooling mode from fully sealed in the hotter months, to one of
natural ventilation through operable windows in cooler months.
Mixed-use
development
A development that includes more than occupancy type - such as residential,

commercial, industrial, public or semi-public - within the same building, project
or site . The most common examples are a project with both commercial and
residential uses, or commercial and industrial uses.
Nadir
The reference direction directly below a luminaire, or "straight down" (0 degree

angle).
Native species
An indigenous species living naturally within a given area.
Non-renewable
energy
Operation and
Maintenance
Manual (OMM)
A document containing instructions for the operation and maintenance of systems

and components within a building.
Occupied area
Any internal space intended for sedentary occupancy.
Open area
The area of opening through which air exchange occurs between indoors and
outdoors. It is not the same as the whole window area (glass and frame) and is
typically much smaller and depends on the opening style of the window.
Operational waste

Organic waste
Outdoor/outside
air
The air that is outside the building envelope or is taken from outside the building
that has not been previously circulated through the building.
Ozone Depletion
Potential (ODP)
relative to this.
Permeable paving
Paving designed to allow water to pass through its surface using porous asphalt or
concrete or using interlocking concrete permeable pavers or open grid pavers.
Phase I habitat
survey
A field survey technique which provides a relatively rapid method to record seminatural and natural vegetation and other wildlife habitats, designed to cover large
areas relatively rapidly.
Photovoltaics
214 of 223

Plan 2030
Predicted Mean
Vote (PMV)
A thermal scale from -3 (cold) to +3 (hot).
Predicted
Percentage
Dissatisfied (PPD)
The percentage of a hypothetical sample population who will be dissatisfied

(uncomfortable) in a given environment. As the PMV moves away from neutral
(PMV = 0) in either direction, the PPD increases.
Preliminary
Environmental
Review (PER)
A review to identify, at the earliest possible stage, the potential environmental

consequences associated with a proposed development.
Previously
developed land
Any land that is, or was, occupied by a permanent structure including the land up
to the plot boundary of the permanent structure and any associated fixed surface
infrastructure. It excludes any land occupied by agriculture or forestry and any
parks or recreational grounds.
Priority habitats
Priority species

endangered, endangered, vulnerable or near threatened (as defined by the
International Union for Conservation of Nature, IUCN and/or UAE Red Data list).
Projected shade
The shade projected onto a horizontal or vertical surface by another element

including buildings or parts of buildings, shade devices or structures.
Project site area
Proposed building
performance
The annual energy consumption of a proposed building design, as defined in

Public Open Space
Parks, plazas and similar open space areas that are reserved and dedicated for
public access and use. This includes publicly accessible open space that is located
on privately owned land.
Rapidly renewable
material
A material or product made from plants that are typically harvested within a tenyear cycle or shorter.
Receptacle and
process loads
All miscellaneous and plug loads within a building e.g. office equipment, kitchen
equipment, elevators etc.
Recyclable
material
Recycled water
Recycling
Re-commissioning
The process through which buildings are commissioned at some time after their
initial completion, occupancy and commissioning to ensure that building systems
are still functioning as originally planned, constructed and delivered.
Refrigerant leak
A sensing system that detects refrigerant leaks. The system may be aspirated or
215 of 223
detection system
have multiple sensors linked to a central alarm unit or BMS.
Relative humidity
The amount of water vapor that exists in a gaseous mixture of air and water
vapor, expressed as a percentage.
Remediation
In the context of contaminated land, remediation prevents contaminated land

from harming the environment and restores the land to safe and usable
conditions.
Renewable energy
Renewable Energy
Certificate (REC)
Residential unit
A single unit providing independent living facilities for one or more persons,
including permanent provisions for living, sleeping, cooking and sanitation.
Restoration

Roof
Runoff
Safety lighting
The lighting provided to enhance occupant safety, often used outside of daylight
hours to provide sufficient light levels to enable safe use of areas such as main
entrances, pathways, steps and car parks.
Salvage
Security lighting
The lighting provided to deter intruders and protect property.
Service water
heating
The heating of water for domestic or commercial purposes other than space
heating and process requirements.
Setpoint
The point at which the desired temperature of the heated or cooled space is set.
Significant asset
An asset which is of significant importance (internationally, nationally, regionally

and/or locally), including:
Priority Habitats;
Any other habitat identified as significant through a Development Review Process,

the Coastal Development Guidelines, an Environmental Impact Assessment, a
Preliminary Environmental Review or a Strategic Environmental Assessment; and
Priority species.
Site boundary
The line that indicates the extent of the project/development site.
Smart meter

Solar Heat Gain
The ratio of the solar heat gain entering a space through a transparent/
translucent element to the incident solar radiation on the element. Solar heat
gain includes directly transmitted solar heat and absorbed solar radiation, which
is then reradiated, conducted or convected into the space.
Coefficient (SHGC)
Solar radiation
wavelengths.
216 of 223
Solar Reflectance

of 100.
Index (SRI)
Solar time
Stormwater
Street

abutting property.
Sub-meter

Suitably qualified
professional
An individual with:
a minimum of five years directly relevant work experience; and
The Environment Agency Abu Dhabi (www.ead.ae) holds a list of consultants

carrying out a range of environmental services within the Emirate of Abu Dhabi.
For other consultants, appropriate evidence must be submitted to demonstrate
meeting the criteria above.
Summer solstice
Supplementary
Cementing Material
(SCM)
A material that is added to concrete to make concrete mixtures more economical,

reduce permeability, increase strength or influence other concrete properties.
Typical examples are natural pozzolans, fly ash, ground granulated blast-furnace
slag and silica fume.
Thermal zoning
The logical sub-divisions of building spaces based on anticipated thermal load and
the need for occupant control. Consideration should be given to variations in
thermal load at the perimeter of the building resulting from internal gains, faade
orientation, passive shading, shading from adjacent buildings and faade design
variations such as glazing percentage, glazing type and insulation thermal
performance.
Thermostatic
controller
An automatic control device used to maintain temperature at a fixed or

adjustable setpoint.
Total Volatile
Organic Compound
(TVOC)
The total concentration of volatile organic compounds (see definition) in a given

sample.
Trafficked walkway
A pedestrian walkway or any dedicated pedestrian route through courtyards inside

the site boundary.
Transit station
A public transport station such as a railway station or metro station.
Transit stop
U-value (thermal
transmittance):
The heat transmission in unit time through a unit area of a material or

construction and the boundary air films, induced by unit temperature difference
between the environments on each side. The units of U are W/m2K.
217 of 223
Valuable asset
Variable Air
Volume (VAV)
system
An HVAC system that controls the temperature within a space by varying the
volumetric flow of heated or cooled supply air.
Vegetated roof
A roof that is partially or completely covered with plants and soil or a growing
medium. Also known as a green roof.
Vegetated wall
A wall that is partially or completely covered with plants and a growing medium.
Visible light
transmittance
(VLT)
The percentage of visible light passing through a material relative to the total
amount of light incident upon it.
Volatile Organic
Compound (VOC)
An organic chemical which has a boiling point range below 250C. Under normal
conditions a VOC will significantly vaporize and enter the atmosphere. Many VOCs
have significant health implications.
Walkway

Wastewater
water.
Water feature
Water model
potential sources of water, including graywater, recycled water and stormwater
harvesting.
Window area
The total area of the window including the glazing, sash and frame. For doors
where the glazed vision area is less than 50% of the door area, the window area is
the glazed vision area. For all other doors, the window area is the door area.
218 of 223
Appendix A
Community
Building
Villa

Strategy

Strategy

Strategy
IDP-R3 Guest Worker

Accommodation
IDP-R3 Guest Worker

Accommodation
IDP-R2 Guest Worker

Accommodation


Management

Management

Management

& Protection

& Protection

Management Strategy

Management Strategy

Management Plan
NS-1 Reuse of Land
NS-1 Reuse of Land

Land

Land
Natural Systems

LC-R1 Plan 2030
LBo-R1 Plan 2030

Facilities

Facilities

Urban Environments
219 of 223

Strategy

Strategy

Facilities

Facilities

Urban Environments

Urban Environments
LC-8 Travel Plan
LBo-9 Travel Plan

Comfort

Comfort

Communities
Precious Water
Detection

Detection









Reduction

Reduction

Reduction

Reduction

Reporting

Reporting

Passive Cooling

Elimination

Elimination
Resourceful Energy
Elimination
220 of 223

Management

Management

Management

Management

Management

Management

Management

Management

Management

Management
Innovating Practice
Cultural Practices

Practices

Practices
221 of 223
Acknowledgements
H.E. Mohammad Ahmad Al Bowardi
Mr. Gregory Acker
Mr. John Madden
Mr. Michael White
Mr. John Echlin
Mr. Neil Mallen

Design

Mr. Gregory Acker
Ms. Mona Al Zaabi
Mrs. Amy Haddin

Economics
Technical Advisors
222 of 223

Al Ain Municipality
Consultant Team
Core Technical Team
Mr. Tariq Abbas
Ms. Cecilia Bagenholm
Mrs. Rym Baouendi
Ms. Erin Gardner
Mr. Mike Slessor
Hilson Moran
Buro Happold
Buro Happold
Buro Happold
Buro Happold
Buro Happold
Core Review Team

Estidama would like to appreciate and thank the contributions of many individuals who undertook reviews of
the various drafts of the Pearl Rating System documents.
223 of 223
Villa Rating System
Villa Rating System
Villa Rating System

Version 1.0
Pearl Villa Rating System: Design & Construction, Version 1.0, April 2010

TEL +971 2 409 6000

FAX +971 2 443 2903
Abu Dhabi U.A.E.
www.upc.gov.ae


Table of Contents
Introduction ................................................................................................................ 1
Estidama ....................................................................................................................................................... 1
Key Team Members ...................................................................................................................................... 4
Summary of Credit Points for the Pearl Building Rating System .................................................................. 8
IDP: Integrated Development Process ................................................................................ 11
IDP-R1: Integrated Development Strategy.................................................................................................. 14
IDP-R2: Systems & Envelope Performance Verification ............................................................................. 16
IDP-1: Life Cycle Costing ............................................................................................................................ 18
IDP-2: Guest Worker Accommodation........................................................................................................ 19
IDP-3: Sustainable Construction Practices................................................................................................. 21
IDP-4: Sustainability Communication ......................................................................................................... 22
NS: Natural Systems ...................................................................................................... 24
NS-R1: Natural Systems Assessment & Protection.................................................................................... 27
NS-1: Landscape Design & Management Plan........................................................................................... 29
NS-2: Landscape Enhancement ................................................................................................................. 31
LB: Livable Villas.......................................................................................................... 32
LV-R1: Urban Systems Assessment ........................................................................................................... 35
LV-R2: Outdoor Thermal Comfort ............................................................................................................... 36
LV-R3: Minimum Ventilation........................................................................................................................ 37
LV-1: Pearl Rated Community..................................................................................................................... 38
LV-2: Improved Ventilation.......................................................................................................................... 39
LV-3: Community Facilities & Active Urban Environments ......................................................................... 40
LV-4: Public Transport ................................................................................................................................ 42
LV-5: Bicycle Facilities ................................................................................................................................ 43
LV-6: Material Emissions............................................................................................................................. 44
LV-7: Thermal Comfort & Controls.............................................................................................................. 48
LV-8: Daylight.............................................................................................................................................. 49
LV-9: Indoor Noise ...................................................................................................................................... 51
PW: Precious Water ...................................................................................................... 53
PW-R1: Minimum Interior Water Use Reduction ........................................................................................ 56
PW-R2: Water Monitoring ........................................................................................................................... 58
PW-1: Improved Interior Water Use Reduction........................................................................................... 59
PW-2.1: Exterior Water Use Reduction: Landscaping ................................................................................ 61
PW-2.2: Exterior Water Reduction: Water Features ................................................................................... 66
PW-3: Stormwater Management................................................................................................................. 68
RE: Resourceful Energy.................................................................................................. 69
RE-R1: Minimum Energy Performance ....................................................................................................... 72
RE-R2: Energy Monitoring .......................................................................................................................... 76
RE-R3: Ozone Impacts of Refrigerants ....................................................................................................... 77
RE-1: Improved Energy Performance ......................................................................................................... 78
RE-2: Cool Building Strategies.................................................................................................................... 82
RE-3: Renewable Energy ............................................................................................................................ 87
SM: Stewarding Materials ............................................................................................... 92
SM-R1: Hazardous Materials Elimination ................................................................................................... 95
SM-R2: Basic Construction Waste Management ....................................................................................... 96
SM-R3: Storage & Collection of Waste & Recyclables ............................................................................... 97
SM-1: Non-Polluting Materials .................................................................................................................... 99
SM-2: Design for Durability ....................................................................................................................... 101
SM-3: Building Reuse ............................................................................................................................... 102
SM-4: Regional Materials .......................................................................................................................... 103
SM-5: Recycled Materials ......................................................................................................................... 105
SM-6: Reused or Certified Timber ............................................................................................................ 108
SM-7: Improved Construction Waste Management ................................................................................. 110
SM-8: Composting .................................................................................................................................... 111
IP: Innovating Practice ................................................................................................ 112
IP-1: Innovative Cultural & Regional Practices.......................................................................................... 115
IP-2: Innovating Practice ........................................................................................................................... 116

Acronyms ................................................................................................................. 118
Units....................................................................................................................... 120
Glossary................................................................................................................... 121
Appendix A............................................................................................................... 127
Acknowledgements..................................................................................................... 130
INTRODUCTION
ESTIDAMA
Rating System.

detailed requirements for rating a villas potential performance in relation to the four pillars of Estidama.


quality management.
Natural Systems: Conserving, preserving and restoring critical natural environments and habitats.
Livable Villas: Ensuring quality of outdoor and indoor spaces.
Precious Water: Reducing water demand and encouraging alternative water sources.
materials.
1 of 131
PEARL RATING LEVELS

Table 1: Pearl Rating Levels for the Pearl Villa Rating System
Requirement
1 Pearl
2 Pearl
3 Pearl
4 Pearl
5 Pearl
SECTION WEIGHTINGS
The number of credit points available in a given section determines the weighting of that section.
Table 2: Maximum Credit Points Available for each Section of the Pearl Villa Rating System
Credit Section
10
NS Natural Systems
LV - Livable Villas
15
PW Precious Water
21
21
18
TOTAL
90*
* Total : Excludes Innovating Practice credit points which are offered as bonus credits.
2 of 131




There are two Pearl Rating stages for Villas: Design and Construction.
Pearl Design Rating - The Design Rating rewards measures adopted during the design development of the villa
that meet the intent and requirements of each credit. The Design Rating recognizes the additional marketing
value and branding a Pearl Rating will afford a villa in its early sale or lease phase. A Pearl Design Rating is valid
only until construction is complete, and requires that all collateral, branding and communication materials
identify the villa as a Pearl Design Rated project.
have been achieved. All collateral, branding and communication materials identify the villa as a Pearl
Construction Rated project.
This document, the Pearl Villa Rating System, addresses both the Pearl Design Rating and the Pearl Construction
Rating. The Pearl Operational Rating is currently under development.
an existing villa and ensures the villa is operating sustainably. The operational rating can only be achieved a
minimum of two years after construction completion.
3 of 131
KEY TEAM MEMBERS

Pearl Assessor
the design team who facilitates the Pearl Rating
System for both Design and Construction stages. To be
a PQP, the individual must pass an exam which will test
their administrative and technical knowledge of the
Pearl Rating Systems.
understand the requirements of the Pearl Villa
Rating System and associated Guides;
events.
4 of 131

a specific development. The general steps required as part of this process are summarised as follows:
All Pearl Ratings
Step 1: Register the villa with Estidama. Each project will be provided
with a unique identification number.
the submission.
Step 3: Conduct workshops in compliance with the Integrated
Development Process (IDP) with facilitation by the PQP (compliant
with IDP-R1).
Pearl Design Rating
necessary.
Step DR7: The Pearl Assessor will award a Pearl Design Rating based
on the credits achieved by the development.
Estidama reserves the right to undertake on-site verification if
deemed necessary.
Two years following construction completion submissions can be made
for the Pearl Operational Rating. The process for achieving a Pearl
System (currently under development).
5 of 131
APPLICATION OF THE PEARL VILLA RATING SYSTEM

The submission requirements for each of the stages of the Pearl Rating System are outlined in each credit. The
Design Rating submission should be made at the end of the construction documentation stage and the
Construction Rating submission should be made on completion of construction (this includes completion of
commissioning and IAQ management where relevant). Both the design and construction submissions should be
made electronically from the PQP to the Pearl Assessor at Estidama.
Confidentiality
6 of 131

The Pearl Building Rating System comprises the following two types of credits:
credits, such as IDP-2 shown below, award 1 point whereas other credits allow more than 1 point to be
attained. Depending on the Pearl Rating level being pursued by a design and development team, the number of
credits and the level of achievement will vary from project to project.
7 of 131
SUMMARY OF CREDIT POINTS FOR THE PEARL BUILDING RATING SYSTEM

Maximum Credit
Points
IDP
IDP-R1
IDP-R2
System & Envelope Performance Verification
IDP-1
Life Cycle Costing
IDP-2
IDP-3
Sustainable Construction Practices
IDP-4
2
TOTAL
10
Maximum Credit
Points
NS
Natural Systems
NS-R1
Natural Systems Assessment & Protection
NS-1
Landscape Design & Management Plan
NS-2
Landscape Enhancement
3
TOTAL
5
Maximum Credit
Points
LV
Livable Villas
LV-R1
LV-R2
Outdoor Thermal Comfort
LV-R3
Minimum Ventilation
LV-1
Pearl Rated Community
LV-2
Improved Ventilation
LV-3
Community Facilities & Active Urban Environments
LV-4
Public Transport
LV-5
Bicycle Facilities
LV-6
Material Emissions
LV-7
Thermal Comfort & Controls
LV-8
Daylight
LV-9
Indoor Noise
1
TOTAL
15
8 of 131
Maximum Credit
Points
PW
Precious Water
PW-R1
PW-R2
Water Monitoring
PW-1
10
PW-2.1
PW-2.2
PW-3
2
TOTAL
21
Maximum Credit
Points
RE
Resourceful Energy
RE-R1
RE-R2
Energy Monitoring
RE-R3
Ozone Impacts of Refrigerants Systems
RE-1
RE-2
RE-3
Renewable Energy
7
TOTAL
21
Maximum Credit
Points
SM
SM-R1
SM-R2
SM-R3
Storage & Collection of Waste & Recyclables
SM-1
SM-2
SM-3
Building Reuse
SM-4
Regional Materials
SM-5
Recycled Materials
SM-6
SM-7
SM-8
Composting
2
TOTAL
18
Maximum Credit
Points
IP
Innovating Practice
IP-1
IP-2
Innovation Practice
2
TOTAL
9 of 131
Maximum Credit
Points
Credit Section
10
NS Natural Systems
LV - Livable Villas
15
PW Precious Water
21
21
18
3
TOTAL Credit Points
90*
*Total the total number of credit points does not include the Innovating Practice credits as these are bonus
credits that encourage innovation in villa design and construction.
10 of 131
Credit Section
11 of 131
approach design, construction and real estate development. The Pearl Villa Rating System is meant to
provide design and development teams with more than a checklist for green building and land
development. It is part of the overarching Pearl Rating System, a transformative tool aiming to improve
the design and development process and provide more cost-effective, higher performing developments.
IDP calls for cross-disciplinary teamwork and builds upon sound thinking, delivering quality and
design approach from very early on in the design, a clear vision and sustainability targets and
implementation strategy. The main objective is to achieve significant environmental, social, economic and
cultural benefits while ensuring that the costs of the development are minimized.
Design
Construction
Performance
Verification
Operations &
Maintenance
Ongoing
Education
establish a more collaborative and iterative design process;

management; and
prepare the ground for good operation and maintenance where the user plays an informed
active role.
12 of 131
IDP
Credit
Code
Credit Title
IDP-R1
IDP-R2
Systems & Envelope Performance Verification
IDP-1
Life Cycle Costing
IDP-2
IDP-3
Sustainable Construction Practices
IDP-4
Credit
Points
TOTAL
10
13 of 131

Intent
To ensure new villa development adopts the Integrated Development Process (IDP) as a
way of attaining greater synergy between project systems, resulting in high
performance villas.
Credit
Requirements
Demonstrate that the owner and design team and the villa development process, are
approach, from project inception through to final delivery. This process requires:
Assembling an Integrated Development Team (IDT) in order to draw in
knowledge and experience in:
o sustainability,
o architecture,
o mechanical engineering,
o structural engineering,
o building science,
o landscape architecture,
o civil engineering,
o ecology,
o construction
o systems and envelope verification, and
o operation and maintenance.
The villa owner is not required to appoint individual experts in each the areas
mentioned above, it is expected that each IDT team member will bring knowledge and
experience in one or more of the areas above.
Conducting a meeting at project inception to set the initial vision, objectives
and targets for the villa development based on the Estidama Villa Pearl Rating
System.
Holding regular design workshops with active involvement by relevant members
of the IDT to discuss issues; develop solutions; and assign responsibilities and
actions forward. At a minimum the following topics must be discussed
collaboratively:
o Site and ecology
o Orientation and climatic response
o Energy
o Water
o Waste management
o Indoor comfort
o Sustainable materials specifications and procurement
Developing an implementation strategy to facilitate an effective transition
between project stages, i.e. from design to construction to commissioning) to
ensure that the initial vision, objectives and targets are carried through to
completion.
Requirement
Achievement
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Process chart for the IDP developed at project inception, detailing:

Team structure listing team members and their roles;
Design milestones and workshops listing participants, goals, expected outcomes,

required actions with tasks assignments;

project packages;
14 of 131
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Calculations and
Methodology
References
chart.
the design stage and listing successes and challenges during construction stage; and
None

Estidama Website: www.upc.gov.ae

15 of 131
IDP-R2: Systems & Envelope Performance Verification

Intent
To ensure the villa performs as designed, facilitating occupant health and comfort and
envelope and system efficiency.
Credit
Requirements
Systems Verification
All systems and associated controls installed in the villa must be verified to ensure they
are operating as intended and efficiently.
Demonstrate that:
At construction completion, the villas systems have been verified by a
Competent Professional.
An Occupant Handbook has been provided to the villa owner containing a full
explanation of the systems, the commissioning certificates, maintenance and
operating instructions (this could be in the form of manufacturers user
manuals) and isolation points.
Envelope Verification
The building envelope must be tested to ensure the design intent is met and
condensation, water ingress, unwanted air infiltration are prevented.
Demonstrate that:
Prototypes of any custom-made cladding systems have been tested off-site
prior to installation;
All standard products have a pre-testing certificate prior to installation; and
The building envelope has been tested by a Competent Professional for water
ingress and air tightness once installed to ensure performance is acceptable.
Requirement
Achievement
This is a requirement. There are no Credit Points are awarded.
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Brief narrative describing the systems and envelope verification requirements for
the villa;
CV of the Competent Professional who will be undertaking the systems verification;

and
CV of the Competent Professional who will be undertaking the building envelope

verification.
Commissioning report signed by the Competent Person detailing the results of the
systems verification and confirming that all systems are operating as intended;
Occupant Handbook and confirmation that this has been provided to the villa
owner;
Copies of certificates of testing of all standard products and any custom made
cladding systems; and
Building envelope verification report signed by the Competent Professional

detailing the results of the testing and confirming that the performance of the
building envelope is acceptable.
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Calculations and
Methodology
The commissioning must cover the following systems at a minimum:

Heating;
Ventilation;
Air conditioning;
Service water heating;
On-site renewable technologies (e.g. solar thermal systems);
On-site water treatment systems if applicable e.g. swimming pools; and
16 of 131
Stormwater management systems
All commissioning of equipment should be in accordance with the manufacturers

instructions.
References
A Competent Professional is defined as a person with a minimum of 2 years

relevant experience (i.e. in systems and/or building envelope verification).
They can be an employee of one of the companies involved in the project
provided they are not involved in the project design and/or construction.
None
17 of 131

Intent
To enable effective long-term decisions about villa design and construction in order to
maximize efficiency over the whole life of the development.
Credit
Requirements
Demonstrate that Life Cycle Costing was undertaken as part of the EIDP as follows:
Demonstrate that a life cycle cost (LCC) analysis was started during concept
design by a competent professional to evaluate and compare various design
options. The LCC model developed must be maintained and upgraded
throughout the design stages in option appraisals.
Provide evidence from the IDP that the LCC analysis was used to verify design,
technology and process decisions. Meeting minutes and documentation
(reports, presentations) submitted as part of IDP-R1 may be used for the
purpose of demonstrating compliance.
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
4
(maximum)
4
4
(maximum)
4
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
Use Life Cycle Cost analysis during design

Construction Rating
Update Life Cycle Cost report with final construction costs
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
LCC report produced at the end of design with summary history of the decisions
that benefited from LCC.
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Calculations and
Methodology

References

The LCC competent professional must have previous experience with LCC
modeling on at least 2 similar villa projects.
The competent professional must also be familiar with internationally
recognized LCC standards such as the ISO 15686 Building and Constructed
Assets - Service Life Planning Part 5: Life Cycle Costing, the Standardized
Method of Life Cycle Costing for Construction Procurement supplement to ISO
15686 published by the Building Cost Information Service (BCIS) and the
Building Standards Institute (BSI) or similar standards.
ISO 15686 Building and Constructed Assets - Service Life Planning Part 5: Life
Cycle Costing
Standardized Method of Life Cycle Costing for Construction Procurement supplement to ISO 15686 published by the Building Cost Information Service
(BCIS) and the British Standards Institute (BSI)
18 of 131

Intent
To promote fair labor practices in building construction.
Credit
Requirements
2 Credit Points : Demonstrate that all construction guest workers on the project are
provided with adequate accommodation facilities. The facilities should provide easy
access to and/or dedicated and adequate areas for:
food preparation,
personal hygiene;
religious services,
healthcare,
recreation and
entertainment.
The above areas must be located within suitable walking distances. Appropriate shade
must be provided in circulation areas, parks, play fields and waiting/gathering areas
such as bus stops.
An ongoing maintenance plan of guest worker housing facilities and total
budget allocated to maintenance services;
Workers Representative Committee and the development of a Workers Social
& Welfare Program to address the following issues at a minimum:
Health, safety and security;
House rules;
Drugs and alcohol awareness;
Education programs;
Recreation activities; and
Transport within, to and from the housing facilities outside working hours.
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
2
(maximum)
2
2
(maximum)
2
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Credit
Submission:
Construction
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating

Construction Rating
2009 are met or exceeded; and
subcontractors stipulating the standards and requirements for the provision of
stakeholders; or
For Existing Facilities, photographs and other documentation as listed under Credit
19 of 131
Rating
Calculations and
Methodology
References
Record of all maintenance visits and inspections, including dates and actions taken,

protocol; and

of 2009.
20 of 131
IDP-3: Sustainable Construction Practices

Intent
To reduce the environmental impacts associated with construction practices and

minimize disturbance within the community where the project is located.
Credit
Requirements
Awarding Credit
Points
1 Credit Point: Prior to the start of construction, develop a Plan of sustainable

construction practices that addresses the following at a minimum:
o Plant and habitat protection;
o Erosion and sedimentation control;
o Dust minimisation from both construction activities and vehicle
movement;
o Waste reduction, reuse and recycling;
o Noise pollution reduction; and
o Light pollution reduction.
2 Credit Points: In addition to achieving the above, demonstrate that the
project lead contractor is either ISO 14001 or EHSMS certified.
CREDIT POINTS
1
(maximum)
1
1
1
(maximum)
1
1
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Calculations and
Methodology
References
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
Develop a Plan of sustainable construction practices as per the

Credits requirements.
Main Contractor is ISO 14001 or EHSMS Certified.
Construction Rating
Provide evidence that the Plan of sustainable construction

practices has been properly applied to the site.
Main Contractor is ISO 14001 or EHSMS Certified.
Plan of sustainable construction practices
Updated Plan of sustainable construction practices
Site inspection reports with photographs illustrating the implementation of the ESC
measures
None

ISO 14001 Environmental Management Standard: 2004, International

Organization for Standardization.
Abu Dhabi Emirate Environment, Health and Safety Management System
(EHSMS) www.ead.ae/en/portal/ad.ehsms.aspx
21 of 131
IDP-4: Sustainability Communication

Intent
To promote the efficient ongoing operation of the villa by enabling occupants to

appreciate, understand and therefore contribute to responsible resource use in the
building.
Credit
Requirements
Occupant Handbook
Demonstrate that information prepared by the architect/engineer addressing the villas
maintenance requirements and behavioral practices that can reduce energy and water
use and waste generation is included in the occupant handbook produced as part of IDPR3.
Occupant Feedback
Where the above requirements are met, it is possible for projects to earn one
additional Credit Point by providing occupants with feedback on how their behavior
affects building performance. These systems should include Digital Feedback
Systems/Smart Meters with a user interface (e.g. dashboards).
Example of Digital Feedback System
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
2
(maximum)
1
1
2
(maximum)
1
1
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Credit
Submission:
Construction
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
Develop an Occupant Handbook.

Design an occupant feedback mechanism to give information on
how they impact villa performance.
Construction Rating
Update the Occupant Handbook developed during design.

Build the components required as part of the occupant feedback
mechanism developed during design.
Occupant Handbook in either printed or digital format
Images of the draft digital interface screens representative of a user experience.
Occupant Handbook (updated as appropriate);
22 of 131
Rating
Updated narrative describing how the project meets the Credit Requirements;
Images of the digital interface screens representative of a user experience;
Calculations and
Methodology
Topics to be addressed in the Occupant Handbook, at a minimum, include:

The villas energy and water efficiency measures and how occupant behavior
affects performance;
Information on the villas indoor environmental quality and how it is measured,
monitored and managed;
Information on materials used in the building, including environmental and
social benefits, as appropriate;
Waste and recycling and information such as location, sorting requirements (if
any) and the use of green waste (if applicable); and
Locations of nearby public transport, shuttle service, carpooling and on-site
bicycle facilities.
References
None
23 of 131
Credit Section
NS: Natural Systems
24 of 131
n e of the fundamental building blocks of Plan 2030 is the need to foster careful, sensitive growth
that will conserve, preserve, and restore the regions critical natural environments and habitats.
Plan 2030 calls for the creation levels of conservation, preservation and restoration. This concept and its
policy objectives are more clearly defined in the Conservation Development Guidelines issued by UPC in
January of 2009. Villas constitute mini habitats that if sustainably managed can lead to healthier
ecosystems.
The credits encourage landscape designs which minimize resource management and management
requirements.
thorough analysis and assessment of all Natural Systems on the site;
conservation of existing significant or valuable assets through protection
the provision of a natural system design and management strategy;
enhancement in ecological value and
25 of 131
Natural Systems
Credit
Code
Credit Title
NS-R1
Natural Systems Assessment & Protection
NS-1
Landscape Design & Management Plan
NS-2
Landscape Enhancement
Villas
NS
TOTAL
26 of 131
NS-R1: Natural Systems Assessment & Protection

Intent
To ensure that at the commencement of the design process that a preliminary

assessment of your site is considered and assessed, in order to protect significant and
valuable ecological assets.
Credit
Requirements
assessment of the Natural Systems has been carried out at the project site and that
significant or valuable Natural Systems assets are adequately protected.
Valuable ecological assets should be retained and protected from damage and
destruction during construction.
The assessment is to be carried out by a competent professional with knowledge of
local ecology and habitat; and a minimum of 2 years experience.
Requirement
Achievement
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Natural Systems Assessment Report including:

Narrative;
Site Plan
Time Stamped Site photographs.
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Calculations and
Methodology
The Natural Systems Assessment Report must cover the following environmental
components, as a minimum:
Flora and fauna
Microclimate: prevailing winds, solar orientation and solar shading;
Soils;
Dated photographs post completion showing preserved or protected valuable assets

(where relevant)
The assessment must be based on a field survey:


including healthy native trees, shrubs and grasses.
The assessment must identify and map areas to be:

protected;
enhanced;
allocated for habitat creation or restoration
connected and the relationship to adjoining properties (where relevant)
27 of 131
References
Examples of Habitat and ecology resources include but are not limited to the following:
Wild Flowering Plants of the UAE, Environmental Research and Wildlife
Development Agency, 2002
Birds of Abu Dhabi Checklist, Environmental Research and Wildlife
Development Agency, July 2001
Interpretation Manual of Major Terrestrial Natural and Semi-natural habitat
types of Abu Dhabi Emirate, Gary Brown and Benno Boer, Environmental
Research and Wildlife Development Agency, September 2004
Terrestrial Environment of Abu Dhabi Emirate, Environment Agency Abu Dhabi,
2008, www.ead.ae
Handbook for Phase 1 Habitat Survey a technique for environmental audit,
JNCC, 2007, www.jncc.gov.uk
Vascular Plants of Abu Dhabi Emirate, Gary Brown and Sabitha Sakkir, August
2004
28 of 131
NS-1: Landscape Design & Management Plan

Intent
To minimize demand for resources, promote soil protection and efficient management
of landscaped areas.
Credit
Requirements
Demonstrate that a Natural Systems Design and Management Strategy has been
prepared that ensures the long term survival and management of the landscape and/or
habitat areas within the site and promotes:
soil protection and enhancement;
low maintenance requirements; and
low demand for resources.
The Landscape Design and Management Plan must be prepared by a competent
professional with knowledge of local ecology and habitat; and a minimum of 2 years
experience.
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
2
(maximum)
2
2
(maximum)
2
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
Develop a Landscape Design & Management Plan

Construction Rating
Implement Landscape Design & Management Plan
Landscape Design and Management Plan that includes:

Plans and drawings illustrating layout and design of landscaped areas;
Details of soft and hard landscaped areas and land allocated for each;
Details and justification of plant selection in relation to water efficiency,

native and adaptive species, drought and saline tolerance.
Details of plant palette for landscape and/or habitat areas, sources of plant
stock or seeds and watering requirements per species;
An irrigation strategy which promotes low water demand through species

selection and efficient irrigation systems;
Details of sourcing of sand/soil and strategy for enhancement


habitat sensitive areas (where relevant).
Details of the appointed competent professional with knowledge of local ecology

and habitat and a minimum of 2 years experience.
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Updated Landscape Design and Management Plan including:
Calculations and
Methodology
The Landscape Design and Management Plan must include the following, as a minimum:
Nutrient management including promotion of low fertilizer requirements;
Details of plant palette for landscape areas and sources of plant stock or seeds;
Planting design which groups together species with similar soil and
Reporting of any landscape/ habitat design alterations or procedures;
29 of 131

microclimatic requirements and water demands;

The irrigation strategy which promotes low water demand through species
selection and efficient irrigation systems;
Avoidance of pesticide and herbicide application;
Identify maintenance duties required to be carried out in the various
landscaped areas considering species type, soil type, irrigation requirements
and season;
Identify monitoring requirements for the landscape / habitat areas and species
for annual monitoring of health, species diversity and abundance and soil
condition; and
References
None
30 of 131
NS-2: Landscape Enhancement

Intent
To enhance the ecological value of the site./ to restore or recreate the ecological
value of the site
Credit
Requirements
Enhance the ecological value of the site by planting native or adaptive species:
1 Credit Points: 50% plants specified for planting on the site to comprise only
water efficient native and adaptive species which are preferably also drought
and saline tolerant species including a minimum of 5 different types of species.
The ecological enhancement recommendations must be prepared by a suitably qualified
ecologist and/ or landscape architect.
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
3
(maximum)
1
2
3
(maximum)
1
2
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
50% of plants to comprise of water efficient native and adaptive

species which are preferably also drought and saline tolerant
species including a minimum of 5 different types of species.
Xeriscaping that only require water for initial establishment
Construction Rating
50% of plants to comprise of water efficient native and adaptive

species which are preferably also drought and saline tolerant
species including a minimum of 5 different types of species.
Xeriscaping that only require water for initial establishment
Landscape report and plant palette highlighting the proposed species; and
Drawings highlighting the location and area coverage of the proposed species.
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Calculations and
Methodology
drought and/or saline tolerant with a proven track record to survive and thrive in an
References
See UPC Website for the Update Preferable Species List
31 of 131
Credit Section
LB: Livable Villas
32 of 131
he Natural Systems part of this document emphasize the primary elements that must be discovered,
embraced and nurtured for all forms of life to flourish. This section, Livable Villas focus on those elements
that influences the quality of human life, both indoors and outdoors, and are in the direct and deliberate
control of the design and development team.

sustainable urban fabric for this new city and prosper as an
attractive, livable place that preserves the Emirates unique
culture and environment.
In order to be considered truly sustainable, new development must go beyond the environment to address
the other three pillars of Estidama social, cultural and economic. This requires consideration of issues
such as increased mobility and access to community facilities and connectivity and comfort of the
outdoors to encourage increased pedestrian activity. Additionally, most people spend over 80 percent of
their lives indoors1 and considerable research links time spent indoors to health and wellbeing related
issues. Creating livable villas is therefore of benefit to all people in Abu Dhabi.
This section aims to address these issues by encouraging:
Outdoor
o
o
o
o
o
provision of comfortable outdoor spaces;

links to local amenities;
links to public transport
links to sporting facilities to promote an active lifestyle;
promotion of walking and cycling;
o
o
o
o
o
promotion of healthy ventilation provisions

improved thermal comfort controls;
improved indoor air quality;
promoting daylight;
design for acceptable noise limits;
indoor
EHSMS CoP 11 Air Quality V1.2 July 2009, Environment Agency, Abu Dhabi.
33 of 131
Livable Villas
Credit
Code
Villas
LV
Credit Title
LV-R1
LV-R2
Outdoor Thermal Comfort
LV-R3
Minimum Ventilation
LV-1
Pearl Rated Community
LV-2
Improved Ventilation
LV-3
Community Facilities & Active Urban Environment
LV-4
Public Transport
LV-5
Bicycle Facilities
LV-6
Material Emissions
LV-7
Thermal Comfort & Controls
LV-8
Daylight
LV-9
Indoor Noise
1
TOTAL
15
34 of 131
LV-R1: Urban Systems Assessment

Intent
To ensure that a thorough understanding of the project site is developed within its
urban context to better inform project programming, connectivity and built form.
Credit
Requirements
Demonstrate that, before the start of the design process and site clearance, a Urban
Systems Assessment has been carried out. The site must be assessed at the regional,
sub-regional and local context based on the scale of the project; and
Demonstrate how the assessment has informed the project design.
Requirement
Achievement
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Urban Systems Assessment report containing the following:
Site plan (covering the entire context radius) clearly identifying features required
in the methodology below;
Aerial photograph of the existing site condition; and
Narrative describing the features included in the Requirements above as well as

how the design of the project has been informed by the existing site context.
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
As-built site plan (including the wider site context). The plan must note which
elements were there prior to the commencement of the project, which are newly
built and which are currently scheduled for, or under construction.
Calculations and
Methodology
The Urban Systems Assessment Report must demonstrate that an assessment of the
existing site and site context has been undertaken, addressing the following (as
appropriate):
Distance and access to community facilities as defined by the UPC Community
Facility Requirements;
Significant areas of public interest (e.g. public beaches, cultural and heritage
landmarks);
Solar orientation and shading patterns;
Adjoining street patterns;
Access to public transit stops (existing and proposed);
Bicycle and pedestrian paths;
Utility plots and corridors;
Job availability; and
Land uses, including retail centres, food provision and/ or food opportunities
(markets, shops, cafs/ restaurants and/or food production plots).
References

Plan 2030 (Abu Dhabi, Al Ain, Western Region or Eastern Region),

www.upc.gov.ae
Abu Dhabi Urban Planning Council , Development Review Process,
http://www.upc.gov.ae/en/DevelopmentReview/DevelopmentReviewProcess.a
spx
Abu Dhabi Urban Planning Council, Coastal Development Guidelines,
www.upc.gov.ae
35 of 131
LV-R2: Outdoor Thermal Comfort

Intent
Implement shading to enhance amenity and functionality of the plots open spaces.
Credit
Requirements
Where the following items exist within a plot, provide suitable shading to cover a
minimum of 50% by area of each of the following :
Walkways and passageways linking separate buildings within the plot;
Walkways between the villa entrance(s) to plot access points;
front entrances to villas;
All amenity areas such as patios, family areas and courtyards;
Balconies and accessible roof spaces; and
Water features.
Acceptable shading systems include the following :
Permanently installed retractable or non-retractable shade structures
Screens
Trellises
Building self-shade (eg colonnades, projections and passageways)
Tree canopies
Requirement
Achievement
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Short narrative of shading systems designed to meet credit requirements for all
relevant outdoor spaces; and
Plan to show shade provision (highlighting minimum % of shading), measured at

1:00 pm clock time at the Equinox and Summer Solstice.
Confirmation that all shade structures have been purchased and correctly installed
Photographs highlighting installation of all shade structures.
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Calculations and
Methodology

References
summer solstice (June 21st) at 1.00pm clock time. The compliant shaded area
In all calculations, shade from adjacent buildings and / or structures can be
included.
Dappled shade of more than 60%, such as that created by a grid or lattice, may
be considered fully shaded. Dappled shade less than 60% must be calculated
based on the actual shaded portion.
In calculating the shaded area cast be a tree, the tree canopy at 3 years
growth should be assumed.
None
36 of 131
LV-R3: Minimum Ventilation

Intent
To ensure minimum delivery of outdoor fresh air.
Credit
Requirements
Demonstrate that the villa has been designed to comply with all ventilation
requirements set out in the International Mechanical Code 2009, Chapter 4 or
local code, whichever is more stringent.
The villa design must comply with the requirements for both natural ventilation
AND mechanical ventilation.
Requirement
Achievement
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Natural Ventilation
Narrative describing how the villa design meets the Credit Requirements for natural
ventilation.
Plans, elevations and sections to highlight :
all window positions, sizes and maximum openable distance; and
opening areas between adjoining spaces for those rooms and spaces that are
ventilated through adjoining rooms.
Calculations demonstrating compliance with the minimum openable area criteria

for all occupied spaces.
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Calculations and
Methodology
References
Mechanical Drawings and system specifications or manufacturers data; and
Spreadsheet calculations of fresh air ventilation rates based on the calculation

procedure of section 403 for all zones.
Confirm that the villa was built as designed.
Or
Provide updated submission documents for any and all variations from design.
Natural Ventilation
Window openable area : This is the area of opening through which air exchange occurs
between indoors and outdoors. It is not the same as the whole window area (glass and
frame) and is typically much smaller and depends on the opening style of the window.
Household staff accomodation must also comply with the requirements for natural
ventilation.
Ensure that requirements for ventilation are met in addition to requirements for
exhaust airflow in relevant spaces as addressed in table 403.3.
Follow the calculation procedure outlined in section 403.
Household staff accomodation must be included as bedrooms in ventilation rate
calculations.
International Mechanical Code 2009, International Code Council,

http://publicecodes.citation.com/icod/imc/2009/index.htm
37 of 131
LV-1: Pearl Rated Community

Intent
To encourage villas to be built within Pearl Rated Communities.
Credit
Requirements
Demonstrate that the building location is within a Pearl Rated community.
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
1
(maximum)
1
1
(maximum)
1
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating

Community.
Construction Rating

Community.
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Pearl Community Rating Certificate for the community in which the villa is located.
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Pearl Community Rating Certificate for the community in which the villa is located.
Calculations and
Methodology
None
References
None
38 of 131
LV-2: Improved Ventilation

Intent
To protect the quality of air drawn into buildings for ventilation and to ensure minimum
delivery of outdoor fresh air.
Credit
Requirements

Awarding Credit
Points
1 Credit Point: Demonstrate a 15% increase in mechanical ventilation minimum

outdoor air ventilation rates established in LV-R3.
1 Credit Point : Demonstrate a 25% increase in the openable window areas used
for natural ventilation established in LV-R3.
CREDIT POINTS
2
(maximum)
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
Mechanical Ventilation : 15% increase in minimum outdoor

ventilation rates
Natural Ventilation : 25% increase in openable window areas
2
(maximum)
Construction Rating
Mechanical Ventilation : 15% increase in minimum outdoor

ventilation rates
Natural Ventilation : 25% increase in openable window areas
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Natural Ventilation
Narrative describing how the villa design meets the Credit Requirements for natural
ventilation.
Plans, elevations and sections to highlight :
all window positions, sizes and maximum openable distance; and
opening areas between adjoining spaces for those rooms and spaces that are
ventilated through adjoining rooms.
Calculations demonstrating compliance with the minimum openable area Credit

Requirements for all occupied spaces.
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Mechanical Drawings and mechanical system specifications or manufacturers data;

and
Spreadsheet calculations of fresh air ventilation rates based on the calculation

procedure of section 403 for all zones.
Or
Calculations and
Methodology
See the calculations and methodology section in LV-R3 Healthy Ventilation.
References
International Mechanical Code 2009, International Code Council,

http://publicecodes.citation.com/icod/imc/2009/index.htm
39 of 131
LV-3: Community Facilities & Active Urban Environments

Intent
To minimize private car use and encourage active lifestyles.
Credit
Requirements
Community Facilities
Demonstrate the villa is located within 350m safe walking distance of any five of the
following facilities:
Mosque
Womens center/youth center
Kindergarten/daycare
School
Library
Post Office
Police station
Medical services/pharmacy
Grocery store/supermarket
Retail comprising of any of the following:
o Bank/ATM
o Restaurant
o General retail shops
Facilities scheduled for opening within three years of the villas construction
completion can contribute to meeting the credit requirements.
Demonstrate the villa is located within 350m safe walking distance of outdoor spaces
that encourage sport and recreation. The spaces must be specifically designed for one
or more of the following:
Landscaped areas for recreation
Playground areas
Sports field areas
Facilities scheduled for opening within three years of the villas construction
completion can contribute to meeting the credit requirements.
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
2
(maximum)
1
1
2
(maximum)
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
The villa is located within 350m safe walking distance of five of

the listed community facilities.
The villa is located within 350m safe walking distance of any of
the listed outdoor spaces.
Construction Rating
The villa is located within 350m safe walking distance of five of

the listed community facilities.
The villa is located within 350m safe walking distance of any of

the listed outdoor spaces.
Brief narrative describing how the credit requirements are met, including a list of
all qualifying facilities and outdoor spaces;
Land use map indicating the location of, and pedestrian walking route to, all
40 of 131
facilities and outdoor spaces that meet the criteria. The land use map must be
annotated with the length of each route; and
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Calculations and
Methodology
References
For amenities scheduled to open within three years of the villas construction
Updated narrative describing how the credit requirements are met, including a list
of all qualifying facilities and outdoor spaces;
Updated land use map indicating the location of, and pedestrian walking route to,
all facilities and outdoor spaces that meet the criteria. The land use map must be
annotated with the length of each route; and
For amenities scheduled for opening within three years of the villas construction
Walking distances must be calculated using the actual safe pedestrian route
from the villa to the main entrance of the facility/outdoor space.
Abu Dhabi Urban Planning Council Development Code, www.upc.gov.ae
41 of 131
LV-4: Public Transport

Intent
To encourage the use of public transport.
Credit
Requirements
Demonstrate that the villa is within 350 meters safe walking distance of the following
public transport nodes:
1 Credit Point: a tram and/or bus stop with maximum 15 minute midday singledirection frequency
1 Credit Point: a metro or regional rail station
Public transport nodes scheduled for opening within three years of the villas
construction completion can contribute to meeting the credit requirements.
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
2
(maximum)
1
1
2
(maximum)
1
1
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
The villa is within 350m of a tram and/or bus stop with a

maximum 15 minute midday single-direction frequency.
The villa is within 350m of a metro or regional rail station.
Construction Rating
The villa is within 350m of a tram and/or bus stop with a

maximum 15 minute midday single-direction frequency.
The villa is within 350m of a metro or regional rail station.
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Brief narrative describing how the villa meets the credit requirements, including
the number of public transport nodes, the distance to each and the frequency of
service at each node;
Site plan clearly marked to indicate the location of all public transport nodes and
the safe pedestrian walking route from the villa to each node, noting the distance
for each route; and
For planned public transport nodes, confirmation from the Department of Transport
(DOT) of the opening date. In addition, for planned tram/bus stops confirmation of
frequency of the bus service is required from the transport company due to operate
the service.
Updated narrative describing how the villa meets the credit requirements,
including the number of public transport nodes, the distance to each and the
frequency of service at each node;
As-built site plan clearly marked to indicate the location of all public transport
nodes and the safe pedestrian walking route from the villa to each node, noting the
distance for each route; and
For planned public transport nodes, confirmation from the Department of Transport
(DOT) of the opening date. In addition, for planned tram/bus stops confirmation of
frequency of the bus service is required from the transport company due to operate
the service.
Calculations and
Methodology
Walking distances must be calculated using the actual safe pedestrian route from the
villa to the public transport node.
References
Surface Transport Masterplan, Abu Dhabi Department of Transport, April 2009,

www.dot.abudhabi.ae
42 of 131
LV-5: Bicycle Facilities

Intent
To improve connectivity and encourage bicycle use (particularly during the cooler
winter months).
Credit
Requirements
Awarding Credit
Points
1 Credit Point : Provide bicycle storage which meets the following

requirements:
o Provide secure storage for a minimum of one bicycle per bedroom.
o Where bicycle storage is provided in a garage there must be adequate
space to store both the bicycle(s) and the car(s) at the same time.
o Bicycle stands must be solid and securely fixed to the ground and allow
both the wheel and the frame of the bicycle to be locked safely to the
structure. There must be an aisle at least 1.5m wide alongside the bicycle
storage to allow for bicycle maneuvering
o The storage must be in a convenient location with direct access to a public
right of way i.e. not via the villa
o The bicycle storage must be adequately shaded
CREDIT POINTS
1
(maximum)
1
1
(maximum)
1
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
Meet the credit requirements for bicycle storage facilities.

Construction Rating
Meet the credit requirements for bicycle storage facilities.
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Brief narrative demonstrating how the project meets the credit requirements
including the number of bicycle storage spaces, the location of the storage, the
type and dimensions of the storage, the shading provided and the security
arrangements.
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Updated narrative demonstrating how the project meets the credit requirements
including the number of bicycle storage spaces, the location of the storage, the
type and dimensions of the storage, the shading provided and the security
arrangements; and
Photographs of the bicycle storage.
Calculations and
Methodology
None
References
None
43 of 131
LV-6: Material Emissions

Intent
Credit
Requirements
Encourage the use of low emission materials to improve occupant health.

1 Credit Point: All adhesives, sealants, paints and coatings meet the
requirements detailed below.
1 Credit Point: All carpet, hardflooring and ceiling systems and all
materials/products containing formaldehyde meet the requirements detailed
below.
Adhesives and Sealants

Demonstrate that all adhesives and sealants used in the villa interior do not exceed the
prescribed VOC limits in the South Coast Air Quality Management District Rule 1168,
some of which are reproduced in the table below.
Maximum VOC content limits for adhesives and sealants:
Product Type
Maximum grams of VOC per

liter of adhesive or sealant,
less water and exempt
Indoor Carpet Adhesive

Carpet Pad Adhesive
Wood flooring Adhesive
Sub-floor adhesive
Ceramic tile adhesive
Cove base adhesive
Plasterboard and wall panel
Multipurpose construction adhesive
Structural glazing adhesive
Architectural sealants
50
50
100
50
65
50
50
70
100
250
Paints and Coatings

Demonstrate that all paints and coatings used in the villa are within the maximum VOC
content limits of Annex II, Phase II, Table A of European Directive 2004/42/CE: 2004.
All paints and coatings must have fungal resistance.
Maximum VOC content limits for paints and coatings:
Type**
Phase II
(g/l)*
Interior matt walls and ceilings (Gloss <25 @60)
WB
SB
30
30
Interior glossy walls and ceilings (Gloss >25 @60)
WB
SB
100
100
Interior trim and cladding paints for wood and

metal
WB
SB
130
300
Interior trim varnishes and wood stains, including

opaque wood stains
WB
SB
130
400
Interior minimal build wood stains
WB
SB
130
700
Primers
WB
SB
30
350
Binding Primers
WB
SB
30
750
One-pack performance coatings
WB
SB
140
500
Two-pack reactive performance coatings for

specific end use such as floors
WB
SB
140
500
Multi-colored coatings
WB
SB
100
100
Decorative effect coatings
WB
SB
200
200
Product Category
44 of 131
Carpet and Hard Flooring

Demonstrate that all carpet and carpet cushion meet or exceed one of the following:
o
Carpet and Rug Institute Green Label;
Green Label Plus Program; or
Greenguard Indoor Air Quality Certification Program for Carpets.
Demonstrate that all hard flooring systems and finishes have achieved FloorScore
Certification or Greenguard Indoor Air Quality Certification for low emitting products.
In addition, confirm that all wood flooring products do not exceed class E1 levels for
formaldehyde content and do not exceed 5 parts per million (ppm) for
Pentachlorophenol (PCP) content. Wood products must be tested, classified and marked
according to the requirements of BS EN 14342:2005.
Ceiling Systems
Demonstrate that all suspended ceiling systems comply with the requirements of BS EN
13964: 2004 section 4.5, in relation to asbestos and formaldehyde content i.e. there
must be no asbestos, the formaldehyde content must not exceed class E1 levels and
must be tested, classified and appropriately marked.
For any wood based paneled ceilings, comply with the requirements of BS EN
13986:2004 in relation to limits and testing requirements for formaldehyde and
Pentachlorophenol (PCP) content i.e. the formaldehyde content must not exceed class
E1 levels and the PCP content must not exceed 5 ppm.
Formaldehyde Content
Demonstrate that all internal construction materials and all installed furniture do not
exceed class E1 levels for formaldehyde content.
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
2
(maximum)
1
1
2
(maximum)
1
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
All adhesives, sealants, paints and coatings meet the credit

requirements.
All carpet, hardflooring and ceiling systems and all
materials/products containing formaldehyde meet the credit
requirements.
Construction Rating
All adhesives, sealants, paints and coatings meet the credit

requirements.
All carpet, hardflooring and ceiling systems and all
materials/products containing formaldehyde meet the credit
requirements.
Adhesives, Sealants, Paints and Coatings

Narrative with extracts from specifications for all interior adhesives, sealants,
paints and coatings confirming all products will comply with the requirements.

Narrative and extracts from specifications for all carpet, carpet cushion and hard
flooring confirming all products will comply with the credit requirements.
Ceiling Systems
Narrative describing all ceiling systems along with extracts from specifications
confirming that all components will comply with the credit requirements.
45 of 131
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Interior finish schedule highlighting products likely to contain formaldehyde;
Interior furniture schedule highlighting products likely to contain formaldehyde;

and
For all products containing formaldehyde, provide extracts from relevant

specifications showing how the credit requirements will be met.
Adhesives, Sealants, Paints and Coatings

Billing/purchase receipts for all interior adhesives, sealants, paints and coatings;
Tracking sheet signed by the construction manager for receipt of all adhesives,
sealants, paints and coatings; and
Material Safety Data Sheets and Technical Data Sheets for all interior adhesives,
sealants, paints and coatings.

Brief narrative (with as-built drawings as required) describing the locations of all
carpets, carpet cushion, hard flooring and finishes. Confirm that all products
comply with the requirements outlined and provide all associated Material Safety
Data Sheets and Technical Data Sheets.
Ceiling Systems
Billing/purchase receipts for all aspects relating to the ceiling systems;
Tracking sheet signed by the construction manager for receipt of all products
requiring compliance with the requirements; and
Material Safety Data Sheets and Technical Data Sheets for all products requiring
compliance with the credit requirements.
As-built interior finish schedule for all installed products highlighting products
containing formaldehyde;
Schedule of all installed furniture highlighting products containing formaldehyde;

and
For all products containing formaldehyde, provide either Manufacturers data

sheets OR third party evidence showing certification of formaldehyde content
tested according to appropriate standards (see References) by one of the following:
Reputable certified independent testing laboratory; or
Certification from a reputable third party assessment body.
Calculations and
Methodology
Product Testing for Formaldehyde Content:

All products must be tested according to the reference standards or demonstrated
equivalent testing standards.
References
Adhesives and Sealants

South Coast Air Quality Management District (California, US) Rule 1168 Adhesive
and Sealant Applications, www.aqmd.gov
Paints and Coatings
Annex II, Table A of Directive 2004/42/CE of the European Parliament and of The
Council of 21 April 2004,
http://eurlex.europa.eu/LexUriServ/LexUriServ.do?uri=OJ:L:2004:143:0087:0096:E
N:PDF
Carpet and Rug Institute GreenLabel and Green Label Plus Program, www.carpetrug.org
The FloorScore Program from the Resilient Floor Covering Institute: Certification of
flooring products for indoor air quality compliance. Products covered under this
program include (Tile, Rubber flooring, engineered hardwood flooring, bamboo
flooring, polymeric flooring, linoleum flooring, sheet vinyl flooring, vinyl tile, vinyl
composition tile),www.rfci.com/int_FloorScore.htm
46 of 131
Greenguard Indoor Air Quality Certification Program from the Greenguard

Environmental Institute. Products covered under this program include Laminate
Flooring, Carpet, Resilient Flooring, Wood Flooring, Stone / Terrazzo flooring,
flooring underlay, wood floor finishes, hard surface floor finishes.
www.greenguard.org
BS EN 14342:2005 Wood Flooring. Characteristics, evaluation of conformity and
marking, www.bsigroup.com
Ceiling Systems
BS EN 13964: 2004 Suspended Ceilings Requirements and Test Methods, section
4.5, www.bsigroup.com
BS EN 13986:2004 Wood-based panels for use in construction Characteristics,
evaluation of conformity and marking, sections 5.7 and 5.18, www.bsigroup.com
Formaldehyde
EN 717-1 for initial type testing, www.bsigroup.com
EN120 and EN 717-2 for factory production control, www.bsigroup.com
47 of 131
LV-7: Thermal Comfort & Controls

Intent
To promote comfort controls for wellbeing, ease of use and thermal comfort of
occupants.
Credit
Requirements

Awarding Credit
Points
1 Credit Point : Provide separate thermostat controls for each living area and
each bedroom (including maids rooms).
2 Credit Points : In addition, provide occupancy sensors to all living areas.
3 Credit Points : In addition, provide occupancy sensors to all bedrooms.
CREDIT POINTS
3
(maximum)
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
Separate thermostat controls for each living area and bedroom.
Occupancy sensors in living areas.
Occupancy sensors in bedrooms.
3
(maximum)
Construction Rating
Separate thermostat controls for each living area and bedroom.
Occupancy sensors in living areas.
Occupancy sensors in bedrooms.
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Mechanical system drawings clearly marked up with thermostat locations and / or

occupancy sensors;
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Calculations and
Methodology
Or

References
Thermostatic controls must be capable of adjusting the air temperature and air
speed; and
Occupancy sensors must be linked to HVAC systems and capable of
automatically modulating or resetting temperature and / or air flowrate based
on occupancy down to a minimum design setback.
None
48 of 131
LV-8: Daylight
Intent
To promote villa designs that maximize the use of natural light.
Credit
Requirements
Demonstrate a minimum daylight illuminance of 200 Lux is achieved for 50% of the net
floor area of each living area and bedroom. Home theatres are excluded from the
requirements.
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
2
(maximum)
2
2
(maximum)
2
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Design Rating
Achieve a minimum daylight illuminance of 200 Lux for 50% of

the net floor area of each living area and bedroom.
Construction Rating
Achieve a minimum daylight illuminance of 200 Lux for 50% of

the net floor area of each living area and bedroom.
Brief report describing how the project meets the credit requirements including:
Floor plans, elevations and sections;
Key parameters used in the simulation including glazing visible light

transmittance and the reflectance of internal surfaces;
Extracts from specifications listing all glazing performance criteria;
Simulation plots showing isolux contours;
Spreadsheet of areas meeting the requirements; and
Confirmation that all spaces comply with the requirements.
Updated report describing how the project meets the Credit Requirements
including:
Calculations and
Methodology
REQUIREMENTS
As-built floor plans, elevations and sections;
Key parameters used in the simulation including glazing visible light

transmittance and the reflectance of internal surfaces;
As-built glazing performance criteria;
Simulation plots showing isolux contours;
Spreadsheet of areas meeting the requirements; and
Confirmation that all spaces comply with the requirements.
The daylight illuminance in Lux must be calculated based on a CIE standard clear sky at
10am, 12pm and 2pm on the equinox and summer solstice and must exclude any
artificial lighting.
Solar pipes/tubes may be used to provide additional natural light. For modeling
purposes, transmission factors provided by the manufacturer should be used. If this
data is not available a transmission factor of 0.5 should be used for a 1m pipe length
and a transmission factor of 0.25 for a 2m length pipe.
Daylight design software must be used to calculate the internal daylight illuminance.
The calculation control parameters must be based on the higher settings recommended
for calculation of values rather than the lower settings required for visualization
purposes. One such control setting, the number of inter-reflections which equates to
49 of 131
the number of bounces of diffuse reflected indirect light, must be set to a minimum of
7.
References
None
50 of 131
LV-9: Indoor Noise

Intent
To provide acoustic conditions that are commensurate with sensitivity and acoustic
privacy requirements.
Credit
Requirements
Demonstrate that internal ambient noise levels do not exceed 35 dB(A)L eq (8 hour) and 45
dB(A) Lmax, fast in bedrooms (during the period 23:00 07:00 hours) and do not exceed 40
dB(A)Leq in other areas.
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
1
(maximum)
1
1
(maximum)
1
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
Internal ambient noise levels are less than 35dB(A)Leq(8hour) and

45DB(A)Lmax,fast in bedrooms and less than 40dB(A)L eq in other
areas
Construction Rating
Internal ambient noise levels are less than 35dB(A)Leq(8hour) and

45DB(A)Lmax,fast in bedrooms and less than 40dB(A)L eq in other
areas
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Calculations and
Methodology
Noise design report containing the following:
Brief narrative describing how the project will meet the credit requirements in
relation to all relevant internal and external noise sources, noise control features
and any underlying assumptions
Results of calculations or supporting tests demonstrating compliance with the

calculation methods)
Plans, elevations and drawings marked up to indicate noise control features
Attested qualifications and professional memberships of the acoustic engineer
Noise field test report containing the following:
Confirmation that the required noise levels have been met in all relevant internal
areas
Results of field tests or calculations demonstrating compliance with the

calculation methods)
Attested qualifications and professional memberships of the acoustic engineer
For the purposes of the calculations or measurements, only noise from building services
and external sources should be included and all operable windows must be considered
open. Noise from occupants or equipment/appliances should be excluded from the
measurements and calculations.
The measurements and calculations must represent the noisiest areas of the villa e.g.
near faades on busy streets.
All calculations, measurements and acoustic reports must be signed off by a qualified
acoustic engineer. A qualified acoustic engineer will be a member of a recognized
professional body (e.g. Institute of Acoustics or Association of Noise Consultants) and
will have either:
a degree in acoustics from a recognized institution (e.g. university), or
51 of 131
References
a degree in an engineering-related discipline from a recognized institution (e.g.

university) and a post-graduate acoustics qualification (e.g. diploma).
None
52 of 131
Credit Section
PW: Precious Water
53 of 131
potable water due to desalinization, water conservation is a priority for Estidama. As discussed in the
April 2006 UAE Initial National Communication to the United Nations on climate change, it is a distinct
possibility that the UAE will become even drier due to the effects of global warming. Coupled with
projected population increases, the importance of accelerating water conservation and reuse efforts is
clear.
One of the most important challenges for the Emirate is to

balance water supply and demand as efficiently as possible given
that the per capita consumption of fresh water is among the
highest in the world and new water supplies are expensive
The Precious Water section of the Pearl Villa Rating System includes the Villa Water Calculator that should
be used throughout the entire design process. This calculator will help the development team to assess
inputs and flows of water to and from the project with a holistic perspective, and assist in identifying how
and where reductions in the use of potable water may be made.
54 of 131
PW
Precious Water
Credit
Code
Credit Title
PW-R1
PW-R2
Water Monitoring
PW-1
10
PW-2.1
PW-2.2
PW-3
Credit Points
TOTAL
21
55 of 131
PW-R1: Minimum Interior Water Use Reduction

Intent
Credit
Requirements
To develop and implement a comprehensive water strategy during the early stages of
design as a tool to minimize the villas interior potable water consumption
GENERAL
Demonstrate that the villas predicted interior potable water consumption will
be no greater than the baseline villa water consumption using efficiency
measures only; and
None
Requirement
Achievement
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Villa Water Calculator confirming that the villas predicted interior potable water
consumption will be no greater than the baseline villa interior potable water
consumption using efficiency measures only;
rates and flow regulation systems; and

their water use.
Updated Villa Water Calculator (if changed from design), confirming that the villas
predicted interior potable water consumption is no greater than the baseline villa
interior potable water consumption using efficiency measures only;
Brief narrative describing all installed water conservation strategies;

water use; and
Photographic evidence confirming installation of specified fixtures and appliances.
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Calculations and
Methodology

The baseline and proposed villa interior water consumption is determined using
the Villa Water Calculator which serves as the foundation for numerous
calculations within the Precious Water section.
Interior water use is defined as the water demand that relates solely to
fixtures, fittings, and appliances.
Efficiency measures are all measures which reduce the overall demand for
water from the baseline requirement. Reductions in potable water cannot be
claimed through the use of any recycled water within this prerequisite.
Calculations are based on villa occupancy and include all interior water use
relating to fixtures, fittings and appliances.
The baseline villa water demand is based on the following flow rates/volumes:
Fixture of Fixture Fitting
Percentage Reduction
Bathroom Taps, Private
Shower Head
Kitchen Sink Faucet
56 of 131
Bidets
6 liters/min
Toilets (Dual Flush)
6/4 liters/flushing cycle (full/low)
References
57 of 131
PW-R2: Water Monitoring

Intent
Credit
Requirements
To encourage the provision of metering facilities on major water uses enabling

effective management of water consumption.
GENERAL
Demonstrate that an easily accessible and clearly labelled sub-meter is

provided to monitor the villas external water use.
The sub-meter must have a pulsed output and capable of remote monitoring.
Requirement
Achievement
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Brief narrative describing how the requirements of the credit will be achieved; and
Extracts from specifications and building services layout drawings clearly indicating
the type, extent and locations of the sub-meter.
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Calculations and
Methodology
References
Updated narrative describing how the requirements of the credit have been met;
locations of the sub-meter; and
Photographic evidence confirming the installation of the required meter.

The exterior sub-meter must cover all exterior water uses.
None
58 of 131
PW-1: Improved Interior Water Use Reduction

Intent
Credit
Requirements
To promote further reductions in the villas interior potable water consumption through
the use of efficient fixtures and appliances, and the use of recycled water.
GENERAL
1-10 Credit Points: Demonstrate using the Villa Water Calculator that the
proposed villa has achieved the following reduction in potable water
consumption compared with the baseline:
Points Achieved
Percentage
Reduction
6%
12%
18%
24%
30%
36%
42%
48%
54%
10
60%
None
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
10
(maximum)
1-10
15
(maximum)
1-10
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
Achieve further reductions in the proposed villa potable water

consumption compared to the baseline villa.
Construction Rating
Achieve further reductions in the proposed villa potable water

consumption compared to the baseline villa.
Completed Villa Water Calculator confirming the percentage reduction in potable

water consumption compared to the baseline;
rates and flow regulation systems;

their water use; and

laterals to all interior non-potable demands (where applicable).
59 of 131
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Calculations and
Methodology
Updated Villa Water Calculator (if changed from design), confirming the
percentage reduction in potable water consumption compared to the baseline;
Updated narrative describing all installed water conservation strategies;
and flow regulation systems; and

water use;

and laterals to all interior non-potable demands (where applicable)
Photographic evidence confirming installation of specified fixtures, fittings and

appliances; and
Photographic evidence confirming recycled water pipes have been separately color
coded from pipes containing potable water (where applicable).
References
The methodology is the same as PW-R1 Minimum Water Use Reduction, except
that further reductions in the villa interior potable water consumption within
this credit may be achieved through the use recycled water.
60 of 131
PW-2.1: Exterior Water Use Reduction: Landscaping

Intent
Credit
Requirements
To minimize landscaping water demands through effective plant selection, irrigation

strategies and promoting the use of recycled water.
GENERAL
Plant Selection
Demonstrate that the average irrigation requirement for all landscape areas (as
outlined within the Calculations and Methodologies section) meets the following:
2 Credit Points: Average landscape irrigation demand < 4 litres/m2/day
4 Credit Points: Average landscape irrigation demand < 2 litres/m2/day
Irrigation System
2 Credit Point: Demonstrate that a Water Efficient Irrigation System has been
Water Balance
1 Credit Point:
o Achieve at least 2 Credit Points relating to Plant Selection; and
o Demonstrate that 100% of the exterior irrigation demand can be served
using the Exterior Water Allowance (as outlined in the Calculations and
Methodology section).
None
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
7
(maximum)
2-4
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating

landscaped areas has been minimized
Demonstrate that a water efficient irrigation system has been

Demonstrate that 100% of the exterior irrigation demand can be

7
(maximum)
2-4
Construction Rating

landscaped areas has been minimized
Demonstrate that a water efficient irrigation system has been

Demonstrate that 100% of the exterior irrigation demand can be

Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Plant Selection
Completed Villa Water Calculator;
Site plan illustrating landscape areas, highlighting areas of hardscape and softscape
including their irrigation requirements, as well as water feature/swimming pool
areas;
61 of 131
Calculations detailing how the total annual average irrigation demand of all
Plant schedules for the villas landscape program that includes the following key
data:
Irrigation System
Narrative describing the villas irrigation approach, technology to be used

(confirming there are no surface sprays), and anticipated irrigation efficiency;
Site plan illustrating Irrigation Zones detailing the irrigation requirements of each
zone;
Specifications for the irrigation system, including confirmation that it is capable of

timer control; and
Narrative describing mulch and/or soil amendment strategies to reduce plant

evapotranspiration.
Water Balance
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Completed Villa Water Calculator confirming that 100% of the exterior irrigation
demand can be served using the Exterior Water Allowance.
Plant Selection
Updated Villa Water Calculator;
As-built site plan illustrating landscape areas, highlighting areas of hardscape and
softscape including their irrigation requirements, as well as water
feature/swimming pool areas;
Updated calculations detailing how the total annual average irrigation demand of
all external softscape areas (liters/day) is determined; and
Plant schedules (if changed from design) for the developments landscape program
that includes the following key data:
Irrigation System
Updated narrative describing the villas irrigation approach, technology to be used

(confirming there are no surface sprays), and anticipated irrigation efficiency;
As-built site plan illustrating Irrigation Zones detailing the irrigation requirements
of each zone;
Manufacturers cut-sheets for the irrigation system, including confirmation that it is

capable of timer control;
Updated narrative describing mulch and/or soil amendment strategies to reduce

plant evapotranspiration; and
Photographic evidence of the installed irrigation system.
Water Balance
Updated Villa Water Calculator confirming that 100% of the exterior irrigation
demand can be served using the Exterior Water Allowance.
Calculations and
Methodology
Plant Selection
Landscaped area refers to the plot area excluding the villa footprint and water
feature / swimming pool areas, and is made up of all hardscape and softscape
areas.
The average irrigation demand for all landscaped areas is calculated as follows:
62 of 131
AP = Plot Area,
AV = Villa Footprint Area,
AS = Softscape Area
AW = Water Features/Swimming Pool Area,
IS = Total Annual Average Irrigation Demand of All External Softscape Areas (liters/day).
Irrigation System
A water

efficient irrigation system must:

Eliminate all surface spray components;
Provide irrigation zones, segregated by plant water needs; and
Include a timer to enable irrigation during non-daylight hours (except if subsurface);
Utilize mulch and/or soil amendment strategies to reduce plant
evapotranspiration.
Recycled Water
The Exterior Water Allowance, EWA, is based on achieving a water balance between the
building wastewater and the villas exterior uses (irrigation and water features). It is a
notional value that represents the amount of water that is allowed for exterior uses.
The EWA that is available to serve the projects exterior water demand is determined as
follows:
63 of 131
VW = Total Villa Wastewater,

ER = Recycled water supply efficiency
RV = Volume of recycled water that is supplied to the Villa
EWA must not be double counted towards water features. The design team must decide
upon the most appropriate use of the Exterior Water Allowance in order to balance the
building wastewater volume with the exterior water demand. The overall water
balance must be documented in the villa water calculator.
Example Calculation: Plant Selection
A villa has a building footprint of 550 m2 and is located within a 2,100m2 plot. Adjacent
to the building there is softscape requiring 8l/m2/day which covers an area of 500m2,
and a 40m2 swimming pool.
Plot Area, AP
2,100
m2
Villa Footprint, AB
550
m2
Softscape Area, AS
500
m2
Softscape Irrigation Demand, IS
l/m2/day
Swimming Pool Area, AW
40
m2
Total Annual Average Irrigation Demand of All

External Softscape Areas, IS
4000
Liters / day
64 of 131
References
65 of 131
PW-2.2: Exterior Water Reduction: Water Features

Intent
Credit
Requirements
Reduce potable water use in exterior water features by minimizing evaporative loss and
through the use of recycled water.
GENERAL
1 Credit Point: Demonstrate that the water make up requirements of all exterior water
features can be served using the Exterior Water Allowance (as outlined in the
calculations and methodology section).
Or
Demonstrate that there are no exterior water features.
1 Credit Point: Demonstrate that all external swimming pools:
Do not have a surface area greater than 40m2; and
Are supplied with permanently installed retractable pool blankets.
Or
Demonstrate that there are no external swimming pools.
None
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
2
(maximum)
1
1
2
(maximum)
1
1
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
Demonstrate that all exterior water features meet the credit

requirements, or that there are no external water features.
Demonstrate that all external swimming pools meet the credit
requirements, or that there are no external swimming pools.
Construction Rating
Demonstrate that all exterior water features meet the credit

requirements, or that there are no external water features.
Demonstrate that all external swimming pools meet the credit
requirements, or that there are no external swimming pools.
Villa Water Calculator confirming that water make up requirements of all exterior
water features can be served using the exterior water allowance;
Or
Site plans confirming that there will be no exterior water features
Site plans highlighting the location of the swimming pool, confirming the surface
area is less than or equal to 40m 2; and
Specification of proposed retractable pool blanket.
Or
Credit
Submission:
Site plans confirming that there will be no external swimming pools.
Updated Villa Water Calculator confirming that water make up requirements of all
exterior water features can be served using the exterior water allowance;
66 of 131
Construction
Rating
Or
As-built site plans confirming that there are no exterior water features.
As-built site plans highlighting the location of the swimming pool, confirming the
surface area is less than or equal to 40m 2; and
Photographic evidence showing that retractable pool blankets have been installed.
Or
Calculations and
Methodology
As-built site plans confirming that there are no external swimming pools.

Exterior water features: Include any open surface water associated with
fountains, ponds etc (excluding swimming pools).
The water loss from all exterior water features is determined using the Villa
follows:
AW = Water Feature Area

EL = Evaporative Loss of surface water = 2,200 liters/m2/yr
water demand is determined as outlined within the Calculations and Methodology
section of PW-2.1: Exterior Water Use Reduction: Landscaping
EWA must not be double counted towards irrigation. The design team must decide
upon the most appropriate use of the Exterior Water Allowance in order to balance
their building wastewater volume with their exterior water demand. The overall water
balance must be documented in the Villa Water Calculator.
References
None
67 of 131

Intent
Credit
Requirements
To minimize peak stormwater discharge and protect the stormwater drainage system
GENERAL
quantity from the 2-year 24-hour design storm does not exceed the predevelopment peak runoff rate and quantity.
None
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
2
(maximum)
2
2
(maximum)
2
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
Demonstrate that the post-development peak runoff rate and

quantity does not exceed the pre-development peak runoff rate
and quantity.
Construction Rating
Demonstrate that the post-development peak runoff rate and

quantity does not exceed the pre-development peak runoff rate
and quantity.
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Calculations and
Methodology
References
Brief narrative describing the proposed stormwater management system;
Design drawings showing locations of the proposed components of the stormwater

management system;
Civil engineering calculations confirming the post-development peak runoff rate

and quantity does not exceed the pre-development peak runoff rate and quantity;
and
CV of qualified Civil Engineer.
Updated narrative describing the installed stormwater management system;
As-built drawings showing locations of the applied components of the stormwater

management system;
Updated civil engineering calculations confirming the post-development peak

runoff rate and quantity does not exceed the pre-development peak runoff rate
and quantity;
CV of qualified Civil Engineer; and

strategies.

A minimum of five years relevant work experience and a proven track record
on working on similar projects in the region.


(2006)
68 of 131
Credit Section
69 of 131
conservation and portfolio diversification are imperative to sustain a competitive economy. Through
the Pearl Rating System, Estidama seeks to target energy conservation through technological transitions in
the building sector.
The UAE has almost the highest rate of energy consumption per
person in the world. If we continue at the current rate, the
demand for energy will simply exceed the supply. At the same
time, our consumption of energy adds to the worldwide problem
of global warming. Clearly, we need to do something to prevent
this.
Heroes of the UAE, EAD
Techniques to conserve energy at the building design and construction stage can have significant impacts
on reducing overall energy consumption during operation. The Resourceful Energy section requires an
energy calculation and assessment process to be undertaken. This assessment will facilitate careful
consideration of energy issues during the design of buildings, resulting in better informed decision making.
Emphasis is on reducing the demand for energy through passive environmental design, appropriate
selection of highly efficient mechanical and electrical equipment, and the facilitation of renewable energy
installations.
70 of 131
RE
Resourceful Energy
Credit
Code
Credit Title
Villas
RE-R1
RE-R2
Energy Monitoring
RE-R3
Ozone Impacts of Refrigerants Systems
RE-1
RE-2
RE-3
Renewable Energy
7
TOTAL
21
71 of 131
RE-R1: Minimum Energy Performance

Intent
To encourage the installation and use of high performance building elements, efficient
appliances and limited renewable energy equipment to help reduce the level of energy
required to effectively run a domestic building.
Credit
Requirements
Prescriptive Method :
Building Envelope
To ensure the installation of a high performance building envelope, all building
elements are to have an area weighted average U-value that is equal to or less than the
following:
Construction Element
U-Value (W/mK)
Fenestration
2.2
Roof
0.14
Wall
0.32
Basement Wall
0.28
Floor
0.15
Crawl Space Wall
0.36
For the above construction elements, the following also needs to be implemented:
Proposed glazing area to be less than 15% of the conditioned floor area.
All glazed fenestration to have a maximum Solar Heat Gain Coefficient (SHGC)
of 0.4.
Infiltration rates are to a maximum of 0.35ach.
Efficient Appliances
The air conditioning unit is to have a minimum seasonal average COP of 3.4.
All appliances, light fittings and electrical usage items not specifically detailed within
this section are to have an EU Energy Rating of B or equivalent. Lighting power
densities are not to exceed the figures as defined in ASHRAE 90.1 Section 9.
All fans are to have a maximum fan power of 2.8W/l/s.
All heated or cooled swimming pools are to have covers with a minimum U-values of
0.47W/mK.
All external lighting to be switched via daylight sensors.
Renewable Energy
50% of the total yearly hot water energy usage (kWh) associated with hot water
generation for all the villas including staff usage is to be generated from renewable
sources.
An un-shaded space allowance equivalent to 15% of the total roof area (excluding solar
and mechanical plant) is to be provided at roof level (of any building on the plot), to
allow for the installation of renewable energy equipment at a future date.
OR
Performance Method :
72 of 131
Develop an energy model for the proposed building(s) using appropriate energy
modeling software and calculate the baseline building energy consumption.
Requirement
Achievement
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Prescriptive Method
Brief narrative describing how the requirements of each section of the credit will
be achieved;
Energy system schematics illustrating the proposed HWS generation strategy

confirming that the required level of HWS generation will be achieved; and
Extracts from specifications, calculations and building services layout design

drawings clearly indicating the type, extent and location of the HWS generation
system.
Manufacturers details for each installed appliance, light fixture, fan, AC unit and
electrical usage item not specifically detailed within this section, detailing the
energy rating / unit efficiency / power rating of the proposed electrical item.
Highlight the areas on the plans where the future renewable energy systems could
be installed, along with any indicative services routing from the renewable energy
equipment to the main residential building (if renewable energy equipment is not
installed on main residential building).
Provide sections / details for each building faade element (including details on
glazing type and areas) and detail how each of these elements meets the
requirements of the credit.
Extracts from specifications detailing appliance energy use or proof of certification

by Energy Star program, EU Energy Efficiency Labeling Scheme or equivalent.
OR
Performance Method -
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
be achieved.
Energy Model Template summarizing the dynamic energy simulation and confirming
Prescriptive Method
achieved;
the type, extent and locations of all HWS generating equipment.
Photographic evidence confirming installation of HWS generation systems and space

allowance for renewable energy equipment
Updated Manufacturers details for each installed appliance, light fixture, fan, AC
unit and electrical usage item not specifically detailed within this section, detailing
the energy rating / unit efficiency / power rating of the proposed electrical item.
Manufacturer information regarding appliance energy use or proof of certification

by Energy Star program, EU Energy Efficiency Labeling Scheme or equivalent.
OR
73 of 131
Calculations and
Methodology
Updated narrative describing how the requirements of each section of the credit
will be achieved.
Updated energy Model Template summarising the dynamic energy simulation and
confirming the percentage reduction that will be achieved.
Prescriptive Method Recognised energy rating systems include but are not necessarily limited to:
Energy Star
EU Energy Efficiency Labelling Scheme
If other labelling schemes are used, evidence describing how the appliances
meet or exceed the equivalent requirements under the Energy Star or EU
labelling scheme must be submitted and may be accepted after formal
verification from Estidama.
The following table provides guidelines on the typical appliances that are
required to be covered by the energy rating scheme, this list is not exhaustive
and is designed to give the user an idea of appliance types:
Appliance
Rating
Dishwashers
Refrigerators and freezers
Ovens
Ice Machines
Cookers
Fryers
Televisions
Washing Machines or
washer/dryers
Computers
B
B
Monitors
Printers, scanners and all-inones

Water coolers/heaters
B
B
The infiltration rates shall be calculated in accordance with ASHRAE Handbook of

Fundamentals 2009, Chapter 16.
OR
Performance Method Calculate the baseline building energy consumption according to the annual energy cost
method outlined in Section 8 of ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 90.2-2007, using the
requirements as detailed within RE-R1 Minimum Energy Performance where applicable
and the minimum acceptable standards for building fabric, HVAC, service water
heating, power, lighting and other equipment must be set at either those given in
Standard 90.2 2007 or local code, whichever is more stringent.
Demonstrate that the proposed building model meets or exceeds the energy
performance compared of the baseline building as per the methodology outlined above.
Both the proposed building performance and the baseline building performance shall
include all load components:
Lighting (internal and external);
74 of 131
Heating;
Cooling;
Heat rejection;
Pumps (swimming pool, chilled water distribution, domestic water distribution,
etc.);
Fans;
Service water heating and cooling.
The proposed and baseline building performance must be calculated using the
following:

The same dynamic simulation modeling software (with approval from

Estidama); and
The same weather data.
Based on section B2. Major Climate Type Definitions within Standard 90.1-2007, climate
zone 1b Very Hot and Dry will be assumed for projects within the Emirate of Abu
Dhabi.
For components that cannot be adequately modelled by the simulation program,

Estidama may approve an exceptional calculation method (as outlined within Appendix
G of Standard 90.1-2007) which demonstrates energy savings through calculations
performed by design teams, including theoretical and/or empirical information
supporting the accuracy of the method.
Additional Clarifications -

Buildings served via a DC network will need to obtain confirmation of the

seasonal delivered coefficient of performance (COP) of the district system. All
aspects of energy consuming equipment are to be incorporated into a single
seasonal COP figure; this also needs to take account of thermal losses within
the network in both directions.
For DC networks already in place, a seasonal delivered COP will need to be
obtained from the district cooling operator based on actual data of the cooling
plant and associated network over a 12 month period.
For DC networks which have not yet been built, or have been in operation for
less than 12 months, confirmation on the proposed performance of the DC
network over 12 months must be obtained from the DC developer/operator.
If sufficient data cannot be provided on the DC network, a seasonal average
COP of 4.5 must be assumed for modelling.
Renewable Energy
References
Energy generated through onsite renewable technologies (those located within

the site boundary) may be subtracted from the proposed building energy
consumption, including where the energy produced is exported to the grid.

ASHRAE Handbook of Fundamentals 2009.

ASHRAE/ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1 2007: Energy Standard for Buildings Except LowRise Residential Buildings.
ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 90.2-2007: Energy-Efficient Design of Low-Rise
Residential Buildings.
Energy Star.
EU Energy Efficiency Labelling Scheme.

75 of 131
RE-R2: Energy Monitoring

Intent
To encourage the installation and use of high performance building elements, efficient
appliances and limited renewable energy equipment to help reduce the level of energy
required to effectively run a domestic building.
Credit
Requirements
Demonstrate that easily accessible and clearly labeled energy sub-meters are provided.
Individual meters should be provided as a minimum to the following systems:
Circuit Description
Lighting electrical distribution board meter This
should include both internal and external lighting.
Small power electrical distribution board meter.
Air conditioning meter This should cover as a
minimum all external condensers and where
applicable associated pumps and air handling units.
Requirement
Achievement
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Energy system schematics illustrating the proposed metering strategy confirming

that the required level of metering will be achieved; and
Extracts from specifications and building services layout design drawings clearly
indicating the type, extent and locations of all metering.
achieved;
As built energy system schematics illustrating the metering strategy confirming that
the required level of metering has been achieved;
the type, extent and locations of all metering;
Photographic evidence confirming installation of specified meters.
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Calculations and
Methodology
and capable of monitoring the energy consumption of all areas as detailed above. In
addition separate meters must be provided for all single pieces of plant exceeding a
maximum load of 20kW.
Where central data collection facilities are installed, all sub-meters must have data
logging capability. Outputs from this, must have the following capability:
Provide hourly, daily, weekly, monthly and annual energy consumption for each
end-use;
analysis;
Record peak energy consumption for each end-use.
References
None
76 of 131
RE-R3: Ozone Impacts of Refrigerants

Intent
To promote the selection of refrigerants systems that minimize impacts on the

environment
Credit
Requirements
Demonstrate that all refrigerants to be installed within the project site boundary
have an ozone depletion potential (ODP) of zero.
This credit only refers to refrigeration systems contained within the site boundary;
(i.e. district cooling systems which provide only chilled water to the site are not
subject to the requirement of this credit).
Requirement
Achievement
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Brief narrative describing how the project meets the credit requirements; and
Specification extracts for all proposed refrigerant systems confirming ODP of each
refrigerant is zero.
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Calculations and
Methodology
Updated narrative describing how the project meets the credit requirements; and
Manufacturers data for all proposed refrigerant systems confirming ODP of each
refrigerant is zero.
The ozone depletion potential (ODP) of various refrigerants is given below:

Chlorofluorocarbons
ODP
GWP
CFC-12
1.0
10,900
HCFC-22
0.055
1,810
HCFC-123
0.02
77
HFC-134a
1,430
HFC-245fa
1,030
HFC-407c
1,700
HCFC-22 replacement
HFC-410a
1,900
Air conditioning
HFC-417a
1,950
HCFC-22 replacement
1.0
Ammonia (NH3)
Propane (C3H8)
Isobutene
Air
Water
CFC-11 replacement
Hydrofluorocarbons
References
None
77 of 131
RE-1: Improved Energy Performance

Intent
To promote further reductions in the projects energy consumption and hence carbon
emissions associated with building operation.
Credit
Requirements
Prescriptive Method Credits will be awarded if the following enhanced RE-R1 Minimum Performance Criteria
are met:
Efficient Appliances
One additional credit can be awarded for each of the following:
Appliances
Credit
Air conditioning unit to have a minimum seasonal

average COP of 3.8.
All appliances, light fittings and electrical usage items

not specifically detailed within this section are to
have an EU Energy Rating of A or equivalent. Lighting
power densities are not be 10% better than the figures
defined in ASHRAE 90.1 Section 9.
All fans are to have a maximum fan power of

2.2W/l/s.
The building owner must provide a written

commitment to supply energy monitoring data to
Estidama (if requested). All reported information
will be treated as confidential.

Renewable Energy
One additional credit can be awarded for the following:
Appliances
Credit
75% of the total yearly hot water energy usage (kWh)

associated with hot water generation is to be
generated from renewable means.

Performance Method 1-7 Credit Points: Using the same methodology outlined in RE-R1: Minimum Energy
Performance, demonstrate further percentage reductions in the proposed building
energy consumption beyond the baseline building consumption determined in RE-R1.
Points
Achieved
Percentage
Reduction
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
5%
10%
15%
20%
25%
30%
40%
78 of 131
1 Credit Point: The building owner must provide a written commitment to supply
energy monitoring data to Estidama (if requested). All reported information will be
Awarding Credit
Points
The following credits can be awarded for the improvement in energy usage using the
building energy model method as highlighted above:
CREDIT POINTS
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
1-5
Prescriptive Model - Achieve energy reductions through

improvements to the building model defined in RE-R1
Minimum Energy Performance.
1-8
Performance Model - Achieve further percentage reductions

in the proposed building energy consumption compared to the
baseline.
Construction Rating
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
1-4
Prescriptive Model - Achieve energy reductions through

improvements to the building model defined in RE-R1
Minimum Energy Performance.
1-8
Performance Model - Achieve further percentage reductions

in the proposed building energy consumption compared to the
baseline.
Prescriptive Method
be achieved;
Energy system schematics illustrating the proposed HWS generation strategy

confirming that the required level of HWS generation will be achieved; and
Extracts from specifications, calculations and building services layout design

drawings clearly indicating the type, extent and location of the HWS generation
system.
Manufacturers details for each installed appliance, light fixture, fan, AC unit and
electrical usage item not specifically detailed within this section, detailing the
energy rating / unit efficiency / power rating of the proposed electrical item.
Extracts from specifications detailing appliance energy use or proof of certification

by Energy Star programme, EU Energy Efficiency Labelling Scheme or equivalent.
OR
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
be achieved.
Energy Model Template summarising the dynamic energy simulation and confirming
Prescriptive Method
Updated brief narrative describing how the requirements of the credits have been
achieved;
the type, extent and locations of all HWS generating equipment.
Updated Manufacturers details for each installed appliance, light fixture, fan, AC
79 of 131
unit and electrical usage item not specifically detailed within this section, detailing
the energy rating / unit efficiency / power rating of the proposed electrical item.
Manufacturer information regarding appliance energy use or proof of certification

by Energy Star programme, EU Energy Efficiency Labelling Scheme or equivalent.
OR
Calculations and
Methodology
Updated narrative describing how the requirements of each section of the credit
will be achieved.
Updated energy Model Template summarising the dynamic energy simulation and
confirming the percentage reduction that will be achieved.
Prescriptive Method
Refer to RE-R1 Minimum Energy Performance section for details.
OR
Performance Method
Determine the baseline building annual energy consumption as per RE-R1 Minimum
Energy Performance.
Through the addition of all energy conservation measures, determine the energy
reductions of the proposed building and demonstrate a percentage improvement
compared to the baseline.
Additional Clarifications -

Buildings served via a DC network will need to obtain confirmation of the seasonal
delivered coefficient of performance (COP) of the district system. All aspects of
energy consuming equipment are to be incorporated into a single seasonal COP
figure; this also needs to take account of thermal losses within the network in both
directions.
For DC networks already in place, a seasonal delivered COP will need to be obtained
from the district cooling operator based on actual data of the cooling plant and
associated network over a 12 month period.
For DC networks which have not yet been built, or have been in operation for less
than 12 months, confirmation on the proposed performance of the DC network over
12 months must be obtained from the DC developer/operator.
If sufficient data cannot be provided on the DC network, a seasonal average COP of
4.5 must be assumed for modelling.
The COP of the DC network must be used in the proposed building energy simulation.
Renewable Energy
Energy generated through onsite renewable technologies (those located within

the site boundary) may be subtracted from the proposed building energy
consumption, including where the energy produced is exported to the grid.
80 of 131
References

Residential Buildings.
ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 90.2-2007: Energy-Efficient Design of Low-Rise Residential
Buildings.
Energy Star.
EU Energy Efficiency Labelling Scheme.
81 of 131
RE-2: Cool Building Strategies

Intent
To determine the most effective solution to reducing a buildings cooling demand by

incorporating passive design strategies as a priority.
Credit
Requirements
Demonstrate that passive design measures have been incorporated into the building
design to reduce the external heat gain compared with the baseline building.
Prescriptive Method Alternatively additional credits can be awarded if the following enhanced RE-R1
Minimum Performance Criteria are met:
1 credit can be obtain if the following facade improvements are made:
Construction Element
U-Value (W/mK)
Fenestration
1.9
Roof
0.12
Wall
0.29
Basement Wall
0.26
Floor
0.14
Crawl Space Wall
0.32
1 credit can be obtained if the following standards are met:
Proposed glazing area to be less than 10% of the conditioned floor area.
All glazed fenestration to have a maximum Solar Heat Gain Coefficient (SHGC)
of 0.3.
Infiltration rates are to a maximum of 0.20ach.
1 credit can be obtained if the following standards are met:
On the East and West facades, shading is to be provided to all glazed elements
via a vertical blind system (mashrabia style shading device); the maximum free
area of the shading device is to be 20%.
On the South faade, shading is to be provided to all glazed elements via either
a horizontal projection with a width equal to or exceeding the glazed unit and
have a minimum projection of half the window height or via a similar shading
system detailed above for the East and Wast facades. Where the shading device
does not have a solid structure (open lattice structure), the maximum free
area of the shading device is to be 20%.
Shading devices can be either fixed or retractable.
microclimate.
1 Credit Point: Use of roofing materials with a Solar Reflectance Index (SRI) 78.
OR
82 of 131
Reductions in the annual external heat gain must be analysed and presented according
to the procedure outlined in the Calculations and Methodology section.
1-5 Credit Points: Points are awarded based on reductions in the annual external heat
gain of the proposed building compared with the baseline as follows:
Points
Achieved
Percentage
Reduction
1
2
3
4
5
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
microclimate.
1 Credit Point: Use of roofing materials with a Solar Reflectance Index (SRI) 78.
Awarding Credit
Points
The following credits can be awarded for the improvement in energy usage, using the
prescriptive and performance methods as highlighted above:
CREDIT POINTS
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
1-3
Prescriptive Model - Achieve energy reductions in annual

external heat gain attributed to passive design measures using
the enhanced U-values, SHGC, infiltration rates, etc as detailed
above in the prescriptive method.
1-5
Performance Model - Demonstrate percentage reductions in

annual external heat gain attributed to passive design measures
using a building energy model.
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Prescriptive and Performance Model - Demonstrate that roofing

materials with a high SRI have been used.
Construction Rating
1-3
Prescriptive Model - Achieve energy reductions in annual

external heat gain attributed to passive design measures using
the enhanced U-values, SHGC, infiltration rates, etc as detailed
above in the prescriptive method.
1-5
Performance Model - Demonstrate percentage reductions in

annual external heat gain attributed to passive design measures
using a building energy model.
Prescriptive and Performance Model - Demonstrate that roofing

materials with a high SRI have been used.
Prescriptive Method

project;

methodology; and
Roof drawings and specifications confirming all areas except those covered by
mechanical plant, designated vegetated roofs, shading devices and renewable
technologies use materials with a SRI 78.
83 of 131
OR
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating

project;

methodology; and
Roof drawings and specifications confirming all areas except those covered by
mechanical plant, designated vegetated roofs, shading devices and renewable
Prescriptive Method
project;
Details of the full envelope air tightness test undertaken by a qualified and
competent body (such as ATTMA member organisations or similar UKAS accredited
organisations) with all test results and compliance certificates awarded to the
project.
by mechanical plant, designated vegetated roofs, shading devices and renewable
OR
Calculations and
Methodology
project;
Details of the full envelope air tightness test undertaken by a qualified and
competent body (such as ATTMA member organisations or similar UKAS accredited
organisations) with all test results and compliance certificates awarded to the
project.
by mechanical plant, designated vegetated roofs, shading devices and renewable
Prescriptive Method
Refer to RE-R1 Minimum Energy Performance section for details.
SRI, the entire roof except those areas covered by mechanical plant, designated
vegetated roofs, shading devices and renewable technologies must use materials with
a SRI 78.
84 of 131
Where a building contains no roof surfaces at this angle (excluding areas covered by
mechanical plant, designated vegetated roofs and renewable technologies), materials
with a SRI 29 are to be used.
The SRI of a material shall be calculated based on solar reflectance and emittance
numbers as defined in the American Society of Testing and Materials Standard E198001. Alternatively manufacturers evidence can be supplied where the testing is in
accordance with the referenced standards below.
OR
Performance Method Passive design measures are those which require no mechanical systems. This
includes, but is not limited to, orientation, fixed shading devices, improvements to
building fabric, air tightness etc.
External heat gain is defined as the sum of solar gain, external conduction gain and
infiltration gain.
Each of the following design measures are to be added to the energy model:
1
Orientation
Glazing ratio (both vertical fenestration and skylights)
Glazing solar heat gain coefficients (SHGC)
External shading
Any other passive design measure not covered within points 1-6 above
The total reduction in annual external heat gain is given as:
SRI, the entire roof except those areas covered by mechanical plant, designated
vegetated roofs, shading devices and renewable technologies must use materials with
a SRI 78.
Where a building contains no roof surfaces at this angle (excluding areas covered by
mechanical plant, designated vegetated roofs and renewable technologies), materials
with a SRI 29 are to be used.
References
The SRI of a material shall be calculated based on solar reflectance and

emittance numbers as defined in the American Society of Testing and Materials
Standard E1980-01. Alternatively manufacturers evidence can be supplied
where the testing is in accordance with the referenced standards below.

Horizontal and Low-Sloped Opaque Surfaces.
and Low-Sloped Surfaces in the Field.
85 of 131
Ambient Temperature Using a Portable Solar Reflectometer.

Using Inspection-Meter Techniques.

Near Room Temperature Using Portable Emissometers.
86 of 131
RE-3: Renewable Energy

Intent
To reward projects for the use of renewable technologies, therefore reducing the
carbon emissions associated with building operation and the reliance on fossil fuel
based power generation.
Credit
Requirements
Demonstrate that a percentage of the developments total energy demand is supplied

through renewable energy.
Prescriptive Method
Onsite Systems:
One additional credit can be awarded for each of the following:
Appliances
Credit
500kWhr/year of energy produced through renewable

energy means.
1000kWhr/year of energy produced through

renewable energy means.
Offsite Systems:
OR
Performance Method Onsite Systems:
1 Credit Point: Demonstrate that an onsite renewable energy feasibility study has
been undertaken, and that one or more appropriate technologies have been selected
as a result of the study.
1-5 Credit Points: Achieve the first credit point and demonstrate a percentage of the
proposed buildings energy consumption is supplied through onsite renewable energy.
Points
Achieved
Required
Percentage
1
2
3
4
5
3%
7%
10%
15%
25%
Offsite Systems:
87 of 131
Awarding Credit
Points
The following credits can be awarded for renewable energy usage, using the
prescriptive and performance methods as highlighted above:
CREDIT POINTS
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
1-2
Prescriptive Model - Demonstrate that a certain load relating to

the tables above is supplied by onsite renewable energy.
Performance Model - Demonstrate that a renewable energy

feasibility study has been developed and the recommendations
have been incorporated into the design.
1-5
Performance Model - Demonstrate that a percentage of the total

energy consumption will be supplied by onsite renewable energy.
Prescriptive and Performance Model - Demonstrate that 20% of

the projects non-renewable energy use will be supplied by
offsite renewable energy.
1-2
Prescriptive Model - Demonstrate that a certain load relating to

the tables above is supplied by onsite renewable energy.
Performance Model - Demonstrate that a renewable energy

feasibility study has been developed and the recommendations
have been incorporated into the design.
Construction Rating
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
1-5
Performance Model - Demonstrate that a percentage of the total

energy consumption is supplied by onsite renewable energy.
Prescriptive and Performance Model - Demonstrate that 20% of

the projects non-renewable energy use is supplied by offsite
renewable energy.
Prescriptive Method
Onsite Systems:

renewable energy technology, in terms of annual energy produced.
Offsite Systems:

OR
Performance Method
Onsite Systems:
Renewable energy feasibility study covering each of the technologies required as

well as recommendations on the preferred technology/technologies; and

percentage of the proposed building annual energy consumption.
Offsite Systems:
88 of 131

Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Prescriptive Method
Onsite Systems:

renewable energy technology, in terms of annual energy produced.
Offsite Systems:
Direct Purchase
contract.

proposed buildings annual non-renewable energy consumption
contract; and


OR
Performance Method
Onsite Systems:
Confirmation that the recommended renewable energy technology/technologies

based on the design stage feasibility study has been incorporated into the project;
and
Updated summary report showing the annual energy generation capability of each
installed renewable energy technology, both in terms of annual energy produced as
well as a percentage of the proposed building annual energy consumption.
Offsite Systems:
Direct Purchase
89 of 131

Calculations and
Methodology
contract.

proposed buildings annual non-renewable energy consumption
contract; and


Eligible renewable technologies include, but are not limited to:

Wind energy systems
Solar energy, including solar electricity and solar thermal systems
Organic/agricultural and animal waste to energy systems
Prescriptive Method
Onsite Systems:
The energy supplied through onsite renewable technologies is determined by
calculating the annual energy production of each onsite renewable technology.
The additional energy produced above and beyond the mandatory RE-R1 Minimum
Energy Performance for solar hot water generation can applied to this credit.
Offsite Systems:
boundary.
Non-Renewable Annual
Energy Consumption
(kWh)
Annual Building Energy

Consumption (kWh)
Annual Energy Generated

from Onsite Renewable
Technologies (kWh)
All RECs are required to be certified to Green-e standard or equivalent

OR
Performance Method
90 of 131
Onsite Systems:
Onsite systems are defined as renewable energy generated within the project site
boundary.
The additional energy produced above and beyond the mandatory RE-R1 Minimum
Energy Performance for solar hot water generation can applied to this credit.
The onsite renewable energy feasibility study must cover a minimum of three
renewable technologies and cover the following:
Annual energy generated from each renewable technology;

Percentage of total annual energy consumption supplied through onsite renewable
technologies;
Payback;
Water use;
Land use;
Visual issues;
Maintenance; and
Where the renewable technology will be used (e.g. car park lighting systems).
renewable technology in reference to the above issues with the selected technology
highlighted.
technology, and dividing their sum by the annual energy consumption of the proposed
building.
Offsite Systems:
boundary.
Non-Renewable Annual
Energy Consumption
(kWh)
References
Annual Building Energy

Consumption (kWh)
Annual Energy Generated

from Onsite Renewable
Technologies (kWh)
All RECs are required to be certified to Green-e standard or equivalent.
Center for Resource Solutions, Green-e Product Certification Requirements

www.green-e.org
91 of 131
Credit Section
92 of 131
indirect consequences, beginning with the way raw content is extracted through to how that material is
The loss of biodiversity in a tropical rainforest half a world away
Consumption of energy required to ship materials to the UAE by boat, plane or truck
Substantial energy and water inputs are required for the manufacturing process and
useful life.
In a sustainable development, the materials chosen, and the process by which associated waste is
disposed, should be viewed as a complete cycle, not two disconnected processes. Transportation of waste
uses large amounts of fossil fuel, and decaying landfill trash generates methane, a major greenhouse gas.
The Stewarding Materials section of the Pearl Rating System encourages design and development teams to
consider this entire continuum or whole-of-life cycle- when selecting and specifying materials, with an
overall objective to improve the social and environmental outcomes associated with their manufacture,
transport, installation and disposal.

protecting the environment.
- The Center of Waste Management, Abu Dhabi
93 of 131
Credit
Code
Credit Title
SM-R1
SM-R2
SM-R3
Storage and Collection of Waste and Recyclables
SM-1
SM-2
SM-3
Building Reuse
SM-4
Regional Materials
SM-5
Recycled Materials
SM-6
SM-7
SM-8
Composting
Villas
SM
TOTAL
18
94 of 131
SM-R1: Hazardous Materials Elimination

Intent
To eliminate exposure of villa occupants to asbestos and minimize toxic effects of

chromated copper arsenate (CCA) treated timber on people and the environment.
Credit
Requirements
Demonstrate that no Asbestos Containing Materials (ACMs) are used within the villa
development and that all ACMs have been removed from refurbished buildings.
This Credit Requirement builds on Cabinet Resolution No. 39 of 2006 Concerning
Prohibiting Import, Production and Utilization of Asbestos Boards and extends the
prohibition to all ACMs.
Demonstrate that where timber is specified to treat external structures where there is
frequent and intimate contact, such as but not limited to- shading devices, playground
equipment and handrails that no chromated copper arsenate (CCA)-treated timber is
used on the project.
Requirement
Achievement
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Calculations and
Methodology
References
Extracts from specifications indicating that no ACMs or CCA-treated timber are to

be used in the project as per the Credit Requirements.

Results of a hazardous materials survey documenting the existence, if any, of ACMs

in the building. It is recommended to follow internationally recognized standards
such as ASTM E 256-04 Comprehensive Building Asbestos Surveys or similar
standards; and
Where ACMs were found, Asbestos removal and disposal plan.
Evidence of purchase indicating that no ACMs or CCA-treated timber were used in


Where ACMs were found, evidence of disposal at a hazardous waste facility.
None

Cabinet Resolution No. 39 of 2006 Concerning Prohibiting Import, Production

and Utilization of Asbestos Boards
ASTM E 2356-04 - Comprehensive Building Asbestos Surveys
95 of 131

Intent

Credit
Requirements
Demonstrate that the General contractor, working collaboratively with all subcontractors and specialty contractors (e.g. demolition), developed a
Construction and Demolition Waste Management Plan (CDWMP) prior to the
start of construction and demolition activities. The CDWMP must identify the
materials to be diverted from landfill and indicate whether the materials will
be segregated on-site or commingled. If materials are planned for salvage, the
plan must indicate their planned use.
Demonstrate that the Contractor implemented monthly monitoring of the
CDWMP, and achieved a minimum final recycling/salvage rate of 30% of
construction and demolition waste (by weight or volume). This figure excludes
all hazardous waste that must undergo specialized treatment.
Requirement
Achievement
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating


Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Calculations and
Methodology
Calculations can be done by weight or volume, but must be consistent

throughout.
References
96 of 131
SM-R3: Storage & Collection of Waste & Recyclables

Intent
To reduce the long-term environmental impacts associated with operational waste.
Credit
Requirements
Provide a waste storage facility that can accommodate a minimum of four 240
liter wheelie bins (approximately 2.8m x 1.0m). The bins must be clearly
labeled for the storage and collection of source-segregated waste as
recommended by the Centre of Waste Management. At a minimum, allow for
separation as follows:
o Green container for recyclable plastics, glass and metals;
o Blue container for recyclable paper and cardboard;
o Black container for non recyclable and non compostable waste; and
o An optional brown container may be provided for compostable organic
waste;
The storage facility must:

o be located near a road or a passage and provided with ramps of
appropriate slope in order to facilitate the collection process;
o have adequate lighting, be covered from the inside with ceramic tiles
(floor and full height of the walls) and be connected to the water
supply and wastewater networks in order to facilitate cleaning; and
o be enclosed, lockable and screened to a minimum height of 1.8m to
protect against vandalism and scavenging. Where enclosed the waste
room must be provided with adequate ventilation that shall include a
fly screen.
Provide adequately sized cupboard space in the kitchen for a minimum of three
litter bins or one combi-litter bin with a minimum of three compartments to
facilitate source-segregation.
Example of combi-litter bins
Requirement
Achievement
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Drawing(s) indicating location of the waste storage facility and access for collection
services from the nearest road/passage;
Drawing indicating connection of the waste storage facility to water and

wastewater networks;
Extracts from specifications addressing lighting, floor and wall covering, security,
97 of 131
and ventilation (for completely enclosed waste rooms only); and
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Calculations and
Methodology
References
Product sheets for the proposed waste bins to be used in the kitchen and central
waste storage facility.
As-built drawing(s) and photographs indicating location of the waste storage facility
and access for collection services from the nearest road/passage;
As-built drawing indicating connection of the waste storage facility to water and
wastewater networks;
Photographs showing lighting, floor and wall covering, security, and ventilation (for
completely enclosed waste rooms only) solutions for the waste storage facility;
Photographs of the proposed waste bins used in the kitchen and central waste
storage facility.
None
98 of 131
SM-1: Non-Polluting Materials

Intent
To promote the selection of materials that dont have long-term negative impacts on
human health or pollute natural systems.
Credit
Requirements
Demonstrate that the project has achieved the following:

1 Credit Point: All thermal insulation materials used in the project have an
Ozone Depleting Potential of zero (ODP = 0) and a low Global Warming
Potential of less than five (GWP 5). Compliance is required for any blowing
agent used to manufacture the insulation product or to spray it in place.
1 Credit Point: Replace business as usual use of chlorine-based materials
including Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC), Chlorinated polyethylene (CPE), Chlorinated
polyvinyl chloride (CPVC), Chlorosulfonated polyethylene (CSPE), and
Polychloroprene with more sustainable alternatives for three or more of the
following building product groups (The proportions required are indicated
below):
o Insulation (80% or more by surface area);
o Waterproofing sheets and membranes (50% or more by surface area);
o External cladding (90% or more by surface area);
o Floor and wall coverings (90% or more by surface area);
o Windows and door frames (90% or more by linear length);
o Pipes (50% or more by linear length); and
o Electrical Cables, cable sheathing and Conduits (50% or more by linear
length).
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
2
(maximum)
1
1
2
(maximum)
1
1
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
Villa meets the Zero ODP, Low GWP Insulation Credit

Requirements through design.
Villa meets the Chlorine Free Materials Credit Requirements
through design.
Construction Rating
Villa meets the Zero ODP, Low GWP Insulation Credit

Requirements through construction.
Villa meets the Chlorine Free Materials Credit Requirements
through construction.
Zero ODP, Low GWP insulation

Summary sheet listing all uses of insulation in the project; and
For all listed products, extracts from specifications requiring materials

manufactured without the use of ozone-depleting materials and with a global
warming potential of less than 5.

Extracts from specifications requiring the use of chlorine free materials/products

corresponding to the chosen initiatives; and
99 of 131
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Area/ length percentage calculations for each material product category.
Zero ODP, Low GWP insulation

Updated summary sheet listing all uses of insulation in the project; and
For all listed products, evidence of purchase of materials manufactured without

the use of ozone-depleting materials and with a global warming potential of less
than 5.

Updated calculations describing how the Credit Requirements are met; and
Evidence of purchase confirming the use of chlorine free materials/products.
Calculations and
Methodology
None
References
None
100 of 131
SM-2: Design for Durability

Intent
To promote a long life villa by protecting its components from condensation, water
ingress, improper drainage and protecting vulnerable areas of the envelope and
surroundings.
Credit
Requirements
Awarding Credit
Points
Develop and implement a Building Durability Plan (BDP) to optimize the

integrity of the building envelope.
CREDIT POINTS
1
(maximum)
1
1
(maximum)
1
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
Develop a Building Durability Plan.

Construction Rating
Implement the Building Durability Plan.
BDP conforming to the Credit Requirements; and
Drawings and extracts from specifications and consultant briefs or scope

demonstrating provision of the supporting measures described in the BDP.
Report summarizing the implementation of the BDP within the villa conforming
with the Credit Requirements, including:
Drawings and reports demonstrating the implementation of measures described in

the BDP; and
If the items covered by the BDP are damaged or not operating as intended,
rectification work undertaken to ensure the operation is restored to approved
Design Rating functionality levels.
Calculations and
Methodology
The Building Durability Plan must include the following:

Estimated life span of key building features, including concrete walls,
foundations and structural elements, flooring, ceilings, roofs, cladding,
windows and glazing/curtain wall systems or installations;
Where components or assemblies have a shorter service life than the life of the
villa, a plan for how these slower cycling materials will be specified to reduce
life-cycle impacts (e.g. carbon and toxicity) and be maintained or replaced
without damage to the longer cycling elements/materials; and
Description of design measures to improve durability and long term service life
such as:
Bollards in loading areas;
Condensate capture;
Drains/shower waterproofing and drainage gradients;
Faade waterproofing and leakage;
Insulation of ducts and durability of ceilings (particularly waterproofing);
Ease of maintenance; or
Access to faade and systems.
References
None
101 of 131
SM-3: Building Reuse

Intent
To encourage the reuse and improvement of existing building stock, reduce waste and
other environmental impacts associated with new materials extraction, manufacturing,
and transport.
Credit
Requirements
Demonstrate that a portion of the villa structural system, by surface area, is reused
from an existing building. as follows:
1 Credit Point: At least 20% of the villa structural system, by surface area, will
be reused.
2 Credit Points: At least 40% of the villa structural system, by surface area, will
be reused.
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
2
(maximum)
1
2
2
(maximum)
1
2
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
At least 20% of the villa structural system, by surface area, will

be reused.
At least 40% of the villa structural system, by surface area, will
be reused.
Construction Rating
At least 20% of the villa structural system, by surface area, is

reused.
At least 40% of the villa structural system, by surface area, is
reused.
including calculations demonstrating the amount of surface area to be reused; and
Plan drawings of the proposed villa and demolition plan of the existing building
demonstrating the amount of surface area to be reused.
including calculations demonstrating the amount of surface area to be reused;
As-built drawings of the new villa and demolition drawings of the existing building
demonstrating the amount of surface area reused; and
Site photographs illustrating the reuse of the existing structural system.
Calculations and
Methodology
Calculations must account for the total surface area of all structural systems in each
building of constituting the villa including garage(s) and household staff
accommodation.
References
None
102 of 131

Intent
To encourage the selection of building materials that have reduced transport impacts
and promotes regional economies.
Credit
Requirements

origin to the project site:

1 CREDIT POINT = cost of regional materials equivalent to 5% of Total Material

Cost
2 CREDIT POINTS = cost of regional materials equivalent to 10% of Total
Material Cost
this credit.
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
2
(maximum)
1
2
2
(maximum)
1
2
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating

Material Cost.
Material Cost.
Construction Rating

Material Cost.
Material Cost.
their cost,
location(s) of extraction/harvest/recovery/manufacture, and
distance traveled and means of transport.
The report must include calculations demonstrating the total amount of the qualifying
materials as a percentage of the total material costs;
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
credit.
final cost,
location(s) of extract/harvest/recovery/manufacture, and

applicable;
103 of 131

Calculations and
Methodology

References
The furthest point of origin is the longest distance to the project site from (1)
the point of extraction, harvest or recovery or (2) the point of manufacture.
The distance traveled is calculated as (Distance traveled by road or rail + 0.1
x Distance traveled by sea)
For composite materials, a weighted average by weight (mass) must be applied
to the distance. This calculation is not necessary for materials where one
major constituent represents at least 90% of the final material by weight.

harvested, the calculation begins at this point and includes the distance
traveled to the manufacturing/processing facility.
Where products are primarily comprised of recycled materials, the calculation
begins at the point of manufacture.
Calculations to include distance to site but do not include returns or vehicle
size.
Total Material Cost: exclude labor and equipment costs and include the
following divisions from the Construction Specifications Institute (CSI)
MasterFormatTM or equivalent: Division 03 Concrete, Division 04 Masonry,
Division 05 Metals, Division 06 Wood, Plastics, and Composites, Division 07
Thermal and Moisture Protection, Division 08 Openings, Division 09 Finishes,
Division 10 Specialties, Division 31 Earthwork, Division 32 Exterior
Improvements. It is optional to also include Division 12; however, associated
costs have to be carried throughout all Stewarding Materials credits.
None
104 of 131

Intent
To increase the demand for recycled materials to reduce the amount of waste going to
disposal.
Credit
Requirements
Demonstrate that recycled materials are used as follows. The credit points listed below
are cumulative.
Recycled Steel
1 Credit Point: For Steel-framed villas, at least 50% of all structural steel (by
weight) has a minimum of 25% post-consumer recycled content or is reused OR
for Concrete-framed villas, at least 80% of all reinforcing or stressing steel (by
weight) has a minimum of 90% post-consumer recycled content.
Cement Replacement
per Table SM 10.1 below.
1 Credit Point: Concrete mixes with an embodied GHG as per table SM3.1, rows
B1, C1 and D1
2 Credit Points: Concrete mixes with an embodied GHG as per table SM3.1,
rows B2, C2 and D2
Strength
Row A
Grade
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
Embodied GHG
Row B2
Type
Cast in
place
Cast in
place
Row C1
Row B1
60
Estidama
Credits
1 Credit
162
192
218
240
259
277
292
307
121
144
163
179
194
206
218
229
Precast
176
209
236
260
281
300
317
332
1 Credit
Row C2
Precast
149
176
199
220
237
253
268
281
2 Credits
Row D1
Stressed
183
217
245
270
292
312
329
345
1 Credit
Row D2
Stressed
162
192
218
240
259
277
292
307
2 Credits
2 Credits
Recycled Aggregates
1 Credit Point: Demonstrate that at least 15% of all aggregates used on site (by
volume), in structural and non-structural applications are recycled.
2 Credit Points: Demonstrate that only recycled aggregates and/or aggregates
from industrial waste by-products are used as base, sub-base or backfill.
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
REQUIREMENTS
5 (Maximum)
Design Rating
1 (Maximum)
Recycled Steel
Steel-framed: at least 50% of specified structural steel (by
Concrete-framed: at least 80% of specified rebar or stressing
2 (Maximum)
Cement Replacement
105 of 131
2
2 (Maximum)
1
2
Construction Rating
1 (Maximum)
Recycled Steel
Steel-framed: at least 50% of installed structural steel (by
Concrete-framed: at least 80% of installed rebar or stressing
2 (Maximum)
1
2
2 (Maximum)
1
2
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Calculations and
Methodology
Recycled Aggregates
At least 15% of all specified aggregates to be used for structural
or non-structural applications are recycled.
Only recycled aggregate is specified for use as base, sub-base
or backfill.
5 (Maximum)
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating

rows B1, C1 and D1.
rows B2, C2 and D2.
Cement Replacement
rows B1, C1 and D1.
rows B2, C2 and D2.
Recycled Aggregates
At least 15% of all installed aggregates used for structural or
non-structural applications are recycled.
Only recycled aggregate is used as base, sub-base or backfill.
Requirements;
Calculations by weight (Recycled Steel), embodied GHG emissions (Cement

Requirements; and
Updated narrative listing all materials used to meet the Credit Requirements;
Updated calculations by weight (Recycled Steel), embodied GHG emissions (Cement

Requirements;
Proofs of manufacture for all nominated materials; and
equipment).
Recycled Steel
Cement Replacement
The embodied greenhouse gas emissions in concrete are calculated using the
106 of 131
Estidama Concrete GHG Calculator.

Recycled Aggregates
References
107 of 131

Intent
Credit
Requirements
Demonstrate that a proportion (by cost) of the timber and composite wood products
used on the project, including temporary construction timber, is reused OR certified
(with Chain of Custody Certification: CoC) under any one or any combination of the
following certification schemes as per the Requirement Achievement table:
Forest Stewardship Council (FSC), or
Program for the Endorsement of Forest Certification scheme (PEFC) or the
following national schemes endorsed by PEFC: the Canadian Standards
Association, CSA, the Sustainable Forestry Initiative SFI and the Malaysian
Timber Certification Scheme MTCS; And
Demonstrate that all timber is legally sourced and not on the CITES
(Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species) list of endangered
species (Appendix I, II and III).
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
2
(maximum)
1
2
2
(maximum)
1
2
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
Construction Rating

Relevant extracts from specifications highlighting which timber product will come
from certified sources (clearly indicating intended certification scheme) and/or be


Calculations and
Methodology
References


Program for the Endorsement of Forest Certification scheme (PEFC):
www.fsc.org
108 of 131


Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species (CITES) list of
endangered species, Appendix I, II and III:
http://www.cites.org/eng/app/index.shtml
109 of 131

Intent

Credit
Requirements
Awarding Credit
Points
1 Credit Point: Demonstrate that the Contractor implemented monthly

monitoring of the CDWMP, and achieved a minimum final recycling/salvage
rate of 40% of construction and demolition waste (by weight or volume). This
figure excludes all hazardous waste that must undergo specialized treatment
2 Credit Points: Demonstrate that the Contractor implemented monthly
monitoring of the CDWMP, and achieved a minimum final recycling/salvage
rate of 50% of construction and demolition waste (by weight or volume). This
figure excludes all hazardous waste that must undergo specialized treatment
CREDIT POINTS
2
(maximum)
2
2
(maximum)
1
2
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
Develop a CDWMP as per Credit Requirements.

Construction Rating


Calculations supported with detailed receipts, summarizing final results of the

CDWMP listing items recycled/salvaged, their source within the project, their total
weight or volume, the name and location of the reclaim/recycling haulers, and
markets for the recyclable materials.
Calculations and
Methodology
Calculations can be done by weight or volume but must be consistent

throughout.
References
110 of 131
SM-8: Composting
Intent
To encourage the recovery and reuse of organic waste from villa operations and
promote the use of compost as an alternative to commercial fertilizers.
Credit
Requirements
Demonstrate the provision of onsite location(s) dedicated to the collection and/or

composting of organic waste generated onsite.
Awarding Credit
Points
1 Credit Point: where separate bins are provided for the segregation of organic
waste in the kitchen (food waste), in the garden (landscaping waste) and in the
central waste storage facility (brown bin) for final storage before collection by
municipal services.
2 Credit Points: where on-site composting is provided to produce compost for
the garden.
CREDIT POINTS
2
(maximum)
1
2
2
(maximum)
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating
Separate bins are planned for the segregation of organic waste.

Composting of organic waste is planned onsite.
Construction Rating
Separate bins are provided for the segregation of organic waste.
Composting of organic waste is provided onsite.
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
including product sheets of the proposed storage and composting bins and their
location in the villa/garden.
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Updated describing how the project intends to meet the Credit Requirements,
including photographs of the proposed storage and composting bins and their
location in the villa/garden.
Calculations and
Methodology
None
References
111 of 131
Credit Section
112 of 131
environment, social, cultural and economic - to deliver developments that incorporate design outcomes
that go beyond the established benchmarks and deliver genuinely innovative features. This requires a
design process that embraces innovation and creativity whilst respecting and responding to the cultural
identity of the region.
The Innovative Practice section is intended to encourage responsive design that achieves pioneering
solutions which will enhance the developments success and contribute to sustainability in the UAE
through;

addressing the pillars of sustainability through innovative design solutions which are able to be
replicated;
developing designs that showcase cultural and regional practices, while contributing to the
environmental performance of the development.
113 of 131
IP
Innovating Practice
Credit
Code
Credit Title
General
Office
Retail
MultiResidential
School
IP-1
Innovative Cultural & Regional Practice
IP-2
Innovating Practice
TOTAL
114 of 131

Intent
environmental performance of the building.
Credit
Requirements
inspired by cultural and regional precedents, and demonstrate their contribution to
energy efficiency, water conservation or improved indoor or outdoor comfort.
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
1
(maximum)
1
1
(maximum)
1
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating

showcase cultural and regional practices
Construction Rating
Demonstrate that the proposed solutions are built as part of the

development


Updated narrative describing the nominated solutions
Photographs illustrating the proposed built-in solutions
Calculations and
Methodology
None
References
None
115 of 131

Intent
To reward design and construction practices that result in a significant positive impact
in relation to any of the four pillars of Estidama.
Credit
Requirements
Develop, document and implement an innovative design and/or construction solution

AND
Develop a guideline document that enables the innovative solution to be repeated.
Awarding Credit
Points
CREDIT POINTS
2
(maximum)
2
2
(maximum)
2
Credit
Submission:
Design Rating
REQUIREMENTS
Design Rating

Construction Rating

Evidence of IDP related to the innovative design and / or construction solution

engaging all relevant team members; and
Credit
Submission:
Construction
Rating
Updated innovative solution report; and
Guideline Document.
Calculations and
Methodology

Environmental
Cultural
Social
Economic


fully describe the design innovation so that it may be repeated;
be fully supported by concept proofs from studies, experiments or other
research;
document key parameters relied upon in the context of the project; and
be fully supported by design drawings, photographs and specifications.
solution should be contextualized in terms of tangible impacts against one or
more of the four pillars;
116 of 131
toward the final design solution and address any and all considerations that
lead to the final solution;
including, at a minimum, capital cost, operational and maintenance cost, cost
as a percentage of total project cost and revenue where appropriate. The
benefit analysis must include performance targets / levels attained or
anticipated to be attained as a direct result of the measures;
Risk: The risk analysis must detail the framework within which the design
solution is intended to work and highlight any and all weaknesses that would
impede performance. The analysis must anticipate the impact of such
weaknesses on the performance of the design solution;
Integration and Implementation: This section must clearly demonstrate how
the design solution has been integrated with any and all related elements
associated with the development as well as a detailed plan of how the design
solution is implemented;
References
None
117 of 131
Acronyms
ACM
ANSI
ASHRAE
ASTM
ATM
ATTMA
BCIS
BDP
BMS
BS
BSI
CCA
CDWMP
CFC
CIE
CITES
CoC
COP
CPE
CPVC
CSA
CSI
CSIRO
CSPE
CV
CWM
DC
DOT
DSM
EAD
EHSMS
EU
FSC
GGBFS
GHG
GWP
HCFC
HFC
HVAC
IAQ
IDP
IEQ
IESNA
IP
ISO
IUCN
JNCC
LCC
LV
MTCS
Asbestos Containing Material

American National Standards Institute
American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers
Automated Teller Machine
Air Tightness Testing & Measurement Association
Building Durability Plan
Building Management System
British Standard
Chlorofluorocarbon
Commission Internationale de lEclairage
Chain of Custody
Coefficient of Performance
Chlorinated Polyethylene
Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride
Canadian Standards Association
Construction Specifications Institute
Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Research Organization
Chlorosulfonated Polyethylene
Curriculum Vitae
Center of Waste Management (Abu Dhabi)
District Cooling
Department of Transport (Abu Dhabi)
Dynamic Simulation Modeling
European Union
Ground Granulated Blast Furnace Slag
Greenhouse Gas
Global Warming Potential
Hydrochlorofluorocarbon
Hydrofluorocarbon
Indoor Air Quality
Indoor Environmental Quality
Illuminating Engineering Society of North America
Innovating Practice
International Standards Organization
International Union for Conservation of Nature
Joint Nature Conservation Committee
Life Cycle Cost
Livable Villa
Malaysian Timber Certification Scheme
118 of 131
ODP
PCP
PEFC
PPM
PVC
PW
QP
RE
REC
RFCI
SCM
SFI
SHGC
SM
SRI
UAE
UKAS
UPC
VOC
Ozone Depletion Potential

Pentachlorophenol
Parts Per Million
Polyvinyl Chloride
Precious Water
Resourceful Energy
Resilient Floor Covering Institute
Solar Heat Gain Coefficient
United Kingdom Accreditation Service
Volatile Organic Compound
119 of 131
Units
ach
C
dB
g
Hz
J
K
kg
km
kW
kWh
kWh/yr
l
m
Pa
ppm
s
W
W/mK
W/l/s
yr
air changes per hour

Celsius
decibel
gram
Hertz
Joule
Kelvin
kilogram
kilometer
kilowatt
kilowatt hour
kilowatt hours per year
litre
meter
Pascal
parts per million
second
Watt
Watt per meter squared Kelvin
Watt per litre per second
year
120 of 131
Glossary
Adaptive species
saline tolerant.
Admixture

process.
Air leakage rate
The air flow rate required to pressurise a building to a stated pressure differential
divided by the surface area of the building.
Air tightness
The resistance of the building envelope to inward or outward air leakage.
Aggregate

American National
Standards Institute
(ANSI)
The non-profit organisation that coordinates and administers the U.S. voluntary
national standards in both the private and public sectors.
American Society
of Heating,
Refrigerating and
Air-Conditioning
Engineers (ASHRAE)
The international organisation that establishes standards for the uniform testing
and rating of heating, ventilation, air conditioning and refrigeration equipment. It
also conducts related research, disseminates publications and provides continuing
education to its members.
Asbestos

lung cancer, mesothelioma and asbestosis.
Audit

Baseline building
performance

Benchmark
Building envelope
Business As Usual
(BAU)
The practice of conducting business according to the status quo, with no attempt
to assess new/additional needs, identify possibilities for improvement or
implement change.
Carbon emissions
Central monitoring
system
Chromated Copper
Arsenate (CCA)
Climate change

Clock time

time from one location to another. Clock time differs from Solar Time, also known
as local solar time, which is the time according to the position of the sun in the
sky relative to one specific location on the ground. In solar time, the sun is always
121 of 131
due south in the northern hemisphere at exactly noon.

Coefficient of
performance (COP)
- cooling
Competent
professional
An individual with:
a minimum of two years directly relevant work experience; and
a proven track record on working on similar projects in the region
Compost

provide nutrients.
Condensate
The product of condensation.
Condensation
The change of a gas or vapor into a liquid, either by being cooled or being
subjected to increased pressure. A common occurrence is the condensation of
atmospheric moisture on a cold surface.
Conduction
The transfer of thermal energy through a material.
Connectivity

Construction waste

waste.
Desalinization
Distribution system
The systems, components and mechanisms (such as ducts, pipes, and wires)
conveying substances or energy from a source to the point of use. The distribution
system includes such auxiliary equipment as fans, pumps and transformers and
their respective control systems.
District cooling
Dynamic Simulation
Modeling (DSM)
The modeling of a building that simulates the energy inputs and outputs for
different types of buildings over time.
Energy
conservation
measures
The modifications or installations to the building design in order to reduce energy

consumption. Such measures include external shading, orientation, system
efficiencies, on-site renewable technologies etc.
Environmental
component

proposed project.
Environmental
design

Environmental
impact

Equinox
Faade
The exterior wall of a building exposed to public view or that wall viewed by
persons not within the building. The portion of any exterior elevation of a building
extending vertically from the grade to the top of a parapet wall or eave, and
horizontally across the entire width of the building elevation.
122 of 131
Formaldehyde
A simple, highly reactive hydrocarbon that is used as a fixative in the pathology

laboratory, a fumigant, and in the manufacture of foam insulation, cosmetics,
drugs, clothing and furniture. It is also a major toxic component of photochemical
smog. Formaldehyde is a strong allergen.
Fossil fuel

General contractor

Glare
The result of excessive contrast between bright and dark areas in the field of
view, causing discomfort or reducing the ability to discern detail.
Global Warming
Potential (GWP)

emissions.
Green
infrastructure

people.
Greenhouse gas
(GHG)
Groundwater
Habitat
Habitat creation
Hazardous
material/waste
A material that can cause harm to people, other living organisms or the
environment.
Heat rejection
Heating,
Ventilation and Air
Conditioning
(HVAC) system
The equipment, distribution systems and terminals that provide heating,

ventilating or air conditioning to a building or portion of a building.
Illuminance
The total luminous flux incident on a surface, per unit area.
Indoor
Environmental
Quality (IEQ)
The quality of the internal environment in relation to airborne contaminants,

thermal comfort, lighting, acoustics etc.
Infiltration - air
The uncontrolled leakage of air through cracks and gaps in any building element
and around windows and doors of a building. Infiltration is caused by pressure
differences across these elements due to wind, inside and outside temperature
differences and imbalance between supply and exhaust air systems.
Infiltration - water
The downward movement of water through soil.
Infiltration rate
water
The rate of water entry into the soil expressed as a depth of water per unit of
time (mm/hour).
123 of 131
Infrared radiation
The energy in the region of the electromagnetic radiation spectrum at

wavelengths longer than those of visible light but shorter than those of radio
waves.
Landscaping

Life Cycle Cost

(LCC) analysis

Life span
The length of time an object, material or organism is expected to survive.
Light pollution
The adverse effect of artificial light, including sky glow, glare, light trespass, light
clutter, decreased visibility at night and energy waste.
Living area
Any family room in a residential unit, such as a living room, dining room, majlis
rooms, playroom, TV room, home theatre room, study, party rooms.
Microclimate
Minimum
landscaped area
The minimum area of landscaping as defined by development type and location

within the Abu Dhabi Development Code.
Mitigation
Native species
An indigenous species living naturally within a given area.
Net floor area
Calculated from the internal edge of all construction features measured at floor
level.
The NFA excludes the area from unusable roof voids, lift wells, metal walkways
and stairs used for maintaining the building, columns and pillars with a diameter
greater than 0.1 m, construction features.
Non-renewable
energy
Operational waste

Organic waste
Outdoor/outside
air
The air that is outside the building envelope or is taken from outside the building
that has not been previously circulated through the building.
Ozone Depletion
Potential (ODP)
relative to this.
Photovoltaics
Plan 2030
Priority habitats
Priority species

endangered, endangered, vulnerable or near threatened (as defined by the
124 of 131
International Union for Conservation of Nature, IUCN and/or UAE Red Data list).
Projected shade
The shade projected onto a horizontal or vertical surface by another element

including buildings or parts of buildings, shade devices or structures.
Project site area
Proposed building
performance
The annual energy consumption of a proposed building design, as defined in

Recyclable
material
Recycled water
Recycling
Renewable energy
Renewable Energy
Certificate (REC)
Restoration

Roof
Runoff
Salvage
Service water
heating / cooling
The heating / cooling of water for domestic or commercial purposes other than
space heating and process requirements.
Setpoint
The point at which the desired temperature of the heated or cooled space is set.
Site boundary
The line that indicates the extent of the project/development site.
Smart meter

Solar Heat Gain
The ratio of the solar heat gain entering a space through a transparent/
translucent element to the incident solar radiation on the element. Solar heat
gain includes directly transmitted solar heat and absorbed solar radiation, which
is then reradiated, conducted or convected into the space.
Coefficient (SHGC)
Solar radiation
wavelengths.
Solar Reflectance

of 100.
Index (SRI)
Solar time
125 of 131
Stormwater
Street

abutting property.
Sub-meter

Summer solstice
Thermostat
controller
An automatic control device used to maintain temperature at a fixed or

adjustable setpoint.
Transit stop
U-value (thermal
transmittance)
The heat transmission in unit time through a unit area of a material or

construction and the boundary air films, induced by unit temperature difference
between the environments on each side. The units of U are W/m2K.
Valuable asset
Visible light
transmittance
(VLT)
The percentage of visible light passing through a material relative to the total
amount of light incident upon it.
Volatile Organic
Compound (VOC)
An organic chemical which has a boiling point range below 250C. Under normal
conditions a VOC will significantly vaporize and enter the atmosphere. Many VOCs
have significant health implications.
Walkway

Wastewater
water.
Water feature
Water model
potential sources of water, including graywater, recycled water and stormwater
harvesting.
Window area
The total area of the window including the glazing, sash and frame. For doors
where the glazed vision area is less than 50% of the door area, the window area is
the glazed vision area. For all other doors, the window area is the door area.
126 of 131
Appendix A
Community
Building
Villa

Strategy

Strategy

Strategy
IDP-R3 Guest Worker

Accommodation
IDP-R3 Guest Worker

Accommodation
IDP-R2 Guest Worker

Accommodation


Management

Management

Management

& Protection

& Protection

Management Strategy

Management Strategy

Management Plan
NS-1 Reuse of Land
NS-1 Reuse of Land

Land

Land
Natural Systems

LC-R1 Plan 2030
LBo-R1 Plan 2030

Facilities

Facilities

Urban Environments
127 of 131

Strategy

Strategy

Facilities

Facilities

Urban Environments

Urban Environments
LC-8 Travel Plan
LBo-9 Travel Plan

Comfort

Comfort

Communities
Precious Water
Detection

Detection









Reduction

Reduction

Reduction

Reduction

Reporting

Reporting

Passive Cooling

Elimination

Elimination
Resourceful Energy
Elimination
128 of 131

Management

Management

Management

Management

Management

Management

Management

Management

Management

Management
Innovating Practice
Cultural Practices

Practices

Practices
129 of 131
Acknowledgements
H.E. Mohammad Ahmad Al Bowardi
Mr. Gregory Acker
Mr. John Madden
Mr. Michael White
Mr. John Echlin
Mr. Neil Mallen

Design

Mr. Gregory Acker
Ms. Mona Al Zaabi
Mrs. Amy Haddin

Economics
Technical Advisors
130 of 131

Al Ain Municipality
Consultant Team
Core Technical Team
Mr. Tariq Abbas
Mrs. Rym Baouendi
Mr. Alistair Davis
Mr. Mike Slessor
Hilson Moran
Buro Happold
Buro Happold
Buro Happold
Buro Happold
Core Review Team

Estidama would like to appreciate and thank the contributions of many individuals who undertook reviews of
the various drafts of the Pearl Rating System documents.
131 of 131

Pearl Community Rating System

Diunggah oleh

Informasi Dokumen

Hak Cipta

Format Tersedia

Bagikan dokumen Ini

Bagikan atau Tanam Dokumen

Opsi Berbagi

Apakah menurut Anda dokumen ini bermanfaat?

Apakah konten ini tidak pantas?

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

Pearl Community Rating System

Diunggah oleh

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

Estidama - Pearls Rating Systems

Abu Dhabi Urban Planning Council

Tel: +971 2 409 6000

Community Rating System

Version 1 April 2010

Community Rating System

Community Rating System

The Pearl Rating System for Estidama

Community Rating System

The Pearl Rating System for Estidama

TEL +971 2 409 6000

His Highness Sheikh Khalifa bin Zayed Al Nahyan

His Highness General Sheikh Mohamed bin Zayed Al Nahyan

RE-3.2: Efficient Infrastructure: District Cooling ....................................................................................... 124

THE PEARL RATING SYSTEM FOR ESTIDAMA

Integrated Development Process: Encouraging cross-disciplinary teamwork to deliver environmental and

PEARL RATING LEVELS

Pearl Rating Achieved

All mandatory credits

All mandatory credits + 55 credit points

All mandatory credits + 75 credit points

All mandatory credits + 100 credit points

All mandatory credits + 125 credit points

Maximum Credit Points

IDP Integrated Development Process

THE PEARL RATING SYSTEM DOCUMENTS

Pearl Community Rating System: Design & Construction

THE PEARL RATING STAGES

KEY TEAM MEMBERS

THE PEARL RATING PROCESS

THE DEVELOPMENT REVIEW PROCESS AND THE PEARL RATING SYSTEM

APPLICATION OF THE PEARL COMMUNITY RATING SYSTEM

Capital 2030 Master Plan

UNDERSTANDING THE CREDITS

SUMMARY OF CREDIT POINTS FOR THE PEARL COMMUNITY RATING SYSTEM

Integrated Development Process

Integrated Development Strategy

Sustainable Building Guidelines

Community-Dedicated Infrastructure Basic Commissioning

Life Cycle Costing

Guest Worker Accommodation

Construction Environmental Management

Natural Systems Assessment

Natural Systems Protection

Natural Systems Design and Management Strategy

Remediation of Contaminated Land

Habitat Creation and Restoration

Urban Systems Assessment

Provision of Amenities and Facilities

Outdoor Thermal Comfort Strategy

Minimum Pearl Rated Buildings Within Communities

Transit Supportive Practices

Open Space Network

Accessible Community Facilities

Active Urban Environments

Improved Outdoor Thermal Comfort

Regionally Responsive Planning

Pearl Rated Buildings Within Communities

Safe and Secure Community

Community Water Strategy

Building Water Guidelines

Water Monitoring and Leak Detection

Community Water Use Reduction: Landscaping

Community Water Use Reduction: Heat Rejection